HomeMy WebLinkAboutDR Full Code (missing Ch 1 & 2) A
Title IV
BUILDING REGULATIONS
Subject Chapter
Arterials And Street Plan 1
• -` Community Facilities Plan 2
Comprehensive Plan 3
Condominium Conversions 4
Dangerous Building Code 5
Environmental Ordinance(SEPA)Part One 6
Fire Hydrants 7
Hearing Examiner 8
Land Clearing And Tree Cutting Ordinance 9
Mining, Excavation And Grading Ordinance 10
Mobile Home Parks 11
National Building Code(Rep.by Ord. 4296, 11-19-1990) 12
Occupancy Permits 13
Parking And Loading Ordinance 14
Planned Unit Development(PUD) Ordinance 15
Public Works Construction Code(Rep.by Ord.
4280, 7-23-1990) 16
Railroad And Utility Line Construction Permit 17
Renton Developmental Guidelines Ordinance 18
Shoreline Master Program 19
Sign Code 20
Smoke Detectors 21
Storm And Surface Water Drainage 22
Underground Installation Of Utility Lines 23
Uniform Building Code 24
National Electrical Code 25
Uniform Housing Code 26
Uniform Mechanical Code 27
Un'-rorm Plumbing Code 28
Uniform Swimming Pool Code 29
Water Main Connections Prior To Street Paving 30
Zoning Code 31
Wetlands Management 32
Civil Penalties 33
Street Improvements 34
Master Site Plan Approvals 35
Renton Regulatory Reform Ordinance 36
Reserved 37
Wireless Communication Facilities 38
City of Renton
4-3-1 4-3-2
CHAPTER 3
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN
SECTION: objectives which shall guide the establishment,
development and implementation of definite
4-3-1: Adoption and precise plans, public and private; to
4-3-2: Purpose provide for the coordination of the many
4-3-3: Plan Elements separate plans which govern the development
4-3-4: Implementation of this community, to officially adopt a
4-3-5: Amendment program and guide which will enable the City
of Renton to attain the principles and
objectives set forth in Revised Code of
Washington chapter 35.63 in the manner
provided.
4-3-1: ADOPTION:
B. The overriding consideration is to promote
A. The Comprehensive Plan shall be adopted by public safety, welfare, and interest. Additional
ordinance of the City Council after public factors to be considered (not in order of
Nara' hearing by the Council, and all City programs priority) are preservation of property rights,
materially affecting land use, including land protection of life and property, equal
use regulatory codes, shall be consistent with opportunities, public interests prevailing over
the Comprehensive Plan. private interests, and economic and social
benefits.
B. The Planning Commission is hereby vested
with the following duties and responsibilities C. The plan is, of necessity, general in its
related to the Comprehensive Plan: proposals. It must be flexible, since it is
impossible to predict all future events which
1. To review and update the Comprehensive may affect the community. The plan is not a
Plan and its elements as necessary, and if development ordinance, although it makes
appropriate, recommend new goals and significant recommendations for future land
policies. use. The plan is not precise. It does not
present engineering accuracy, nor does it
2. To develop and prepare as necessary and claim to predict exactly the future use of
appropriate, short range programs for imple- every parcel of property, or insure that growth
mentation of the Comprehensive Plan. is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. It
is not intended to retroactively impose
loasool 3. To conduct periodic planning studies of compliance with goals, objectives, and policies
homogeneous community units distinctive geo- upon existing developed property, but
graphic areas, or other types of districts voluntary compliance is encouraged.
having unified interests within the total area
of the City which will amplify and augment D. The purposes of the Comprehensive Plan are:
the Comprehensive Plan.
1. To improve the physical and social
4. To provide effective and efficient land use environment of the City as a setting for
regulations and processes, based on the goals human activities; to make it more functional,
and policies of the Comprehensive Plan. beautiful, decent, healthful, interesting and
efficient;
4-3-2: PURPOSE: 2. To insure acceptable levels of access,
utilities and other public services to future
A. The primary purpose of this Comprehensive growth and development;
Plan is to define and establish the policy
relating to the development of the community 3. To promote the public interest, and the
as L, whole; to indicate the principles and interest of the City at large;
f
4-3-2 4-3-3
D) 4. To facilitate the democratic determination and appropriate location for such services and
and implementation of City policies and facilities;
development;
2. A recreation and open space element
5. To effect coordination in development; indicating a comprehensive system of areas
and public sites for recreation, natural
6. To inject long-range considerations into the reservations, parks, parkways, beaches,
determination of short-range actions; and playgrounds, and other recreational and open
space areas;
7. To provide professional and technical
knowledge in the decisions affecting develop- 3. A shoreline element setting forth policies
ment of the City. concerning economic development; public
access and circulation; recreation; urban
E. The Comprehensive Plan is intended to help design, conservation, restoration and natural
resolve some of the dilemmas confronting environment; and historical, cultural, scientific
Municipal officials and the people they repre- and educational values;
sent.
4. An economic element utilizing an economic
F. In order for the plan to remain effective, it base by standard industrial employment cate-
should be reviewed periodically. Conditions gories and indicating employment levels and
might change, and unforeseen events may trends, capital-employee ratios, and potential
occur, which might necessitate a re-evaluation. sites for major economic expansion;
Also, the document should be reviewed in its
entirety, as many of the goals, objectives and 5. An environmental element indicating
policies supplement and complement each environmental conditions and natural pro-
other. cesses including climate, air quality, geology,
hydrology, vegetation, wildlife, fisheries, and
other natural factors that affect or would be
4-3-3: PLAN ELEMENTS: affected by development;
A. The Comprehensive Plan shall be a policy 6. A land capacity element indicating suit-
plan containing statements of goals and ability and capability of lands for uses such as
statements of policies for implementation agriculture, residential, commercial, industrial,
thereof, together with appropriate maps. The recreation, preservation, or multiple uses;
Comprehensive Plan may include the following
planning elements or portions thereof, and any 7. A population element indicating population
additional planning elements the Commission characteristics such as distribution, age,
or Council considers pertinent: education, income, race and other appropriate
characteristics;
1. A land use element indicating generalized
land use, including number of acres devoted to 8. A housing element identifying appropriate
each category of use. housing characteristics including density,
occupancy rates, price distribution, condition
2. A transportation element indicating the and current housing needs;
general location of freeways, arterials, major
public transit routes, and other major trans- 9. A disaster element identifying areas of
portation facilities and indicating the need for potential disaster or hazard; and
such facilities.
10. A unique site element identifying areas,
B. The Comprehensive Plan may include any or sites or structures of historical, archaeological,
all of the following optional elements: architectural, ecological or scenic significance.
1. A community services and facilities element C. The land use element map maintained on dis-
indicating the general location of public ser- play in the City Council chambers, illustrates
vices and facilities and indicating the need
4-3-3 4-3-5
C) in broad and general terms the foreseeable C. Area-wide zoning shall be recommended to
development of the City of Renton. The use the Mayor and the City Council by the
areas shown thereon indicate the principles Planning Commission after conducting a
which are intended to guide implementation public hearing thereon and may be thereafter
of this development program. The Policy adopted by the City Council upon completion
Development Director is authorized and of at least one public hearing thereon.
directed to make the necessary changes on
said land use map to evidence future
amendments. 4-3-5: AMENDMENT:
A. It shall be the duty of the Planning
4-3-4: IMPLEMENTATION: Commission to continue to observe the
development of the City and its environs in
A. In order to fully accomplish the objectives and relation to the Plan and to prepare reports
principles of this Comprehensive Plan, and as and submit same to the City Council from
same may be amended from time to time, all time to time, and whenever necessary, after
resolutions and ordinances of the City of proper study and deliberation, amendments
Renton concerned with the development and may be recommended by the Commission to
welfare of the community and its people shall the City Council of this Comprehensive Plan.
be considered in the light of and related in Amendments to the City's Comprehensive
principles, objectives and policies set forth Plan shall be made pursuant to the
herein. To fulfill the requirements of RCW requirements set forth in the Municipal Code.
35.63, and in the interest of public safety,
health, morals and the general welfare, the B. Applications by a private party to amend the
following instruments of official implemen- Comprehensive Plan may be filed with the
tation among others, will be developed in Policy Development Department, together with
detail, to embody the necessary controls, an appropriate fee as specified by ordinance.
regulations, standards and penalties, and (Ord. 3976, 3-3-86)
upon adoption by the City Council will
become implements of the Comprehensive
Plan:
1. Zoning Ordinance;
2. Street and Arterial Plan;
3. Land Subdivision and Platting Plan;
4. Building Codes;
5. Capital Improvement Program.
B. The Planning Commission, in conducting area
land use analysis, may from time to time
recommend to the City Council new
short-range programs and area-wide zonings
to implement the recommended amendments
to the Comprehensive Plan. In formulating its
recommendations to the City Council, the
Planning Commission, and its advisory
committees may conduct public hearings;
however, in any event all meetings of the
Commission or its advisory committees shall
be open to the public pursuant to the Open
Public Meeting Act of 1971.
490
4-4-1 4-4-2
CHAPTER 4
CONDOMINIUM CONVERSIONS
SECTION: COOPERATIVE: Any existing structure, including
surrounding land and improvements, which
4-4-1: Title contains one or more dwelling units and which: (a)
4-4-2: Definitions is owned by an association organized pursuant to
4-4-3: Application of Ordinance the Cooperative Association Act (RCW Chapter
4-4-4: Tenant Protections 23.86); or (b) is owned by an association with
4-4-5: Consumer Protections resident shareholders who are granted renewable
4-4-6: Administration, Penalties, Severability leasehold interests in housing units in the building.
COOPERATIVE UNIT: Any dwelling unit in a
cooperative.
4-4-1: TITLE: This Ordinance may be cited as CONVERSION OF CONDOMINIUMS: The filing of
the Condominium Conversion Ordinance. a declaration pursuant to the Horizontal Property
Regimes Act or the sale by a developer of
cirri+'" condominium units that were previously rental
4-4-2: DEFINITIONS: The following words units.
and phrases used in this Ordinance
shall have the meanings set forth below: CONVERSION OF COOPERATIVE: The execution
of a lease agreement by a member of a cooperative
ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER OF SALE: A written association.
commitment for the purchase of a condominium
unit or interest in a cooperative at a specific price CONVERTED BUILDING: Any condominium or
and on specific terms. cooperative which formerly contained rental
dwelling units.
AGENT: Any person, firm, partnership, association,
joint venture, corporation or any other entity or DEVELOPER: Any person, firm, partnership,
combination of entities who represents or acts for association, joint venture or corporation or any
or on behalf of a developer in selling or offering to other entity or combination of entities or successors
sell any condominium or cooperative unit or thereto who (a) undertakes to convert, sell, or offer
interest in a cooperative. for sale condominium units, or (b) undertakes to
convert rental units to cooperative units or sell
BUILDING: Any existing structure containing one cooperative shares in an existing building which
Nose" or more dwelling units and any grouping of such contains housing units or lease units to a
structures which were operated as rental units as cooperative association's shareholders. The term
converted buildings are the subject of a single developer shall include the developer's agent and
declaration or simultaneous declarations filed any other person acting on behalf of the developer.
pursuant to the Horizontal Property Regimes Act
(RCW Chapter 64.32). EVICTION: Any effort by a developer to remove a
tenant from the premises or terminate a tenancy
CONDOMINIUM: Any existing structure containing by lawful or unlawful means.
three (3) or more dwelling units as defined in the
Housing Code: (a) which is the subject of a HOUSING CODE: The Renton Housing Code as
declaration filed pursuant to the Horizontal codified in Title 4, Chapter 26, Code of General
Property Regimes Act (RCW Chapter 64.32); or (b) Ordinances of the City of Renton, as amended.
in which there is private ownership of individual
units and common ownership of common areas. OFFER OF SALE TO TENANT: A written offer to
sell a condominium or cooperative unit to the
CONDOMINIUM UNITS: Any dwelling unit in a tenant in possession of that unit at a specific price
condominium. and on specific terms.
4-4-2 4-4-4
OFFER FOR SALE TO PUBLIC: Any advertise- buildings at the time the notices, offers and
ment, inducement solicitation, or attempt by a disclosures provided by this Ordinance are
developer to encourage any person other than a required to be delivered. This Ordinance shall
tenant to purchase a condominium or cooperative not apply to tenants who take possession of a
unit. unit vacated by a tenant who has received
the notices and other benefits provided by
OWNER'S ASSOCIATION: The association formed this Ordinance; provided, that developers shall
by owners of units in a condominium or cooperative disclose in writing to all tenants who take
unit, possession after service of the notice required
by Section 4-4-4 of this Ordinance, that the
PERSON: Any individual, corporation, partnership, unit has been sold or will be offered for sale
association, trustee or other legal entity. as a condominium or cooperative. This
disclosure shall be made prior to the
RENTAL UNIT: Any dwelling unit, other than a execution of any written rental agreement or
detached single-family residential dwelling, which is prior to the tenant's taking possession,
occupied pursuant to a lawful rental agreement, whichever occurs earlier. A developer's failure
oral or written, express or implied, which was not to disclose, within the time specified above,
owned as a condominium unit or cooperative unit that the unit has been sold or offered for sale
on the effective date of this Ordinance. A dwelling shall entitle the tenant to all the protections
unit in a converted building for which there has and benefits of this Ordinance.
been no acceptance of an offer of sale on the
effective date of this Ordinance shall be considered
a rental unit. 4-4-4: TENANT PROTECTIONS:
SUBTENANT: A person in possession of a rental A. Notice to Tenants of Filing of Conversion
unit through the tenant with the knowledge and Declaration: Within seven (7) days of the
consent, express or implied, of the owner. filing of a condominium conversion declaration
as provided by the Horizontal Property
TENANT: Any person who occupies or has a lease- Regimes Act (RCW Chapter 64.32) the
hold interest in a rental unit under a lawful rental developer shall:
agreement whether oral or written, express or
implied. 1. Send to each tenant in the converted build-
ing, by registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, written notice of the filing.
4-4-3: APPLICATION OF ORDINANCE: A tenant's refusal to accept delivery shall be
deemed adequate service.
A. Application to Conversion of Condominiums
and Cooperatives: This Ordinance shall apply 2. File notice of the filing of such declaration
only to the conversion and sale of rental units with the City Clerk, giving the date of filing,
that have not yet been converted to condo- file or recording number, office where filed, ,rte
minium or cooperative units, and to those location and address of the structure and
units in converted buildings that are not number of dwelling units contained within the
subject to a binding purchase commitment or structure, and the name, address and phone
have not been sold on the effective date of numbers of the owner(s), managers and
this Ordinance. This Ordinance shall not persons responsible for the management of
apply to condominium or cooperative units the structure.
that are vacant on October 24, 1979, and
which have been offered for sale prior to that B. Notice to All Tenants Prior to Offering Any
date; provided, that any tenant who takes Unit for Sale to the Public as a Condominium
possession of the unit after October 24, 1979, or Cooperative Unit: At least one hundred
shall be provided the disclosures required by twenty (120) days prior to offering any rental
Section 4-4-4 of this Ordinance and shall be unit or units for sale to the public as a
entitled to the benefits of that Section if the condominium unit or cooperative unit, the
required disclosures are not given. developer shall deliver to each tenant in the
building written notice of his intention to sell
B. Application to Tenants: This Ordinance shall the unit or units. The notice shall specify the
apply only to those tenants and subtenants individual units to be sold and the sale price
who occupy rental units in converted
490
4-4-4 4-4-5
B) of each unit. This notice shall be in addition unit in the building by tenants and
to and not in lieu of the notices required for subtenants shall extend to the end of the one
eviction by RCW 59.12 and 59.18, and shall hundred twenty (120) day notice period
be delivered as provided in Section 4-4-4A1 of provided the tenant is in possession of that
this Ordinance. With the notice the developer unit under Section 4-4-4C. Whenever all
shall also deliver to the tenant a statement, tenants and subtenants in a building have
in a format to be provided by the Building indicated in writing their intention not to
Department, of the tenant's rights under this purchase a unit or the one hundred twenty
Ordinance. (120) daynotice
period has expired and that
unit is or becomes vacant then the developer
C. Purchase Rights of Tenant in Possession: may offer for sale and sell the unit to the
With the notice provided in Section 4-4-4 public.
above, the developer shall deliver to each
tenant whose unit is to be offered for sale, a G. No Subsequent Sale on Better Terms: For a
firm offer of sale of the unit that the tenant period of one year following the date of the
occupies. In the event that more than one offers provided in Section 4-4-4C, E and F, no
tenant occupies a single unit, the developer offer shall be extended by the developer on
shall deliver the offer to all tenants jointly or terms more favorable in any respect than the
separately. For one hundred twenty (120) offer previously extended to the tenant and/or
days from the date of delivery of the offer the subtenant unless the more favorable offer is
tenant shall have the exclusive right to first extended to the tenant and/or subtenant
purchase his or her unit on the terms offered. as required by Sections 4-4-4C, E and F for a
period of not less than thirty (30) days.
D. Purchase Rights of Tenants Whose Units are
Offered for Sale Prior to Effective Date of H. Evictions Only for Good Cause During Notice
Ordinance: Tenants of rental units which Period: No condominium or cooperative unit
were offered for sale as condominium or shall be sold or offered for public sale if, in
cooperative units prior to the effective date of the one hundred twenty (120) day period
this Ordinance but for which offers there immediately preceding the sale or offer for
have been no acceptances, shall be entitled to public sale, any tenant has been evicted
the rights and benefits of this Ordinance without good cause. For the purposes of this
except that those rights provided by Section Ordinance good cause shall mean: (1) failure
4-4-4F of this Ordinance shall terminate sixty to pay rent after service of a three (3) day
(60) days from the offer of sale of the unit to notice to pay rent or vacate as provided in
the tenant. RCW 59.12.030(3); (2) failure to comply with
a term or terms of the tenancy after service
E. Subtenant's Purchase Rights: Should a tenant of a ten (10) day notice to comply or vacate
reject an offer of sale, the subtenant in as provided in RCW 59.12.030(4), and (3) the
Ilitioe
possession at the time the notice provided in commission or permission of a waste or the
Section 4-4-4 is delivered, shall be offered the maintenance of a nuisance on the premises
unit on the same terms as those offered the and failure to vacate after service of a three
tenant. For thirty (30) days following that (3) day notice as provided in RCW
offer or until the expiration of the tenants 59.12.030(5).
one hundred twenty (120) day option period
as provided in Section 4-4-4, whichever occurs I. Tenant's Right to Vacate: Tenants who receive
later, the subtenant shall have the exclusive one hundred twenty (120) day notices of sale
right to purchase the unit on the terms may terminate their tenancies at any time
offered to the tenant. during such period in the manner provided by
RCW 59.18.200 and RCW 59.18.220, but will
F. Rights of Tenants in Converted Buildings to forfeit all rights to purchase a unit.
Purchase Other Units in the Buildings:
Should both the tenant and subtenant reject
the offer or sale or fail to notify of the 4-4-5: CONSUMER PROTECTIONS:
acceptance of the offer within the time
periods set forth in Sections 4-4-4C and E or A. Mandatory Housing Code Inspection and Re-
vacate, the unit shall be made available for pair; Notice to Buyers and Tenants: Prior to
purchase to other tenants and subtenants in delivery of the one hundred twenty (120) day
the building. The right to purchase another
490
4, vismormismossossk
4-4-5 4-4-5
A) notice described in Section 4-4-48 above, disclosures required by previous sections of
developers shall, at their expense, request an this Ordinance, the developer shall make
inspection of the entire building by the available at a place on the premises
Building Department for compliance with the convenient to the tenants during normal
housing and fire codes. The inspection shall working hours the following information to
be completed within forty five (45) days of a prospective purchasers at least three (3) days
developer's request unless the developer fails before any purchase commitment is signed, or,
to provide or refuses access to Building and/or in the case of existing tenants, with the one
Fire Department personnel. The developer hundred twenty (120) day notice provided in
shall be required to install an approved fire Section 4-4-4B above: (1) copies of all
alarm and smoke detector system in accord- documents filed with any governmental
ance with Title 7 and Chapter 21 of Title 4, agency pursuant to the Horizontal Property
of the Code of General Ordinances of the City Regimes Act (RCW Chapter 64.32); (2) an
of Renton. The installation of the fire alarm itemization of the specific repairs and
system and all violations of the housing code improvements made to the entire building
revealed by the inspection must be completed during the six (6) months immediately
and corrected at least seven (7) days prior to preceding the offer for sale; (3) an itemization
the closing of the sale of the first unit or by of the repairs and improvements to be
the compliance date on the inspection report, completed before close of sale; (4) a statement
whichever is sooner. A follow-up inspection for of the services and expenses which are being
compliance shall be completed within seven paid for by the developer but which will in
(7) days of the developer's request. A copy of the future be terminated, or transferred to lop
the building inspection report and certification the purchaser, or transferred to the owners'
of repairs shall be provided by the developer association; (5) an accurate estimate of the
to each prospective purchaser at least three useful life of the building's major components
(3) days before the signing of an earnest and mechanical systems (foundation, exterior
money agreement or other binding purchase walls, exterior wall coverings other than paint
commitment. Copies of the inspection report or similar protective coating, exterior stairs,
shall be delivered to tenants in the converted floors and floor supports, carpeting in common
building by the developer with the notice of areas, roof cover, chimneys, plumbing system,
sale as provided in Section 4-4-4B. An heating system, water heating appliances,
inspection fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00) mechanical ventilation system, and elevator
for the first unit and fifteen dollars ($15.00) equipment) and an estimate of the cost of
per unit thereafter shall be paid by the repairing any component whose useful life will
developer whenever an inspection is requested terminate in less than five (5) years from the
as required herein. date of this disclosure. For each system and
component whose expected life cannot be
B. Certification of Repairs: For the protection of accurately estimated, the developer shall
the general public, the Building Department provide a detailed description of its present
shall inspect the repairs of defective condition and an explanation of why no
conditions identified in the inspection report estimate is possible. In addition, the developer
and certify that the violations have been shall provide an itemized statement in budget
corrected. The certification shall state that form of the monthly costs of owning the unit
only those defects discovered by the housing that the purchaser intends to buy. The
code inspection and listed on the inspection itemization shall include but shall not be
report have been corrected and that the limited to: (a) payments on purchase load; (b)
certification does not guarantee that all taxes; (c) insurance; (d) utilities (which shall
housing code violations have been corrected. be listed individually); (e) homeowner's assess-
Prior to the acceptance of any offer, the menta; (f) the projected monthly assessment
developer shall deliver a copy of the needed for replacing building components and
certificate to the purchaser. No developer, systems whose life expectancy is less than
however, shall use the Building Official's five (5) years; and (g) a statement of the
certification in any advertising for the purpose budget assumptions concerning occupancy and
of inducing a person to purchase a condo- inflation factors.
minium or cooperative unit.
D. Warranty of Repairs; Set Aside for Repairs:
C. Disclosure Requirements: In addition to the Each developer shall warrant for one year
4-4-5 4-4-6
D) from the date of completion all improvements a converted building at a meeting between
and repairs disclosed pursuant to Section the developer and the tenants. The meeting
4-4-4C of this Ordinance. shall be arranged by the developer at a time
and place convenient to the tenants. At the
E. Unlawful Representations: It shall be meeting the developer shall discuss with the
unlawful for any developer, agent or person to tenants the effect that the conversion will
make or cause to be made in any disclosure have upon the tenants. Should any tenant
or other document required by this Ordinance, refuse to acknowledge acceptance of the
any statement or representation that is notice, offer and disclosures, the developer
knowingly false or misleading. It shall also be shall deliver the documents in the manner
unlawful for any developer, agent or other prescribed in this subsection.
person, to make, or cause to be made, to any
prospective purchaser, including a tenant, any H. Acceptance of Offers: Acceptance by tenants
oral representation which differs from the or other beneficiaries of offers provided
statements made in the disclosures and other pursuant to this Ordinance, shall be in
documents required to be provided tenants writing and delivered to the developer by
and purchasers by this Ordinance. registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postmarked on or before the
F. Purchaser's Right to Rescind: Any purchaser expiration date of the offer.
who does not receive the notices, disclosures
and documents required by this Ordinance
may, at any time prior to closing of the sale, 4-4-6: ADMINISTRATION, PENALTIES,
Now
rescind, in writing, any binding purchase SEVERABILITY:
agreement without any liability on the
purchaser's part and the purchaser shall A. Administration: The Building Department is
thereupon be entitled to the return of any charged with the administration and enforce-
deposits made on account of this agreement. ment of this Ordinance and is authorized and
directed to adopt, promulgate, amend and
G. Delivery of Notice and Other Documents: rescind administrative rules consistent with
Unless otherwise provided, all notices, the provisions of this Ordinance and
contracts, disclosures, documents and other necessary to carry out the duties of the
writings required by this Ordinance shall be Building Official hereunder.
delivered by registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested. The refusal of B. Complaints: Any person subjected to any
registered or certified mail by the addressee unlawful practice as set forth in this
shall be considered adequate delivery. All Ordinance may file a complaint in writing
documents shall be delivered to tenants at the with the Building Department. The Building
address specified on the lease or rental Department is hereby authorized and directed
agreement between the tenant and the to receive complaints and conduct such
developer or landlord. If there is no written investigations as are deemed necessary.
lease or rental agreement then documents Whenever it is determined that there has
shall be delivered to the tenants' address at been a violation of this Ordinance the
the converted building or the last known Building Department is authorized, at its
address of the tenant, if other than the discretion, to follow one or more of the
address at the converted building. In any following procedures:
sublet unit all documents shall be delivered to
the tenant at his current address, if known, 1. Attempt to conciliate the matter by confer-
and to the subtenant in possession. If the ence or otherwise and secure a written
tenant's current address is unknown, then conciliation agreement.
two (2) copies of all documents shall be
delivered to the subtenant, one addressed to 2. Refer the matter to the City Attorney for
the tenant and the other addressed to the appropriate civil remedies or criminal prose-
subtenant. Delivery of the one hundred cution.
twenty (120) day notice of intention to sell
required by Section 4-4-4B of the Ordinance, C. Hardship Relief, Waiver: The City Council is
the developer's offer to sell, and all disclosure authorized to waive strict compliance with this
documents shall be delivered to the tenants in
490
4-4-6 4-4-6
C) Ordinance in specific individual instances
where the developer can show with clear,
cogent and convincing evidence that: (1) the
financial burden required to comply would
greatly outweigh the benefits and would
create an unreasonable hardship upon the
developer; or (2) the units have been offered
for sale as condominium units prior to the
effective date of this Ordinance and the
developer has incurred significant financial
obligations with the intention of meeting such
obligations with the proceeds of the sale of
such units, and the provisions of this
Ordinance will prevent meeting such
obligation.
D. Penalties: Any person who violates any
provision of this Ordinance, fails to comply
with the provisions of this Ordinance, or who
deliberately attempts to avoid the application
of this Ordinance may, upon conviction
thereof, be punished by a fine not exceeding
five hundred dollars ($500.00). Each day's
violation shall constitute a separate offense.
E. Severability: If any section, subsection,
sentence, clause, phrase or portion of this
Ordinance is for any reason held invalid or
unconstitutional by any court of competent
jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a
separate, distinct and an independent
provision and such decision shall not affect
the validity of the remaining portions thereof.
(Ord. 3366, 10-15-79, eff. 10-24-79)
Nose
490
4-5-1 4-5-2
CHAPTER 5
DANGEROUS BUILDING CODE
SECTION: deterioration, or decay; (2) faulty construction;
(3) the removal, movement or instability of
4-5- 1: Purpose; Title any portion of the ground necessary for the
4-5- 2: Definitions purpose of supporting such building; (4) the
4-5- 3: Standards For Repair, Vacation or deterioration, decay, or inadequacy of its
Demolition foundation; or (5) any other cause, is subject
4-5- 4: Nuisance Declared to structural failure under its design usage.
4-5- 5: Duties of Building Official (Ord. 2698, 3-6-72)
4-5- 6: Complaint by Building Official
4-5- 7: Duties of City Attorney B. Whenever the building or structure has been
4-5- 8: Duties of Hearing Examiner so damaged by fire, wind, earthquake or flood,
4-5- 9: Report of Dangerous Buildings; Contents or has become so dilapidated or deteriorated
4-5-10: Findings of Fact and Order as to become (1) an attractive nuisance to
4-5-11: Enforcement children; (2) a harbor for vagrants, criminals
4-5-12: Abatement by City or immoral persons; or as to (3) enable per-
4-5-13: Interference With Work sons to resort thereto for the purpose of com-
4-5-14: Emergency Cases mitting unlawful or immoral acts. (Ord. 2520,
4-5-15: Act Not Exclusive 11-17-69)
4-5-16: Administrative Liability
4-5-17: Violations; Penalties C. Whenever a building or structure, because of
4-5-18: Severability inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, decay,
damage, faulty construction or arrangement,
inadequate light, air or sanitation facilities, or
otherwise is determined by the City or
County health officer to be unsanitary, unfit
4-5-1: PURPOSE; TITLE: It is the purpose of for human habitation or in such a condition
the provisions of this Ordinance to that is likely to cause sickness or disease.
provide a just, equitable and practicable method, to
be cumulative with and in addition to, any other D. Whenever any building or structure, because
remedy provided by any code or ordinance of the of obsolescence, dilapidated condition, deterior-
City, whereby buildings and/or structures which ation, damage, inadequate exits, lack of suffi-
from any cause endanger the life, limb, health, cient fire resistive construction, faulty electric
morals, property, safety or welfare of the general wiring, gas connections or heating apparatus,
*sue public or their occupants, may be required to be or other cause is determined to be a fire
repaired, vacated or demolished. hazard.
The provisions of this Ordinance shall apply to all E. Whenever any portion of a building or struc-
dangerous buildings as herein defined, which are ture remains on a site after the demolition or
now in existence, or which may hereafter be destruction or whenever any building or struc-
constructed in the City. This Ordinance shall be ture is vacant and open to unauthorized entry
designated and may be hereinafter referred to as for a period in excess of six (6) months so as
the City of Renton Dangerous Building Code. to constitute such building or portion thereof
an attractive nuisance or hazard to the
public. (Ord. 2698, 3-6-72)
4-5-2: DEFINITIONS: All buildings or struc-
tures which have any or all of the F. Whenever the exterior walls or other vertical
following defects shall be deemed dangerous structural members list, lean or buckle to
buildings: (Ord. 2520, 11-17-69) such an extent that a plumb line passing
through the center of gravity does not fall
A. Whenever the building or structure, or any inside the middle one-third (1/3) of the base.
portion thereof, because of (1) dilapidation,
490
I
4-5-2 4-5-6
G. Whenever the building or structures, exclusive A. Inspect or cause to be inspected all buildings
of the foundation, shows thirty three percent including but not necessarily limited to
(33%) or more damage or deterioration of its schools, halls, churches, theaters, hotels, all
supporting member or members, or fifty per- family, commercial, manufacturing or loft
cent (50%) damage or deterioration of its non- buildings, including those brought to his
supporting members, enclosing or outside attention by the Fire Chief or any one of his
walls or coverings. duly authorized representatives, the City or
County Health Department or any of its duly
H. Whenever any portion thereof has been authorized representatives, for the purpose of
damaged by fire, earthquake, wind, flood or determining whether any conditions exist
by any other cause, to such an extent that which render such places a dangerous
the structural strength or stability thereof is building within the terms of Section 4-5-2
New
materially less than it was before such hereof.
catastrophe and is less than the minimum
requirements of the City's Uniform Building B. Inspect any building, wall or structure about
Code, as then in force or as same may be which complaints are filed by any person to
amended from time to time, for new buildings the effect that a building, wall or structure is,
of similar structure, purpose or location. or may be, existing in violation of this
Ordinance.
I. Whenever any portion or member or
appurtenance thereof is likely to fail, or to C. Post in a conspicuous place an order "Do Not
become detached or dislodged, or to collapse Occupy" on vacant buildings having defects as
and thereby injure persons or damage specified in Section 4-5-2 above and no person
property. (Ord. 2520, 11-17-69) shall enter the building except for the
purpose of making the required repairs or
demolition after securing a permit.
4-5-3: STANDARDS FOR REPAIR, VACA-
TION OR DEMOLITION: The D. Prepare, post, deliver and file with the
following standard shall be followed in substance appropriate county offices a copy of the corn-
by the Building Official, and the Hearing Examiner plaint in conformance with Section 4-5-6 of
in ordering repair, vacation or demolition of said this Ordinance, and prepare, file and serve
buildings: such additional notices or orders as may be
required by law. (Ord. 2520, 11-17-69)
A. Any building declared a dangerous building
under this Ordinance shall either be repaired E. Appear at all hearings and give such
in accordance with the current building code testimony and information as to the condition
or shall be demolished at the option of the of any "dangerous building" as may be
building owner. required by said body.
B. If the building or structure is in such con- F. Post, deliver and file with the appropriate 44.0
dition as to make it immediately dangerous to County offices Finding of Fact and Order of
the life, limb, property or safety of the the Hearing Examiner as provided for in this
general public or its occupants, it shall be Ordinance.
ordered to be vacated and closed to
unauthorized entry. (Ord. 3809, 4-23-84) G. Report to the office of the City Attorney all
cases of noncompliance with the Finding of
Fact and Order of the Hearing Examiner, and
4-5-4: NUISANCE DECLARED: All dangerous prepare specifications, cost estimates and such
buildings within the terms of Section other information and data as requested by
4-5-2 hereof are hereby declared to be public nui- the City Attorney to aid in the enforcement of
lances, and shall be repaired, vacated or demo- the provisions of this Ordinance. (Ord. 3809,
lished as hereinbefore and hereinafter provided. 4-23-84)
(Ord. 2620, 11-17-69)
4-5-6: COMPLAINT BY BUILDING OFFI-
4-5-5: DUTIES OF BUILDING OFFICIAL: CIAL: The complaint issued by the
The Building Official and/or his author- Building Official shall be in writing and shall be
ized representative shall: (Ord. 2620, 11-17-69; posted on the building and served either personally
amd. Ord. 2823, 1-21-74, eff. 1-30-74) or by certified or registered mail upon all persons
490
4-5-6 4-5-9
having an interest in and to said property, as Examiner and as may be directed by the
shown by the records of the King County Auditor's Mayor and City Council.
office, regarding any building or structure found by
the Director to be a "dangerous building" within B. Appear when requested to do so at hearings
the standards set forth in Section 4-5-2; provided before the Hearing Examiner in regard to
that if the whereabouts of such persons are "dangerous buildings". (Ord. 3809, 4-23-84)
unknown and the same cannot be ascertained by
the Building Official in the exercise of reasonable C. Bring suit to collect costs incurred by the City
diligence, then said complaint shall be served by as provided in Section 4-5-12 as hereinbelow
publishing the same once each week for three (3) set forth. (Ord. 2520, 11-17-69)
consecutive weeks in the City's legal newspaper.
Said complaint shall contain, among other things, D. Provide such additional legal services as may
the following information: (Ord. 2520, 11-17-69; be requested by the Hearing Examiner and
amd. Ord. 2823, 1-21-74, eff. 1-30-74) the Mayor and City Council. (Ord. 3809,
4-23-84)
A. Name of owner or other persons interested, as
provided hereinabove.
4-5-8: DUTIES OF HEARING EXAMINER:
B. Street address and legal description of the The Hearing Examiner shall hold a
property on which said building is located. hearing at the time and place specified in the
complaint of the Building Official, in which all
C. General description of type of building or parties in interest shall be given the right to file
structure deemed unsafe. an answer to the complaint, to appear in person or
otherwise, and to give testimony; if after such
D. A list of particulars which caused the building hearing the Hearing Examiner shall determine that
or structure to be a "dangerous building" as such structure is, in fact, a dangerous building as
defined in Section 4-5-2 hereinabove. herein defined, the examiner shall reduce such
findings of fact to writing, in support of such
E. Whether said building should be vacated by determination and shall issue or cause to be issued
its occupants, and the date of such vacation. and to be served upon the owner or party in
interest of any such "dangerous building" in the
F. Whether or not the said building constitutes a manner provided herein for the service of the
fire or health hazard. (Ord. 2520, 11-7-69) complaint, an order which shall require the owner
or party in interest, within the time specified in
G. A notice that a hearing shall be held before such order, to repair, alter or improve such
the Hearing Examiner at the City Hall, dwelling, building or structure and to render it fit
Renton, King County, Washington, not less for human habitation or other use, or to vacate
than ten (10) days nor more than thirty (30) and close the dwelling, building or structure. if
days after the serving of such complaint, or in such course of action is deemed proper, or to
the event of publication or posting, not less require the owner or party in interest, within the
Nosy than fifteen (15) days nor more than thirty time so specified, to remove or demolish such
(30) days from the date of the first dwelling, building or structure, and if no appeal is
publication and posting, and that all parties filed from such order in the manner herein
in interest shall be given the right to file an provided for, then a copy of such order shall be
answer to the complaint, to appear in person filed with the Auditor of King County. (Ord. 3809,
or otherwise, and to give testimony at the 4-23-84)
time and place fixed in said complaint. (Ord.
3809, 4-23-84)
4-5-9: REPORT OF DANGEROUS BUILD-
INGS; CONTENTS: The Fire Chief,
4-5-7: DUTIES OF CITY ATTORNEY: The Police Chief and City and/or County Health Officer
City Attorney shall: (Ord. 2520, shall make a report in writing to the Building
11-17-69) Official of all buildings or structures which are,
may be, or are suspected to be dangerous buildings
A. Prosecute all persons failing to comply with within the purview of this Ordinance. Such written
the terms of the notices provided for herein reports, among other things, shall contain the
and any final order issued by the Hearing following information:
490
4-5-9 4-5-11
A. Name of owner or other persons interested, as F. A statement as to whether or not the building
provided hereinabove. or structure is a "dangerous building" as
defined in Section 4-5-2 of this Ordinance, is
B Street address and legal description of the therefore a public nuisance, and specifying the
property on which said building is located. reasons therefor.
C. General description of type of building or G. A statement as to whether or not it is
structure deemed unsafe. reasonable to repair or remodel the building
or structure within the standards established
D. A list of particulars which caused the building in Section 4-5-3 of this Ordinance and
or structure to be a "dangerous building" as whether or not the building should be vacated
defined in Section 4-5-2 hereinabove. if occupied.
E. Whether or not said building should be H. An order either dismissing the complaint of
vacated by its occupants, and the date of such the Building Official or ordering the owner of
vacation. record to abate the nuisance by repair,
removal or demolition of the building or
F. Whether or not the statement or list, of parti- structure.
culars, as provided for in subsection D above,
can be removed or repaired. I. A time specified in number of calendar days
from the date of the action of the Hearing
G. Whether or not the said building constitutes a Examiner in which the ordered work is to be
fire or health menace. started and completed.
H. Whether or not it is unreasonable to repair J. A notice to any person affected by an order
the said building and whether or not the said issued by the Hearing Examiner that such
building should be demolished. (Ord. 2520, person affected has the right to appeal to the
11-17-69; amd. Ord. 2823, 1-21-74, eff. Superior Court of King County, within thirty
1-30-74) (30) days after the posting and service of the
order, and as further provided by chapter 82
of the 1959 regular session laws.
4-5-10: FINDINGS OF FACT AND ORDER:
All decisions of the Hearing Examiner
shall be reduced to writing and be entitled 4-5-11: ENFORCEMENT:
Findings of Fact and Order and same shall be
served on the owner or interested person in the A. After any order of the Building Official or
same manner as service of a complaint as herein Hearing Examiner shall have become final,
provided, and shall contain, among others, the without any appeal therefrom by the person
following: or persons affected thereby, no person to
whom such order is directed shall fail, neglect .
41100
A. Date, time and place of the hearing. or refuse to obey any such order. (Ord. 3809,
4-23-84)
B. Address and legal description of the property
involved. B. If, after any order made pursuant to this
Ordinance has become final, as herein set
C. Names and addresses of the parties of forth, and the person to whom the order is
interest as shown by the records of the King directed shall fail, neglect or refuse to obey
County Auditor. such order, then the Building Official shall
refer the case to the City Attorney, together
D. Names and addresses of persons present re- with all correspondence, records, orders and
presenting the owner or parties in interest. documents pertaining thereto, for appropriate
legal action and to take such further action
E. A statement as to whether or not the Hearing as provided by law to provide for the repair
Examiner finds the complaint of the Building or demolition of said building.
Official justified, and/or concur, modify or
disallow the list of particulars contained in
the complaint.
490
4-5-12 4-5-18
4-5-12: ABATEMENT BY CITY: 4-5-15: ACT NOT EXCLUSIVE: Nothing in
this Ordinance shall be construed to
A. The City Council may, upon approval and abrogate or impair the power of the City or any
passage of an appropriate resolution or department thereof to enforce any provision of its
ordinance, direct the Building Official to abate Charter or its Ordinances or regulations, nor to
a public nuisance as determined by the pro- prevent or punish violations thereof, and any
visions of this Ordinance and such public nui- powers conferred by this Ordinance shall be in
sance may be abated by City personnel or by addition to and supplemental to powers conferred
private contractor under the direction and by other laws, nor shall this Ordinance be
pursuant to the order of the Building Official. construed to impair or limit in any way the power
(Ord. 2520, 11-17-69; amd. Ord. 2823, 1-21-74, of the City to define and declare nuisance and to
eff. 1-30-74) cause their removal or abatement by summary
proceedings, or in any manner provided by law.
B. The City Council shall appropriate sufficient
funds to cover the cost of such repair or
demolition work. The costs incurred by the 4-5-16: ADMINISTRATIVE LIABILITY: No
City in any such abatement proceedings shall officer, agent or employee of the City
be recovered by special assessment against shall render himself personally liable for any
the real property involved and shall constitute damage that may accrue to persons or property as
a lien as provided by law, and particular a result of any act required or permitted in the
reference being made to chapter 82 of the discharge of his duties under this Ordinance. Any
session laws of 1959. suit brought against any officer, agent or employee
of the City, as a result of any act required or
permitted in the discharge of his duties under this
4-5-13: INTERFERENCE WITH WORK: No Section shall be defended by the City Attorney
person shall obstruct, impede or until the final determination of the proceedings
interfere with any officer, employee, contractor or therein.
other authorized representative of the City, or with
any person who owns or holds any estate or
interest in any building which has been ordered 4-5-17: VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES: Every
repaired, vacated or demolished under the person violating any of the provisions of
provisions of this Ordinance, or with any person to this Ordinance shall be punishable by a fine not
whom such building has been lawfully sold exceeding three hundred dollars ($300.00), or by
pursuant to the provisions of this Ordinance, imprisonment not exceeding ninety (90) days, or by
whenever such officer, employee, contractor or other both such fine and imprisonment, and each day's
authori.,ed representative of the City, person violation shall constitute a separate offense
having an interest or estate in such building or punishable under this Ordinance.
structure, or purchaser is engaged in the work of
repairing, vacating or demolishing any such
11014
building, pursuant to the provisions of this 4-5-18: SEVERABILITY: If any provision of
Ordinance, or in performing any necessary act this Ordinance or its application to any
preliminary to or incidental to such work as person or circumstance shall be held invalid the
authorized or directed pursuant to this Ordinance. remainder of this Ordinance or the application of
(Ord. 2520, 11-17-69) the provision to other persons or circumstance shall
not be affected thereby. (Ord. 2520, 11-17-69)
4-5-14: EMERGENCY CASES: In cases where
it reasonably appears that there is
immediate danger to the life or safety of any
person unless a "dangerous building" as defined
herein is immediately repaired, vacated or
demolished, the Building Official shall cause the
immediate repair, vacation or demolition of such
dangerous building. The costs of such emergency
repair, vacation or demolition of such "dangerous
building" shall be collected in the same manner as
provided for hereinabove. (Ord. 2520, 11-17-69;
amd. Ord. 2823, 1-21-74, eff. 1-30-74)
490
4-6-1 4-6-1
CHAPTER 6
ENVIRONMENTAL ORDINANCE (SEPA)
SECTION: Part Six - Using Existing Environmental
Documents
Part One
4-6-20: Purpose of This Part and Adoption by
4-6- 1: Title Reference
4-6- 2: Intent
4-6- 3: Authority
Part Seven - SEPA and Agency Decisions
Part Two - General Requirements 4-6-21: Purpose of This Part and Adoption by
Reference
4-6- 4: Purpose of This Part and Adoption by 4-6-22: Substantive Authority
Reference 4-6-23: Appeals
4-6- 5: Additional Definitions 4-6-24: Notice, Statute of Limitations
4-6- 6: Designation of Responsible Official
Authority
4-6- 7: Lead Agency Determination and Part Eight - Definitions
Responsibilities
4-6- 8: Time Limits Applicable to the SEPA 4-6-25: Purpose of This Part and Adoption by
Process Reference
Part Three - Categorical Exemptions and Part Nine - Categorical Exemptions
Threshold Determinations
4-6-26: Adoption by Reference
4-6- 9: Purpose of This Part and Adoption by
Reference
4-6-10: Flexible Thresholds for Categorical Part Ten - Agency Compliance
Exemptions
4-6-11: Use of Exemptions 4-6-27: Purpose of This Part and Adoption by
4-6-12: Environmental Checklist Reference
4-6-13: Mitigated DNS 4-6-28: Environmentally Sensitive Areas
4-6-29: Fees
Ilowt
Part Four - Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS) Part Eleven - Forms
4-6-14: Purpose of This Part and Adoption by 4-6-30: Adoption by Reference
Reference 4-6-31: Effective Date
4-6-15: Preparation of EIS; Additional 4-6-32: Severability
Considerations
4-6-16: Additional Elements to be Covered in an
EIS
Part One
Part Five - Commenting
4-6-1: TITLE: This Ordinance shall be
4-6-17: Adoption by Reference hereinafter known as the Renton
4-6-18: Public Notice Environmental Ordinance, may be cited as such,
4-6-19: Designation of Official to Perform, will be hereinafter referred to as "this Ordinance",
Consulted Agency Responsibilities for and same shall be and constitute Chapter 6, Title
the City
4-6-1 4-6-3
IV (Building Regulations) of Ordinance No. 4260 health or safety, or other undesirable and
known as the Code of General Ordinances of the unintended consequences;
City of Renton.
4. Preserve important historic, cultural and
natural aspects of our national heritage;
4-6-2: INTENT: The City of Renton adopts as
its own the policies and objectives of the 5. Maintain, wherever possible, an
State 19.2 Environmental Policy Act of 1971, as environment which supports diversity and
amended (RCW 43.21C). variety of individual choice;
A. The City, recognizing that man depends on 6. Achieve a balance between population and
his biological and physical surroundings for resource use which will permit high standards
food, shelter and other needs, and for cultural of living and a wide sharing of life's
enrichment as well, and recognizing further amenities; and
the profound impact of man's activity on the
interrelations of all components of the natural 7. Enhance the quality of renewable resources
environment, particularly the profound and approach the maximum attainable
influences of population growth, high density recycling of depletable resources.
urbanization, industrial expansions, resource
utilization and exploitation and new and C. The City recognizes that each person has a
expanding technological advances, and fundamental and inalienable right to a
recognizing further the critical importance of healthful environment and that each person
restoring and maintaining environmental has a responsibility to contribute to the INV
quality to the overall welfare and preservation and enhancement of the
development of man, declares that it is the environment.
continuing policy of the City, in cooperation
with Federal, State and other local D. To the fullest extent possible, the policies,
governments and in cooperation with other regulations and laws of the State of
concerned public and private organizations, to Washington and ordinances of the City shall
use all practicable means and measures in a be interpreted and administered in accordance
manner calculated to foster and promote the with the policies set forth in this Ordinance.
general welfare, to create and maintain
conditions under which man and nature can E. To the fullest extent possible, the City will
exist in productive harmony, and fulfill the utilize a systematic, interdisciplinary approach
social, economic and other requirements of which will insure the integrated use of the
present and future generations of Washington natural and social sciences and the
citizens. environmental design arts in planning and in
decision making which may have an impact
B. In order to carry out the policy set forth in on man's environment.
this Ordinance, it is the continuing
responsibility of the City to use all practicable F. This Ordinance sets forth methods and lige
means, consistent with other essential procedures which will insure that presently
considerations of State and City policies, to unquantified environmental amenities and
improve and coordinate plans, functions, values will be given appropriate consideration
programs and resources to the end that the in decision making along with economic and
State and its citizens may: technical considerations.
1. Fulfill the responsibilities of each G. The policies and goals set forth in this
generation as trustees of the environment for Ordinance are supplementary to those set
succeeding generations; forth in existing authorizations of the State
and City.
2. Assure for all people of Washington safe,
healthful, productive and aesthetically and
culturally pleasing surroundings; 4-6-3: AUTHORITY: The City of Renton
adopts this Ordinance under the State
3. Attain the widest range of beneficial uses
of the environment without degradation, risk
to
4-6-3 4-6-7
Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), RCW 43.21C.120, EIS: Environmental Impact Statement.
and the SEPA rules, WAC 197-11-904. This Ordi-
nance contains this City's SEPA procedures and ERC: The Environmental Review Committee of the
policies. The SEPA rules, Chapter 197-11 WAC, City of Renton.
must be used in conjunction with this Ordinance.
The City of Renton possesses the authority to deny ORDINANCE: The ordinance, resolution, or other
or condition actions in order to mitigate or prevent procedure used by the City to adopt regulatory
probable significant adverse environmental impacts. requirements.
This authority applies to all City activities includ-
ing actions as defined in this Ordinance, whether SEPA RULES: Chapter 197-11 WAC adopted by
or not such activities are considered to be minis- the Department of Ecology.
terial in nature.
4-6-6: DESIGNATION OF RESPONSIBLE
Part Two OFFICIAL AUTHORITY:
General Requirements
A. For those proposals for which the City is the
lead agency, the responsible official shall be
4-6-4: PURPOSE OF THIS PART AND the Environmental Review Committee (ERC).
ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: This The ERC shall consist of three (3) officials
part contains the basic requirements that apply to designated by the Mayor with concurrence by
the SEPA process. The City of Renton adopts the the City Council.
following sections of chapter 197-11 of the
Washington Administrative Code by reference: B. For all proposals for which the City is the
lead agency, the ERC shall make the
WAC threshold determination, supervise scoping
197-11-040 Definitions. and preparations of any required
197-11-050 Lead agency. environmental impact statement (EIS), and
197-11-055 Timing of the SEPA process. perform any other functions assigned to the
197-11-060 Content of environmental review. "lead agency" or "responsible official" by those
197-11-070 Limitations on actions during sections of the SEPA rules that were adopted
SEPA process. by reference in WAC 173-806-020.
197-11-080 Incomplete or unavailable
information. C. The ERC may develop further administrative
197-11-090 Supporting documents. and procedural guidelines for the administra-
197-11-100 Information required of tion by the responsible official of the
applicants. provisions of this Chapter.
D. The City shall retain all documents required
4-6-5: ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS: In addi- by the SEPA rules (chapter 197-11 WAC) and
tion to those definitions contained within make them available in accordance with
WAC 197-11-700 through 197-11-799, when used in chapter 42.17 RCW.
this Ordinance, the following terms shall have the
following meanings, unless the context indicates
otherwise: 4-6-7: LEAD AGENCY DETERMINATION
AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
DNS: Determination of Nonsignificance.
A. The department within the City receiving an
DS: Determination of Significance. application for or initiating a proposal that
involves a nonexempt action shall determine
DEPARTMENT: Any division, subdivision or when the City is the lead agency for that
organizational unit of the City established by proposal under WAC 197-11-050 and
ordinance, rule, or order. 197-11-922 through 197-11-940; unless the
lead agency has been previously determined
EARLY NOTICE: The City's response to an the department is aware that another
applicant stating whether it considers issuance of a department or agency is in the process of
determination of significance likely for the determining the lead agency.
applicant's proposal (mitigated determination of
nonsignificance [DNS] procedures).
4-6-7 4-6-8
B. In those instances in which the City is the ten (10) days of submission of an adequate
lead agency, the ERC shall supervise and complete application.
compliance with the threshold determination
and, if an EIS is necessary, shall supervise B. Threshold Determinations:
preparation of the draft and final EIS.
1. Threshold determinations not requiring
C. When the City is not the lead agency for a further information from the applicant or
proposal, all departments of the City shall use consultation with agencies with jurisdiction
and consider, as appropriate, either the DNS should be completed within fifteen (15) days
or the final EIS of the lead agency in making of submission of an adequate application and
decisions on the proposal. The ERC shall not the completed check list.
prepare or require preparation of a DNS or
EIS in addition to that prepared by the lead 2. Threshold determinations requiring further
agency, unless required under WAC information from the applicant or consultation
197-11-600. In some cases, the City may with other agencies with jurisdiction should
conduct supplemental environmental review be completed within twenty (20) days of
under WAC 197-11-600. receiving the requested information from the
applicant or the consulted agency; requests by
D. If the City or any of its departments receives the City for such further information should
a lead agency determination made by another be made within twenty (20) days of the
agency that appears inconsistent with the submission of an adequate application and
criteria of WAC 197-11-922 through completed check list; when a request for
197-11-940, it may object to the further information is submitted to a VW
determination. Any objection must be made to consulted agency, the City shall wait a
the agency originally making the maximum of thirty (30) days for the consulted
determination and resolved within fifteen (15) agency to respond.
days of receipt of the determination, or the
City must petition the Department of Ecology 3. Threshold determinations which require
for a lead agency determination under WAC that further studies including, but not limited
197-11-946 within the fifteen (15) day time to, field investigations, be initiated by the -
period. Any such petition on behalf of the City should be completed within thirty (30)
City may be initiated by the ERC. days of submission of an adequate application
and the completed check list.
E. The ERC is authorized to make agreements
as to lead agency status or shared lead 4. Threshold determinations on actions where
agency duties for a proposal under WAC the applicant recommends in writing that an
197-11-942 and 197-11-944; provided, that the EIS be prepared, because of the probable
ERC and any department that will incur significant adverse environmental impacts
responsibilities as the result of such described in the application, shall be
agreement approved the agreement. completed within twenty (20) days of
submission of an adequate application and the leo
F. Any department making a lead agency completed check list.
determination for a private project shall
require sufficient information from the 5. When a threshold determination is
applicant to identify which other agencies expected to require more than twenty (20)
have jurisdiction over the proposal. days to complete and a private applicant
requests notification of the date when a
threshold determination will be made, the
4-6-8: TIME LIMITS APPLICABLE TO THE ERC or its agent shall transmit to the private
SEPA PROCESS: The following time applicant a written statement as to the
limits (expressed in calendar days) shall apply to expected date of decision.
the processing of all private projects and to those
governmental proposals submitted to this City by C. Additional Timing Considerations:
other agencies:
1. For nonexempt proposals, the DNS or Final
A. Categorical Exemptions: Identification of EIS for the proposal shall accompany the
categorically exempt actions shall occur within
4-6-8 4-6-11
C1) City's staff recommendation to the Hearing B. Whenever the City establishes new exempt
Examiner or other appropriate advisory body, levels under this Section, it shall send them to
such as the Planning Commission. the Department of Ecology, Headquarters
Office, Olympia, Washington, 98504 under
2. If the City's only action on a proposal is a WAC 197-11-800(1)(c).
decision on a building permit or other license
that requires detailed project plans and speci-
fications, the applicant may request in writing 4-6-11: USE OF EXEMPTIONS:
that the ERC conduct an environmental re-
view prior to submission of detailed plans and A. Each department within the City that receives
specification. A completed environmental an application for a license or, in the case of
checklist shall be submitted along with the governmental proposals, the department
appropriate environmental fees. The ERC may initiating the proposal, shall determine
require specific detailed information at any whether the license and/or the proposal is
time. exempt. The department's determination that
a proposal is exempt shall be final and not
Part Three subject to administrative review. If a proposal
Categorical Exemptions and Threshold is exempt, none of the procedural require-
Determinations ments of this Ordinance apply to the proposal.
The City shall not require completion of an
environmental checklist for an exempt
Now 4-6-9: PURPOSE OF THIS PART AND proposal.
ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: This
part contains the rules for deciding whether a B. In determining whether or not a proposal is
proposal has a "probable significant, adverse exempt, the department shall make certain
environmental impact" requiring an environmental the proposal is properly defined and shall
impact statement (EIS) to be prepared. This part identify the governmental licenses required
also contains rules for evaluating the impacts of (WAC 197-11-060).
proposals not requiring an EIS. The City adopts the
following sections by reference, as supplemented in C. A department which is determining whether
this part: or not a proposal is exempt shall ascertain the
total scope of the proposal and the govern-
WAC mental licenses required. If a proposal
197-11-300 Purpose of this part. includes a series of actions, physically or
197-11-305 Categorical exemptions. functionally related to each other, some of
197-11-310 Threshold determination required. which are exempt and some which are not,
197-11-315 Environmental checklist. the proposal is not exempt. For any such
197-11-330 Threshold determination process. proposal, the lead agency shall be determined,
197-11-335 Additional information. even if the license application which triggers
197-11-340 Determination of nonsignificance the department's consideration is otherwise
(DNS). exempt. If the lead agency is the City, then
197-11-350 Mitigated DNS. the responsible official shall be designated as
197-11-360 Determination of significance defined in Section 4-6-6.
(DS)/initiation of scoping.
197-11-390 Effect of threshold determination. D. If a proposal includes both exempt and
nonexempt actions, exempt actions may be
authorized with respect to the proposal prior
4-6-10: FLEXIBLE THRESHOLDS FOR to the compliance with the procedural
CATEGORICAL EXEMPTIONS: requirements of these guidelines except that:
A. The City of Renton establishes the following 1. The City shall not give authorization for:
exempt levels for minor new construction
under WAC 197-11-800(AXb) based on local a. Any nonexempt action;
conditions:
b. Any action that would have an
For landfills and excavations in WAC adverse environmental impact;
197-11-800(a)(b)(v): Up to five hundred (500)
cubic yards.
amok
46-11 4-6-13
D1) c. Any action that would limit the choice information on previous proposals or on
of alternatives; or, proposals currently under consideration.
d. Any action that will irrevocably
commit the City to approve or authorize a 4-6-13: MITIGATED DNS:
major action.
A. As provided in this Section and in WAC
2. A department may withhold approval of an 197-11-350, the ERC may issue a DNS based
exempt action that would lead to modification on changes to, or clarifications of, the proposal
of the physical environment, when such made by the applicant.
modification would serve no purpose if
nonexempt action(s) were not approved; and B. An applicant may request in writing early
notice of whether a DS is likely under WAC
3. A department may withhold approval of 197-11-350. The request must:
exempt actions that would lead to substantial
financial expenditures by a private applicant 1. Follow submission of an environmental
when the expenditures would serve no purpose checklist for a nonexempt proposal for which
if nonexempt action(s) were not approved. the City is lead agency; and
2. Precede the City's actual threshold
4-6-12: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST: determination for the proposal.
A. A completed environmental checklist (or a C. The ERC should respond to the request for
copy), in the form provided in WAC early notice within fifteen (15) working days.
197-11-960, shall be filed at the same time as The response shall:
an application for a permit, license, certificate,
or other approval not specifically exempted in 1. Be written;
this Ordinance; except, a checklist is not
needed if the ERC and applicant agree an EIS 2. State whether the ERC currently considers
is required, SEPA compliance has been issuance of a DS likely and, if so, indicate the -
completed, or SEPA compliance has been general or specific area(s) of concern that
initiated by another agency. The department is/are leading the ERC to consider a DS; and
within the City receiving the application or
initiating the action shall use the 3. State that the applicant may change or
environmental checklist to determine the lead clarify the proposal to mitigate the indicated
agency. If the City is the lead agency, the impacts, revising the environmental checklist
ERC shall use the environmental checklist for and/or permit application as necessary to
making the threshold determination. reflect the changes or clarifications.
B. For private proposals, the department within D. As much as possible, the ERC should assist
the City receiving the application will require the applicant with identification of impacts to `4110
the applicant to complete the environmental the extent necessary to formulate mitigation
checklist, providing assistance as necessary. measures.
For City proposals, the department initiating
the proposal shall complete the environmental E. When an applicant submits a changed or
checklist for that proposal. clarified proposal, along with a revised or
amended environmental checklist, the ERC
C. The ERC may require that it, and not the shall base its threshold determination on the
private applicant, will complete all or part of changed or clarified proposal and should make
the environmental checklist for a private the determination within twenty (20) days of
proposal, if either of the following occurs: receiving the changed or clarified proposal:
1. The City has technical information on a 1. If the ERC indicated specific mitigation
question or questions that is unavailable to measures in its response to the request for
the private applicant; or early notice, and the applicant changed or
clarified the proposal to include those specific
2. The applicant has provided inaccurate
4-6-13
4-6-15
El) mitigation measures, the ERC shall issue and 197-11-405 EIS types.
circulate a DNS under WAC 197-11-340(2). 197-11-406 EIS timing.
197-11-408 Scoping.
2. If the ERC indicated areas of concern, but 197-11-410 Expanded scoping. (Optional)
did not indicate specific mitigation measures 197-11-420 EIS preparation.
that would allow it to issue a DNS, the ERC 197-11-425 Style and size.
shall make the threshold determination, 197-11-430 Format.
issuing a DNS or DS as appropriate. 197-11-440 EIS contents.
197-11-442 Contents of EIS on nonproject
3. The applicant's proposed mitigation proposal.
measures (clarifications, changes or conditions) 197-11-443 EIS contents when prior
must be in writing and must be specific. For nonproject EIS.
example, proposals to "control noise" or 197-11-444 Elements of the environment.
"prevent stormwater runoff' are inadequate, 197-11-448 Relationship of EIS to other
whereas proposals to "muffle machinery to X considerations.
decibel" or "construct two hundred foot (200') 197-11-450 Cost-benefit analysis.
stormwater retention pond at Y location" are 197-11-455 Issuance of DEIS.
adequate. 197-11-460 Issuance of FEIS.
4. Mitigation measures which justify issuance
of a mitigated DNS may be incorporated in 4-6-15: PREPARATION OF EIS; ADDITION-
the DNS by reference to agency staff reports, AL CONSIDERATIONS:
Iiiisor studies or other documents.
A. Preparation of draft and final EIS (DEIS and
F. A mitigated DNS is issued under WAC FEIS) and draft and final supplemental EIS's
197-11-340(2), requiring a fifteen (15) day (SEIS) is the responsibility of the ERC. Before
comment period and public notice. the City issues an EIS, the ERC shall be
satisfied that it complies with this Ordinance
G. Mitigation measures incorporated in the and Chapter 197-11 WAC.
mitigated DNS shall be deemed conditions of
( approval of the permit decision and may be B. The DEIS and FEIS or draft and final SEIS
enforced in the same manner as any term or shall be prepared by City staff, the applicant,
condition of the permit, or enforced in any or by a consultant selected by the City
manner specifically prescribed by the City. through its consultant selection process. If the
ERC requires an EIS for a proposal and
H. The ERC's written response under subsection determines that someone other than the City
B of this Section shall not be construed as a will prepare the EIS, the ERC shall notify the
determination of significance. In addition, applicant immediately after completion of the
preliminary discussion of clarifications or threshold determination. The ERC shall also
changes to a proposal, as opposed to a written notify the applicant of the City's procedure for
'r"` request for early notice, shall not bid the ERC EIS preparation, including approval of the
to consider the clarifications or changes in its DEIS and FEIS prior to distribution.
threshold determination.
C. The City may require an applicant to provide
information the City does not possess,
Part Four including, but not limited to, specific
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) investigations. However, the applicant is not
required to supply information that is not
required under this Ordinance or that is being
4-6-14: PURPOSE OF THIS PART AND requested from another agency. (This does not
ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: This apply to information the City may request
part contains the rules for preparing environmental under another ordinance or statute.)
impact statements. The City adopts the following
sections by reference, as supplemented by this part: The ERC may refuse to process and consider a
private application further if the applicant
WAC fails or refuses to provide information required
197-11-400 Purpose of EIS. for the preparation of an adequate EIS.
197-11-402 General requirements.
{
k,
4-6-16 4-6-19
4-6-16: ADDITIONAL ELEMENTS TO BE DNS has been issued and when comments are
COVERED IN AN EIS: The ERC may due.
require the following additional elements as part of
the environment for the purpose of EIS content, but 2. If no public notice is required for the
these elements do not add to the criteria for permit or approval, the City shall give notice
threshold determination or perform any other of the DNS or DS by:
function or purpose under this Ordinance.
a. Posting the property, for site-specific
A. Economics, including the effects on both the proposals; and,
public and private sector,
b. Publishing notice in a newspaper of
B. Cultural factors, general circulation in the county, city, or
general area where the proposal is located.
C. Quality of life,
3. Whenever the ERC issues a DS under WAC
D. Neighborhood cohesion, 197-11-360(3), the ERC shall state the scoping
procedure for the proposal in the DS as re-
E. Sociological factors, and quired in WAC 197-11-408 and in the public
notice.
F. Image of the City.
B. Whenever the ERC issues a DEIS under WAC
197-11-455(5) or a SEIS under WAC
Part Five 197-11-620, notice of the availability of those
Commenting documents shall be given by:
1. Indicating the availability of the DEIS in a
4-6-17: ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: This public notice required for a nonexempt license;
part contains rules for consulting,
commenting, and responding on all environmental 2. Posting the property, for site-specific pro-
documents under SEPA, including rules for public posals; and
notice and hearings. The City adopts the following
sections by reference, as supplemented in this part: 3. Publishing notice in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county, city, or general area
WAC where the proposal is located.
197-11-500 Purpose of this part.
197-11-502 Inviting comment. C. Whenever possible, the ERC shall integrate
197-11-504 Availability and cost of the public notice required under this Section
environmental documents. with existing notice procedures for the City's
197-11-508 SEPA register. nonexempt permits) or approval(s) required
197-11-535 Public hearings and meetings. for the proposal. 'Nor
197-11-545 Effect of no comment.
197-11-550 Specificity of comments. D. The ERC may require an applicant to
197-11-560 FEIS response to comments. complete the public notice requirements for
197-11-570 Consulted agency costs to assist the applicant's proposal at his or her expense.
lead agency.
4-6-19: DESIGNATION OF OFFICIAL TO
4-6-18: PUBLIC NOTICE: PERFORM, CONSULTED AGENCY
RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE CITY:
A. Whenever the ERC of the City of Renton
issues a DNS under WAC 197-11-340(2) or a A. The ERC, or its designate, shall be responsible
DS under WAC 197-11-360(3) the ERC shall for preparation of written comments for the
give public notice as follows: City in response to a consultation request
prior to a threshold determination, partici-
1. If public notice is required for a nonexempt pation in scoping, and reviewing a DEIS.
license, the notice shall state whether a DS or
4-6-19
4-6-22
B. The ERC, or its designate, shall be responsible 4-6-22: SUBSTANTIVE AUTHORITY:
for the City compliance with WAC 197-11-550
whenever the City is a consulted agency and A. The policies and goals set forth in this
is authorized to develop operating procedures Ordinance are supplementary to those in the
that will ensure that responses consultation existing authorization of the City of Renton,
requests are prepared in a timely fashion and King County.
include data from all appropriate departments
of the City. B. The City may attach conditions to a permit or
approval for a proposal so long as:
Part Six 1. Such conditions are necessary to mitigate
Using Existing Environmental Documents specific probable adverse environmental
impacts identified in environmental documents
prepared pursuant to this Ordinance; and
4-6-20: PURPOSE OF THIS PART AND
ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: This 2. Such conditions are in writing; and
part contains rules for using and supplementing
existing environmental documents prepared under 3. The mitigation measures included in such
SEPA or National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) conditions are reasonable and capable of being
for the City's own environmental compliance. The accomplished; and
City adopts the following sections by reference:
4. The City has considered whether other
WAC local, State, or Federal mitigation measures
197-11-600 When to use existing applied to the proposal are sufficient to
environmental documents. mitigate the identified impacts; and
197-11-610 Use of NEPA documents.
197-11-620 Supplemental environmental 5. Such conditions are based on one or more
impact statement - Procedures. policies in subsection E of this Section and
197-11-625 Addenda - Procedures. cited in the license or other decision
197-11-630 Adoption - Procedures. document.
197-11-635 Incorporation by reference -
Procedures. C. The City may deny a permit or approval for a
197-11-640 Combining documents. proposal on the basis of SEPA so long as:
1. A finding is made that approving the
Part Seven proposal would result in probable significant
SEPA and Agency Decisions adverse environmental impacts that are
identified in a FEIS or final SEIS prepared
pursuant to this Ordinance; and
4-6-21: PURPOSE OF THIS PART AND
ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: This 2. A finding is made that there are no
part contains rules (and policies) for SEPA's reasonable mitigation measures capable of
substantive authority, such as decisions to mitigate being accomplished that are sufficient to
or reject proposals as a result of SEPA. This part mitigate the identified impact; and
also contains procedures for appealing SEPA
determinations to agencies or the courts. The City 3. The denial is based on one or more policies
adopts the following sections by reference: identified in subsection E of this Section and
identified in writing in the decision document.
WAC
197-11-650 Purpose of this part. D. Where a FEIS or DNS has been prepared, the
197-11-655 Implementation. ERC may recommend to the decision-maker
197-11-660 Substantive authority and those reasonable conditions necessary to
mitigation. mitigate or avoid the adverse impacts of the
197-11-680 Appeals. proposal. Said recommendation shall be
4-6-22 4-6-23
D) adopted as a condition of approval, unless the 3. The City adopts by reference the policies in
decision-maker identifies in writing a sub- the following City codes, ordinances, resolu-
stantial error in fact or conclusion by the tions, and plans as they currently appear and
ERC. Based upon such finding, the decision- as hereafter amended:
maker may revise the recommended conditions
or may remand the proposal to the ERC for 1976 - Planning Commission
reconsideration. Nothing in this provision shall 1976 - Cedar River Master Plan
be deemed to limit the authority of the 1978 - Airport Master Plan
decision-maker to impose conditions under 1980 - Southeast Renton Plan
SEPA beyond those recommended by ERC or 1981 - Northeast Renton Plan
to condition or deny a proposal based upon 1981 - Policies Element/Comprehensive Plan
other statutory authority. 1983 - Comprehensive Solid Waste
Management Plan
E. The City designates and adopts by reference 1983 - Shoreline Management Plan
the following policies as the basis for the City 1983 - Central Renton Plan
exercise of authority pursuant to this Section: 1984 - Comprehensive Water Plan
1984 - Comprehensive Sewer Plan
1. The City shall use all practicable means, 1984 - Comprehensive Park and Recreation
consistent with other essential considerations Plan
of State policy, to improve and coordinate 1984 - Green River Valley Plan
plans, functions, programs, and resources to
the end that the State and its citizens may: Six-year Street Plan
City of Renton Zoning Code
110
a. Fulfill the responsibilities of each Uniform Building Code
generation as trustee of the environment for Uniform Fire Code
succeeding generations; Uniform Mechanical Code
Street Arterial Plan
b. Assure for all people of Washington Uniform Electrical Code
safe, healthful, productive, and aesthetically State Energy Code
and culturally pleasing surroundings;
F. Except for permits and variances issued
c. Attain the widest range of beneficial pursuant to Title N, Chapter 19 of the City
uses of the environment without degradation, Code (Shoreline Master Program), when any
risk to health or safety, or other undesirable proposal or action is granted, conditioned, or
and unintended consequences; denied on the basis of SEPA by a nonelected
official, the decision shall be appealable to the
d. Preserve important historic, cultural, Hearing Examiner under the provisions of
and natural aspects of our national heritage; Section 4-6-23B.
e. Maintain, wherever possible, an en-
vironment which supports diversity and 4-6-23: APPEALS:
variety of individual choice;
A. The City establishes the following administra-
f. Achieve a balance between population tive appeal procedures under RCW 43.21C.075
and resource use which will permit high stan- and WAC 197-11-680:
dards of living and a wide sharing of life's
amenities; and 1. Any agency or person may appeal the City's
compliance with Chapter 197-11 WAC for issu-
g. Enhance the quality of renewable ance of the following:
resources and approach the maximum attain-
able recycling of depletable resources. a. A Final DNS: The appeal of the DNS
must be made to the Hearing Examiner with-
2. The City recognizes that each person has a in fourteen (14) days of the date the DNS is
fundamental and inalienable right to a health- final.
ful environment and that each person has a
responsibility to contribute to the preservation b. A DS: The appeal must be made to
and enhancement of the environment. the Hearing Examiner within fourteen (14)
4-6-23 4-6-23
Alb) days of the publication date of the DS in the examiner may affirm the decision or remand
official City newspaper. the case for further proceedings; or it may
reverse the decision if the substantial rights of
c. An EIS: The appeal of the FEIS must the applicant may have been prejudiced be-
be made to the Hearing Examiner within cause the decision is:
twenty (20) days of the date the permit or
other approval is issued. a. In violation of constitutional provi-
sions; or
2. For any appeal under this subsection, the
City shall provide for a record that shall b. In excess of the authority or jurisdic-
consist of the following: tion of the agency; or
a. Findings and conclusions; c. Made upon unlawful procedure; or
b. Testimony under oath; and d. Affected by other error of law; or
c. A taped or written transcript. e. Clearly erroneous in view of the entire
record as submitted; or
3. The City may require the appellant to
provide an electronic transcript. f. Arbitrary or capricious.
4. The procedural determination by the ERC To that end, the Examiner shall have all of
Vaw
shall carry substantial weight in any appeal the powers of the office from whom the appeal
proceeding. is taken insofar as the decision on the
particular issue is concerned.
B. Applications to Examiner: Appeals from
environmental determinations as set forth in 5. Any appeal of the action of the Hearing
this Ordinance may be taken to the Hearing Examiner in the case of appeals from environ-
Examiner by any person aggrieved, or by any mental determinations shall be joined with an
officer, department, board or bureau of the appeal of the substantive determination. If an
City affected by such determination. appeal from an environmental determination
is to be made, notice of intent to appeal the
1. Any such appeal shall be filed in writing. environmental determination must be given to
the City within twenty (20) calendar days
2. Immediately upon receipt of the notice of from the date of procedural decision. Appeal to
appeal, the Hearing Examiner shall forward to the Superior Court of the environmental de-
the officer from whom the appeal is being cision and the substantive determination must
taken a copy of the notice of appeal. Upon re- be made within twenty (20) days of the sub-
ceiving such notice, the officer from whom the stantive determination and must be made by
appeal is being taken shall transmit to the writ of review to the Superior Court of Wash-
Hearing Examiner all of the records per- ington for King County.
taming to the decision being appealed, to-
gether with such additional written reports as 6. There shall be no more than one appeal on
are deemed pertinent. The examiner may re- a procedural determination or environmental
quest additional information from the determination such as the adequacy of a
applicant. determination of significance/nonsignificance or
of a final environmental impact statement.
3. A written notice of the time and place of
the hearing at which the appeal shall be con- C. The City shall give official notice under WAC
sidered by the examiner shall be mailed to the 197-11-680(5) whenever it issues a permit or
applicant, all parties of record in the case, and approval for which a statute or ordinance
to the officer from whom the appeal is taken establishes a time limit for commencing
not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of judicial appeal.
hearing.
4. The examiner may hear and consider any
pertinent facts pertaining to the appeal. The
I
4-6-24 4-6-25
4-6-24: NOTICE, STATUTE OF LIMITA- 197-11-758 Lead agency.
TIONS: 197-11-760 License.
197-11-762 Local agency.
A. 1. The City, applicant for, or proponent of any 197-11-764 Major action.
action may publish a notice of action pursuant 197-11-766 Mitigated DNS.
to RCW 43.21C.080 for any action. 197-11-768 Mitigation.
197-11-770 Natural environment.
2. The form of the notice shall be sub- 197-11-772 NEPA.
stantially in the form provided in WAC 197-11-774 Nonproject.
197-11-990. The notice shall be published by 197-11-776 Phased review.
the City Clerk or County Auditor, applicant or 197-11-778 Preparation.
proponent pursuant to RCW 43.21C.080. 197-11-780 Private project.
197-11-782 Probable.
197-11-784 Proposal.
Part Eight 197-11-786 Reasonable alternative.
Definitions 197-11-788 Responsible official.
197-11-790 SEPA.
197-11-792 Scope.
4-6-25: PURPOSE OF THIS PART AND 197-11-793 Scoping.
ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: This 197-11-794 Significant.
part contains uniform usage and definitions of 197-11-796 State agency.
terms under SEPA. The City adopts the following 197-11-797 Threshold determination.
sections by reference, as supplemented by WAC 197-11-799 Underlying governmental action.
173-806-040.
A. Unless the context clearing required otherwise:
WAC
197-11-700 Definitions. 1. Use of the singular shall include the plural
197-11-702 Act. and conversely.
197-11-704 Action.
197-11-706 Addendum. 2. 'Preparation" of environmental documents
197-11-708 Adoption. refers to preparing or supervising the
197-11-710 Affected tribe. preparation of documents, including issuing,
197-11-712 Affecting. filing, printing, circulating, and related
197-11-714 Agency. requirements.
197-11-716 Applicant.
197-11-718 Built environment. 3. "Impact" refers to environmental impact.
197-11-720 Categorical exemption.
197-11-722 Consolidated appeal. 4. "Permit" means "license" (WAC 197-11-760).
197-11-724 Consulted agency.
197-11-726 Cost-benefit analysis. 5. "Commenting" includes but is not synony- ;,fir
197-11-728 County/city. mous with ';consultation".
197-11-730 Decision maker.
197-11-732 Department. 6. "Environmental cost" refers to adverse envi-
197-11-734 Determination of nonsignificance ronmental impact and may or may not be
(DNS). quantified.
197-11-736 Determination of significance
(DS). 7. "EIS" refers to draft, final, and supple-
197-11-738 EIS. mental EISs (WAC 197-11-405 and WAC
197-11-740 Environment. 197-11-738).
197-11-742 Environmental checklist.
197-11-744 Environmental document. 8. "Under" includes pursuant to, subject to, re-
197-11-746 Environmental review. quired by, established by, in accordance with,
197-11-748 Environmentally sensitive area. and similar expressions of legislative or ad-
197-11-750 Expanded scoping. ministrative authorization or direction.
197-11-752 Impacts.
197-11-754 Incorporation by reference. B. In these rules:
197-11-756 Lands covered by water.
4-6-25 4-6-25
B) 1. "Shall" is mandatory. owned land, whether or not the environment
is directly modified.
2. "May" is optional and permissive and does
not impose a requirement. 2. Nonproject Actions: Nonproject actions
involve decisions on policies, plans, or
3. "Include" means "include but not limited programs.
to".
a. The adoption of amendment of legis-
C. The following terms are synonymous: lation, ordinances, rules, or regulations that
contain standards controlling use or modifi-
1. Effect and impact (WAC 197-11-752). cation of the environment;
2. Environment and environmental quality b. The adoption or amendment of com-
(WAC 197-11-740). prehensive land use plans or zoning ordi-
nances;
3. Major and significant (WAC 197-11-764 and
WAC 197-11-794). c. The adoption of any policy, plan or
program that will govern the development of a
4. Proposal and proposed action (WAC series of connected actions (WAC 197-11-060),
197-11-784). but not including any policy, plan, or program
for which approval must be obtained from any
Now 6. Probable and likely (WAC 197-11-782). Federal agency prior to implementation;
ACT: The State Environmental Policy Act of 1971, d. Creation of a district or annexations
chapter 43.21 RCW, as amended, which is also to any city, town or district;
referred to as "SEPA".
e. Capital budgets; and
ACTION:
f. Road, street, and highway plans.
A. "Actions" include, as further specified below:
3. "Actions" do not include the activities listed
1. New and continuing activities (including above when an agency is not involved. Actions
project and programs) entirely or partly do not include bringing judicial or
financed, assisted, conducted, regulated, administrative civil or criminal enforcement
licensed, or approved by agencies; actions (certain categorical exemptions in Part
Nine identify in more detail governmental
2. New or revised agency rules, regulations, activities that would not have any
plans, policies, or procedures; and environmental impacts and for which SEPA
review is not required).
err 3. Legislative proposals.
ADDENDUM: An environmental document used to
B. Actions fall within one of two (2) categories: provide additional information or analysis that does
not substantially change the analysis of significant
1. Project Actions: A project action involves a impacts and alternatives in the existing
decision on a specific project, such as a environmental document. The term does not include
construction or management activity located in supplemental EISs. An addendum may be used at
a defined geographic area. Projects include any time during the SEPA process.
and are limited to agency decisions to:
ADOPTION: An agency's use of all or part of an
a. License, fund, or undertake any existing environmental document to meet all or part
activity that will directly modify the of the agency's responsibilities under SEPA to
environment, whether the activity will be prepare an EIS or other environmental document.
conducted by the agency, an applicant, or
under contract. AFFECTED TRIBE: Affected tribe or "treaty tribe"
means any Indian tribe, band, nation or community
b. Purchase, sell, lease, transfer, or in the State of Washington, that is federally
exchange natural resources, including publicly recognized by the United States Secretary of the
4-6-25 4-6-25
Interior and that will or may be affected by the the Department of Game and the Department
proposal. of Fisheries shall be considered agencies with
jurisdiction.
AFFECTING: Having, or may be having, an effect
on (see WAC 197-11-752 on impacts). For purposes APPLICANT: Any person or entity, including an
of deciding whether an EIS is required and what agency, applying for a license from an agency.
the EIS must cover, "affecting" refers to having Application means a request for a license.
probable, significant adverse environmental impacts
(RCW 43.21.C.031 and 43.21C.110[1][c]). BUILT ENVIRONMENT: The elements of the
environment as specified by RCW 43.21C.110(1)(f)
AGENCY: and 197-11-444(2), which are generally built or
made by people as contrasted with natural
A. "Agency" means any state or local processes.
governmental body, board, commission,
department, or officer authorized to make law, CATEGORICAL EXEMPTION: A type of action,
hear contested cases, or otherwise take the specified in these rules, which does not significantly
actions stated in WAC 197-11-704, except the affect the environment (RCW 43.21C.110[1][a]);
judiciary and state legislature. An agency is categorical exemptions are found in Part Nine of
any state agency (WAC 197-11-796) or local these rules. Neither a threshold determination nor
agency (WAC 197-11-762). any environmental document, including an
environmental checklist or environmental impact
B. "Agency with environmental expertise" means statement, is required for any categorically exempt ` ie
an agency with special expertise on the action (RCW 43.21C.031). These rules provide for
environmental impacts involved in a proposal those circumstances in which a specific action that
or alternative significantly affecting the would fit within a categorical exemption shall not
environment. These agencies are listed in be considered categorically exempt (WAC
WAC 197-11-920; the list may be expanded in 197-11-305).
agency procedures (WAC 197-11-906). The
appropriate agencies must be consulted in the CONSOLIDATED APPEAL: The procedure
environmental impact statement process, as requiring a person to file an agency appeal
required by WAC 197-11-502. challenging both procedural and substantive
compliance with SEPA at the same time, as
C. "Agency with jurisdiction" means an agency provided under RCW 43-21.00765(3)(b) and the
with authority to approve, veto, or finance all exceptions therein. If any agency does not have an
or part of a nonexempt proposal (or part of a appeal procedure for challenging either the agency's
proposal). The term does not include an procedural or its substantive SEPA determinations,
agency authorized to adopt rules or standards the appeal cannot be consolidated prior to any
of general applicability and could apply to a judicial review. The requirement for a consolidated
proposal, when no license or approval is appeal does not preclude agencies from bifurcating
required from the agency for the specific appeal proceedings and allowing different agency +or
proposal. The term also does not include a officials to hear different aspects of the appeal.
local, state or Federal agency involved in (WAC 197-11-680).
approving a grant or loan, that serves only as
a conduit between the primary administering COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS: A quantified
agency and the recipient of the grant or loan. comparison of costs and benefits generally expressed
Federal agencies with jurisdiction are those in monetary or numerical terms. It is not
from which a license or funding is sought or synonymous with the weighing or balancing of
required. environmental and other impacts or benefits of a
proposal.
D. If a specific agency has been named in these
rules, and the functions of that agency have COUNTY/CITY: A county, city, or town. In this
changed or been transferred to another Chapter, duties and powers are assigned to a
agency, the term shall mean any successor county, city, or town as a unit. The delegation of
agency. responsibilities among the various departments of a
county, city, or town is left to the legislative or
E. For those proposals requiring a hydraulic charter authority of the individual counties, cities,
project approval under RCW 75.20.100, both or towns.
4-6-25
4-6-25
DECISION MAKER: The agency official or officials appropriate consideration to the environment in
who make the agency's decision on a proposal. The agency decision making.
decision maker and responsible official are not
necessarily synonymous, depending on the agency EA: An area
and its SEPA procedures (WAC 197-11-906 and designated and mapped by the City under WAC
WAC 197-11-910). 197-11-908. Certain categorical exemptions do not
apply within environmentally sensitive areas (WAC
DEPARTMENT: The Washington State Department 197-11-305, WAC 197-11-908, and Part Nine of
of Ecology. these rules).
DETERMINATION OF NONSIGNIFICANCE EXPANDED SCOPING: An optional process that
(DNS): The written decision by the responsible may be used by agencies to go beyond minimum
official of the lead agency that a proposal is not scoping requirements.
likely to have a significant adverse environmental
impact, and therefore an EIS is not required (WAC IMPACTS: The effects or consequences of actions.
197-11-310 and WAC 197-11-340). The DNS form is Environmental impacts are effects upon the
in WAC 197-11-970. elements of the environment listed in WAC
197-11-444.
DETERMINATION OF SIGNIFICANCE (DS): The
written decision by the responsible official of the INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE: The inclusion
lead agency that a proposal is likely to have a of all or part of any existing document in an
`1'4a"'' significant adverse environmental impact, and agency's environmental documentation by reference
therefore an EIS is required (WAC 197-11-310 and (WAC 197-11-600 and WAC 197-11-635).
WAC 197-11-360). The DS form is in WAC
197-11-980 and must be used substantially in that Lands► underlying
form. tFe wa �a s of the State below the ordinary
high water mark, including salt waters, tidal
EIS: Environmental impact statement. The term waters, estuarine waters, natural water courses,
"detailed statement" in RCW 43.21C.030(2Xc) refers lakes, ponds, artificially impounded waters,
to a final EIS. The term "EIS" as used in these marshes, and swamps. Certain categorical
rules refers to draft, final, or supplemental EISs exemptions do not apply to lands covered by water,
(WAC 197-11-405). as specified in Part Nine.
ENVIRONMENT: Means, and is limited to, those LEAD AGENCY: The agency with the main respon-
elements listed in WAC 197-11-444, as required by sibility for complying with SEPA's procedural
RCW 43.21C.110(1Xf). Environment and environ- requirements (WAC 197-11-050 and WAC
mental quality refer to the state of the 197-11-922). The procedures for determining lead
environment and are synonymous as used in these agencies are in Part Ten of these rules. "Lead
rules and refer basically to physical environmental agency" may be read as "responsible official" (WAC
saw quality. 197-11-788 and WAC 197-11-910) unless the
context clearly requires otherwise. Depending on
ENVIRONMENTAL CHECK LIST: The form in the agency and the type of proposal, for example,
WAC 197-11-960. Rules for its use are in WAC there may be a difference between the lead
197-11-315. agency's responsible official, who is at a minimum
responsible for procedural determinations (such as
ENVIRONMENTAL DOCUMENT: Any written WAC 197-11-330, 197-11-455, 197-11-460) and its
public document prepared under this Chapter. decision maker, who is at a minimum responsible
Under SEPA, the terms environmental analysis, for substantive determinations (such as WAC
environmental study, environmental report, and 197-11-448, WAC 197-11-655, and 197-11-660).
environmental assessment do not have specialized
meanings and do not refer to particular LICENSE: Any form of written permission given to
environmental documents (unlike various other any person, organization, or agency to engage in
state or Federal environmental impact procedures). any activity, as required by law or agency rule. A
license includes all or part of an agency permit,
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW: The consideration of certificate, approval, registration, charter, or plat
environmental factors as required by SEPA. The approvals or rezones to facilitate a particular
"environmental review process" is the procedure proposal. The term does not include a license
used by agencies and others under SEPA for giving required solely for revenue purposes.
490
s.
4-6-25 4-6-25
LOCAL AGENCY: "Local agency" or "local govern- PHASED REVIEW: The coverage of general
ment" means any political subdivision, regional matters in broader environmental documents, with
governmental unit, district, municipal or public subsequent narrower documents concentrating
corporation, including cities, towns, and counties solely on the issues specific to the later analysis
and their legislative bodies. The term encompasses (WAC 197-11-060[5]). Phased review may be used
but does not refer specifically to the departments for a single proposal or EIS (WAC 197-11-060).
within a city or county.
PREPARATION: "Preparation" of an environmental
MAJOR ACTION: An action that is likely to have document means preparing or supervising the
significant adverse environmental impacts. "Major" preparation of documents, including issuing, filing,
reinforces but does not have a meaning printing, circulating, and related requirements (see
independent of"significantly" (WAC 197-11-794). WAC 197-11-700[2]).
MITIGATED DNS: A DNS that includes mitigation PRIVATE PROJECT: Any proposal primarily
measures and is issued as a result of the process initiated or sponsored by an individual or entity
specified in WAC 197-11-350. other than an agency.
MITIGATION: PROBABLE: Likely or reasonably likely to occur,
as in "a reasonable probability of more than a
A. Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking moderate effect on the quality of the environment"
a certain action or parts of an action; (see WAC 197-11-794). Probable is used to distin-
guish likely impacts from those that merely have a
B. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or possibility of occurring, but are remote or specula-
magnitude of the action and its implement- tive. This is not meant as a strict statistical
ation, by using appropriate technology, or by probability test.
taking affirmative steps to avoid or reduce
impacts; PROPOSAL: A proposed action. A proposal includes
both actions and regulatory decisions of agencies as
C. Rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitat- well as any actions proposed by applicants. A
ing, or restoring the affected environment; proposal exists at that stage in the development of
an action when an agency is presented with an
D. Reducing or eliminating the impact over time application, or has a goal and is actively preparing
by preservation and maintenance operations to make a decision on one or more alternative
during the life of the action; means of accomplishing that goal, and the environ-
mental effects can be meaningfully evaluated. (See
E. Compensating for the impact by replacing, WAC 197-11-055 and WAC 197-11-060[3]). A pro-
enhancing, or providing substitute resources posal may therefore be a particular or preferred
or environments; and/or course of action or several alternatives. For this
reason, these rules use the phrase "alternatives
F. Monitoring the impact and taking appropriate including the proposed action". The term "proposal"
corrective measures. may therefore include "other reasonable courses of "
action", if there is no preferred alternative and if it
NATURAL ENVIRONMENT: Those aspects of the is appropriate to do so in the particular context.
environment contained in WAC 197-11-444(1),
frequently referred to as natural elements, or REASONABLE ALTERNATIVE: An action that
resources, such as earth, air, water, wildlife, and could feasibly attain or approximate a proposal's
energy. objectives, but at a lower environmental cost or
decreased level of environmental degradation.
NEPA: The National Environmental Policy Act of Reasonable alternatives may be those over which
1969 (42 USCA 4321 et seq.; P.L. 91-190), that is an agency with jurisdiction has authority to control
like SEPA at the Federal level. The Federal NEPA impacts, either directly, or indirectly through
regulations are located at 40 CFR 1500 et seq. requirement of mitigation measures. (See WAC
197-11-440[5] and WAC 197-11-660.) Also see the
NONPROJECT: Actions which are different or definition of "scope" for the three (3) types of
broader than a single site specific project, such as alternatives to be analyzed in EISa (WAC
plans, policies, and programs (WAC 197-11-704). 197-11-792).
490
4-6-25
4-6-25
RESPONSIBLE OFFICIAL: That officer or officers, specific rules for the content of EISs. The
committee, department, or section of the lead scope of an individual statement may depend
agency designated by agency SEPA procedures to on its relationship with other EISs or on
undertake its procedural responsibilities as lead phased review.
agency (WAC 197-11-910).
SCOPING: Determining the range of proposed
SEPA: The State Environmental Policy Act of 1971 actions, alternatives, and impacts to be discussed in
(Chapter 43.21C RCW), which is also referred to as an EIS. Because an EIS is required to analyze sig-
the Act. The "SEPA process" means all measures nificant environmental impacts only, scoping is
necessary for compliance with the act's require- intended to identify and narrow the EIS to the sig-
ments. nificant issues. The required scoping process (WAC
197-11-408) provides interagency and public notice
SCOPE: of a DS, or equivalent notification, and opportunity
to comment. The lead agency has the option of ex-
A. The range of proposed actions, alternatives, panding the scoping process (Wac 197-11-410), but
and impacts to be analyzed in an environ- shall not be required to do so. Scoping is used to
mental document (WAC 197-11-060[2]). encourage cooperation and early resolution of poten-
tial conflicts, to improve decisions, and to reduce
B. To determine the scope of environmental paperwork and delay.
impact statements, agencies consider three (3)
types of actions, three (3) types of impacts, SIGNIFICANT:
*are and three (3) types of alternatives.
A. As used in SEPA means a reasonable likeli-
1. Actions may be: hood of more than a moderate adverse impact
on environmental quality.
a. Single (a specific action which is not
related to other proposals or parts of pro- B. Significance involves context and intensity
posals); (WAC 197-11-330) and does not lend itself to
a formula or quantifiable test. The context
b. Connected (proposals or parts of pro- may vary with the physical setting. Intensity
posals which are closely related under WAC depends on the magnitude and duration of an
197-11-060[3] or WAC 197-11-305[1)); or impact.
c. Similar (proposals that have common The severity of an impact should be weighed
aspects and may be analyzed together under along with the likelihood of ita occurrence. An
WAC 197-11-060[3]). impact may be significant if its chance of oc-
currence is not great, but the resulting envi-
2. Alternatives may be: ronmental impact would be severe if it occur-
red.
Vie a. No action;
C. WAC 197-11-330 specifies a process, including
b. Other reasonable courses of action; or criteria and procedures, for determining
whether a proposal is likely to have a sig-
c. Mitigation measures (not in the pro- nificant adverse environmental impact.
posed action).
STATE AGENCY: Any state board, commission,
3. Impacts may be: department, or officer, including state universities,
colleges, and community colleges, that is author-
a. Direct; ized by law to make rules, hear contested cases, or
otherwise take the actions stated in WAC
b. Indirect; or 197-11-704, except the judiciary and state legisla-
ture.
c. Cumulative.
THRESHOLD DETERMINATION: The decision by
C. WAC 197-11-060 provides general rules for the the responsible official of the lead agency whether
content of any environmental review under or not an EIS is required for a proposal that is not
SEPA; Part Four and WAC 197-11-440 provide
4-6-25
categorically exempt (WAC 197-11-310 and WAC 197-11-932 Lead agency for private projects
197-11-330[11(bl). requiring licenses from more
than one agency, when one of
UNDERLYING GOVERNMENTAL ACTION: The the agencies is a county/city.
governmental action, such as zoning or permit 197-11-934 Lead agency for private projects
approvals, that is the subject of SEPA compliance. requiring licenses from a local
agency, not a county/city, and
one or more state agencies.
Part Nine 197-11-936 Lead agency for private projects
Categorical Exemptions requiring licenses from more
than one state agency.
197-11-938 Lead agencies for specific
4-6-26: ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: The proposals.
City adopts by reference the following 197-11-940 Transfer of lead agency status to
rules for categorical exemptions, as supplemented in a state agency.
this Ordinance, including WAC 173-806-070 197-11-942 Agreements on lead agency
(Flexible Thresholds), WAC 173-806-080 (Use of ex- status.
emptions), and WAC 173-806-190 (Environmentally 197-11-944 Agreements on division of lead
sensitive areas): agency duties.
197-11-946 DOE resolution of lead agency
WAC disputes.
197-11-800 Categorical exemptions. 197-11-948 Assumption of lead agency status.
197-11-880 Emergencies. Noe
197-11-890 Petitioning DOE to change
exemptions. 4-6-28: ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE
AREAS:
Part Ten A. The map(s) under Ordinance No. 3891
Agency Compliance designate the location of environmentally
sensitive areas within the City and are
adopted by reference. These include greenbelts
4-6-27: PURPOSE OF THIS PART AND designated in the Comprehensive Plan, conser-
ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: This vancy and natural environments of the Shore-
part contains rules for agency compliance with line Master Program, and the one hundred
SEPA, including rules for charging fees under the (100) year floodway mapped under the Federal
SEPA process, designating environmentally sen- Flood Insurance Program. For each environ-
sitive areas, listing agencies with environmental mentally sensitive area, the exemptions within
expertise, selecting the lead agency, and applying WAC 197-11-800 that are inapplicable for that
these rules to current agency activities. The City area are:
adopts the following sections by reference, as
supplemented by WAC 173-806-050 and 173-806-053 197-11-800(1).
and this part: 197-11-800(2Xd,e,g).
197-11-800(6Xa).
WAC 197-11-800(24)(a,b,c,d,f,g).
197-11-900 Purpose of this part. 197-11-800(25)(f,h).
197-11-902 Agency SEPA policies.
197-11-916 Application to ongoing actions. Unidentified exemptions shall continue to
197-11-920 Agencies with environmental apply within environmentally sensitive areas
expertise. of the City.
197-11-922 Lead agency rules.
197-11-924 Determining the lead agency. B. The City shall treat proposals located wholly
197-11-926 Lead agency for governmental or partially within an fillinfiaffliferhy
proposals. ausawsommerliMININWIRVIS -
197-11-928 Lead agency for public and posals under this Ordinance, making a three-
private proposals. hold determination for all such proposals. The
197-11-930 Lead agency for private projects City shall not automatically require an EIS
with one agency with jurisdiction. for a proposal merely because it is
4-6-28 4-6-30
B) proposed for location in an environmentally public notice requirements of this Ordinance
sensitive area. relating to the applicant's proposal.
C. Certain exemptions do not apply on lands D. The City shall not collect a fee for performing
covered by water, and this remains true its duties as a consulted agency.
regardless of whether or not lands covered by
water are mapped. E. The City may charge any person for copies of
any document prepared under this Ordinance,
and for mailing the document, in a manner
4-6-29: FEES: The City shall require the follow- provided by chapter 42.17 RCW.
ing fees for its activities in accordance
with the provisions of this Ordinance: F. Specific fees for the activities described above
are set forth in Title V, Chapter 1 (Fee
A. Threshold determination. For every environ- Schedule) of the City Code.
mental check list the City will review when it
is lead agency, the City shall collect a fee
from the proponent of the proposal prior to Part Eleven
undertaking the threshold determination. The Forms
time periods provided by this Ordinance for
making a threshold determination shall not
begin to run until payment of the fee. 4-6-30: ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: The
*sr City adopts the following forms and
B. Environmental impact statement. sections by reference:
1. When the City is the lead agency for a WAC
proposal requiring an EIS and the ERC deter- 197-11-960 Environmental check list.
mines that the EIS shall be prepared by 197-11-965 Adoption notice.
employees of the City, the City may charge 197-11-970 Determination of nonsignificance
and collect a reasonable fee from any appli- (DNS).
cant to cover costs incurred by the City in 197-11-980 Determination of significance and
preparing the EIS. The ERC shall advise the scoping notice (DS).
applicant(s) of the projected costs for the EIS 197-11-985 Notice of assumption of lead
prior to actual preparation; the applicant shall agency status.
post bond or otherwise ensure payment of 197-11-990 Notice of action.
such costs.
2. The ERC may determine that the City will 4-6-31: EFFECTIVE DATE: The effective date
contract directly with a consultant for pre- of this Ordinance is February 25, 1985.
paration of an EIS, or a portion of the EIS,
for activities initiated by some person or 4-6-32: SEVERABILITY: If any provision of
entity other than the City and may bill such this Ordinance or its application to any
costs and expenses directly to the applicant. person or circumstance is held invalid, the remain-
The City may require the applicant to post der of this Ordinance, or the application of the
bond or otherwise ensure payment of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall
costs. Such consultants shall be selected by not be affected. (Ord. 3891, 2-25-85)
mutual agreement of the City and applicant
after a call for proposals.
3. If a proposal is modified so that an EIS is
no longer required, the ERC shall refund any
fees collected under B1 or B2 of this
subsection which remain after incurred costs
are paid.
C. The City may collect a reasonable fee from an
applicant to cover the cost of meeting the
f
4-7-1 4-7-2
CHAPTER 7
FIRE HYDRANTS
SECTION: subdivision or agency of the State of Washington.
(Ord. 3541, 5-4-81)
4-7- 1: Definitions
4-7- 2: Fire Hydrants Required PRIVATE HYDRANT: A fire hydrant situated and
4-7- 3: Prohibited Installation maintained to provide water for fire fighting
4-7- 4: Installation Requirements purposes with restrictions as to use. The location
4-7- 5: Special Requirements may be such that it is not readily accessible for
4-7- 6: Hydrant Accessibility immediate use by the fire authority for other than
4-7- 7: Dead End Mains Prohibited certain private property.
4-7- 8: Fire Flow Requirement
4-7- 9: Building Permits PUBLIC HYDRANT: A fire hydrant situated and
4-7-10: Penalty maintained to provide water for fire fighting
purposes without restriction as to use for that
purpose. The location is such that it is accessible
for immediate use of the fire authority at all times.
4-7-1: DEFINITIONS: For the purpose of this U.B.C.: The Uniform Building Code as adopted,
Chapter, the following words, terms, including amendments, by the City of Renton.
phrases and their derivations shall have the
meaning given herein, unless the context otherwise U.L.: The Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
indicates. When not inconsistent with the context,
words used in the present tense include the future, WATER AUTHORITY: The Renton Department of
words in the plural number include the singular Utilities, or any other municipal or quasi-municipal
number and words in the singular number include entity distributing water to fire hydrants within the
the plural number. The word "shall" is always City of Renton.
mandatory.
A.P.W.A.: The American Public Work Associations. 4-7-2: FIRE HYDRANTS REQUIRED: All
buildings constructed within the City of
A.W.W.A.: The American Water Works Association. Renton shall be served by fire hydrants installed in
accordance with the requirements of this Chapter.
APPROVING AUTHORITY: The Fire Chief of the In addition, presently existing fire hydrants which
Renton Fire Department, or his appointee. do not conform with the requirements and stand-
ards of this Chapter when replaced, shall be ,
FIRE DEPARTMENT: The Renton Fire replaced with hydrants which do conform to the
Department. standards and requirements of this Chapter. All fire
hydrants shall be served by a municipal or
FIRE FLOW: The measure of the sustained flow of quasi-municipal water system, or as otherwise
available water for fire fighting at a specific approved by the Fire Marshal. All hydrants shall be
building or within a specific area at twenty (20) subject to testing, inspection and approval by the
pounds per square inch residual pressure. Fire Control Division.
FIRE MARSHAL The City of Renton Fire Marshal The number of fire hydrants that shall be required
or his appointee. for the new construction or a defined risk, shall be
based on the amount of fire flow that is required to
FLUSH TYPE HYDRANT: A hydrant installed protect said risk. The requirement shall be one
entirely below grade. hydrant per one thousand (1,000) g.p.m. fire flow.
These fire hydrants shall be located no closer than
MUNICIPALITY or QUASI-MUNICIPALITY: Any fifty feet (50') from the structure and no greater
county, city, town, water district, sewer district, than three hundred (300') feet. The primary
public utility district or other governmental hydrant shall be not further than one hundred fifty
4-7-2
4-7-4
feet (150') from the structure. All hydrants are to grade and have no less than thirty six inches
be accessible to Fire Department pumpers over (36") in diameter of clear area about the
roads capable of supporting such fire apparatus. hydrant for the clearance of hydrant wrenches
The Fire Marshal shall have discretion to determine on both outlets and on the control valve.
the location of the hydrants based upon a review of
the location of the existing utilities, topography and G. The port shall face the most likely route of
the characteristics of the building or structure; approach and location of the fire truck while
minor deviations may be granted by Fire pumping, distance from pumper port to street
Department approval of written requests. (Ord. curb shall be no further than twelve feet (12'),
4007, 7-14-86) all as determined by the Fire Marshall.
H. The lead from the service main to the hydrant
4-7-3: PROHIBITED INSTALLATION: The shall be no less than six inches (6") in
installation of flush type hydrants is diameter. Any hydrant leads over fifty feet
prohibited unless approved by the Fire Marshal and (50') in length from water main in hydrant
such approval shall be given only when permitted shall be no less than eight inches in diameter.
fire hydrants would be dangerous or impractical.
The showing of such danger or impracticability I. All hydrants newly installed in single family
shall be the burden of the builder. (Ord. 3541, residential areas shall be supplied by not less
5-4-81) than six inch (6") mains, and shall be capable
of delivering one thousand (1,000) g.p.m. fire
%r flow over and above average maximum
4-7-4: INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: demands at the farthest point of the
The installation of all fire hydrants shall installation. Hydrant leads up to fifty feet (50')
be in accordance with sound engineering practices. long may be six inches (6") in diameter.
In addition, the following requirements shall apply
to all building construction projects: J. All hydrants shall have at least five inch (5")
minimum valve opening, " 0 " ring stem seal,
A. Two (2) copies of detailed plans or drawings, two (2) two and one-half inch (2 1/2") national
accurately indicating the location of all valves standard thread hose nozzles, one four inch
and fire hydrants to be installed shall be (4') steamer nozzle with City of Seattle
submitted to the Fire Marshall prior to the standard threads. In addition, all hydrants
commencement of any construction. shall meet A.W.W.A. standards for public
hydrants and be Cory type.
B. All fire hydrants must be approved by the
City of Renton, Public Works Department as K. All pipe shall meet City of Renton standards
per the requirements of City ordinance. per Code Section 8-4-43.
C. All construction of the fire hydrant installation L. The maximum distance between fire hydrants
likir+'' and its attendant water system connection in single family use district zones shall be six
shall conform to the design standards and hundred feet (600').
specifications of the City of Renton.
M. The maximum distance between fire hydrants
D. Fire hydrant installation shall be adequately in commercial, industrial and apartment
protected against vehicular damage in accord- (including duplex) use district zones shall be
ance with Section 8-4-43 of the Renton City three hundred feet (300').
Code. •
N. Lateral spacing of fire hydrants shall be
E. An auxiliary gate valve shall be installed at predicated on hydrants being located at street
the main line tee to permit the repair and intersections.
replacement of the hydrant without disruption
of water service. 0. The appropriate water authority and Fire
Department shall be notified in writing of the
F. All hydrants shall stand plumb, + or - 3°, to date the fire hydrant installation and its
be set to the finished grade with the bottom attendant water connection system will be
flange two inches (2") above ground or curb available for use.
47-4 4-7-10
P. The Fire Marshal shall be notified when all 4-7-7: DEAD END MAINS PROHIBITED:
newly installed hydrants or mains are placed Provisions shall be made wherever
in service. appropriate in any project for looping all dead end
or temporarily dead end mains. A minimum fifteen
Q. Where fire hydrants are not in service, they foot (15') easement shall be required. Construction
shall be identified as being out of service by a plans must be approved by the Public Works
method approved by the Fire Marshal. Department as per this Chapter and other applic-
able City ordinances prior to commencement of
construction.
4-7-5: SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: The
requirements of this Section apply to all
building construction projects in which buildings are 4-7-8: FIRE FLOW REQUIREMENT: The fire
located or are to be located such that any portion is flow requirement applied by the Fire
more than two hundred feet (200') in vehicular Marshal under the provisions of this Chapter shall
travel from a street property line, except detached be based upon criteria established in the Guide for
single family dwellings: Determination of Required Fire Flow as published
by the Insurance Services Office of the Municipal
A. Buildings have required fire flows of less than Survey Services, 160 Water Street, New York, New
two thousand five hundred (2,500) g.p.m., may York 10036. The Guide for Determination of
have fire hydrants on one side of the building Required Fire Flow, together with the standards of
only. the American Water Works Association all as
amended, added to or excepted herein are adopted 410
B. When the required fire flow is over two by the City of Renton. Three (3) copies of each such
thousand five hundred (2,500) g.p.m., the fire collection shall be filed in the City Clerk's office
hydrants shall be served by a main which and be available for use and examination by the
loops around the building or complex of public. (Ord. 3541, 5-4-81)
buildings and reconnects back into a
distribution supply main.
4-7-9: BUILDING PERMITS: No building
C. The number of fire hydrants that shall be permit shall be issued until plans
required for the new construction or a defined required under this Chapter have been submitted
risk, shall be based on the amount of fire flow and approved in accordance with the provisions
that is required to protect said risk. The contained in this Chapter. No construction beyond
requirement shall be one hydrant per one the foundation shall be allowed until hydrants and
thousand (1,000) g.p.m. fire flow. These fire mains are in place, unless approved by the appro-
hydrants shall be located no closer than fifty priate City authority, following appropriate applica-
feet (50') from the structure and no greater tion and a finding that there is no life or safety
than three hundred thirty feet (330'). All threats involved.
hydrants are to be accessible to Fire Depart-
ment pumpers over roads capable of support- Where the existing fire flow is not known or cannot **4110
ing such fire apparatus. The Fire Marshal be easily determined, it shall be required of the
shall determine the location of the hydrants developer to compute the available fire flow using
based upon a determination of utility, standards and criteria set forth at Renton City
topography and building or structure; minor Ordinance No. 3056. (Ord. 4007, 7-14-86)
deviations may be granted by Fire Department
approval of written requests. (Ord. 3541,
5-4-81) 4-7-10: PENALTY: A violation of any section or
provision of this Chapter is a mis-
demeanor punishable by a fine of not less than five
4-7-6: HYDRANT ACCESSIBILITY: Hydrants hundred dollars for each offense or ninety days in
shall not be obstructed by any structure jail or both such fine and such jail time. Each day
or vegetation, or have the hydrant visibility upon which a violation occurs or continues con-
impaired within a distance of one hundred fifty feet stitutes a separate offense. (Ord. 3541, 5-4-81)
(150') in any direction of vehicular approach to the
hydrant.
4-8-1 4-8-7
CHAPTER 8
HEARING EXAMINER
SECTION: D. Separate the land use policy formulation and
the land use policy administration processes.
4-8- 1: Title (Ord. 3071, 10-18-76)
4-8- 2: General Objectives
4-8- 3: Creation of Hearing Examiner
4-8- 4: Appointment and Term 4-8-3: CREATION OF HEARING EXAM-
4-8- 5: Removal INER: The office of Hearing Examiner,
4-8- 6: Qualifications hereinafter referred to as Examiner, is hereby
4-8- 7: Examiner Pro Tempore; Qualifications created. The Examiner shall interpret, review and
and Duties implement land use regulations as provided in this
4-8- 8: Hearing Examiner; Conflict of Interest Ordinance and other ordinances. The term exa-
and Freedom From Improper Influence miner shall likewise include the Examiner Pro
4-8- 9: Freedom From Improper Influence Tern. (Ord. 3876, 12-17-84)
4-8-10: Duties of the Examiner
low 4-8-11: Applications
4-8-12: Report by Building Department 4-8-4: APPOINTMENT AND TERM: The
4-8-13: Public Hearing Mayor shall appoint with concurrence of
4-8-14: Examiner's Decision and Recommend- not less than four (4) members of the Renton City
ation; Findings Required Council, the Examiner and the Examiner Pro Tern
4-8-15: Reconsideration to serve in said office for a term which shall expire
4-8-16: Appeal on January 31, 1983. The term shall thereafter ex-
4-8-17: Council Action pire on the last day of January of each odd num-
4-8-18: Severability bered years. (Ord. 3454, 7-28-80)
4-8-19: Repealing Conflicting Ordinances
4-8-20: Effective Date
4-8-5: REMOVAL: The Examiner or the
Examiner Pro Tem may be removed
from office at any time by the affirmative vote of
not less than five (5) members of the City Council
4-8-1: TITLE: This Ordinance shall be for just cause.
hereinafter known as Hearing Examiner
Ordinance or Hearing Examiner, may be cited as
such, will be hereinafter referred to as "this 4-8-6: QUALIFICATIONS: The Examiner and
low
Ordinance" and same shall he and constitute the Examiner Pro Tem shall be
Chapter 8, Title IV (Building Regulations) of appointed solely with regard to their qualifications
Ordinance No. 4260 known as the Code of General for the duties of the office which shall include, but
Ordinances of the City of Renton. (Ord. 3876, not be limited to persons with appropriate educa-
12-17-84) tional experience, such as an urban planner, or
public administrator, with at least five (5) years'
experience, persons who have extensive experience
4-8-2: GENERAL OBJECTIVES: It is the in planning work in a responsible capacity, persons
general objective of this Ordinance to: with legal experience, particularly where that
experience is in the area of land use management
A. Provide a single, efficient, integrated land use or administrative law.
regulatory hearing system.
B. Render land use regulatory decisions and 4-8-7: EXAMINER PRO TEMPORE; QUALI-
recommendations to the City Council. FICATIONS AND DUTIES: The Exam-
iner Pro Tern shall, in the event of the absence or
C. Provide a greater degree of due process in the inability of the Examiner to act, have all the
land use regulatory hearings. duties and powers of the Examiner.
4
4-8-8 4-8-10
4-8-8: HEARING EXAMINER; CONFLICT 6. Site approval permits (Ord. 3454, 7-28-80)
OF INTEREST AND FREEDOM
FROM IMPROPER INFLUENCE: The Examiner 7. Waivers and variances (Ord. 3454, 7-28-80;
shall not conduct or participate in any hearing or amd. Ord. 3483, 11-10-80)
decision in which the Examiner has a direct or
indirect personal interest which might exert such 8. Appeals from administrative determination
influence upon the Examiner that might interfere of the City's land use regulation codes
with his decision making process. Any actual or
potential conflict of interest shall be disclosed to 9. Fill permits
the parties immediately upon discovery of such
conflict. 10. Applications for any other land use regu-
latory permits which may be required by ordi-
Participants in the land use regulatory process nances.
have the right, insofar as possible, to have the
Examiner free from personal interest or pre-hearing 11. Appeal of environmental determinations
contacts on land use regulatory matters considered required by the Renton environmental ordi-
by him. It is recognized that there is a counter- nance.
veiling public right to free access to public officials
on any matter. If such personal or pre-hearing 12. Variances from the provisions of this
interest contact impairs the Examiner's ability to Title, for any proposed development requiring
act on the matter, such person shall so state and any permit or approval by the Examiner.
shall abstain therefrom to the end that the pro- '446100
ceeding is fair and has the appearance of fairness, 13. Appeal from administration determination
unless all parties agree in writing to have the mat- implementing a written land use decision of
ter heard by said Examiner. the City Council or Hearing Examiner (Ord.
4168, 8-8-88)
4-8-9: FREEDOM FROM IMPROPER IN- B. Applications and Recommendations: The Exa-
FLUENCE: No Council member,. City miner shall receive and examine available
official, or any other person shall attempt to information, conduct public hearings, prepare
interfere with, or improperly influence the Exa- a record thereof and enter findings of fact
miner in the performance of his designated duties. and conclusions based upon those facts, to-
(Ord. 3071, 10-18-76) gether with a recommendation to the City
Council, for the following applications:
4-8-10: DUTIES OF THE EXAMINER: 1. Change of zone classification (rezones).
A. Applications and Decisions: The Examiner 2. Preliminary plats.
shall receive and examine available infor-
mation, conduct public hearings, prepare a 3. Planned unit developments. loof
record thereof, and enter findings of fact;
conclusions based upon those facts and a deci- 4. Special permits requiring City Council ap-
sion which shall represent the final action on proval.
the application, unless appealed, as herein-
below specified, for the following types of The City Council shall have final authority to
applications: act on such applications.
1. Short plats C. Final Plat Applications: The Examiner shall
receive and examine available information,
2. Special use permits prepare a record thereof and enter findings of
fact and conclusions based upon those facts,
3. Conditional use permits together with a recommendation to the City
Council, for final plat applications. The City
4. Temporary use permits Council shall have final authority to act on
such applications. (Ord. 3454, 7-28-80)
5. Shoreline variance and conditional permits
4-8-11 4-8-11
4-8-11: APPLICATIONS: Section shall not create an appeal right, but
will be treated as a complaint of noncom-
A. Applications to Building Department: Appli- pliance with the land use decision. (Ord.
cations as specified in Section 4-8-10, except 4168, 8-8-88)
appeals of administrative or environmental
determinations shall be filed with the Build- B. Applications to Examiner: Appeals from ad-
ing Department. ministrative determinations of the City's land
use regulation codes and from environmental
1. Within fifteen (15) days of receipt of an determinations required by the Renton envi-
application the Building Department shall ronmental ordinance may be taken to the
determine whether the application is corn- Hearing Examiner by any person aggrieved,
plete. If complete, the application shall be or by any officer, department, board or
accepted. If the application is not complete, bureau of the City affected by such deter-
the Building Department shall request the mination.
applicant to provide additional information as
necessary to complete the application. Within 1. Any such appeal shall be filed in writing
ten (10) days of receipt of new or additional with the Examiner within the following time
information, the Building Department shall limits:
accept or reject the application. (Ord. 3454,
7-28-80, amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) a. Appeals of a final environmental
determination under the Renton environ-
r 2. The applicant shall be advised of the date mental ordinance shall be filed within four-
of acceptance of the application and of the teen (14) days of publication of notice of such
environmental determination. The applicant determination.
shall be advised of the date of any public
hearing at least ten (10) days prior to the b. Appeals from an administrative deci-
hearing. sion pursuant to this Chapter shall be filed
within fourteen (14) days of the date that the
3. The appeal from an administration decision action was taken.
implementing a land use decision of the City
Council or the Hearing Examiner pursuant to 2. Immediately upon receipt of the notice of
this Chapter shall be filed with the Hearing appeal, the Hearing Examiner shall forward
Examiner, along with the required fee, within to the officer from whom the appeal is being
fourteen (14) days of the administrative deci- taken a copy of the notice of appeal. Upon
sion or, if no date of administrative decision receiving such notice, the officer from whom
can be determined, within fourteen (14) days the appeal is being taken shall transmit to
of the issuance of any permit which requires the Hearing Examiner all of the records per-
interpretation of that land use decision, such taining to the decision being appealed, to-
administrative decision being an essential part gether with such additional written reports as
,r,W,, of the issuance of the permit, license, or other are deemed pertinent. The Examiner may re-
City permission to proceed. Any later request quest additional information from the appli-
to interpret, explain, modify, or retract the cant.
decision shall not be deemed to be a new ad-
ministrative determination creating a new 3. A written notice of the time and place of
appeal period for any new third party to the the hearing at which the appeal shall be con-
permit. As between the permit holder and the sidered by the Examiner shall be mailed to
City, any decision to modify or retract the the applicant, all parties of record in the case,
permit shall give the permit holder fourteen and to the officer from whom the appeal is
(14) day appeal period from the date of the taken not less than ten (10) days prior to the
action to modify or retract the permit. date of the hearing. (Ord. 3454, 7-28-80)
Any claim that an administrative decision 4. The Examiner may hear and consider any
maker has failed to correctly interpret or pertinent facts pertaining to the appeal. The
enforce a land use decision after the expira- Examiner may affirm the decision or remand
tion of the appeal time established in this the case for further proceedings, or it may
reverse the decision if the substantial rights
4-8-11 4-8-14
B4) of the applicant may have been prejudiced be given as provided in the ordinance govern-
because the decision is: ing the application. If none is specifically set
forth, such notice shall be given at least ten
a. In violation of constitutional provi- (10) days prior to such hearing.
sions; or
B. On applications requiring approval by the
b. In excess of the authority or jurisdic- City Council, the public hearing before the
tion of the agency; or Examiner, if required, shall constitute the
hearing by the City Council.
c. Made upon unlawful procedure; or
C. The Examiner shall have the power to pre-
d. Affected by other error of law; or scribe rules and regulations for the conduct of
hearings under this Ordinance subject to con-
e. Clearly erroneous in view of the en- firmation by the City Council, and to admin-
tire record as submitted; or ister oaths and preserve order.
f. Arbitrary or capricious. (Ord. 3992, D. At the close of the testimony, the Examiner
5-19-86) may close the public hearing, continue the
hearing to a time and date certain, or close
5. The action of the Hearing Examiner in the the public hearing pending the submission of
case of appeals from administrative determin- additional information on or before a date
ations and environmental determinations shall certain. 4460
be final and conclusive, unless within twenty
(20) calendar days from the date of the deci- E. Until a final action on the application is
sion an aggrieved party or person obtains a taken, the Examiner may dismiss the applica-
writ of review from the Superior Court: of tion for failure to diligently pursue the
Washington for King County, for purpose of application after notice is given to all parties
review of the action taken. (Ord. 3454, of record.
7-28-80)
4-8-14: EXAMINER'S DECISION AND RE-
COMMENDATION; FINDINGS RE-
4-8-12: REPORT BY BUILDING DEPART- QUIRED:
MENT: When such application has been
set for public hearing, if required, the Building A. Unless the time is extended pursuant to this
Department shall coordinate and assemble the Section, within fourteen (14) days of the
comments and recommendations of other City conclusion of a hearing, or the date set for
departments and governmental agencies having an submission of additional information pursuant
interest in the subject application and shall to this Chapter, the Examiner shall render a
prepare a report summarizing the factors involved written decision, including findings from the
and the Building Department findings and sup- record and conclusions therefrom, and shall
portive recommendations. At least seven (7) ca- transmit a copy of such decision by regular
lendar days prior to the scheduled hearing, the mail, postage prepaid, to the applicant and
report shall be filed with the Examiner and copies other parties of record in the case requesting
thereof shall be mailed to the applicant and shall notice of the decision. The person mailing the
be made available for use by any interested party decision, together with the supporting
for the cost of reproduction. (Ord. 3830, 3-19-79; documents, shall prepare an affidavit of
amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) mailing, in standard form, and the affidavit
shall become a part of the record of the
proceedings. In the case of applications
4-8-13: PUBLIC HEARING: requiring City Council approval, the Examiner
shall file his decision with the City Council
A. Before rendering a decision or recommend- members individually at the expiration of the
ation on any application for which a public appeal period for the decision.
hearing is required, the Examiner shall hold
at least one public hearing thereon. Notice of B. In extraordinary cases, the time for filing of
the time and place of the public hearing shall the recommendation or decision of the
4-8-14 4-8-15
B) Examiner may be extended for not more than the applicant such conditions, modifications
thirty (30) days after the conclusion of the and restrictions as the Examiner finds
hearing if the Examiner finds that the necessary to make the application compatible
amount and nature of the evidence to he con- with its environment and carry out the
sidered, or receipt of additional information objectives and goals of the Comprehensive
which cannot be made available within the Plan, the zoning ordinance, the subdivision
normal decision period, requires the extension. ordinance, the codes and ordinances of the
Notice of the extension, stating the reasons City of Renton, and the approved preliminary
therefor, shall be forwarded to all parties of plat, if applicable. Conditions, modifications
record in the manner set forth in this Section and restrictions which may be imposed are,
for notification of the Examiner's decision. but are not limited to, additional set backs,
screenings in the form of landscaping and
C. Change of Zone Classification (Rezone): fencing, covenants, easements and dedications
of additional road rights of way. Performance
1. In any case where a change of the zone bonds may be required to insure compliance
classification of property is recommended, at with the conditions, modifications and
least one of the following circumstances shall restrictions.
be found to apply:
E. Termination of Decision: The City declares
a. That substantial evidence was pre- that circumstances surrounding land use
sented demonstrating the subject reclassi- decisions change rapidly over a period of time.
fication appears not to have been specifically In order to assure the compatibility of a
considered at the time of the last area land decision with current needs and concerns, any
use analysis and area zoning; or such decision must be limited in duration,
unless the action or improvements authorized
b. That the property is potentially by the decision is implemented promptly. Any
classified for the proposed zone being request- application or permit approved pursuant to
ed pursuant to the polices set forth in the this Chapter with the exception of rezones
Comprehensive Plan and conditions have been shall be implemented within two (2) years of
met which would indicate the change is such approval unless other time limits are
appropriate; or prescribed elsewhere in the Renton Municipal
Code. Any application or permit which is not
• c. That since the last previous land use so implemented shall terminate the conclusion
analysis of the area zoning of the subject of that period of time and become null and
property, authorized public improvements, per- void. The Examiner may grant one extension
mitted private development or other circum- of time for a maximum of one year for good
stances affecting the subject property have cause shown. The burden of justification shall
undergone significant and material change. rest with the applicant. For large scale or
phased development projects, the alomowe 2. If the Hearing Examiner further deter- may at the time of approval or recommend-
mines that the change of the zone classifi- ation set forth time limits for expiration
cation is advisable, in the public interest, which exceed those prescribed in this Section
tends to further the preservation and enjoy- for such extended time limits as are justified
ment of any substantial property rights of the by the record of the action.
petitioner, is not materially detrimental to the
public welfare or the properties of other
persons located in the vicinity thereof, and is 4-8-16: RECONSIDERATION: Any interested
in harmony with the purposes and effect of person feeling that the decision of the
the Comprehensive Plan, then in such event, Examiner is based on an erroneous procedure,
the Hearing Examiner may recommend that errors of law or fact, error in judgment, or the
the City Council approve the change of the discovery of new evidence which could not be
zone classification. reasonably available at the prior hearing, may
make a written application for review by the
D. Conditions: The Examiner's recommendation Examiner within fourteen (14) days after the
or decision may be to grant or deny the written decision of the Examiner has been
application, or the Examiner may require of rendered. The application shall set forth the
4-8-15 4-8-17
specific errors relied upon by such appellant, and the matter to the Examiner for reconsider-
the Examiner may, after review of the record, take ation. The cost of transcription of the hearing
further action as the Examiner deems proper. The record shall be borne by the appellant. In the
Examiner may request further information which absence of an entry upon the record of an
shall be provided within ten (10) days of the re- order by the City Council authorizing new or
quest. The Examiner's written decision on the re- additional evidence or testimony, it shall be
quest for consideration shall be transmitted to all presumed that no new or additional evidence
parties of record within ten (10) days of receipt of or testimony has been accepted by the City
the application for reconsideration or receipt of the Council, and that the record before the City
additional information requested, whichever is Council is identical to the hearing record
later. (Ord. 3454, 7-28-80) before the Hearing Examiner.
E. The consideration by the City Council shall be
4-8-16: APPEAL: Unless an ordinance providing based solely upon the record, the Hearing
for review of decision of the Examiner Examiner's report, the notice of appeal and
requires review thereof by the Superior Court, any additional submissions by parties.
interested party aggrieved by the Examiner's
written decision or recommendation may submit a F. If, upon appeal of a decision of the Hearing
notice of appeal to the City Clerk upon a form Examiner on an application submitted pursu-
furnished by the City Clerk, within fourteen (14) ant to Section 4-8-10A and after examination
calendar days from the date of the Examiner's of the record, the Council determines that a
written report. The notice of appeal shall be substantial error in fact or law exists in the
accompanied by a fee in accordance with the fee record, it may remand the proceeding to Exa-
schedule of the City. miner for reconsideration, or modify, or
reverse the decision of the Examiner accord-
A. The written notice of appeal shall fully, ingly.
clearly and thoroughly specify the substantial
error(s) in fact or law which exist in the G. If, upon appeal from a recommendation of the
record of the proceedings from which the Hearing Examiner upon an application sub-
appellant seeks relief. witted pursuant to Section 4-8-1OB or C, and
after examination of the record, the Council
B. Within five (6) days of receipt of the notice of determines that a substantial error in fact or
appeal, the City Clerk shall notify all parties law exists in the record, or that a recom-
of record of the receipt of the appeal. Other mendation of the Hearing Examiner should be
parties of record may submit letters in sup- disregarded or modified, the City Council may
port of their positions within ten (10) days of remand the proceeding to the Examiner for
the dates of mailing of the notification of the reconsideration, or enter its own decision
filing of the notice of appeal. upon the application pursuant to Section
4-8-10B or C.
C. Thereupon the Clerk shall forward to the wows
members of the City Council all of the H. In any event, the decision of the City Council
pertinent documents, including the written shall be in writing and shall specify any
decision or recommendation, findings and modified or amended findings and conclusions
conclusions contained in the Examiner's other than those set forth in the report of the
report, the notice of appeal, and additional Hearing Examiner. Each material finding
letters submitted by the parties. shall be supported by substantial evidence in
the record. The burden of proof shall rest
D. No public hearing shall be held by the City with the appellant. (Ord. 3658, 9-13-82)
Council. No new or additional evidence or
testimony shall be accepted by the City
Council unless a showing is made by the 4-8-17: COUNCIL ACTION: Any application
party offering the evidence that the evidence requiring action by the City Council
could not reasonably have been available at shall be evidenced by minute entry unless other-
the time of the hearing before the Examiner. wise required by law. When taking any such final
If the Council determines that additional action, the Council shall make and enter findings
evidence is required, the Council may remand of fact from the record and conclusions therefrom
4-8-17 4-8-20
which support its action. Unless otherwise
specified, the City Council shall be presumed to
have adopted the Examiner's findings and con-
clusions.
A. In the case of a change of the zone classifi-
cation of property (rezone), the City Clerk
shall place the ordinance on the Council's
agenda for first reading. Final reading of the
ordinance shall not occur until all conditions,
restrictions or modifications which may have
been required by the Council have been ac-
complished or provisions for compliance made •
to the satisfaction of the Legal Department.
B. All other applications requiring Council action
shall be placed on the Council's agenda for
consideration. (Ord. 3454, 7-28-80)
C. The action of the Council approving, modify-
ing or rejecting a decision of the Examiner,
shall be final and conclusive, unless within
thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the
action an aggrieved party or person obtains a
writ of review from the Superior Court of
Washington for King County, for purposes of
review of the action taken. (Ord. 3725, 5-9-83)
4-8-18: SEVERABILITY: The provisions of this
Ordinance are hereby declared to be
severable. If any word, phrase, clause, sentence,
paragraph, section or part in or of this Ordinance,
or the application thereof to any person or cir-
cumstance, is declared invalid, the remaining pro-
visions and the application of such provisions to
other persons or circumstances shall not be affected
thereby, but shall remain in full force and effect,
the Mayor and City Council hereby declaring that
low they would have ordained the remaining provisions
of this Ordinance without the word, phrase, clause,
sentence, paragraph, section or part or the appli-
cation thereof, so held invalid.
4-8-19: REPEALING CONFLICTING ORDIN-
ANCES: Any and all ordinances or parts
of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby
repealed.
4-8-20: EFFECTIVE DATE: This Ordinance
shall be effective from and after its pas-
sage, approval and five (5) days after its public-
ation, unless otherwise provided for hereinabove.
(Ord. 3071, 10-18-76)
9
4-9-1 4-9-2
CHAPTER 9
LAND CLEARING AND TREE CUTTING ORDINANCE
SECTION: C. To preserve and enhance the City's physical
and aesthetic character by preventing indis-
4-9- 1: Title criminate removal or destruction of trees and
4-9- 2: Purpose ground cover;
4-9- 3: Definitions
4-9- 4: Administering Authority D. To implement and further the goals and
4-9- 5: General Provisions policies of the City's Comprehensive Plan for
4-9- 6: Regulations for the Land Clearing and the environment, open space, wildlife habitat,
Tree Cutting and the Development of vegetation, resources, surface drainage,
Property watersheds, and economics;
4-9- 7: Exemptions
4-9- 8: Routine Vegetation Management Permit E. To ensure prompt development, restoration
Review Process and replanting, and effective erosion control of
4-9- 9: Application for Routine Vegetation property during and after land clearing;
Management Permit
4-9-10: Regulations for Routine Vegetation F. To promote land development practices that
Management result in a minimal adverse disturbance to
4-9-11: Routine Vegetation Management Permit existing vegetation and soils within the City;
Conditions
4-9-12: Time Limits for Permits G. To minimize surface water and groundwater
4-9-13: Performance Standards for Land runoff and diversion;
Development Permits
4-9-14: Variance Procedures H. To aid in the stabilization of soil, and to
4-9-15: Violations and Penalties minimize erosion and sedimentation;
4-9-16: Public and Private Redress
I. To minimize the need for additional storm
drainage facilities caused by the destabi-
lization of soils;
J. To retain clusters of trees for the abatement
4-9-1: TITLE: This Chapter shall be here- of noise and wind protection;
inafter known as the "Renton Land
Clearing and Tree Cutting Ordinance," may be cited K. To acknowledge that trees and ground cover
as such, will be hereinafter referred to as "this reduce air pollution by producing pure oxygen
Chapter," and shall constitute Chapter 9, Title IV. from carbon dioxide; "gem
L. To preserve and enhance wildlife and habitat
4-9-2: PURPOSE: This Chapter provides regu- including streams, Vaawetlands
lations for the clearing of land and the and groves of trees;
protection and preservation of trees and associated
significant vegetation for the following purposes: M. To promote building and site planning
practices that are consistent with the City's
A. To promote the public health, safety and natural topographical and vegetational
general welfare of the citizens of Renton; features while at the same time recognizing
that certain factors such as condition (e.g.
B. To implement the policies of the State disease, danger of falling, etc.), proximity to
Environmental Policy Act of 1971 as revised in existing and proposed structures and
1984; improvements, interference with utility
4-9-2 4-9-3
M) services, protection of scenic views, and the do not disturb the root structures of the plants.
realization of a reasonable enjoyment of Ground cover management shall include the
property may require the removal of certain removal of vegetative debris from the property.
trees and ground cover;
LAND CLEARING: The act of removing or
N. To promote the reasonable development of destroying trees or ground cover including grubbing
land in the City. of stumps and root mat from any undeveloped lot,
partially developed lot, developed lot, public lands
or public right of way.
4-9-3: DEFINITIONS:
LAND DEVELOPMENT PERMIT: A preliminary or
CALIPER: The diameter of any tree truck as final plat for a single family residential project: a
measured at a height of four and one-half feet building permit; site plan; or preliminary or final
(4'4') above the ground on the upslope side of the planned unit development plan.
tree.
LAKES: Natural or artificial bodies of water of two
(2) or more acres and/or where the deepest part of
CREEK: Those areas where surface waters flow the basin at low water exceeds two (2) meters (6.6
sufficiently to produce a defined channel or bed. A feet). Artificial bodies of water with a recirculation
defined channel or bed is indicated by hydraulically system approved by the Public Works Department
sorted sediments or the removal of vegetative litter are not included in this definition.
%ow or loosely rooted vegetation by the action of moving
water. The channel or bed need not contain water MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: Includes all
year-round. This definition is not meant to include motorized equipment used for earth moving,
storm water runoff devices or other entirely trenching, excavation, gardening, landscaping, and
artificial watercourses unless they are used to store general property maintenance exceeding twelve (12)
and/or convey pass-through stream flows naturally horsepower in size.
occurring prior to construction of such devices.
NATIVE GROWTH PROTECTION EASEMENT: A
DEVELOPED LOT: A lot or parcel of land upon restrictive area where all native, predevelopment
which a structure(s) is located, which cannot be vegetation shall not be disturbed or removed except
more intensively developed pursuant to the City for removal pursuant to an enhancement program
Zoning Code, and which cannot be further approved pursuant to this Chapter. The purpose of
subdivided pursuant to City Subdivision Ordinance. an easement is to protect steep slopes, slopes with
erosion, landslide and seismic hazards, creeks,
DRIP LINE: A tree's drip line shall be described by wetlands and/or riparian corridors. This easement
a line projected to the ground delineating the shall be defined during the review process
outermost extent of foliage in all directions. pursuant to Section 4-9-13, and shown on the
recorded plat or short plat.
,fir' ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITIES: Removal of noxious
or intrusive species, plantings of appropriate native PARTIALLY DEVELOPED: A lot or parcel of land
species and/or removal of diseased or decaying upon which a structure is located and which is of
trees which pose a clear and imminent threat to sufficient area so as to be capable of
life or property. Enhancement activities shall not accommodating increased development pursuant to
involve the use of mechanical equipment. the Renton Zoning Code; or which may be
Enhancement activities may include the removal of subdivided in accordance with the City Subdivision
pests which pose a clear danger to public health Ordinance.
provided that such danger is certified by the King
County Department of Public Health. PERSON: Any person, individual, public or private
corporation, firm, association, joint venture,
GROUND COVER: Small plants such as salal, ivy, partnership, owner, lessee, tenant, or any other
ferns, mosses, grasses or other types of vegetation entity whatsoever or any combination of such,
which normally cover the ground and includes trees jointly or severally.
of less than six inches (6") caliper.
REMOVAL: The actual removal or causing the
GROUND COVER MANAGEMENT: The mowing or effective removal through damaging, poisoning, root
cutting of ground cover in order to create an destruction or other direct or indirect actions
orderly appearing property so long as such resulting in the death of a tree or ground cover.
activities
4-9-3 4-9-6
ROUTINE VEGETATION MANAGEMENT: Tree 2. On a partially developed or undeveloped lot
trimming, tree topping and ground cover provided that:
management which is undertaken by a person in
connection with the normal maintenance and repair a. No more than three (3) trees are
of property. removed in any twelve (12) month period from
a property under thirty five thousand (35,000)
TREE: Any living woody plant characterized by one square feet in size; and
main stem or trunk and many branches and having
a caliper of six inches (6") or greater, or a b. No more than six (6) trees are
multi-stemmed trunk system with a definitely removed in any twelve (12) month period from
formed crown. an property over thirty five thousand (35,000)
square feet in size.
TREE CUTTING: The actual removal of the above
ground plant material of a tree through chemical, C. Land clearing in conformance with the
manual or mechanical methods. provisions of subsections (B) and (D) is
permitted on a developed, partially developed
TREE TRIMMING: The pruning or removal of or undeveloped lot for purposes of landscaping
limbs provided that the main stem is not severed or gardening provided that no mechanical
and no more than forty percent (40%) of the live equipment is used.
crown shall be removed during any topping.
D. No tree cutting or land clearing is permitted
TREE TOPPING: The severing of the main stem of within twenty five feet (25') of any shoreline
the tree in order to reduce the overall height of the area, within twenty five feet (25') of the
tree provided that no more than forty percent (40%) ordinary high water mark of creeks, in a
of the live crown shall be removed during any wetland area, or on parcels where the
topping. predominant slope or individual slope is in
excess of forty percent (40%) except
UNDEVELOPED LOT: A platted lot or parcel of enhancement activities.
land upon which no structure exists.
E. Any person who performs routine vegetation
WETLANDS: Those areas that are inundated or management on undeveloped property in the
saturated by surface or ground water at a City must obtain a routine vegetation
frequency and duration sufficient to support and management permit prior to performing such
that under normal circumstances do support, a work.
prevalence of vegetation typically adapted to life in
saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally F. Any person who uses mechanical equipment
include swamps, marshes, bogs and similar areas. for routine vegetation management, land
clearing, tree cutting, landscaping, or
gardening on developed, partially developed or
4-9-4: ADMINISTERING AUTHORITY: The undeveloped property must obtain a routine *440
City's Director of Community vegetation management permit prior to
Development, or his duly authorized representative, performing such work.
is hereby authorized and directed to enforce all the
provisions of this Chapter. G. No provision of this Chapter shall be
construed to eliminate the requirement of
permits for the purpose of developing the
4-9-5: GENERAL PROVISIONS: property with substantial permanent
improvements such as roads, driveways,
A. There shall be no tree cutting or land clearing utilities, or buildings.
on any site for the sake of preparing that site
for future development unless a land develop-
ment permit for the site has been approved by 4-9-6: REGULATIONS FOR TILE LAND
the City. CLEARING AND TREE CUTTING
AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF
B. Tree cutting is permitted as follows except as PROPERTY:
provided in subsection (D) below:
A. When a development permit is submitted to
1. On a developed lot; the City it shall be accompanied by a land
4-9-6 4-9-9
A) clearing and tree cutting plan. This plan shall B. Removal of dead or terminally diseased or
be reviewed as part of the environmental damaged ground cover or trees which have
review process pursuant to the State been certified as such by a forester, landscape
Environmental Policy Act and Title IV, architect or the City prior to their removal.
Chapter 6 of the City Code.
C. Maintenance activities including routine
B. All land clearing and tree cutting activities vegetation management and essential tree
shall conform to the performance standards removal for public and private utilities, road
set forth in Section 4-9-13 unless otherwise rights of way and easements, and parks.
recommended in an approved soil engineering,
engineering geology, hydrology or forest D. Installation of distribution lines by public and
management plan and where the alternate private utilities provided that such activities
procedures will be equal to or superior in are categorically exempt from the provisions
achieving the policies of this Chapter. of the State Environmental Policy and Title
IV, Chapter 6 of the City Code.
C. All land clearing and tree cutting activities
shall be conditioned by the City to ensure
that the following performance standards are 4-9-8: ROUTINE VEGETATION MANAGE-
met. MENT PERMIT REVIEW PROCESS:
Permits for routine vegetation management shall
1. The land clearing and tree cutting will not be processed in accordance with the purposes and
___ create or contribute to landslides, accelerated criteria of this Section as follows:
soil creep, settlement and subsidence or
hazards associated with strong ground motion A. An application for a routine vegetation
and soil liquefaction. management permit shall be submitted to the
Community Development Department together
2. The land clearing and tree cutting will not with any necessary fees.
create or significantly contribute to flooding,
erosion, or increased turbidity, siltation or B. The permit shall be reviewed administratively
other form of pollution in a watercourse. within a reasonable period of time.
3. Land clearing and tree cutting will be C. Any individual or party of record who is
undertaken in such a manner as to preserve adversely affected by such a decision may.
and enhance the City's aesthetic character appeal the decision to the City's Hearing
and maintain visual screening and buffering. Examiner pursuant to the procedures
established in Title N, Chapter 8.
4. Land clearing and tree cutting shall be
conducted so as to expose the smallest
practical area of soil to erosion for the least 4-9-9: APPLICATION FOR ROUTINE
possible time, consistent with an approved VEGETATION MANAGEMENT
vow
build-out schedule. PERMIT: A routine vegetation managementPe rmit
application shall set forth the following information:
5. Land clearing and tree cutting shall be
conducted so as to preserve habitat consistent A. Name, address and telephone number of the
with reasonable use of the property. applicant; name and telephone number of the
contact person, if any.
4-9-7: EXEMPTIONS: The following shall be B. A time schedule for all mechanical equipment
exempt from the provisions of this activities or routine vegetation management
Chapter. activities.
A. Removal of trees and/or ground cover by the C. A plan for the specific work to be performed.
Public Works Department, Parks, Department,
Fire Department and/or public or private D. For routine vegetation management on
utility in emergency situations involving undeveloped properties, the application shall
immediate danger to life or property, include:
substantial fire hazards, or interruption of
services provided by a utility.
490
: rrrrs mr
4-9-9 4-9-13
D) 1. Standards and criteria to be used for of twenty five feet (25'), riparian corridors
routine tree trimming and tree topping; including a minimum buffer area of twenty
five feet (25') from the high water mark of
2. Standards and criteria to be used for the creek or stream, and in the two hundred
ground cover management; and foot (200') State shoreline area.
3. Standards and criteria to be used in
determining the location for use of chemicals 4-9-11: ROUTINE VEGETATION MANAGE-
including insecticides and herbicides. MENT PERMIT CONDITIONS: The
routine vegetation management permit may be
E. For use of mechanical equipment the denied or conditioned by the City to restrict the
application shall include: timing and extent of activities in order to further
the intent of this Chapter including:
1. The type of equipment to be used.
A. Preserve and enhance the City's aesthetic
2. A description of the specific work to be character and maintain visual screening and
accomplished using the equipment. buffering.
3. The measures proposed to protect the site B. Preserve habitat to the greatest extent
and adjacent properties from the potential feasible.
adverse impacts of the proposed work and
equipment operation. C. Prevent landslides, accelerated soil creep, ,fir
settlement and subsidence hazards.
4-9-10: REGULATIONS FOR ROUTINE D. Minimize the potential for flooding, erosion, or
VEGETATION MANAGEMENT: increased turbidity, siltation or other form of
`-y pollution in a watercourse.
""" A. Any routine vegetation management on
undeveloped property requires a permit
pursuant to this Chapter. Permitted activities 4-9-12: TIME LIMITS FOR PERMITS: Any
may include the use of mechanized equipment permit for routine vegetation
except as provided in subsections C and D management shall be valid for one year from the
below. date of issuance. An extension may be granted by
the Community Development Department for a
B. The use of mechanical equipment for routine period of one year upon application by the property
vegetation management, land clearing, tree owner or manager. Application for such an
cutting, landscaping, or gardening on extension must be made at least thirty (30) days in
developed, partially developed or undeveloped advance of the expiration of the original permit
property requires a permit pursuant to this and shall include a statement of justification for
Chapter. the extension.
C. For all properties, no land clearing, tree
cutting, or ground cover management 4-9-13: PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR
activities except enhancement activities are LAND DEVELOPMENT PERMITS:
permitted in areas with slopes over forty
percent (40%); slopes over twenty five percent A. There shall be no clear cutting of trees on a
(25%) with class II or class III landslide site for the sake of preparing that site for
hazards, and slopes over twenty five percent future development. Trees may be removed
(25%) with class II or class III erosion pursuant to a development permit which has
hazards, as identified by the King County been approved by the City.
Soils Survey, King County Sensitive Areas
Map Folio or the City Environmentally B. Trees shall be retained to the maximum
Sensitive Areas Maps. extent feasible on the property where they are
growing.
D. For all properties, no land clearing, tree
cutting or ground cover management activities 1. Where it is not practicable to retain all
except enhancement activities are permitted trees on site due to a proposed development,
in wetlands including a minimum buffer area
490
4-9-13 4-9-13
B1) a plot plan shall be submitted identifying fifteen feet (15') of the top of the bank of
those trees which are proposed for removal. same should be removed, nor should any
The City may require a modification of the mechanical equipment operate in such areas
land clearing and tree cutting plan or the except for the development of public parks
associated land development plan to ensure and trail systems, and enhancement activities.
the retention of the maximum number of
trees. F. The City may require and/or allow the
applicant to relocate or replace trees, provide
2. The plot plan shall identify the location of interim erosion control, hydroseed exposed
all areas proposed to be cleared including soils, or other similar conditions which would
building sites, rights of way, utility lines, and implement the intent of this Chapter.
easements. Clearing should not occur outside
of these areas or more than fifteen feet (15') G. No land clearing, ground cover management
from the foundation line of proposed or tree cutting activities except enhancement
buildings. activities shall be conducted in a wetland,
except for the installation of roads and
3. No land clearing, ground cover utilities where no feasible alternative exists
management or tree cutting activities are pursuant to an approved development plan.
permitted in a native growth protection
easement except enhancement activities or the H. Where tree cutting or land clearing will occur
installation of essential roads and utilities pursuant to a building permit, protection
where no other feasible alternative exists measures should apply for all trees which are
pursuant to an approved development plan. to be retained in areas immediately subject to
construction. These requirements may be
C. The City may restrict the timing of the land waived individually or severally by the City if
clearing and tree cutting activities to specific the developer demonstrates them to be
dates and/or seasons when such restrictions inapplicable to the specific on-site conditions
are necessary for the public health, safety and or if the intent of the regulations will be
welfare, or for the protection of the implemented by another means with the same
environment, or to further the purposes of result.
this Chapter.
I. Where the drip line of a tree overlaps a
D. Native growth protection easements may be construction, this shall be indicated on the
established through the subdivision process in survey and the following tree protection
environmentally sensitive areas including but measures should be employed:
not limited to the following areas:
1. The applicant may not fill, excavate, stack
1. A buffer area from the annual high water or store any equipment, or compact the earth
mark of creeks, streams, lakes and other in any way within the area defined by the
shoreline areas or from the top of the bank of drip line of any tree to be retained.
lik"' same, whichever provides good resource
protection. 2. The applicant shall erect and maintain
rope barriers or place bales of hay on the drip
2. Areas in which the average slope is greater line to protect roots. In addition, the applicant
than forty percent (40%). shall provide supervision whenever equipment
or trucks are moving near trees.
3. Wetlands.
3. If the grade level adjoining to a tree to be
4. Any other area which is determined retained is to be raised, the applicant shall
through the environmental review process to construct a dry rock wall or rock well around
include significant vegetation or other the tree. The diameter of this wall or well
valuable resources and which should be must be equal to the tree's drip line.
protected.
4. The applicant may not install impervious
E. No ground cover or trees which are within a surface material within the area defined by
minimum of twenty five feet (25') of the the drip line of any tree to be retained.
annual high water mark of creeks, streams,
lakes, and other shoreline areas or within
4-9-13 4-9-16
I) 5. The grade level around any tree to be C. For each tree which was improperly cut and/or
retained may not be lowered within the removed, replacement planting of a tree of
greater of the following areas: (1) the area equal size, quality and species or up to three
defined by the drip line of the tree, or (2) an (3) trees of the same species in the immediate
area around the tree equal to one foot (1') in vicinity of the tree(s) which was removed. The
diameter for each one inch (1") of tree caliper. replacement trees will be of sufficient caliper
to adequately replace the lost tree(s) or a
6. The applicant shall prune branches and minimum of three inches (3") in caliper.
roots, fertilize, and water as appropriate for
any trees and ground cover which are to be D. Restoration shall include installation and
retained. maintenance of interim and emergency erosion
control measures until such time as the
restored ground cover and trees reach
4-9-14: VARIANCE PROCEDURES: The sufficient maturation to function in compliance
Hearing Examiner shall have the author- with the performance standards identified in
ity to grant variances from the provisions of this Section 4-9-6.
Chapter pursuant to Title W, Section 4-31-19F, and
Title IV, Chapter 8. E. For any parcel on which trees and/or ground
cover are improperly removed and subject to
penalties under this Chapter, the City shall
4-9-15: VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES: stop work on any existing permits and halt
the issuance of any or all future permits or
MOO
A. A violation of any of the provisions of this. approvals until the property is fully restored
Chapter shall constitute a misdemeanor. It in compliance with this Chapter and all
shall be a separate offense for each and every penalties are paid. (Ord. 4219, 6-5-89)
day or portion thereof during which any
violation of any of the provisions of this
Chapter is committed.
B. Any person who shall violate any provisions of
this Chapter shall be subject, upon conviction
in court, to a fine not to exceed one thousand
dollars ($1,000.00) per day and/or five hundred
dollars ($500.00) per tree. In a prosecution
under this Chapter, each tree removed,
damaged or destroyed will constitute a
separate offense.
4-9-16: PUBLIC AND PRIVATE REDRESS:
A. Any person who violates any provision of this
Chapter or of a permit issued pursuant there-
to shall be liable for all damages to public or
private property arising from such violation,
including the cost of restoring the affected
area to its condition prior to such violation.
B. Restoration shall include the replacement of
all improperly removed ground cover with
species similar to those which were removed
or other approved species such that the
biological and habitat values will be replaced;
and
4-10-1 4-10-2
CHAPTER 10
MINING, EXCAVATION AND GRADING ORDINANCE
SECTION: 2. Promote the progressive rehabilitation of
mining, excavation and grading sites to a
4-10- 1: Title, Purpose and Scope suitable new use.
4-10- 2: Definitions
4-10- 3: Procedures, Administering Authority, 3. Protect those areas and uses in the vicinity
Appeal of mining, excavation and grading activities
4-10- 4: Existing Site against detrimental effects.
4-10- 5: Permits Required
4-10- 6: Rehabilitation 4. Promote safe, economic, systematic and
4-10- 7: Applications uninterrupted mining, excavation and grading
4-10- 8: License Fees activities within the City of Renton.
4-10- 9: Bonds
4-10-10: Inspection C. Scope:
4-10-11: Fencing, Setbacks, Landscaping and
Screening 1. All mining, excavation and grading
4-10-12: Work in Progress activities within the City of Renton shall be
4-10-13: Surface Water subject to the terms and conditions of this
4-10-14: Top and Toe Setbacks Ordinance. All such activities shall be further
4-10-15: Cuts in compliance with chapter 78.44 of the
4-10-16: Fills Revised Code of Washington and subject to
4-10-17: Solid Waste Fills the terms of this Ordinance. The owner or
4-10-18: Drainage operator of such activities in the City at the
4-10-19: Slopes time of the adoption of this Ordinance shall
4-10-20: Final Reports make the initial application within thirty
4-10-21: Administrative Liability (30)days and the entire application within
4-10-22: Violations and Penalties ninety (90) days of the effective date of this
4-10-23: Severability Ordinance. The owner or operator of such
4-10-24: Repealing Conflicting Ordinances activities annexed subsequent to the adoption
4-10-25: Effective Date of this Ordinance shall make the initial
application within thirty (30) days and the
entire application within ninety (90) days from
the date of annexation. All such existing
activities shall comply fully with all provisions
Iwo" 4-10-1: TITLE, PURPOSE AND SCOPE: of this Ordinance within the period of time
established by this Ordinance except such
A. Title: This Ordinance shall be hereinafter activities which are not existing at the date of
known as the Renton Mining, Excavation and the adoption of this Ordinance shall conform
Grading Ordinance, may be cited as such, will to all provisions of this Ordinance prior to the
be hereinafter referred to as "this Ordinance", beginning of their operation.
and same shall be and constitute Chapter 10,
Title IV (Building Regulations) of Ordinance 2. This Ordinance conforms to the
4260 known as Code of General Ordinances of requirements of chapter 78.44 of the Revised
the City of Renton. Code of Washington which regulates surface
mining in the State of Washington.
B. Purpose: It is the purpose of this Ordinance
to:
4-10-2: DEFINITIONS: For the purpose of this
1. Provide a means of regulating mining, exca- Ordinance certain terms, phrases, words
vation and grading to promote the health, and their derivatives shall be construed as specified
safety, morals, general welfare and esthetics in this Section. Words used in the singular include
in the City of Renton.
m
4-10-2 4-10-2
the plural, and the plural the singular. The word 1. Existing Grade: The grade prior to grading.
"shall" is mandatory; the word "may" is permissive.
2. Finish Grade: The final grade of the site
AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION: The which conforms to the approved plan.
adopted edition of the Washington State Chapter of
the American Public Works Association. 3. Rough Grade: The stage at which the grade
approximately conforms to the approved plan.
AS-GRADED: The surface conditions existent on
completion of grading. GRADING: An excavating or filling or combination
thereof.
BEDROCK: The in-place solid rock.
1. Regular Grading. Any grading that involves
BENCH: A relatively level step excavated into earth five thousand (5,000) cubic yards or less of
material on which fill is to be placed. material.
BORROW: Earth material acquired from an off-site 2. Engineered Grading: Any grading that
location for use in grading on a site. involves more than five thousand (5,000) cubic
yards of material.
CERTIFICATION: A written engineering or
geological opinion concerning the progress and KEY: A designed compacted fill placed in a trench
completion of the work. excavated in earth material beneath the toe of a
proposed fill slope.
CIVIL ENGINEER: A professional engineer
registered in the State to practice in the field of SITE: Any lot or parcel of land or contiguous
civil works. combination thereof, under the same ownership,
where grading is performed or permitted.
CIVIL ENGINEERING: The application of the
knowledge of the forces of nature, principles of SLOPE: An inclined ground surface the inclination
mechanics and the properties of materials to the of which is expressed as a ratio of horizontal
evaluation, design and construction of civil works distance to vertical distance.
for the beneficial uses of mankind.
SOIL: A naturally occurring surface deposit
COMPACTION: The densification of a fill by overlying bed rock.
mechanical means.
SOIL ENGINEER: A licensed civil engineer
EARTH MATERIAL: Any rock, natural soil or fill experienced and knowledgeable in the practice of
and/or any combination thereof. soil engineering.
ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST: A geologist exper- SOIL ENGINEERING: The application of the
ienced and knowledgeable in engineering geology. principles of soil mechanics in the investigation,
lame
evaluation and design of civil works involving the
ENGINEERING GEOLOGY: The application of geo- use of earth or other materials and the inspection
logic knowledge and principles in the investigation and testing of the construction thereof.
and evaluation of naturally occurring rock and soil
for use in the design of civil works. TERRACE: A relatively level step constructed in
the face of a graded slope surface for drainage-and
EROSION: The wearing away of the ground surface maintenance purposes.
as a result of the movement of wind, water and/or
ice. TOE OF SLOPE: A point or line of a slope in an
excavation or cut where the lower surface changes
EXCAVATION: The mechanical removal of earth to horizontal or meets the existing ground slope.
material.
TOP OF SLOPE: A point or line on the upper
FILL: A deposit of earth material placed by surface of a slope where it changes to horizontal or
artificial means. meets the original surface.
GRADE: The vertical location of the ground surface.
4-10-2
4-10-3
1. Top of Excavation or Cut: The upper approve with conditions the location of the site
surface point where the excavation meets the and its effect on the surrounding area. The
original ground surface. Building Department, which is the administer-
ing authority, shall enforce the requirements
2. Top of Embankment: The upper surface of the Hearing Examiner and the standards
point or line to which side slope changes to established by this Ordinance. (Ord. 2820,
horizontal or meets original ground surface. 1-17-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3098, 12-17-76,
(Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74) eff. 1-2.- I • • -14-81)
Hearing Examiner:
4-10-3: PROCEDURES, ADMINISTERING
AUTHORITY, APPEAL: 1. Special Permit Required: As provided in the
zoning ordinance, the Hearing Examiner may
A. Procedures and Responsibility: grant a special permit to allow the drilling,
quarrying, mining or depositing of minerals or
1. Preliminary Procedures: For advice and materials, including but not limited to
assistance before the application for a special petroleum, coal, sand, gravel, rock, clay, peat
permit from the Hearing Examiner and an and topsoil. A special permit shall be granted
annual license to operate under this prior to the Public Works Department issuing
Ordinance from the Building and Public any annual license as concurred with by the
Works Departments, the applicant should Building�eparnt and authorized by this
consult early and informally with the Building Ordinance.
and Public Works Departments. (Ord. 2820,
1-14-74, Eff. 1-19-74, amd. Ord. 3098, 2. Compatibility of Proposed Use: To grant a
12-17-76, eff: 1-26-77; Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) special permit, the Hearing Examiner shall
make a determination that the activity would
2. Responsibility: not be unreasonably detrimental to the
surrounding area. The Hearing Examiner shall
a. Minor Activity: it order to expedite consider, but is not limited to, the following:
small projects, any mining, excavation or
1 grading of five hundred (500) cubic yards or a. Size and location of the activity.
less shall be reviewed by the Building
Department. The Department may accept, b. Traffic volume and patterns.
reject, modify or impose reasonable conditions
which shall include but are not limited to c. Screening, landscaping, fencing and
posting of bonds; installation of landscaping; setbacks.
limitation of work hours; control of dust and
mud rehabilitation and reuse of the site. d. Unsightliness, noise and dust.
Proper application fin.: : be made to the
yew' Building Department. (Ord. 2820, 1-17-74, eff: e. Surface drainage.
1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
f. The length of time the application of
The Department may issue a license for the an existing operation has to comply with
work. All work is to be completed within nonsafety provisions of this Ordinance. (Ord.
ninety (90) days from the date of issuance or 2820, 1-17-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3098,
the license shall be null and void. If the 12-17-76, eff. 1-26-77)
applicant does not concur with the require-
ments of the Building Department, he has the _ 3. Reuse of Site: In addition to the a•. -
prerogative of appealing to the Hearing plan review as established in Sectio, 4-37-.3
Examiner and abiding by Section 4-10-3 shall be required of the applicant's •.,-d
below. use of the site after termination of the fill/
grade activity and the phasing of the progres-
b. Major Activity: For any mining, sive rehabilitation of the site to the proposed
excavation • in excess of five use of the site. The new use shall be consis-
hundred (500) cubic yards, the Hearing tent with the Comprehensive Plan and
Examiner shall review, approve, disapprove, or compatible with the surrounding area.
4-10-3 4-10-5
B) 4. Change of Site Reuse: If the applicant revoke any annual license issued pursuant to
wishes to change the proposed reuse of the the terms of this Ordinance if after due
site, the applicant will need to submit a new investigation they determine that the permit-
application for site plan review, as specified tee has violated any of the provisions of this
above in Section 4-10-3B3. The review body Ordinance. Notice of revocation shall be in
may approve the new use provided the writing and shall advise the licensee of the
proposed use is consistent with the violations found. The permittee shall have a
Comprehensive Plan, is compatible with the reasonable period of time not to exceed forty
surrounding area and is feasible with the five (45) days in which to remedy the defects
physical characteristics of the site. (Ord. 4008, or omissions specified. In the event the
7-14-86) licensee fails or neglects to do so within the
time period, the order of revocation shall be
5. Transferability of Special Permit: The final. A total or partial stop work order may
special permit is transferable to other persons, be issued for good reason. (Ord. 2820, 1-17-74,
firms and corporations, and the special permit eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
shall continue with the activity on the site
unless a new special permit is granted. (Ord. D. Board of Appeals: In order to provide for a
2820, 1-17-74, eff. 1-19-74) system of appeals from the administrative
decisions in the reasonable interpretation of
6. Permit Expiration: The special permit shall the provisions of this Ordinance, the Hearing
be null and void it.. the, applicant has not Examiner, provided in Section 4-8-10A8 of the
begun activity within six (6) months after the Code of General Ordinances of the City of
granting of the permit, unless the Hearing Renton, shall upon proper application render a
Examiner grants an extension of time. decision consistent with the provisions of
Section 4-8-11B. (Ord. 3592, 12-1481)
7. Revocation of Permit: If the annual license
has been revoked; if the annual license has
not been issued for a three (3) year period; or 4-10-4: EXISTING SITE:
if the applicant has not complied with the
conditions of the special permit, the Hearing A. Permits: All existing mining, grading, fill or
Examiner may revoke the special permit. pit operations at time of passage of this
(Ord. 2820, 1-17-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. Ordinance shall have thirty (30) days in which
3098, 12-17-76, eff. 1-26-77) to apply for a special permit under this
Ordinance.
C. Building and Engineering Departments:
B. Safety Provisions: Within one year from the
1. Authority: The Building and Public Works date of adoption of this Ordinance or of
Departments shall have jurisdiction of the annexation, the applicant shall conform to the
activities regulated in this Ordinance after a safety provisions of this Ordinance. (Ord.
special permit has been granted by the Hear- 2820, 1-17-74, eff. 1-19-74)
NNW
ing Examiner. For inspection purposes, any
duly authorized member of these Departments
shall have the right and is empowered to 4-10-5: PERMITS REQUIRED:
enter upon any premises at reasonable hours
where activities regulated by this Ordinance A. City Requirements: No person shall do any
are occurring. These Departments are em- mining, excavation or grading without first
powered to issue orders, grant, renew and having obtained a special permit from the
revoke such licenses as are provided for-in Hearing Examiner and an annual license
accordance with this Ordinance. Application issued by the Building Department with the
for the annual license shall be made to the concurrence of the Building Department,
Public Works Department. (Ord. 2820, 1-17-74, except for the following: (Ord. 2820, 1-17-74,
eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3098, 12-17-76, ,eff. eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3098, 12-17-76, eff.
1-26-77; Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) 1-26-77, Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
2. Revocation of Permit: The Building and 1. An excavation below finished grade for
Public Works Department are authorized to basements and footings of a building,
I
4-10-5
I 4-10-7
Al) retaining wall or other structure authorized shall be done in stages compatible with
by a valid building permit. This shall not continuing operations. The Hearing Examiner
exempt any fill made with the material from may require the drafting of rehabilitation
such excavation nor exempt any excavation plans by a licensed landscape architect. (Ord.
having an unsupported height greater than 2820, 1-17-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3098,
five feet (5) after the completion of such 12-17-76, eff. 1-26-77)
structure.
C. Final Approval: After the applicant has
2. Cemetery graves. completed the approved amount of excavation,
fill or other activity, the final grading of the
3. Excavations for water wells or tunnels or site, and the applicant or another developer
installation of service utilities by public and begins to develop or construct the new use of
private utilities. the site, the Building and Public Works
Departments shall relinquish their jurisdiction
4. An excavation which (a) is less than two of this Ordinance provided they are satisfied
feet (2') in depth, or (b) which does not create that reasonable progress is occurring on the
a cut slope greater than five feet (5') in new use. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74;
height and steeper than one and one-half amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
horizontal to one vertical (11/2:1), or which
does not exceed fifty (50) cubic yards on any
one lot and does not obstruct a drainage 4-10-7: APPLICATIONS:
course.
A. Permits Required: Except as exempted in
5. A fill less than one foot (1') in depth, and Section 4-10-5 of this Ordinance, no person
placed on natural terrain with a slope flatter shall do any work without first obtaining the
than five horizontal to one vertical (5:1) or required special permit and license. Separate
less than three feet (3') in depth, not intended special permits and licenses shall be required
to support structures, which does not exceed for each site and may cover both excavations
fifty (50) cubic yards on any one lot and does and fills. Licenses granted by the Public
not obstruct a drainage course. Works Department shall be issued for not
f more than one year and may be renewed if
6. The construction or maintenance of on-site the operation is progressing according to the
roads in remote areas; or excavation or approved plans. Special permits are valid
grading for farming purposes; or on-site until the approved plans have been
construction. In cases of on-site construction, satisfactorily completed. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74,
the plans for such activities shall require the eff. 1-19-74)
prior written approval of the City.
B. Number of Applications:
law
B. Other Requirements: Issuing a permit under
this Ordinance does not relieve the holder 1. Special Permit: At least five (5) copies of
from requirements of other government the application plus plans and specifications
agencies. (Ord. 2820, 1-17-74, eff. 1-19-74) shall be submitted to the Building
Department. Additional copies may be
required for good reason. The Public Works
4-10-6: REHABILITATION: Department, the Building Department and the
City Clerk shall retain a set of plans. One set
A. Approval: The Hearing Examiner shall shall be returned to the applicant and one set
approve the reuse of the site and the phasing shall be forwarded to the Department of
to achieve the reuse. Natural Resources.
B. Progressive Rehabilitation: In the event that a 2. Annual License: At least four (4) copies of
permit is granted, excavation, removal or fill the application plus plans and specifications
shall be permitted only in accordance with shall be submitted to the Public Works
the plan approved by the Hearing Examiner. Department. The Public Works Department
Rehabilitation shall take place in accordance and the Building Department shall retain a
with the approved plan and in a logical set of plans. A set shall be returned to the
sequence so that satisfactory conditions shall applicant, and a set shall be forwarded to the
be maintained on the premises. Rehabilitation
490
4-10-7 4-10-7
B2) Department of Natural Resources. (Ord. 2820, contours shall be referenced to the United
1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3592, States Coast and Geodetic Survey Datum.
12-14-81)
3. Finished Contours: Limiting dimensions,
C. Quantity and Time: The application shall elevations and finished contours of at least
state the estimated quantities of material ten foot (10') intervals to be achieved by the
involved and the time of completion. (Ord. grading, and proposed drainage channels and
2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74) related construction. Such contours shall be
referenced to the United States Coast and
D. Application Preparation: The Public Works Geodetic Survey Datum.
Department or the Building Department may
require the plans and specifications be 4. Existing Natural Drainage System: Existing
prepared and signed by a licensed civil natural drainage systems including both
engineer. Such special reports by experts may perennial and intermittent streams and the
be required in cases where such project is of presence of bordering vegetation.
substantial size, or contains unusual topo-
graphic conditions, or involves matters of 5. Drainage Control: Detailed plans of all
public safety, or contains one or more of said surface and subsurface drainage devices,
or similar conditions. A soil engineering walls, cribbing, dams and other protective
report and an engineering geology report may devices to be constructed with, or as a part
be required. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74; of, the proposed work, together with a map
amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) showing the drainage area and the estimated
runoff of the area served by any drains, and
1. Special Permit: Adequate information shall measures to be taken to control erosion and
be submitted for the entire project which may the estimated time of planting or installation
include work over several years. of controls.
2. Annual License: Adequate information shall 6. Location of Structures: Location of any
be submitted for the activities proposed for no buildings or structures on the property where
longer than one year. the work is to be performed and the location
of any buildings or structures on land of
E. Map Scale, Information on Plans and Specific- adjacent owners which are within fifteen feet
ations: Plans shall be drawn on twenty two (15') of the property or which may be affected
by thirty four inch (22" x 34") sheets with a by the proposed grading operations.
vertical scale of one inch representing forty
horizontal feet (1" = 40') and one inch repre- 7. Rehabilitation Plan: A plan shall be
senting ten vertical feet (1" = 10'). All plans submitted setting forth the proposed
shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the rehabilitation of the tract to the approved
nature and intent of the work proposed and new use. A rehabilitation contour plan shall
show in detail that they will conform to the be included indicating the general grades and „fir
provisions of this Ordinance and all relevant slopes to which excavated areas are to be
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. The graded. A description of the methods and
first sheet of each set of plans shall give the materials proposed for restoration of top soil
location of the work and the name and shall be provided. The rehabilitation plan
address of the owner and the person(s) by shall also include a schedule indicating how
whom they were prepared and approved. The and when restoration will occur before,
plans shall include the following information: during, and after excavation operations.
Rehabilitation shall be planned in stages
1. Vicinity Map: General vicinity of the compatible with continuing operations. The
proposed site showing adjacent land uses on a rehabilitation schedule shall include specific
one inch representing six hundred or eight information relating to regrading, drainage,
hundred foot (1" = 600' or 800') scale map. landscaping, erosion, sediment control,
backfilling, removal of machinery and
2. Property and Contour Lines: Property buildings, and closing of access roads. Also,
limits and accurate contours of at least ten the proposed use or uses shall be included.
foot (10') intervals of existing ground and
details of terrain and area drainage. Such
490
4-10-7
4-10-8
E) 8. Setbacks: Setbacks and those areas that volume of the excavation and fill. Before
are not to be disturbed. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, accepting a set of plans and specifications for
eff. 1-19-74) checking, the Building Department shall
collect
o
9. Landscaping and Screening: Landscape and planplan checking fee. The amount of the
checkingp
e
screening plans for both around office (if any) as set forth in then table below: (Ord. 2820,
and along the periphery of the site. The 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3592,
landscaping plan shall conform to the 12-14-81)
requirements of the Building Department.
(Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. PLAN CHECKING FEES
3592, 12-14-81)
50 cubic yards or less $ 5.00
10. Work Methods: Measures to be imple- 51 to 100 cubic yards 10.00
mented to minimize dust, mud, noise and 101 to 1,000 cubic yards 15.00
other noxious characteristics. 1,001 to 10,000 cubic yards 20.00
10,001 to 100,000 cubic yards - $20.00 for the
F. Construction and Material Requirements: first 10,000 cubic yards plus $10.00 for each
Specifications shall contain information additional 10,000 cubic yards or fraction thereof
covering construction and material 100,001 to 200,000 cubic yards - $110.00 for the
requirements. first 100,000 cubic yards plus $6.00 for each
additional 10,000 cubic yards or fraction thereof
law G. Soil Engineering Report: The soil engineering 200,001 cubic yards or more - $170.00 for the
report, if required by Section 4-10-71), shall first 200,000 cubic yards plus $3.00 for each
include data regarding the nature, distribution additional 10,000 cubic yards or fraction thereof
and strength of existing soils, conclusions and
recommendations for grading procedures and The plan checking fee for solid waste fills
design criteria for corrective measures when shall be one and one-half(1'/,) times the plan
necessary, and opinions and recommendations checking fee listed above. The fee for a grad-
covering adequacy of sites to be developed by ing license authorizing additional work to that
# the proposed grading. under a valid license shall be the difference
between the fee paid for the original license
H. Engineering Geology Report: The engineering and the fee shown for the entire project. (Ord.
geology report, if required by Section 4-10-7]), 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74)
shall include an adequate description of the
geology of the site, conclusions and recommen- B. Grading Fees: A fee for each grading license
dations regarding the effect of geologic shall be paid to the Building Department as
conditions on the proposed development. set forth in the table below:
I. Non-City Review: In addition to the GRADING LICENSE FEES
story requirements of the State Surface Mined
Reclamation Act, review by other interested 60 cubic yards or less $10.00
City, County, State and Federal organizations 51 to 100 cubic yards 15.00
may be requested. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 101 to 1,000 cubic yards - $15.00 for the first
1-19-74) 100 cubic yards, plus $7.00 for each additional
100 cubic yards or fraction thereof
J. Issuance of License: The plans and reports 1,001 to 10,000 cubic yards - $78.00 for the
shall be approved by both the Public Works first 1,000 cubic yards plus $6.00 for each
Department and Building Department before additional 1,000 cubic yards or fraction thereof
a license is issued. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 10,001 to 100,000 cubic yards - $132.00 for the
1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) first 10,000 cubic yards plus $27.00 for each
additional 10,000 cubic yards or fraction thereof
100,001 cubic yards or more - $375.00 for the
4-10-8: LICENSE FEES: first 100,000 cubic yards plus $15.00 for
each additional 100,000 cubic yards or
A. Plan Checking Fee: For excavation and fill on fraction thereof
the same site, the fee shall be based on the
i
490
r
4-10-10
4-las
B) The fee for annual licenses of solid waste fills drainage facilities and structures, and be
shall be one and one-half (1'/,) times the competent to recommend and obtain special
grading license fee listed above. The fee for a tests, survey data, and geological or hydraulic
grading license authorizing additional work to reports should they be necessary. The civil
that under a valid license shall be the differ- engineer shall provide an acceptable plan
and
ence between the fee paid for the original report based on good engineering
ices
license and the fee shown for the entire pro-
and the requirements designated by the
ject. Any unused fee may be carried forward Public Works Department.
e scall, uons
tn
o the next year. If any work is done before return of his plans, p y
the license is issued, the grading license fee necessary and corrected copies work.or use a oof civil
shall be doubled. City in reviewing the grading
engineer shall be responsible for reporting
monthly or more frequently on forms provided
410-9: BONDS: by the Public Works Department:
A. The Public Works Department and Building
a. Extent and location of grading.
Department shall require bonds amounting to
one and one-half (1'/,) times the estimated b. All tests made or taken in conjunction
cost of rehabilitation to assure that the work with the grading operation.
if not completed or proceeding in accordance c. Extent of drainage, structure, and
with the approved plans and specifications safetyactivity report on.the project.
shall be corrected. Such a bond shall be
100.
approved by the City Attorney and filed with d. Any special testing, as-built plans or
the City Clerk. In lieu of a surety bond, the
applicant may file a cash bond or instrument revised requests necessary.
of credit with the City Clerk in an amount
equal to that which would be required in the In addition, he shall certify to the safety and
surety bond. The bond shall be conditioned stability of the slopes, safety earthwork opera-
upon the faithful performance of the tion, and special problems which might occur.
requirements as set forth in this Ordinance.
Any reclamation bonds posted with the State 2. Reports: Sols eng gineeribe rng g and engineering
nec ring
Department of Natural Resources for surface geology
mining permits may be applied on the bond in Section 4-10-7. During grading all
requirements, insofar as they pertain to the necessary reports, compaction data and soil
reclamation provisions of this Ordinance. engineering and engineering geology
recommendations shall be submitted to the
civil engineer and the Public Works
4-10-10: INSPECTION: Department by the soil engineer and the
engineering geologist. The Public Works
A. General: All operations regulated by this Department may waive reports for minorvats
Ordinance shall be subject to inspection by grading operations.
authorized Public Works Department and
Building Department inspection personnel. 3. Soil Engineer: The soil engineer's area of
When extraordinary or special problems or responsibility shall include but need not be
conditions are involved, extra inspection of limited to the professional inspection and
grading operations and special tests may be certification concerning the preparation of
ordered by the City. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. ground to receive fills, testing for required
1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) compaction, stability of all finish slopes and
the design of buttress fills, where required,
B. Engineering Grading Requirements: incorporating data supplied by the engineering
geologist.
1. Civil Engineer: For purposes of preparing
and/or approving engineered grading plans, 4. Engineering Geologist: The engineering
the civil engineer shall meet the requirements geologist's area of responsibility shall include
specified in Section 410-2. The civil engineer but need not be limited to professional
shall be responsible for the plans, any special inspection and certification of the adequacy of
soil engineering and testing reports, design of
490
1
4-10-10
4-10-11
B4) natural ground for receiving fills and the grading operation by virtue of changing
stability of cut slopes with respect to engineering advisors. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff.
geological matters, and the need for subdrains 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
or other ground water drainage devices. He
shall report his findings to the soil engineer
and the civil engineer for engineering analysis. 4-10-11: FENCING, SETBACKS, LAND-
(Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74) SCAPING AND SCREENING:
5. Building Department: The Building A. Specifications: A fence six feet (6') in height
Department shall inspect the project at with openings no larger than two inches (2")
frequent intervals to determine that adequate (other than gates) may be •.uired for safe y
control is being exercised by the operator and re�,Qns completely aroun• any area worked
the civil engineer. Should hazardous conditions upon for which a permit is issued for
occur, the Building Department inspector shall engineered grading prior to commencing any
have the responsibility and authority to issue other work. All gates shall be locked when not
a partial or total stop work order. in use and shall bear a sign denoting danger.
C. Regular Grading Requirements: Inspection and B. Setbacks:
testing by an approved testing agency includ-
ing certification of the excavated or filled 1. General: Engineered grading sites may be
areas may be required by the Building required to have a peripheral area a
' ✓ Department at any time the City's authorized maximum of seventy five feet (75'1 in width
inspectors believe problems may occur. Should which shall be retained in its natural
special problems be indicated in regular topographic condition. The setback area shall
grading, the Building Department may require be used for, but is not limited to, access roads,
the owner or operator to submit engineering planting, fencing, landscaped berms for
reports similar to engineered grading and may screening purposes, employee and visitor
specify a time period for compliance to prevent parking, offices, directional signs and business
undue hazard. Should hazardous conditions signs identifying the occupant.
occur in either engineered grading or regular
E grading, the Building Department inspector 2. Landscaping: Existing vegetation in any
shall have the responsibility and authority to required setback shall be preserved or
issue a partial or total stop work order. landscaping shall be planted to prevent
erosion and reduce the dust, mud and noise
D. Notification of Noncompliance: It shall be the generated on the proposed reuse of the site.
responsibility of the certifying engineer on any Around the periphery of the site, except where
grading project to advise immediately any the proposed reuse of the site requires the
discrepancies, hazardous conditions or lack of vegetation, the applicant shall
problems affecting safety and stability of the landscape in such a manner as to result in
sow project to the person in charge of the grading reasonable screening. Trees planted shall be At
work and subsequently in writing to the least four feet (4') in height. In those areas
grading operator and to the Building Depart- that have been rehabilitated and are desig-
ment. Recommendations for corrective nated to be planted according to the proposed
measures, if necessary, shall be provided in reuse of the site, the appropriate plantings
the correction notices. shall be done as soon as possible to provide
mature plants for the new use.
E. Transfer of Responsibility for Work: If at any
time the grading operator changes the certify- C. Screening: With the exception of offices, every
ing engineer or a different ownership or effort shall be made to screen effectively all
responsible party occurs, the operator shall structures and activities to minimize
notify the Building Department in writing detrimental effects on adjacent property.
within ten (10) days and shall specify the new Screening may include but is not limited to
civil engineer or owner. The owner or grading landscaping, berms with landscaping, and a
operator shall not be relieved of any respon- screening fence. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff.
sibility relative to the safety and conduct of a 1-19-74)
4-10-12 4-10-12
4-10-12: WORK IN PROGRESS: F. Permitted Work Hours: All work done in
residential areas shall be between the hours of
A. Slopes: No slopes greater than one horizontal seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and eight o'clock
to one vertical will be permitted during (8:00) P.M., Monday through Saturday, except
excavations thai, exceed ten feet (10') in height repairs to machinery. The Building Official is
without physical restraint by timbering or authorized to grant an extension of working
approval by the Building Department of an time during an emergency. An emergency
engineering or geologist report assuring slope shall include but is not limited to natural and
will maintain its shape without undue risk of manmade disasters. (Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
failing. (3rd. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd.
Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) G. Pollution Control Agencies: Discharge of
materials into the air or water shall be
B. Safety: Workmen shall be allowed in the subject to the requirements of the appropriate
vicinity of the toe or top of slope only after governing agency. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff.
close visual inspection of slope to assure safety 1-19-74)
against breakage or sliding.
H. Control of Dust and Mud: Activities shall be
• C. Tops of Slopes: All trees, timber, stumps, operated so as to reduce dust and mud to a
brush or debris shall be cleared to a point at minimum. Unless otherwise specified by the
least ten feet (10') back from the top of any Public Works and Building Departments,
slope involving cuts greater than ten feet (10'). operations shall be conducted in accordance
After excavation, the top of all slopes shall be with the following standards: (Ord. 2820,
• rounded to prevent a sheer breaking point. 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74, amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
D. Property and Setback Location: Property 1. Access Roads: Access roads shall be
location and approved setbacks must be maintained in a condition that confines the
established and stakes set under the super- mud and dust to the site. Such roads shall be
vision of a registered land surveyor. These improved to a width sufficient to permit the
stakes must be maintained in place until final unhindered movement of emergency vehicles.
inspection of work so that the inspector can One-way roads shall have by-pass routes to
determine at any time if the excavation is permit the movement of emergency vehicles.
properly located as related to the property
lines. 2. Work Procedures: Dozing, digging, scraping
and loading of excavated materials shall be
E. Allowable Noise: Noise levels at all operations done in a manner which reduces to the
shall be controlled to prevent undue nuisance minimum level possible the producing of dust
to the public. Maximum allowable daytime and mud.
sound pressure as measured in any residential
zone shall not exceed the following at least I. Appearance: All activities under the
ninety percent (90%) of the time between the jurisdiction of this Ordinance shall be operated rdM
hours of seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and eight and maintained in a neat and orderly manner,
o'clock (8:00) P.M. free from junk, trash, or unnecessary debris.
Buildings shall be maintained in a sound
SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS conditions, in good repair and appearance.
Salvageable equipment stored in a
SOUND PRESSURE non-operating condition shall be suitably
FREQUENCY LEVEL IN screened or garaged. Landscaping adjacent to
BAND DECIBELS and around the main entrance(s) and office
IN re. 0.0002 shall be sufficiently watered and cared for to
CYCLES/SECOND MICROBAR insure its health and well-being.
25 - 300 80 J. Soil Erosion and Sedimentation: Soil erosion
300 - 2400 70 and sedimentation shall be confined to the site
Above 2400 60 by such means as a temporary cover of vege-
(Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74) tation, mulches, diversions, sedimentation
4-10-12 4-10-16
J) pounds or other acceptable methods. No toxic damage as a result of water runoff or erosion
materials shall be allowed to wash from the of the slopes.
site or be discharged into receiving
watercourses. B. Minimum Setbacks: Setbacks shall be no less
than the following:
4-10-13: SURFACE WATER: 1. Tops of Slopes: Distance to the setback line
for the top of slopes shall be a minimum of
A. Prohibited Conditions: Under no circumstances ten feet (10').
shall stagnant or polluted waters be permitted •
in any site. Should these waters accumulate, • 2. Structures: Distance 'to structures; if any
remedial measures such as draining or structures or the site shall be as follows:
backfilling shall be taken as corrective action.
Backfill material shall be placed to a point Slope Height Top Toe
one foot (1') above the water table.
Less than 11' 5' 3'
B. Lakes: Lakes formed in areas which may be 11 - 30.9' 7' Height/2'
used for recreational purposes shall be of such 31' and over 10' 15'
depth that shall inhibit the growth of vege-
tative matter in the water. A minimum two
foot (2') depth of water shall be maintained in 4-10-15: CUTS:
these areas. The restoration of any site which
results in the formation of a lake shall be the A. General: Unless otherwise recommended in
result of careful planning and shall take into the approved soil engineering and/or engineer-
consideration all factors which contribute to ing geology report, cuts shall conform to the
the ultimate ecology of the site. provisions of this Ordinance.
C. Bank Slopes: All banks, adjacent to any body B. Slope: The slope of cut surfaces shall be no
of water created, shall be sloped or stepped as steeper than is safe for the intended use. Cut
follows to permit a person to escape from the slopes shall be no steeper than a ratio of two
water: horizontal to one vertical (2:1).
1. Unconsolidated Material: Soil, sand, gravel C. Drainage and Terracing: Drainage and
and other unconsolidated materials shall be terracing shall be provided as required by
sloped to two feet (2') below the low ground Section 4-10-18.
water line at a slope no steeper than one and
one-half feet horizontal to one foot vertical (1
i'4-10-16: FILLS:
sow 2. Consolidated Material: Solid rock or other A. Gener . nless otherwise recommended in
consolidated materials shall be stepped or .--tfi'e approved soil engineering report, fills shall
otherwise constructed to maintain a safe conform to the provisions of this Section. In
condition. the absence of an approved soil engineering
report these provisions may be waived for
D. Natural Stream Courses: Every effort shall be minor fills not intended to support structures.
made to preserve perennial and intermittent For minor fills or waste areas, humps, hollows
streams and their surrounding vegetation. or water pockets shall be graded smooth with
acceptable slopes.
4-10-14: TOP AND TOE SETBACKS: B. Fill Location: Fill slopes shall not be
constructed on natural slopes steeper than two
A. General: The tops and toes of cut and fill horizontal to one vertical (2:1) or where the
slopes shall be set back from setback lines as fill slope toes out within twelve feet (12')
far as necessary to preserve the setback for horizontally of the top of existing or planned
the safety and benefit of adjacent properties, cut slopes.
the adequacy of foundations, and to prevent
4-10-16 4-10-17
C. Preparation of Ground: The ground surface emergency permit must provide a disposal
shall be prepared to receive fill by removing plan of the materials satisfactory to the
vegetation, noncomplying fill, topsoil and other Director, including routing of any vehicles
unsuitable materials as determined by the soil transporting any contaminated, dangerous or
engineer, and where the slopes are five to one toxic materials. Any fill to be installed must
(5:1) or steeper, by benching into sound comply with the requirements of this Ordi-
bedrock or other competent material. nance concerning the contents of the fill. An
emergency fill and grading permit shall be for
D. Fill Material: Earth materials shall have no the minimum time and minimum volume ne-
ore than minor amounts of organic sub- cessary to avoid the emergency. (Ord. 4102,
stances an shall have no rock or similar 12-14-87, eff. 12-19-87)
irreducible material wit a mum
dimension greater than eight inches (8").
' 4-10-17: SOLID WASTE FILLS:
E. Compaction: All fills shall be compacted to a
minimum of ninety five percent (95%) of A. General: Reports by an engineer qualified in
maximum density as determined by American solid and sanitary waste fills shall be
Public Works Association (APWA) speci- required. Such reports shall include but are
fications. Field density shall be determined in not limited to design; insect and vermin
accordance with APWA standards. control, physiological considerations; sight,
noise and odor control of material; special
F. Slope: The slope of fill surfaces shall be no ingress and egress control for equipment; and
steeper than is safe for the intended use. Fill special drainage requirements. These reports
slopes shall be no steeper than two horizontal shall be in addition to those required else-
to one vertical (2:1). where in this Ordinance. The engineering
reports submitted shall include plans, and
G. Drainage and Terracing: Drainage and terrac- means of preventing and eliminating any
ing shall be provided and the area above fill health hazards and visual problems. All
slopes and the surfaces of terraces shall be as phases of sanitary landfill operations and solid
required by Section 4-10-18. (Ord. 2820, waste fills shall be provided in the engineer-
1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74) ing report, including type, nature, and amount
of equipment, manpower, special precautions,
H. Emergencies: Upon application to the Building chemical usage and availability of granular
and Zoning Department, supported by those material for the coverage of the cell material.
plans adequate for the Director of the Bonding requirements, restrictions on noise,
Building and Zoning Department to make a dust and mud, special fencing requirements,
decision, there may be declared an emergency special precautions required and availability of
and the Director may issue an emergency fill twenty four (24) hour inspection and correc-
and grade permit. In order for there to be tion of hazards shall be provided by operator
declared an emergency, there must be a agreement with the City prior to any consid- -,,_
declaration from a State or Federal regulatory eration for either a sanitary landfill or solid
agency that an emergency condition exists waste fill. Unless specific requirements are
that threatens public safety, health or welfare, mentioned in this Section, the requirements of
or the Building and Zoning Director must be Section 4-10-16 shall be followed.
presented with independent evidence that
there exists an emergency that imminently B. Location: Special attention shall be given to
threatens public safety, health or welfare, and solid waste and/or sanitary fill location to
further that there exists inadequate time to prevent undue hazard.
obtain a fill and grade permit. Before the
emergency permit can be issued, the Director C. Cell Cover: Cell construction on any solid
must ensure that environmental review has waste fill shall consist of at least a six inch
been completed by the Environmental Review (6") noncontaminated uniformly graded granu-
Committee or is under the supervision of a lar cover material covering the entire area of
Federal or state agency that has conducted the cell construction. Each cell shall be
environmental review. As part of any covered the same day it is constructed.
emergency grading the applicant for an
4-10-17
4-10-17
D. Compaction: Compaction of the solid waste or substances, industrial waste, and silage type
sanitary fill material and mixture of the material may need special treatment before
material shall be such as to provide a rela- utilization in a solid waste or sanitary landfill.
tively uniform density with no extreme soft Special request and reports shall be made on
spots. Density of compacted cellular solid waste materials of the foregoing types prior to
waste material shall be as high as possible in placement in landfills.
accordance with good mixing compacting
standards and shall at no time be less than 6. Prohibited Fill: No materials of appreciable
forty percent (40%) of the density of a similar volume of an extremely harmful nature to
sample of material compacted under ideal environment shall be placed in any solid
conditions by providing a fifty (50) pound per waste or sanitary landfill. This includes, but is
square foot surcharge on a one cubic foot not limited to, any form of demolition material
sample of the material. of an explosive nature, any volatile or liquid
petroleum product any cTiemical salts Zr
1. Bulk Items: Solid waste materials of bulk soluble materia which would contaminate
items involving metallic units similar to storm water, surface water or air, and any
refrigerators, stoves, car bodies, water tanks, animal meat or semi.solid fruit or grain
heavy timber items and similar items shall be products which might become rancid,
placed in the lower portion of a cell with putrescible or harmful. No provisions of the
sufficient cover and compaction of cover to sanita landfill or --an waste ti
preclude any dangerous voids. renes ircmanta Q),fllt,p pclude t e use of
nonha native clay, sand rock, or normal
*so 2. Building Debris and Flammable Material: i type materia s in ing operations covered
Broken wood, building material and related under other sections of this Ordinance.
debris from structure removal (exclusive of
brick and concrete) shall be satisfactorily E. Drainage: Special attention shall be provided
broken and crushed to provide a reasonable drainage in any solid waste or sanitary
compacted cell when covered by granular landfill to prevent leaching of noxious or
material. Protection shall be provided for any putrescible materials, decaying nuisance, any
wood or burnable material to prevent fire contamination of normal water courses. Where
f either on the surface or subsurface. The earth water might leach through the construction
cover on any cell containing flammable cells, subdrains, lateral collectors and storage
material including paper, wood, or vegetable ponds shall be provided. Leach water from
products shall be sufficiently covered to solid waste shall not be permitted to percolate
prevent spread of flames should combustion downward into the water table. Leach water
occur in any cell due to spontaneous corn- shall be collected and conveyed to a sewage
bustion. treatment plant.
3. Stabilization: Brick, broken concrete, F. Water Disposal: Any leach water coming from
crushed building materials, not including covered sanitary or solid waste fill cells shall
Niae extensive wooden or flammable matter, may be collected, stored and decontaminated by
be utilized in embankment where they may be suitable chemical or other means and then
of assistance in preventing undue sliding, disposed of in a sanitary sewer. Should
water scouring or voids which might harbor suitable collection facilities, sand filters and
vermin. This material shall be sufficiently chemical-cleaning be provided to prevent any
mixed or covered with suitable granular toxicity and reduce the leach water to an
material to prevent unsightly effects. equivalent of normal storm flow, the Public
Works Department may permit disposal
4. Animal Waste: Animal waste shall be through normal storm water facilities.
provided with suitable cover and sterilization Frequent samples of all water collected shall
to prevent decay odors, build up of flammable be taken, and flow conditions shall be
gasses, or possible leaching of putrescible controlled to prevent contamination or
material. Chemical treatment shall be overloading of either the sanitary or storm
provided to prevent insect habitation. water facilities. Surface runoff in any sanitary
pit or solid waste landfill shall be maintained
5. _ eated Fill: aterials such as hay, straw, separately to prevent contamination by
tree hm as an. brush, vegetable farm waste, leaching.
feathers, rubber tires, wood pulp, chemical
A
4-10-17 4-10-18
G. Special Considerations: Special paving, surface as to avoid water transporting colloidal silts in
protection, and related health requirements the stream. Should request be made for varia-
may be imposed on sanitary landfill and solid tion from the twenty four (24) hour, twenty
waste operations. five (25) year storm by the engineering
designer, sufficient data shall be submitted in
H. Prohibited Activities: No junk picking or field an engineering report to analyze the requested
salvaging of any solid waste or sanitary variation. When accumulated flows are such
landfill items shall be allowed in the vicinity that the water is capable of transporting
of the landfill. Any separation of materials for colloidal silts or other particles in suspension
salvage shall be provided at the collection down drains, pipe or lined ditches shall be
point or an approved transfer site prior to incorporated to dispose of the runoff safely.
disposal at the landfill site. Energy dispersing structures shall be used to
prevent erosion.
' 4-10-18: DRAINAGE: 4. Settling Ponds: Where storm water and
ground conditions appear to warrant, special
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated on the holding and settling ponds, storm water
approved grading plan, drainage facilities and storage reservoirs, or other means may be
terracing shall conform to the provisions of required to prevent overload or unusual
' this Section. Special drainage protection work by.pass of storm flow water to areas off the
may be ordered in case of emergency or owner's site and control.
serious potential flooding conditions, and the
grading operator required to have available an C. Subsurface Drainage: Cut and fill slopes shall 41110
employee to be called in times of potential be provided with subsurface drainage as
serious emergency hazards. necessary for stability.
B. Terrace: Terraces at least eight feet (8') in D. Disposal: All drainage facilities shall be
width shall be established at no more than designed to carry waters to the nearest
twenty five foot (25') intervals to control practicable drainage way approved by the City
surface runoff. Suitable access shall be and/or other appropriate jurisdiction as a safe .
provided to permit cleaning and maintenance. place to deposit such waters. Silt and other
debris shall be removed prior to the disposal
1. Swales: Swales or ditches on the back side of such water. If drainage facilities discharge
of the terrace shall have a maximum longi- onto natural ground, riprap may be required.
tudinal gradient of two percent (2%) unless (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74)
protected by special paving, use of corrugated
metal or other scour prevention devices. 1. Grade: At least two percent (2%) gradient
Drainage shall be designed to minimize toward approved drainage facilities from
trapping of excessive water which might en- building pads will be required unless waived
danger the terrace, Terraces shall slope by the Building Department for nonhilly
toward the back or cut face at a minimum of terrain. Exception: The gradient from the 'N
ten percent (10%) slope to keep water from building pad may be one percent (1%) where
overtopping. building construction, and erosion control will
be completed before hazardous conditions can
2. Scouring: Single run of swale or ditch shall occur. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd.
not collect runoff from a tributary area exceed- Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
ing thirteen thousand five hundred (13,500)
square feet of the area of the face of the slope 2. Drainage Releases: The property owner or
without discharging into a down drain. Down his authorized agent shall submit acceptable
drains shall terminate into a catch basin or copies of drainage releases from downstream
other approved receiver to prevent scouring at owners or other government agencies
the outfall. concerned whenever drainage is interrupted,
diverted or changed from natural surface or
3. Capacity: Designed capacity for terraces subsurface drainage patterns.
shall be a twenty four (24) hour, twenty five
(25) year storm as published by the U.S. 3. Stream Acceptance: The volume and rate of
Weather Bureau. Design velocity shall be such water released shall nof"exceed the receiving
4-10-18
4-10-22
D3) stream's or watercourse's ability to accept the summaries of field and laboratory tests and
water without erosion. other substantiating data and comments on any
changes made E. Overland Runoff: Runoff from areas of higher the recommendationg made ading nditheirffec e so l
elevation shall be safely routed around or engineering investigation report. The soil
through the extraction or fill area. (Ord. 2820, engineer shall provide certification as to the
1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74) adequacy of the site for the intended use.
3. Geologic Grading Report: A geologic grading
4-10-19: SLOPES: report prepared by the engineering geologist
including a final description of the geology of
A. General: The faces of cut and fill slopes shall the site including any new information disclosed
be provided and maintained to control against during the grading and the effect of same on
erosion. This control may consist of effective recommendations incorporated in the approved
planting. The protection for the slopes shall be grading plan. The engineering geologist shall
installed as soon as practicable and prior to provide certification as to the adequacy of the
calling for final approval. Where cut slopes are site for the intended use as affected by geologic
not subject to erosion due to the erosion- factors. (Ord. 2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74)
resistant character of the materials, such
protection may be omitted with the permission B. Notification of Completion: The permittee or his
of the Building Department, provided that this agent shall notify the Building Department
protection is not required by the rehabilitation when the grading operation is ready for final
plan.(Ord.2820, 1-14-74,eff. 1-19-74;amd.Ord. inspection. Final approval shall not be given
3592, 12-14-81) until all work including installation of all
drainage facilities and their protective devices
B. Other Devices: Where necessary check dams, and all erosion control measures have been
cribbing, riprap or other devices or methods completed in accordance with the final approved
shall be employed to control erosion and grading plan and the required reports have been
sediment, provide safety, and control the rate submitted.(Ord.2820, 1-14-74,eff. 1-19-74.amd.
of water runoff.(Ord.2820, 1-14-74,eff. 1-19-74) Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
4-10-20: FINAL REPORTS: 4-10-21: ADMINISTRATIVE LIABILITY: No
officer, agent or employee of the City shall
A. Upon completion of tue rough grading work and render himself personally liable for any damage that
at the final completion of the work, the Building may & rue to persons or property as a result of any
Department may require the following reports act required or permitted in the discharge of his
and drawings and supplements thereto: (Ord. duties under this Ordinance.Any suit brought against
2820, 1-14-74, eff. 1-19-74; amd. Ord. 3592, any officer, agent or employee of the City as a result
4 12-14-81) of any act required or permitted in the discharge of
his duties under this Ordinance shall be defended by
1. As-Graded Grading Plan: An as-graded the City Attorney until the final determination of the
grading plan prepared by the civil engineer proceedings therein.
including original ground surface elevations, as-
graded ground surface installations,lot drainage
patterns and locations and elevations of all 4-10-22: VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES: Every
surface and subsurface drainage facilities. The person violating any of the provisions of this
civil engineer shall provide certification that the Ordinance shall be punishable upon conviction by a
work was done in accordance with the final fine not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500.00), or
approved grading plan. by imprisonment not exceeding ninety(90) days or by
both such fine and imprisonment, and each day's
2. Soil Grading Report A soil grading report violation shall constitute a separate offense
prepared by the soil engineer including locations punishable under this Ordinance.
and elevations by field density tests,
�.y
r
4-10-25
4-10-23
4-10-23: SEVERABILITY: If any section, subsec-
tion,paragraph,sentence,clause or phrase
of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid
or unconstitutional such invalidity or unconstitution-
ality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality
of the remaining portions of this Ordinance, it being
herein expressly declared that this Ordinance and
each section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause
and phrase thereof would have been adopted irre-
spective of the fact that any one or more other
Sections, subsections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses
or phrases be declared invalid or unconstitutional.
4-10-24: REPEALING CONFLICTING ORDI-
NANCES:Any and all ordinances or parts
of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed.
4-10-25: EFFECTIVE DATE:This Ordinance shall
be in full force and effect five (5) days
from and after its passage, approval and legal pubNutiO
-
lication. (Ord. 2820; 1-14-74, Eff. 1-19-74)
4-11-1
4-11-2
CHAPTER 11
MOBILE HOME PARKS
SECTION: by a fine of not more than three hundred
dollars ($300.00) or by imprisonment for not
4-11-1: Title, Purpose, Penalty and Appeal more than ninety (90) days, or by both such
4-11-2: Definitions fine and imprisonment.
4-11-3: Procedures and Administering
Authorities D. Board of Appeals: In order to provide for a
4-11-4: Preliminary Plan Requirements system of appeals from administrative deci-
4-11-5: Design, Location, Construction Standards sions in the reasonable interpretation of the
and Completion Certificate provisions of this Chapter, the Hearing Exa-
4-11-6: Installation Permit miner, provided in Section 4-8-10A8 of this
4-11-7: Maintenance Code, shall, upon proper application, render a
4-11-8: Liability; City Not Liable decision consistent with the provisions of
4-11-9: Severability Section 4-8-11B.
iturr
4-11-2: DEFINITIONS: For the purpose of this
Chapter certain terms, phrases, words
4-11-1: TITLE, PURPOSE, PENALTY AND and their derivatives shall be construed as specified
APPEAL: in this Section. Words used in the singular include
the plural, and the plural the singular. The words
A. Title: This Chapter shall be hereinafter "shall" and "will" are mandatory; the word "may" is
known as the Renton Mobile Home Park permissive.
Chapter, may be cited as such, will be
hereinafter referred to as "this Chapter", and DEPENDENT TRAILER: A trailer which does not
• same shall be and constitute Chapter 11, have a private toilet and bathtub or shower.
Title IV (Building Regulations) of Ordinance
No. 4260 known as Code of' General DEVELOPER: The person, firm or corporation
Ordinances of the City of'Renton. developing a mobile home park or a trailer park.
B. Purpose: It is the purpose of this Chapter to INDEPENDENT TRAILER: A trailer that has a
provide a means of regulating mobile home toilet and a bathtub or shower.
parks so as to promote the health, safety,
morals, general welfare and esthetics of the MOBILE HOME: An independent trailer designed
City of Renton. Mobile home parks should for year-round occupancy.
vow provide a pleasant residential environment
which will be an enjoyable place to live and a MOBILE HOME LOT or SPACE: A trailer space
residential asset to the City. Development of designed for a mobile home in a mobile home park.
mobile home parks shall conform to the regu-
lations established herein. MOBILE HOME PARK: A trailer park under one
ownership designed for mobile homes on a non-
C. Penalty: In addition to Section 4-11-3B2 transient basis.
below, any person, firm or corporation
violating any of the provisions of this Chapter PERMIT: A written building permit issued by the
shall, upon conviction, be guilty of a Building and Zoning Department permitting the
misdemeanor, and each such person, firm or trailer park to be constructed or operated under
corporation shall be deemed guilty of a this Chapter and the regulations promulgated
separate offense for each and every day or thereunder.
portion thereof during which any violation of
any of' the provisions of this Chapter is HEARING EXAMINER: The Hearing Examiner
committed, continues or permitted; and upon established by the Mayor and City Council of the
conviction of such violation, such person, firm
or corporation shall be punishable
$ v .
4-11-2 4-11-4
City as provided in Title IV, Chapter 8 of the City public hearings thereon. The Hearing Examin-
Code. er may make any such changes or modifica-
tions he deems necessary in the design or
SERVICE BUILDING: A building housing separate layout of a mobile home park to optimize the
toilet, lavatory and bath or shower accommodations development and use of the site, to protect
for men and women, with separate service sink and adjoining and/or surrounding properties,
laundry facilities. developments, traffic patterns and/or
accessibility.
TRAILER: Any vehicle or structure so designed and
constructed in such manner as will permit occu- 3. Responsible Department: The Building and
pancy thereof, with sleeping quarters for one or Zoning Department shall be responsible for
more persons, and constructed in such a manner as administering the review, design and
to permit its being used as a conveyance upon the construction provisions of this Chapter.
public streets or highways and duly licensable as
such, propelled or drawn by its own or other B. Operation and Maintenance:
power, excepting a device used exclusively upon 1. It shall be the duty of the Building Official
stationery rails or tracks.
to enforce all provisions of this Chapter. For
TRAILER PARK: Any site, lot, parcel or tract of inspection purposes, any of the members of
land designed, maintained or intended for the the Building and Zoning Department or their
purpose of supplying a location or accommodations duly authorized representatives and agents
for trailers, and shall include all buildings used or shall have the right and are hereby
Is
intended for use as a part of the equipment thereof empowered to enter upon any premises at any
whether a charge is made for the use of the trailer reasonable time on which any trailers or
park and its facilities or not. Trailer parks shall mobile homes, as above defined are located.
not include commercial automobile or trailer sales The Building and Zoning Department is
areas on which unoccupied trailers are parked for empowered to issue orders, grant, renew and
purposes of inspection and sale only. revoke such permits and licenses as are
provided for in accordance with the provisions
TRAILER SPACE or LOT: A parcel of ground of this Chapter.
within a trailer park designed for the
accommodation of any trailer. 2. Revocation of License: The Building Official
is hereby authorized to revoke any license
TRAVEL TRAILER: A dependent or independent issued pursuant to the terms of this Chapter
trailer designed to be towed by a passenger car or if after due investigation it is determined that
a light truck and not intended for year-round the owner thereof has violated any of the
occupancy. provisions of this Chapter or that any mobile
home or mobile home park is being
maintained in an unsanitary or unsafe
4-11-3: PROCEDURES AND ADMINISTER- manner or is a nuisance. Such notice of
INC AUTHORITIES: revocation shall be in writing and shall advise
the licensee of the violations found. The
A. Review and Construction: licensee shall have a period of ten (10) days
in which to remedy the defects or omissions
1. Submission and Filing of Mobile Home therein specified. In the event that the
Park Applications: The procedure for review licensee fails or neglects to do so within the
and approval of a mobile home park consists said ten (10) day period, the order of
of the preparation and submission to the revocation shall be final.
Hearing Examiner of a mobile home park
plan of the proposed mobile home park. The
plans shall be filed with the Building and 4-11-4: PRELIMINARY PLAN REQUIRE-
Zoning Department. MENTS:
2. Official Agency: The Hearing Examiner is A. Proposed Mobile Home Park Plan Application
designated as the official agency of the City and Fees: The application and plan shall be
for the review and approval of the design of a submitted in at least eight (8) copies to the
proposed mobile home park and the conduct Building and Zoning Department who shall
of
4-11-4
4-11-5
A) affix thereto a file number and the date it is cause by the Hearing Examiner upon
received. Application forms are available from properwritten application by the developer for
the Building and Zoning Department. Such a period not to exceed one year. Only one
application shall be accompanied by a fee as such extension shall be granted.
set forth in the fee schedule of the City.
F. Application Requirements: The application for
B. Referrals, Recommendations of Department: approval of a mobile home park plan of a
The Building and Zoning Department shall mobile home park shall include but not be
transmit copies of the proposed mobile home limited to the following:
park plan to the Department of Public Works,
the health agency, Fire Department and copies 1. Vicinity Map: A vicinity map of the area,
to other department heads and agencies as dimensions, acres and zoning of the tract of
necessary for their review and recommenda- land, and the land use and zoning of the
tion. Two (2) copies shall be retained by the surrounding property, at a scale of not less
Hearing Examiner. These departments and than one inch representing two hundred feet
agencies shall make, within the scope of their (1" = 200').
municipal functions, their respective
recommendations regarding the mobile home 2. Site Map: A site map at a scale of not less
park plan to the Building and Zoning than one inch representing one hundred feet
Department, in writing, not less than fifteen (1" = 100') showing the individual lots,
(15) days prior to the date of hearing. structures, roadways, parking spaces,
tia'' sidewalks, screening, recreation areas,
C. Date and Notice of Hearing: The mobile home contours at not less than two foot (2')
park plan shall be considered at the first intervals, landscaping and other permanent
regular hearing of the Hearing Examiner to be physical features.
set twenty one (21) days or more after
submission to and acceptance by the Building 3. Landscape Plan: A detailed landscape plan.
and Zoning Department. The Building and
Zoning Department shall cause a notice of 4. Mobile Home Lots: The number, location
public hearing to be published once in the and size and dimensions of all mobile home
City's legal newspaper, giving time and place lots.
thereof, and such notice shall be posted in
three (3) conspicuous places within the City 5. Parking Spaces: the number, location and
and on or adjacent to the land to be developed size of all automobile and recreation vehicular
at least ten (10) days prior to any such parking spaces.
hearing. The Hearing Examiner may request
the Building and Zoning Department to give 6. Streets and Sidewalks: The location and
additional notice, as it deems reasonably width of roadways and walkways.
necessary, to adjacent landowners and other
,, parties directly involved in such development. 7. Buildings: The location of service buildings
and other existing and proposed structures.
D. Recommendations to Hearing Examiner: The
Building and Zoning Department shall trans- 8. Public Rights of Way: Public rights of way,
mit the application, the proposed mobile home easements and other factors limiting develop-
park plan and the respective recommendations ment.
of City departments and other public agencies,
together with the Building and Zoning Depart- 9. Any other pertinent information deemed
ment recommendations to the Hearing Exa- necessary by the Hearing Examiner.
miner for study at least seven (7) days prior
to any such hearing.
4-11-5: DESIGN, LOCATION, CONSTRUC-
E. Approval Period and Expiration: The approval TION STANDARDS AND COMPLE-
of the mobile home park plan shall lapse TION CERTIFICATE:
unless a building permit based thereon is
submitted within three (3) years from the date A. Design and Location: Mobile home parks shall
of such approval unless extended for good have the following minimum standards:
s
4-11-5 4-11-5
A) 1. Site: The minimum site shall be two (2) concrete curbings shall be provided to each lot.
developable and usable acres. The minimum width of streets shall be thirty
feet (30'). Concrete sidewalks of at least five
2. Access: There shall be at least two (2) feet (5') in width shall be placed along at least
places of access of which at least one public one side of each street or located in the back
access must be on a major or secondary street or side of each lot so that there is sidewalk
as defined by the City comprehensive arterial access to all lots.
and street plan.
10. Parking: Each mobile home lot shall have
3. Screening: A solid wall or view-obscuring a minimum of two (2) off-street automobile
fence, hedge or equivalent barrier not less parking spaces. Mobile home parks shall
than five feet (5') in height shall be estab- provide screened parking for boats, campers,
lished and maintained around the entire travel trailers and related devices on a ratio of
periphery of the park except for openings for one space per ten (10) lots, in a secluded
driveway and walkway purposes. portion of the park.
4. Permanent Dwelling: The only permanent 11. Recreation Area: A minimum of ten
dwelling allowed on the mobile home park percent (10%) of the total area of the park
shall be the single family dwelling of the shall be reserved and shall be used solely and
owner or manager. exclusively for a playground-recreation area.
5. Lot Size: Each mobile home lot shall 12. Illumination: The Public Works Depart-
contain a minimum of three thousand (3,000) ment shall approve a street lighting plan
square feet, with the length of not less than providing sufficient illumination between
seventy five feet (75') and the width not less sunset and sunrise to illuminate adequately
than forty feet (40'). Each lot shall be laid out the roadways and walkways within a mobile
so as to optimize view, privacy and other home park.
amenities.
13, Landscaping: Landscaping shall be
6. Density: There shall be not more than eight provided on both the individual lots and the
(8) lots per gross acre of the mobile home remainder of the mobile home park site
park. (Ord. 3746, 9-19-83) according to a landscape plan approved by the
Hearing Examiner.
7. Setbacks: Each lot shall be clearly defined
and landscaped. Mobile homes together with a. Installation: A surety bond of not less
any accessory structures, including patios, than four hundred dollars ($400.00) per acre
awnings and related devices shall be located a of the mobile home for a maximum of two (2)
minimum of ten feet (10') from the front lot year period guaranteeing to the City the
line; five feet (5') from side or rear lot lines; installation according to the approved
and ten feet (10') from another mobile home landscape plan of walls, fences and land 1400
-
measured closer than twenty feet (20') to any scaping required herein shall be posted prior
public street or highway. It shall be illegal to to the issuance of any permits to construct the
allow or permit any mobile home to remain in park.
the mobile home park unless a proper space is
available for it. (Ord. 3902, 4-22-85) 14. Public Street Improvements: On or off-site
public street improvements shall conform to
8. Lot Coverage: No more than forty percent the provisions and requirements of the
(40%) of any lot shall be covered by a mobile subdivision ordinance, Title 9, Chapter 12.
home and enclosed accessory structures. In
addition accessory structures such as carport 15. Patio: A concrete patio on each mobile
canopies or patio covers having less than fifty home lot of not less than one hundred twenty
percent (50%) perimeter wall enclosure shall five (125) square feet with a minimum width
not exceed twenty percent (20%) coverage of of eight feet (8') shall be provided.
any lot.
B. Construction Standards: Mobile home park
9. On-Site Private Streets, Curbs and Side- construction standards shall be as listed
walks: Asphaltic or concrete streets and below;
4-11-5
4-11-7
B) 1. No grading, construction or similar activi- hundred fifty percent (150%) of the estimated
ties, except the clearing of land, shall be cost of the installation of the required
permitted until the Hearing Examiner has improvements. Such bond shall list the exact
given approval to the final plan. work that shall be completed and shall be
subject to the condition that the improvements
2. In the construction of mobile home parks, shall be completed within one year. The Board
the developer shall obtain a building permit may defer improvements for periods of one
consistent with all applicable State, County year, but not exceeding five (5) years. The
and City codes for electrical, plumbing, developer may substitute a certified check in
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, fire, street, lieu of a performance bond. Such check shall
building and all other applicable codes. A be made payable to the City and shall be in
building permit for a mobile home park shall the same amount as the bond it is
include but is not necessarily limited to the substituting. The City reserves the right, in
site, its grading and preparation, private addition to all other remedies available to it
utilities and services, private on-site streets, by law, to proceed against such bond or other
driveways, walkways and landscaping the payment, without notice to the developer. In
dimensions of the individual mobile home sites case of suit, the developer agrees to pay unto
and the design and construction of the the City all costs incidental to such litigation
individual mobile home pads and their utility including reasonable attorney's fees. (Ord.
connections. Public utilities and on or off-site 3746, 9-19-83)
public street improvements as defined in
` '' subdivision ordinance and public or private
sewer, water and storm drainage systems will 4-11-6: INSTALLATION PERMIT:
require a permit from the Public Works
Department. A. An installation permit from the Building and
Zoning Department shall be required for
3. All utilities serving the mobile home park installation of each mobile home and to
shall be underground. connect to utilities. Setbacks, lot coverage and
related requirements shall be completed and
4. Mobile home parks shall have City sanitary approved and issued prior to the occupation of
sewer and water service. each mobile home. A fee of fifty dollars
($50.00) shall be paid at the time of
5. A safe, sanitary and adequate supply of application for said permit. (Ord. 3770,
water shall be supplied to every mobile home 12-19-83)
lot and service building.
B. All mobile home installations shall comply
6. Any gas supply from a central L.P. gas or with WAC 296-150B-200 et seq. entitled
natural gas facility shall require a gas General Installation Requirements for Mobile
connection permit and shall comply with the Homes.
+fir► City Mechanical and Plumbing Codes.
C. An installation permit shall not be issued for
7. Facilities for firefighting and prevention the location of any mobile home unless the
shall comply with City Fire Codes. mobile home park has been issued an occu-
pancy certificate and a license from the
C. Certificate of Occupancy: A signed certificate Building Official.
of occupancy shall signify that the mobile
home park has been satisfactorily completed = D. Mobile homes constructed after July 1, 1968
according to the approved final plan and the shall bear the insignia of approval for
requirements of this Chapter. plumbing, heating and electrical installation
according to chapter 43.22 of RCW.
D. Deferred Improvements: If a developer wishes
to defer certain improvements, then written
application shall be made to the Board of 4-11-7: MAINTENANCE:
Public Works stating the reasons why such
delay is necessary or advisable. Upon approval A. General: The mobile home park shall be kept
by the Board of Public Works, the developer in good repair to insure that said park shall
shall furnish a performance bond to the City be a pleasant, safe and sanitary living
in an amount equal to a minimum of one environment for present and future
4-11-9
4-11-7
A) inhabitants. Minimum standards are set forth
in this Chapter.
B. Landscaping: Landscaped areas will be subject
to periodic inspection by the Building and
Zoning Department. Landscaping shall be kept
neat and orderly. (Ord. 3746, 9-19-83)
4-11-8: LIABILITY; CITY NOT LIABLE: This
Chapter shall not be construed to relieve
from or lessen the responsibility of any person
owning any land or buildings and/or constructing
any mobile home parks in the City for damages
either to person or property; nor shall the City, or
any agent thereof, be held as assuming such
liability by reason of preliminary or final approval
authorized herein or a license issued by the City or
any of its agents.
4-11-9: SEVERABILITY: If any part or portion Vie
of this Chapter is determined to be
unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdic-
tion, such determination shall not affect the
remainder of this Chapter. (Ord. 3746, 9-19-83)
4-13-1
4-13-2
CHAPTER 13
OCCUPANCY PERMITS
SECTION:
4-13-1: Construction of Improvements Required
4-13-2: Temporary Occupancy Permit Conditions
4-13-1: CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVE-
MENTS REQUIRED: There is hereby
added an additional condition to the issuance of
any permanent occupancy permit. No permanent
occupancy permit shall be granted until all on and
Nov offsite improvements required of the project shall
be constructed and approved by the City or alter-
natively, deferred or waived.
4-13-2: TEMPORARY OCCUPANCY PERMIT
CONDITIONS: A temporary occupancy
permit may be granted by the Building Official,
when the required improvements have not been
deferred or installed and in the opinion of the
Building Official are not necessary for life, safety
or health, or structural integrity of the buildings
on the site, and the improvements are to be
installed and completed within ninety (90) days
from the date of issuance of temporary occupancy
permit. In all such cases, a bond, certified or
cashier's check, letter of credit or set aside letter
must be posted to the extent of one hundred fifty
rrs,rnr percent (150%) of the estimated cost of the
improvements not installed and accepted. The
amount of said bond shall be provided by an
estimate of the applicant together with supporting
data from a reputable contractor or subcontractor
and based upon full engineering plans. Such
estimates shall be approved by the Building Official
of the City, however, should the amount of the
estimate be unacceptable to the City, the applicant
shall be required to provide further estimates
acceptable to the City. No temporary occupancy
permit shall be granted until the bond amount has
been established following acceptable estimates.
Said temporary occupancy permit shall be good for
a period of not more than ninety (90) days. After
improvements have been installed and approved by
the City the bond herein shall be released and the
applicant may make application for a permanent
occupancy permit. (Ord. 3483, 11-10-80)
291
4-14-1 4-14-1
CHAPTER 14
PARKING AND LOADING ORDINANCE
SECTION: the provisions of this Ordinance. For such
purpose, the Building Official or his duly
4-14- 1: Title, Intent and Enforcement authorized representative shall have the
4-14- 2: Definitions authority of a police officer.
4-14- 3: Uses and Conditions
4-14- 4: General Provisions 2. Board of Appeals: The Hearing Examiner
4-14- 5: Loading Space shall hear appeals from administrative
4-14- 6: Parking Requirements decisions in the reasonable interpretation of
4-14- 7: Drive-In Business the provisions of this Ordinance. The
4-14- 8: Parking Standards Examiner shall, upon proper application,
4-14- 9: Submission of Plans render a decision consistent with the
4-14-10: Illustrations provisions of Section 4-8-11B.
4-14-11: Liability
4-14-12: Severability 3. Building Permits:
4-14-13: Penalty
4-14-14: Repeal of Prior Ordinances a. No construction, alteration or changes
4-14-15: Effective Date in uses are permitted until all the information
in Section 4-14-9 has been submitted and
approved by the appropriate City departments
and building permit has been issued.
4-14-1: TITLE, INTENT AND ENFORCE- b. The Building and Zoning Department
MENT: may issue a conditional or temporary permit
only for good cause shown, if any of the
A. Title: This Ordinance shall be hereinafter specified plans and construction are to be
known as the Renton Parking and Loading deferred for a reasonable period of time as set
Ordinance, may be cited as such, will be forth in Section 414-4L.
hereinafter referred to as this Ordinance, and
same shall be and constitute Chapter 14, Title Any such conditional or temporary building
IV (Building Regulations) of Ordinance No. permit shall clearly specify any improvements
4260 known as Code of General Ordinances of to be deferred (i.e., plans for landscaping,
the City of Renton. signs and lighting) and shall be permitted
only if the City has received adequate security
B. Intent: It is the purpose of this Ordinance to from any such applicant or owner, as
provide a means of regulating parking to hereinbelow stated. Deferred improvement will
promote the health, safety, morals, general be completed as set forth in such permit, and
welfare and aesthetics of the City of Renton if not cited therein, then as specified in
by specifying the off-street parking and Section 4-14-4L3 hereinbelow.
loading requirements for all uses permitted in
this Code and to describe design standards 4. Occupancy Permits: The premises shall not
and other required improvements. All new be occupied until the parking lot is paved,
developments and alterations to, or expansion marked, landscaped and lighted (if the lot is
of existing developments per Section 4-14-3A2 to be illuminated) and an occupancy permit
shall comply with the applicable requirements has been issued, unless a deferment has been
of this Chapter. granted.
C. Administration/Enforcement: 5. Business Licenses: A business license shall
not be issued until an occupancy permit has
1. The Building and Zoning Department is been issued.
hereby authorized and directed to enforce all
A
4-14-1 4-14-2
C) 6. Maintenance: agreement. Such measures may include, but are not
limited to, bonds or covenants running with the land
a. Landscaped areas will be subject to upon which the building is located to cause the
periodic inspection by the Building and Zoning termination of the occupancy of the building upon
Department to ensure maintenance. termination of the leased parking.
b. Said Department shall advise enforcing LANDSCAPING: The addition to land of natural
authority of noncompliance with ordinance lawns, trees, shrubs, flowers, rockeries and similar
requirements. items to enhance its attractiveness.
c. Landscaping shall be kept neat, orderly LOADING AREA:A specially designed off-street place
and of attractive appearance at all times. intended to be used by vehicles for depositing and/or
receiving passengers and goods.
d. In the event that such landscaping is
not maintained in a reasonable manner, the OUTDOOR RETAIL SALES AREAS: Specially
City shall have the right to demand a proper designed areas for the retail sale of automobiles,
performance or similar bond from the owner or small trucks, vans or other similar type motor
occupant of the premises to assure proper and vehicles. It does not generally include commercially
continuous maintenance, or alternately, the licensed motor vehicles such as buses or trucks.
City reserves the right to cause such
maintenance to be done and to charge the full PARKING LOT or PARKING AREA: A specially
cost thereof unto the owner. designed off-street place intended to be used primarily
for the temporary storage of vehicles for durations of
less than seventy two (72) hours. Included in this
4-14-2: DEFINITIONS: For the purpose of this definition is the permanent surface, striping,
Ordinance, certain terms and their landscaping and other features required by this
derivations shall be construed as specified in this Section.
Section. Words in the singular include the plural,
and the plural the singular. The words "shall" and PARKING SPACE or PARKING STALL: A parking
"will" are mandatory; the word "may" is permissive. space is any off-street space intended for the use of
vehicular parking with ingress and egress to the
DOCK HIGH LOADING DOOR: Any loading door space easily identifiable.
over forty inches (40") in height measured from the
adjacent pavement area where the truck is parked SHOPPING CENTER: A group of buildings,
to the floor elevation of the building. structures and/or uncovered commercial areas
planned, developed and managed as a unit related
GROSS FLOOR AREA: For the purpose of computing in location and type of shops to the trade area that
required parking space, gross floor area shall be the unit serves.
defined as the main areas of the building that are
occupied. It does not include accessory areas STACKING SPACE:The space specifically designated
ordinarily used by the occupant such as: rest rooms, as a waiting area for vehicles whose occupants will "-
stairs, shafts, wall thickness, corridors, lobbies and be patronizing a drive-in business. Such space is
mechanical rooms. considered to be located directly alongside a drive-in
window, facility or entrance used by patrons and in
LEASED PARKING: Parking for a particular land lanes leading up to and away from the business
use on land which is subject to a lease or other establishment.
agreement allowing the owners of the building to use
the property for parking for the use. Leased parking STORAGE LOT:A specially designed area for parking
shall be a permanent parking arrangement. The or holding, of operable motor vehicles or wheeled
permanency of the parking shall be determined upon equipment for more than seventy two(72)hours. (See
consideration of the remaining economic life of the bulk storage regulations for lots exceeding one acre
building for which the parking is provided, and of the in area.)
provision of the applicant of appropriate measures to
protect against conditions which may cause forfeiture TANDEM PARKING: The parking of one motor
of the lease or other land use vehicle behind another, where one does not have
• direct access to a parking aisle without the moving
4-14-2 4-14-4
of the other vehicle. Tandem parking is allowed parking and loading purposes, but may be
only in single-family and duplex residential zones. used for maneuvering space.
UNCOVERED COMMERCIAL AREA: An area used B. Ingress/Egress:
for display purposes or for commercial transactions
not combined within a structure. 1. Driveway Location:
a. Industrial, Warehouse and Shopping
4-14-3: USES AND CONDITIONS: Center Uses:
A. New Buildings and Building Additions: (1) The location of ingress and egress
Off-street parking shall be provided in driveways shall be subject to approval of
accordance with the provisions of this the Public Works Department under curb
Ordinance in the following cases: cut permit procedures.
1. The construction of new buildings or (2) There shall be a minimum of forty
structures; feet (40') between driveway curb returns
where there is more than one driveway
2. The enlargement or remodeling of an on property under unified ownership or
existing building/structure or land use by more control and used as one premises.
than one-third (1/3) of the area of
building/structure or area of land use; or (3) Driveways shall not be closer than
five feet (5') to any property line (except
3. Paving of a parking lot with a permanent as allowed under Section 4-14-4B1c Joint
surface. Use Driveways).
B. Change in Use: When the occupancy of any b. All Other Uses:
land use, structure and/or building or any part
of a building, structure, and/or land use is (1) The location of ingress and egress
changed to another use requiring increased driveways shall be subject to approval of
parking stalls, parking shall be provided to the Public Works Department under curb
meet the parking requirements of the new cut permit procedures.
use, as specified in Section 4-14-8. (Ord. 3988,
4-28-86) (2) Driveways shall not exceed forty
percent (40%) of the street frontage.
C. Exemption for the Downtown Core Area: The
downtown core area which is described as that (3) There shall be a minimum of
area bounded by the center lines of Smithers eighteen feet (18') between driveway curb
Avenue South from South Fourth Place to returns where there is more than one
`Nr" South Third Avenue and Logan Avenue south driveway on property under single
from South Third Street to the Cedar River, ownership or control and used as one
bounded on the north by Cedar River, east to premises.
Mill Avenue South, south to South Fourth
Street and west to Smithers Avenue South (4) Driveways shall not be closer than
shall be exempt from the provisions of this five feet (5') to any property line (except
Ordinance. (Ord. 4124, 2-1-88) as allowed under Section 4-14-4B1c Joint
Use Driveways).
4-14-4: GENERAL PROVISIONS: c. Joint Use Driveways:
A. Use of Public Right of Way: Maneuvering (1) Adjoining uses fronting on a street
space shall be completely off the right of way may utilize a joint use driveway where
of any public street except for parking spaces such joint use driveway reduces the total
provided for single-family dwellings and number of driveways entering the street.
duplexes. Alleys shall not be used for off-street
490
awsr
4-14-4 4-14-4
B1c) (2) Joint use driveways must be created such case there shall not be more than two
upon the common property line. (2) driveways for each unit of operation.
(3) Joint use access to the driveway 4. Driveway Radius: The radius for any
shall be assured by easement or other driveway return shall be five feet (5'), as
legal form acceptable to the City. specified in the American Public Works
Association Standard Plans and Specifications,
2. Driveway Width: unless otherwise directed by the Public Works
Department.
a. Industrial, Warehouse and Shopping
Center Uses: 5. Driveway Angle: The angle between any
driveway and the street roadway or curb line
(1) The width of any driveway shall not shall not be less than forty five degrees (45°).
exceed fifty feet (50') exclusive of the
radii of the returns or taper section, the 6. Hazardous Driveways:
measurement being made parallel to the
center line of the street roadway. a. No driveway shall be constructed in
such a manner as to be a hazard to any
(2) Driveways shall not exceed forty existing street lighting standard, utility pole,
percent (40%) of the street frontage. traffic regulating device, fire hydrant, adjacent
street traffic, or similar devices or conditions.
(3) The Board of Public Works may 440
grant an exception upon proper b. The cost of relocating any such street
application in writing and for good cause structure when necessary to do so shall be
shown, which shall include, but not be borne by the abutting property owner.
limited to the absence of any reasonable
alternative. c. Said relocation of any street structure
shall be performed only through the
b. Single-Family and Duplex Uses: The department and person holding authority for
width of any driveway shall not exceed the particular structure involved.
twenty feet (20') exclusive of the radii of the
returns or taper section, the measurement 7. Driveway Grades:
being made parallel to the center line of the
street roadway. a. Single-Family and Two-Family Uses:
Maximum driveway slopes shall not exceed
c. All Other Uses: The width of any fifteen percent (15%), provided that driveways
driveway shall not exceed thirty feet (30') exceeding eight percent (8%) shall provide
exclusive of the radii of the returns or the slotted drains at the lower end with positive
taper section, the measurement being made drainage discharge to restrict runoff from
parallel to the centerline of the street entering the garage/residence or crossing any „viii
roadway. public sidewalk.
3. Number of Driveways: b. All Other Uses: Maximum driveway
slope shall not exceed eight percent (8%). The
a. Industrial, Warehouse and Shopping Board of Public Works may allow a driveway
Center Uses: There shall not be more than to exceed eight percent (8%) slope but not
two (2) driveways for each three hundred more than fifteen percent (15%) slope, upon
thirty feet (330') of street frontage on property proper application in writing and for good
under unified ownership or control. cause shown, which shall include, but not be
limited to the absence of any reasonable
b. All Other Uses: There shall not be alternative.
more than two (2) driveways for each three
hundred thirty feet (330') of street frontage C. Location of Parking Facilities:
for a single ownership, except where a single
ownership is developed into more than one 1. Distance:
unit of operation, each sufficient in itself to
meet the requirements of this Ordinance. In
490
4-14-4
4-14-4
C1) a. Required parking as specified herein only to space requirements of the principal
shall be provided upon property in the same use which it is intended to serve.
ownership as the property upon which the
building or use requiring the specified parking 3. Off-Site Parking:
is located or upon leased parking.
a. If sufficient parking is not available
b. Where a distance is specified, such on the premises of the use, excepting single
distance shall be the walking distance and two family dwellings, a private parking
measured from the nearest point of the lot may be provided on a noncommercial basis
parking facility to the nearest point of the subject to the approval of the Building and
building that such facility is required to serve. Zoning Department. The Building and Zoning
Department shall review the following as part
c. Off-street parking facilities shall be of the building permit process:
located as hereinafter specified.
(1) A letter of justification addressing the
(1) Single-Family and Duplexes: On the need and neighborhood compatibility.
same lot with the building they are
required to serve. (2) A site plan showing all dimensions of:
(2) Multi-Family: May be on contiguous - Parking spaces
lot with the building they are required to - Aisles
Nis" serve, provided the provisions of Section - Landscaping areas
4-14-4C3 (Off-Site Parking) below are - Adjacent street improvements
complied with. - Curb cuts across public streets
- On-site and adjacent use and building
(3) Boat Moorages: May have parking locations
areas located not more than six hundred
feet (600') from such moorage facility nor (3) An environmental checklist unless it
closer than one hundred feet (100') to the is exempt under SEPA.
shoreline. (See Section 4-14-8D6 and 7).
Handicapped parking can be allowed b. The Building and Zoning Department
within the one hundred feet (100') per shall apply the following conditions in the
Section 4-14-6A6. review process:
(4) Other Uses: On the same lot with the (1) Off-site parking for required parking
principal use except when the conditions spaces shall be contained in a parking
as mentioned in Section 4-14-4C3 (Off- lot within five hundred feet (500') of the
Site Parking) below are complied with. building or other use it is intended to
serve.
vow
2. Use of Paved Recreation Space for Parking:
The Building Department may authorize the (2) The parking lot shall be subject to all
use of space designated and primarily used for applicable provisions of this Ordinance.
recreation purposes for a portion of the
required parking space provided the space (3) Except for emergencies, no automobile
conforms to the following conditions: repair or service of any kind shall be
conducted on any such parking area.
a. Such parking areas shall be subject to
all locational and developmental provisions of (4) No charge for use of such parking
this Ordinance. area shall be made in any residential
zone except on a weekly or monthly
b. Such portions of the recreation area to basis.
be used for parking shall be paved with a
durable, dustless surface of a permanent D. Units of Measurement:
nature.
1. Benches: In stadiums, sports arenas,
c. Such parking space may be credited churches and other places of assembly in
>�r
4-14-4
4-14-4
D1) which patrons, or spectators occupy benches, a. Landscaping shall not conflict with
pews or other similar seating facilities, each the safety of those using adjacent sidewalks
eighteen inches (18') of length of such seating or with traffic safety.
facilities shall be counted as one seat for the
purpose of determining requirements for off- b. Where possible existing mature trees
street parking facilities under this Ordinance. and shrubs shall be preserved and
incorporated in the landscape layout.
2. Fractions: When a unit of measurement
determining the number of required parking c. All landscaping under this Section is
spaces results in the requirement of a subject to approval by the Building/Zoning
fractional space, any fraction up to but not Department.
including one-half ('/2) shall be disregarded
and fractions one-half ('/2) and over shall 2. Required Landscaping and Screening.
require one parking space.
a. Screening Residential Uses:
E. Joint Use:
(1) A planting area or berm with
1. The joint use of parking facilities may be landscaping shall be provided on those
authorized only for: sides of a parking lot that is adjacent to
properties used and/or zoned for
a. Those uses which have dissimilar residential purposes. (See specific zoning
peak-hour demands during the nonpeak hours classification.)
of the lessor.
(2) Such planting shall be subject to the
b. The parking facilities of the lessor are requirements of the zoning ordinance
in excess of parking requirements under this and shall be of a sufficient height to
Ordinance. serve as a buffer.
2. To qualify as a joint-use parking facility, (3) Any landscaping area shall be a __
the facility must be located within a radius minimum of five feet (5') in width.
of five hundred feet (500') from the buildings
or use areas it is intended to serve. (4) The Building/Zoning Department may
allow a minimum of a forty two inch
3. A joint-use contract, covering a minimum of (42") screening fence in lieu of
five (5) years, shall be approved by the landscaping upon proper application for
Building Department and by the City good cause shown, which shall include
Attorney for such a parking arrangement to but not be limited to a narrow parking
be allowed. lot.
4. Shopping centers are prohibited from b. Small Parking Lot: Parking lots less `S
leasing parking area to adjacent uses. than ten thousand (10,000) square feet in
area shall have landscaped areas as follows:
5. Parking areas in shopping centers operate
as common parking for all uses. If a shopping (1) A minimum width of five feet (5') for
center is subdivided, the easements and/or right angle and ninety degree (90°)
restrictive covenants must grant use and parking stalls along the abutting public
maintenance of common parking access. right of way except for areas of ingress
and egress.
F. Landscaping: All parking lots, loading areas
and drive-in businesses, vehicle sales lots and (2) Angled parking layouts, forming a
storage lots except those used for detached sawtooth pattern shall maintain a
single-family dwelling units, duplexes and minimum of two foot (2') landscaping
those in enclosed buildings, shall be strip in the narrowest part of the
landscaped to the standard set forth in sawtooth pattern abutting a public right
Section 4-31-34. of way.
1. Safety and Approval:
4-14-4
4-14-4
F2) c. ;e Parking Lots: In addition to 1) Such landscaping shall be maintained
Section 4 i4-4F2a and b above, parking lots by the owner and/or occupant and shall
ten thousand (10,000) square feet or greater be subject to periodic inspection by the
in area shall have is 'minimum of five percent Building Department.
(5%) of area wit.i: the parking lot land-
scaped in a pattern that reduces the barren (2) In the event that such landscaping is
appearance of the parking lot. not maintained in a reasonable, neat
and clean manner, then the City shall
d. Storage Lot: Perimeters of the lot have the right to proceed as set forth in
must be effectively screened by a combination Section 4-14-106.
of landscaping and fencing.
G. Paving, Markings and Wheel Stops:
(1) A minim-«•-. of' ten foot (10') land-
scaped strip is required between the pro- 1. Paving:
perty lines along public rights of way
and the fence. The landscaping shall be a. All off-street parking areas shall be
of' a size and variety so as to provide an paved with asphaltic concrete, cement or equi-
eighty percent (80%) opaque screen. valent material of a permanent nature as ap-
proved by the Public Works Department.
(2) The entire perimeter must be fenced
by a sight obscuring fence, a minimum b. Storage lots may be surfaced with
*ow of eight feet (8') in height. Gates may be crushed rock or similar material approved by
left unscreened for security purposes. the Public Works Department.
3. Underground Sprinkling System: Under- 2. Marking: All parking areas other than
ground sprinkling systems shall be required those for single-family residential and duplex
to be installed and maintained for all land- dwellings shall have stalls marked and access
scaped areas. The sprinkler system shall pro- lanes clearly defined, including directional
vide full water coverage of the planted areas arrows to guide internal circulation.
as specified on the plan.
a. All entrances and exits shall be
4. Installation and Maintenance: designated as such by markings on the
parking lot pavement in addition to any signs
a. Installation: which may be used as entrance and exit
guides.
(1) All landscaping and sprinkler sys-
tems shall be installed in accordance b. All markings are to be of commercial
with the landscaping and sprinkler plan traffic paint or equal material and are to be
submitted by the applicant and approved maintained in a legible condition.
— by the Building Department (see Section
4-14-9). c. All handicapped, compact and guest
parking spaces shall be marked.
(2) Whenever there is a deferral of im-
provements as set forth in Section 3. Wheel Stops:
4-14-4L, or as otherwise specified in this
Ordinance,the applicant shall furnish to a. Wheel stops shall be required on the
the City a bond in an amount equal to a periphery of the parking lot so the cars shall
minimum of one hundred fifty percent not protrude into the public right of way of
(150%) of the cost of the installation of the parking lot, or strike buildings.
the approved landscaping.
b. Wheel stops shall be two feet (2')
(3) The requirement of a bond may be from the end of the stall for head-in parking.
waived upon approval of the Building
Department, and upon written appli- c. Parallel stalls shall be designed so
cation by the applicant. that doors of vehicles do not open onto the
public right of way.
b. Maintenance:
agemommumuimmim
4-14-4 4-14-4
H. Lighting: b. Should the Board of Public Works
grant the deferral of part or all of the
1. Any lighting on a parking lot shall illu- necessary on-site improvements, then full and
minate only the parking lot and shall be des- complete engineering drawings of the on-site
igned and located so as to avoid undue glare improvements shall be submitted as a
or reflection of light. condition precedent to the granting of any
deferral.
2. Light standards shall not be located so as
to interfere with parking stalls, stacking areas 2. Bonds: Upon approval by the Board of
and ingress and egress areas. Public Works for such deferment, for good
cause shown by the applicant, the applicant
I. Drainage: Drainage shall meet City require- shall thereupon furnish a performance bond to
ments, including the location of the drains the City in an amount equal to a minimum of
and the disposal of water. one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the
estimated cost of the installation of the
J. Parking Lots and Structures: Maximum slopes required improvements. The decision of the
for parking lots shall not exceed eight percent Board of Public Works as to the amount of
(8%) slope. such bond shall be conclusive.
The Board of Public Works may allow a 3. Time Limit:
driveway to exceed eight percent (8%) slope
but not more than fifteen percent (15%) slope, a. The bond shall list the exact work
upon proper application in writing and for that shall be performed by the applicant and
good cause shown, which shall include, but shall specify that all of the deferred
not be limited to the absence of any reason- improvements shall be completed within the
able alternative. time specified by the Board of Public Works
and if no time is so specified, then not later
The ingress and egress of all parking lots and than one year.
structures shall be approved by the Public
Works Department. b. The Board of Public Works shall
annually review the deferred improvements
K. Customer Parking: The Building and Zoning and the amount of the bond.
Department may require areas be set aside
exclusively for customer or guest parking and c. Should the Board of Public Works
shall specify one of the following methods be determine that any improvement need not be
used: installed immediately, then the Board of
Public Works may extend the deferral for an
1. A maximum of fifty percent (50%) of the additional period of time up to an additional
required parking stalls clearly designated as year.
"customer parking" or "guest parking". Park-
ing stalls with said designations shall be used d. The Board of Public Works, at the
only for said purposes. end of five (5) years, shall either require the
deferred improvements to be installed or shall
2. A separate parking lot with its own ingress waive the improvements permanently.
and egress, landscaping and screening exclu-
sively for customer parking and adequately e. At the same time as the granting of
signed as such. any additional deferral, the bond for such
deferral shall be reviewed and increased or
L. Deferred Improvements: decreased as the Board of Public Works shall
deem necessary, but shall remain in an
1. Application: amount equal to a minimum of one hundred
fifty percent (150%) of the estimated cost of
a. If there is a demonstrated need to the installation of the deferred improvement.
defer certain on-site improvements for more
than ninety (90) days after obtaining a certi- 4. Check or Letters of Credit in Lieu of Bond:
ficate of occupancy, then written application The developer may substitute in lieu of a
shall be made to the Department of Public performance bond:
Works not later than fifteen (15) days prior to
occupancy.
4-14-4
4-14-4
L4) a. A certified or cashier's check. Such 1. Standards:
check shall be made payable to the City of
Renton and shall be in the same amount as a. Location:
the bond for which it is substituting.
(1) As required by the Fire Codes and
b. A letter of credit from a financial the Fire Department, fire lanes shall be
institution guaranteeing payment upon installed surrounding facilities which by
demand by the City. The legal form of the their size, location, design or contents
letter of credit shall be approved by the City warrant access which exceeds that
Attorney. normally provided by the proximity of
City streets.
5. Proceed Against Bond:
(2) Additional fire lanes may be required
a. The City reserves the right, in in order to provide access for
addition to all other remedies available to it firefighting or rescue operations at
by law, to proceed against such bond or other building entrances or exits, fire hydrants
payment in lieu thereof without notice to the and fire protection system service
developer. connection or control devices.
b. In case of any suit or action to enforce b. Design: Lanes shall provide a
'Sow developer
provisions of this subsection, the minimum unobstructed continuous width of
developer shall pay unto the City all costs twenty feet (20') and provide a minimum
incidental to such litigation including vertical clearance of thirteen feet six inches
reasonable attorney's fees. (13'6").
6. Binding Upon Applicant: The requirement c. Identification: (Ord. 3988, 4-28-86)
of the posting of any performance bond or
other security therefor shall be binding on the (1) Lanes shall be identified by a four
applicant, his heirs, successors and assigns. inch (4") wide line and curb painted
bright red. The block letters shall state,
7. Transfer of Responsibility: "FIRE LANE - NO PARKING", be
eighteen inches (18") high, painted white,
a. Once a bond has been accepted by the located not less than one foot (1') from
Board of Public Works, there shall be no the curb face, at fifty foot (50') intervals.
release of the owner or developer for their (Ord. 4130, 2-15-88)
obligations unless a new party agrees in
writing to be responsible under the bond, and (2) Signs shall be twelve inches by
has provided a new bond. eighteen inches (12" x 18") and shall
have letters and background of
*ow b. In the instance where a new bond contrasting colors, readily readable from
would be provided by a condominium owners' at least a fifty foot (50') distance. (Ord.
association or property owners' association, 3988, 4-28-66)
then it shall be necessary for the owners'
association to have voted to assume the (3) Signs shall be spaced not further
obligation before the City may accept the new than fifty feet (50') apart nor shall they
bond, and a copy of the minutes of the be placed less than five feet (5'), or more
meeting of the owners' association duly than seven feet (7') from the ground. The
certified shall be filed along with the bond. installation and use of fire lane signs
will preclude the requirement for
c. The City shall not be required to painting "FIRE LANE - NO PARKING",
permit a substitution of one party for another in the lane only. The area shall be
on any bond if the Board of Public Works, identified by painting the curb red or in
after full review, finds that the new owner the absence of a curb, a four inch (4")
does not provide sufficient security to the red line shall be used. (Ord. 4130,
City that the improvements will be installed 2-15-88)
when required.
d. Construction:
M. Fire Lanes:
4-14-4 4-14-5
Mid) (1) Fire lanes shall be an all weather D. Loading space shall be in addition to required
surface constructed of asphalt or off-street parking spaces.
reinforced concrete certified to be capable
of supporting a twenty (20) ton vehicle, E. Buildings which utilize dock-high loading
or when specifically authorized by the doors shall provide a minimum one hundred
Fire Department, crushed rock may be feet (100') of clear maneuvering area in front
used; provided, written certification is of each door. (See following diagram.)
provided from a soils engineer, that the
roadway will support the weight of
operating fire apparatus.
Rz'-i•H leil4
(2) Where fire lanes connect to City Lt 7
streets or parking lots, adequate A� 41b
clearances and turning radii shall be gy. ►,0 ►46 'V' 'r
provided.
2. Driveways and/or Parking Areas: The Fire
Department may require that areas specified 1L
for use as driveways or private thoroughfares {G:›'
shall be designated as fire lanes and be
marked or identified as required by this
Section. 1; 71 `wll
3. Existing Buildings:
a. When the Fire Chief, or his
j4 µh
authorized designee, determines that a hazard
due to inaccessibility of fire apparatus exists
around existing buildings, he may require fire
lanes to be constructed and maintained as
provided by this Section.
b. EXCEPTION. When the required F. Buildings which utilize ground level service or
clearances outlined in paragraph N1 cannot be loading doors shall provide a minimum of
physically provided, modification may be forty five feet (45') of clear maneuvering area
allowed upon written application and approval in front of each door. (See following diagram.)
of the Fire Chief.
4-14-5: LOADING SPACE: 'Rv1 — to vrimit
L4 p�rss \I/ z
A. For all buildings hereafter erected, recon-
structed or enlarged, adequate permanent
off-street loading space shall be provided if the 45'
activity carried on in such building requires 45, Ig I P NS I
Li
P
deliveries to it or shipments from it of people 1 1 eN s
or merchandise. 1 Atz1 1 ttJc1
�
B. Such space shall be shown on a plan and
1 • t t 4
submitted for approval by the Building and
Zoning Department and Department of Public
Works.
C. No portion of a vehicle taking part in loading
or unloading activities shall project into a G. Ingress and egress points from public rights of
public street or alley. way at designated driveways shall be designed
414-5
4-14-7
G) and located in such a manner as to preclude (1) For one row and two (2) rows of
off-site or on-street maneuvering of vehicles. ninety degree (90°) head-in parking using
the same aisle in a one way or two (2)
way circulation pattern, the minimum
4146: PARKING REQUIREMENTS: width of the aisle shall be twenty four
feet (24').
A. Parking Stall and Aisle Size:
c. Sixty Degree Head-In Parking:
1. Standard Parking Space:
(1) For one row and two (2) rows of
a. A normal parking stall shall be sixty degree (60°) head-in parking using
twenty feet (20') in length, except for parallel a one way circulation pattern, the
stalls, measured along both sides of the minimum width of the aisle shall be
usable portion of the stall. seventeen feet (17').
b. A parking stall shall be nine feet (9') (2) For two (2) rows of sixty degree (60°)
in width measured from a right angle to the head-in parking using a two (2) way
stall sides. circulation pattern, the minimum width
of the aisle shall be twenty feet (20').
2. Attendant Parking: When cars are parked
by an attendant, the stall shall not be less d. Forty Five Degree Head-In Parking:
than eighteen feet long by eight feet wide (18'
x 8'). (1) For one and two (2) rows of forty
five degree (45°) head-in parking using a
3. Parallel Parking: Each stall shall be twenty one way circulation pattern, the
three feet by nine feet (23' x 9') in size. minimum width of the aisle shall be
twelve feet (12').
4. Compact Parking Spaces:
(2) For two (2) rows of forty five degree
a. Stall Size: Each stall shall be eight (45°) head-in parking using a two (2)
• and one-half feet in width and sixteen feet in way circulation pattern, the width of the
length (8'/3' x 16'). aisle shall be twenty feet (20').
b. Percentage of Total Parking: Compact 6. Handicapped Parking: Handicapped parking
parking spaces shall not account for more shall be provided per the requirements of the
than: Washington State Barrier Free Standards as
adopted by the City of Renton.
(1) Designated employee parking - not to
exceed forty percent (40%).
4-14-7: DRIVE-IN BUSINESS: All banks,
(2) All other uses - not to exceed thirty savings and loan associations, cleaning
percent (30%). establishments, food dispensing establishments, and
other businesses which maintain drive-in facilities
5. Aisle Width: which are intended.to serve customers who remain
in their motor vehicles during the business trans-
a. Parallel Parking: actions, or are designed in such a manner that
customers must leave their automobiles temporarily
(1) For one way circulation, the in a driving lane located adjacent to the facility,
minimum width of the aisle shall be ten shall provide stacking space for the stacking of
feet (10'). motor vehicles as follows:
(2) For two (2) way circulation, the A. Stacking Space: The drive-in facility shall be
minimum width of the aisle shall be so located that sufficient stacking space is
eighteen feet (18'). provided for the handling of motor vehicles
using such facility during peak business hours
b. Ninety Degree Head-In Parking: of such a facility.
490
4-14-8
4-14-7
B. Driveway Location: Entrances and exits shall prohibited by the re-
be located so as not to cause congestion in strictive covenants ap-
any public right of way. proved by the City and
recorded with King
C. Shopping Centers: When located in a County.
shopping center, drive-in facilities shall
provide sufficient stacking space to handle f. Multiple dwell- One parking space for
peak business demands and shall not in any ing for low income each four (4) dwelling
way obstruct the normal circulation pattern of elderly units.
the shopping center.
2. Boarding and lodg- One parking space for the
ing houses proprietor plus one space
4-14-8: PARKING STANDARDS: for each sleeping room for
boarders and/or lodging
NUMBER OF PARKING use plus one additional
ACTIVITY SPACES space for each four (4)
persons employed on the
A. Living Activities: premises.
1. Dwellings: 3. Mobile homes Two (2) parking spaces
for each trailer site plus
a. Single-family Two (2) parking spaces one screened space for
vtio
per single-family dwelling. each ten (10) lots for
Tandem parking is allow- recreational vehicles.
ed.
4. Travel trailers One parking space for
b. Two-family Two (2) parking spaces each trailer site.
per dwelling unit. Tandem
parking is allowed. 5. Hotels One parking space for
each guest room plus two
c. Multi-family and One and one-half (11/9) (2) parking spaces for
apartment houses parking spaces for each each three (3) employees.
dwelling unit.
6. Motels and cabins One parking space for
d. Guest parking One guest parking space each sleeping or dwelling
shall be required for unit plus two (2) parking
every four (4) dwelling spaces for each three (3)
units required in employees.
apartments or planned
development with five (5) B.Commercial Activities.
units or more.
1. Banks One parking space for
e. Recreational Provisions of parking each two hundred (200)
parking space for recreational square feet of gross floor
vehicles shall be optional area except when part of
and as follows: a shopping center.
Complexes less than fifty Drive-up windows Drive-up windows must
(60) units: none. have five (6) spaces for
stacking each station and
Complexes more than fifty separate from the parking
(60) units: one for every area.
fifteen (15) units.
Queuing from drive-up
All recreational vehicle windows cannot extend
parking spaces shall be into the public right of
screened. way.
Provided, that such park-
ing areas are not
490
moommi
4-14-8
4-14-8
NUMBER OF PARKING The sales area is not a
ACTIVITY SPACES .parking lot and does not
have to comply with di-
mensional requirements,
B)2. Professional One parking space for landscaping or the bulk
offices and storage ordinance require-
each two hundred (200) ments for setbacks and
businesses square feet of gross floor
area except when part of screening.
a shopping center. Any arrangement of motor
3. Shopping centers Five and one-half (5'/,) vehicles is allowed as long
parking spaces per each as (1) a minimum five
foot (5') perimeter land-
one thousandces
(1,000) scaping area is provided,
square feet of gross (2) they are not displayed
leasable area. in required landscape
4. Restaurants, night Oneareas, and (3) adequate
g parking space for fire access is provided per
clubs taverns and each one hundred (100) Fire Department approval.
lounges square feet of gross floor
area except when part of 10. Motor vehicle re- One parking space for
''°r" a shopping center. pair and service each four hundred (400)
square feet of gross floor
5. Retail stores,
One parking space for two area except when part of
supermarkets, de- hundred (200) square feet a shopping center.
partment stores of gross floor area except pp g
and personal when located in a shop- 11. Combination sit- One parking space for
service shops ping center. down—drive-in each seventy five (75)
parking restaurant square feet of gross floor
6. Other retail este- One
p ng space for area except when part of
blishment: service each five hundred (500) a shopping center.
shops, clothing or square feet of gross floor
shoe repair shops, area except when located 12. Public post office Three (3) parking spaces
furniture, appli- in a shopping center. for every one thousand
ance, hardware (1,000) square feet.
stores, household
equipment C.Industrial Activities.
7. Drive-in business One parking space for 1. Manufacturing, One
parking space for
+r++ each fifty (50) square feet research and test- each one thousand (1,000)
of gross floor area except ing laboratories, square feet of gross floor
when located in a shop- creameries, bot- area.
ping center. ling establish-
ments, bakeries,
8. Uncovered corn- One parking space for canneries, print-
mercial area, each two thousand (2,000) ing, and engrav-
outdoor nur- square feet of retail sales ing shops
series area in addition to any
parking requirements for 2. Warehouses and One parking space for
buildings, except when 10- storage buildings each one thousand five
cated in a shopping cen- hundred (1,500) square
fir' feet of
gross floor area.
9. Outdoor retail One parking space for 3. Uncovered storage One
five thousand area wanking space for
sales areas, new every each two thousand (2,000)
used car lots
(5,000) square feet. square feet of area.
490
4-14-8 4-14-8
NUMBER OF PARKING percent (50%) of the max-
ACTIVITY SPACES imum occupant load as
established by the
adopted Building and Fire
C)4. Airplane hangars, Parking is not required. Codes of the City of
tie-down areas Hangar space or tie-down Renton.
areas are to be utilized
for necessary parking. E.Educational Activities.
Parking for offices shall 1. Senior high One space for each em-
be required to be provided schools: public, ployee plus one space for
at one parking space per parochial and each ten (10) students en-
two hundred (200) square private rolled. In addition, if
feet. buses for the transporta-
tion of children are kept
D.Recreation - Amuse- at the school, one off-
ment Activities. street parking space shall
be provided for each bus
1. Auditoriums, thea- One parking space for of a size sufficient to park
ters, places of pub- each four (4) fixed seats
each bus.
lic assembly, sta- or one parking space for
diums and outdoor each one hundred (100) 2. Colleges and uni- One space for each em- „fir
sports areas square feet of floor area versities ployee plus one space for
of main auditorium or of each three (3) students
principal place of assem- residing on campus, plus
bly not containing fixed one space for each five (5)
seats, whichever is day students not residing
greater. on campus. In addition, if
buses for transportation of
2. Bowling alleys Five (5) spaces for each students are kept at the
alley except when located school, one off-street park-
in a shopping center. ing space shall be pro-
vided for each bus of a
3. Dance halls, skat- One parking space for size sufficient to park
ing rinks each forty (40) square feet each bus.
of gross floor area except
when located in a shop- 3. Elementary and One parking space for
ping center. Junior high each employee. In addi-
tion, if buses for the
4. Golf driving ranges One parking space for transportation of students
each driving station. are kept at the school,
one off-street parking
5. Miniature golf One parking space for space shall be provided
courses each hole. for each bus of a size
sufficient to park each
6. Marinas Two (2) or three (3) slips. bus.
A private marina asso-
ciated with a residential 4. Libraries and One parking space for
complex, then one per museums each two hundred fifty
three (3) slips. (250) square feet in office
and public use.
7. Loading areas for One per twenty five (25)
marinas slips. These shall be 5. Day care Require one parking space
located near the piers. for each employee, and
8. Other recreational One parking space for each Provide two (2) loading
occupant based upon fifty spaces within one hundred
feet (100') of the main
490
4-14-8 4-14-8
NUMBER OF PARKING (1,500) square feet of floor
ACTIVITY SPACES area.
E5) entrance for every twenty I.Other uses not speci- For uses not specifically
five (25) children enrolled fled identified in this Section
in the school. Building and Zoning
Department staff shall
F. Medical Activities. determine which of the
abovedescribed uses is
1. Medical and dental One parking space for each most similar based upon
offices two hundred (200) square staff experience with vari-
feet of gross floor area ous uses and information
except when located in a provided by the applicant.
shopping center. The amount of required
parking for uses not listed
2. Convalescent, nurs- One parking space for each above shall be the same as
ing and health two (2) employees plus one for the most similar use
institutions parking space for each listed above.
three (3) beds. A minimum
of ten (10) parking spaces J. Mixed Occupancies In the case of two (2) or
shall be required. more uses in the same
building, the total require-
3. Hospitals One parking space for each merits for off-street parking
three (3) beds plus one facilities shall be the sum
parking space for each of the requirements for the
staff doctor, plus one several uses computed
parking space for each separately. Off-street park-
three (3) employees. ing facilities for one use
shall not be considered as
G.Religious Activities. providing required parking
facilities for any other use.
1. Churches One space for each five (5)
seats in the main auditor- K Overhang The Building and Zoning
ium, provided that spaces Department may permit
for any church shall not be the parking stall length to
less than ten (10). For all be reduced by two feet (2'),
existing churches enlarging provided there is sufficient
the seating capacity of area to safely allow the
their auditoriums, one overhang of a vehicle and
*ay additional parking space that the area of vehicle
shall be provided for each overhang does not intrude
five (5) additional seats into required landscaping
provided by the new areas.
construction. For all
churches making strut- L. Delay in Installation of Parking Lot Improve-
tural alterations or menta:
additions which do not
increase the seating 1. The Building Official may approve a delay in
capacity of the auditorium, the installation of up to fifty percent (50%) of the
see Section 4-14-8D1. minimum number of parking spaces otherwise re-
quired to be installed, provided:
2. Mortuaries or One parking space for
funeral homes each one hundred (100) a. The applicant provides data which sub-
square feet of floor area of stantiates the reduced need for parking, and
assembly rooms.
H.Dead storage space One parking space for each
inside buildings one thousand five hundred
490
A
4-14-8 4-14-9
L1) b. The applicant reserves on-site area so C. Design:
that the minimum number of parking spaces
can be provided. Any reserved space must be 1. Size of stalls and angles.
clearly designated on a site plan recorded with
the City Clerk, and must be described on the 2. Location of curb cuts.
certificate of occupancy for the use.
3. Traffic flow within the parking, loading,
2. No space reserved for parking may be and maneuvering areas and ingress and
utilized to fulfill the minimum landscaping egress.
development of open space requirements of
this Code. However, all reserved space must 4. Location of wheel stops.
be landscaped or developed as open space.
5. Number of stalls required, by use; number
3. The Building Official may review the of stalls provided, by use.
parking situation at any time to evaluate the
parking demand on the subject property. If 6. Loading space.
the Building Official, after such review,
reasonably determines that additional parking 7. Stacking space.
is needed, the Building Official shall require
that reserved space be developed for parking, D. Signs and Lighting: Plan to be submitted
or that necessary parking be secured by some within sixty (60) days after building permit is
other means. issued. , ►
4. A delay in the installation of required 1. Exact location and size of signs.
parking may be approved only for a specific
use and automatically lapses upon the 2. Exact location and direction of lighting.
cessation of that use.
E. Landscaping:
4-14-9: SUBMISSION OF PLANS: Where off- 1. Landscape Planting Plans:
street parking is required, except for
single-family dwellings, a plan shall be submitted a. Location and size of planting areas.
for approval by the Building Department accom-
panied by sufficient proof of ownership that b. Location, size, spacing and names of
indicates the spaces contemplated will be proposed and existing plants, trees and/or
permarent. Any future changes in parking arrange- other vegetation; decorative rocks or like
menta must be approved by the Building Depart- landscape improvements.
mens. All such plans must contain a plot plan,
which shall be of sufficient scale to show details of c. Planting details - soil mix, planting
the proposed parking area indicating the following depth and width, staking, bark mulch depth.
information:
d. Scale — 1" = 20'0" unless larger scale
A. Location: (1' - 10') is required to show greater detail.
1. Name and width of abutting streets. e. Plans must be submitted at time of
building permit application.
2. Size, uses and zones of abutting properties.
2. Underground Sprinkling System:
3. North arrow and scale.
a. Location and size of sprinklers.
B. Size and Shape:
b. Scale — 1" = 20'0".
1. Dimensions of the perimeter of the parking
area. c. Submit with planting plan.
2. Area in square feet of parking lot.
490
4-14-9
4-14-15
F. Drainage: provisions of this Ordinance shall, upon con-
viction, be guilty of a misdemeanor, and each
1. Drainage system plan. such person shall be deemed guilty of a separate
offense for each and every day or portion thereof
G. Customer Parking: during which any violation of any of the pro-
visions of this Ordinance is committed, con-
1. Customer or guest parking stalls. tinued or permitted. Upon conviction of any
such violation, such person shall be punishable
H. Paving: by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars
($500.00) or by imprisonment for not more than
1. Paving material. ninety (90) days, or by both such fine and
imprisonment.
414-10: ILLUSTRATIONS: The following illus-
trations shall be applicable to parking 4-14-14: REPEAL OF PRIOR ORDINANCES:
regulations of this Chapter. Any and all ordinances or parts of
ordinances in conflict herewith, are hereby
(See following page for beginning of Illustrations) repealed.
4-14-11: LIABILITY: 4-14-15: EFFECTIVE DATE:This Ordinance shall
be effective upon its passage, approval and
A. City Not Liable: This Ordinance shall not be thirty(30) days after publication.(Ord. 3988, 4-28-86)
construed to relieve from or lessen the respon-
sibility of any person owning, building, altering,
constructing or maintaining any parking lot or
parking structure in the City for damages to
anyone injured or damaged either in person or
property by any defect therein; nor shall the
City, or any agent thereof, be held as assuming
such liability by reason of permit or inspection
authorized herein or a certificate of inspection
issued by the City or any of its agents.
4-14-12: SEVERABILITY:
A. If any part or portion of this Ordinance is
determined to be unconstitutional or invalid by
a court of competent jurisdiction, such
determination shall not affect the remainder of
this Ordinance.
4-14-13: PENALTY:
A. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or
corporation hereafter to erect,construct,enlarge,
move or convert any parking lot or parking
structure in the City or cause or permit the
same to be done contrary to or in violation of
any of the provisions of this Ordinance. Any
person, firm or corporation violating any of the
44.
4-14-10
4-14-10
90 DEGREE AND PARALLEL PARKING
....
1--2,011-1—24'-- I-20,—1-24'
•...•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.......
............ ....
....•. -..................... ................ .
.:.:-:.:.:.:-..•:-:.:..-:.:•:•:.:.:.
•.::::::::::::::....:.:::.......:::::::
........... ............
-''''''''''".•.'-'.' otqe_. cirz._ .•..:••••••.2...........:•:::.:::•:::::.::::::: ,
..
................. ,
.... ...... .•.•...••••.•••.• .
. .:::::::•::::::::::::1 -•-•:-..:1 -:::::::i.......•:-..: ::.
•• -two ... ....... ..
'::::::.•:•:•:•:•:•:•::::::::::::.:1.,
...•....e....." 4:-.•:::-:•:::::::::: WA-1r •::.::.:-./,: :•::::.::.::::::::::: vs/Ay ••• ......... ..
••••••••••••••••••••••.•.•••••••
1::.::.i...::.;:,•:,::::.::::::::.:::::::: -r2AFF16- ,-..-..x.:.:-:........:•:•:.:...:.....
.... .....::1... .1.. :
1. ::.::••••.:.:.:.1H.•:••.:.:-.:*:.::.::.::.::.:•-• -Tr2A.rF '•••••• ••.
..:::::::.1:::::::::::::..:...:::::
-. .. .....................
.. ... . .. ...........
.. •••••••••••••••••••.•.............
... .•••••••••••••••.•.•.•.•.... ........... .....
•••••••• -•.••••.....
. ..:::.:•:::::::1•1•.::::::::....::::::::::::::.••::::::::::::.....•:::::::::::::::......:::::•1.:::••:::
-•.•
:•:•::••••:•:::::::::-...-.:::::-... ..,
•.........:.:........:................:......,
IN : :„...,....•,....•:...•:.:.:.::.„•:.....:::.•...::.::.......•.::•..::.:.:..•:: ..••••••••••••••••••••••••••.• .
••••••••••••••.•................. ..,
•••••••••••••••••••.......... ., vie
.•••....................•....
:::•:•:•:•:•::-.•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•::., 4,
.::.::::::::•:•:•.........••••:....• ,. :.•••••••:::::.•:::.•.....•................:::
: :::::::.:•:•:•,...,,:::•:•.•.•... ..................... ..
IN PAP-41-11---11 1....I.F.AL , IH P642-11.41-461
6i LE- 12-4C,\, ./ pL...F.-- 121D10s/
17,I— 24 i__....
I I
. . .
-.---:•.•.•.•...•.•.•.•. ,.
.... ........ .. ...............
its .. . .
•" . ....
•• • •• .• .••.•.•.•..•......
•: •:•:•:•:-...-:-:•:•::::::::: :::::•:-:-:•:-:•:•:•:::::: .•
•:•:::: :::.:::::
•.::•:•:•:•:•:-:. : :•:•:•:•:-:•:•:•::....-....... .. .
.•.•..................... ..
• .• ..
.... .. ._...
,. ..... „......
•••-- •••••
•••:.•••:•:•:•:•:. :1.•.....:..-1•:::::: :..:...
.-..."•••••. — le'
..•.•. .•...... :-..:-•:.:g544.;...::::.: -,...•:.•.:.;.::::::::::::.. s.
.•.•. ......
1 . .•.•.•..• -
..... ...
••.•.•.•..•.•..
•:•.. ....•.•...•.
••.•...•.•-..•.
............. .. •.•....
.;........,..t.::::::....-....:::
........................... . ........... ..
... .........
• ••-•"•"•y•-•-.•
.• .•..-.... •.•.•.. .
-:::::: :::.:••••• Vs4A'r :.::.•.:.• E::::.:..•.:: "••••• .••••••••••••••
fr..'•7i ,- i4 , , ••.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•••.•...•.•
.....•.•••:. . .................... •::.::.::::: ::.•::::::.•:.•i•
.:::::::•:•:::::::: H:•:::::::.:•::::::•-:::•,:., *110
hi. .. 1!0•440.4.1.14
• .•.•.•...•.
•••••".•.•.•.•.
':::.::::::::::::: ..•.•-........
..............
:.::::.:ii...::."....::......:1 .•..•...•......
1:::'::::::-:•:.:•:•:•:::•.:
............
......... ......
::::::......::::.:: ::, i(ni ...4 ••••.-.•.•.•.•.
:•:-.•:•:-..•:-:•:•:•:•:::::
-:.:::::::::::::::::•:::::: .......... ......
:,::::.::.....::....:.i.:::::::, enN1PE-• :::::::::::::::::-:.......-:•:-
'.:::•:-:•:::::::::: Wahisr
::.::.....".•:;••••:::•:-•::::;.::::::.:::.:::....
432.A.j..../...E.A..-.. PAP-IeJ h-if---i COM PAGT PAR—W—IN1
3ING1 LE- #644D
L4-..-- 12Ov•/
—.Act---F---
p :: i:il PAR-KAI—VI
I I 63 i 7.44.)LATIct-4
-----) D I IZEGT1c:44 c.,F 112,4\1=4---
4-14-10
4-14-10
60 DEGREE PARKING
I---.222-1—I-V—I 1_____zz'_i_
i-.- . . .:'? ' I ... :......: :.:-.7 •4; e.p'° - -:... .\
'-:...A ...:.7
A : i.:
. :. . :
/. .. :
/
'.:, • • \
l' /
/....--: . : .. .... :: l' ...... - \
::. :.: , ...
:..:::::... ... ..
.. .. . . . .
.. . :....... .......:
Nur Fir-AID IN PArc_r_it-lei PF-AD IN F>A2 .4p-.1c PBL_. lacy,/
ct-ir--- wf aige_ix...A-nt--.4 or-ir. \.NA-f npfiJ)LA-ncH
1---221—I—201--I-- az.--1
PA42_44-4,ci
\''. . .. :•:::::::: : ... .:::: . .......:\ 1...*(co-tr-
.:: ......-.. ,.....
..::::„. . ,.
. . \ VIMEV-1.-. ' TC,F'-•
V........ ....: : . :..
.le ... .
N •••• :: ...::* :::-:::::::: .
.: ..
. . •
. \
. :,:. .:.... ....
.... - ,;.... . - 0
‘:::::::....::.....: Ni ................
low \::::::::..........:2::::::::::
:::::::::.
r'ALik4P4.
FIF-AD II-4 PAP-Y-It--lei
Fbribie, I*417#1)
iCesb W4f 0.112....1,L.A.T1 --}
reprze..... E.r)
I 01R-COLAcil. 4 1" = 20'
—> Dieza-r1c4.4 ("F -n2.4.vr.L._
ik
4-14-10 4-14-10
45 DEGREE PARKING______________
1-24'-I-IZI-1 I--- Zs—I— 122—
I\
. . . .
. .:.4 .
....:.......:: :::/.. ..1..N. :::..
..,J
4g4r ) I \
/ \......: 11\ ...J.::: ...... .1 \
.• ::
.::::.:..:.. ..•::.•
. .:.
.. : • . :
.: .*:::* . • ..
. ..
...:: .'...-......::... '...........:: :: . . : 14110
14F-04%. IN 1:34.12.g4t-lei v-IeN) It-1 PAP-el-el 2_ecw
ONe- NiNag.-f C-11241)LATIGts-1 GINE, VslAI C.M.C.L)LATIf-i
1--21,---1.---2,00---1-241-1
/ . -.. .
. /
• . . . \
\ . :....... . \ imiir
4-1rAID IN PX-JN(-1 Z. leckni
Tv,r, WAY 04244-1,ecriept4
LEA e-H TD
[......i. ]
I I (31e.e.4.)LA-nit--1 1" .:-. 20'
-) P112-EG-T1ef-4 aF 11203,\X-L_
414-10
4-14-10
PARKING PLAN LAYOUT
-
141 I
i }
•.,,,,;,., "7"' \.:. F:-.., di 2_ I .tt.
® 4-- I
I I
I8 lo t l . 13
• . Zit
..� ..
1
• DFlai✓ eu11_D►t- .::
1,1
`- '' _ •
I �-
i ® 13 12v1rs4 i
I
low I i
—I5i �._._._._.—. —._._. . _. _. �.
2.
D.V�!
td�
A 06.‘ o f PAP V it--vi L-.cl7- = s,sn4- nci .f-4-
LF-‘1F-4-417) C..N.1-F-- 'i" -2,c)k
-ii
� - 1-i6 HT F22L-F--- --- 1...-I N
.41- . v--1 H g c c ta.- 4a-real-+ tr--1
45; ptt2 noNAL- I-kt4+11H — WI-FP-F-1- • Te
4-15-1 4-15-2
CHAPTER 15
PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD)
ORDINANCE
SECTION: use of new concepts and technology of land
development and building construction, and to
4-15- 1: Title carry out the objective and spirit of the Renton
4-15- 2: Purpose Comprehensive Plan by allowing development that
4-15- 3: Definitions will provide particular public benefits. In order to
4-15- 4: Administering Authority accomplish these purposes, this Ordinance permits
4-15- 5: Review Criteria new development which is not limited by the strict
4-15- 6: Permitted Locations application of the City's zoning and subdivision
4-15- 7: Permitted Uses regulations when it is demonstrated that such new
4-15- 8: Minimum Site Area development will be superior to traditional
4-15- 9: Permitted Number of Dwelling Units lot-by-lot development.
4-15-10: Development Standards
4-15-11: Procedure for Approval of Planned Unit In pursuing the first purpose, the specific objectives
Developments of this Ordinance are to:
4-15-12: Building and Occupancy Permits
4-15-13: Expiration or Abandonment of a PUD A. Preserve as much as possible the natural
4-15-14: Relationship of This Ordinance to Other characteristics of the land, including
Ordinances topography, native vegetation and views;
4-15-15: Liability
4-15-16: Severability B. Reduce the risks of construction in hazardous
4-15-17: Penalty or environmentally sensitive areas;
C. Preserve and/or create wildlife habitat; and
D. Encourage and permit flexibility in design,
4-15-1: TITLE: There is hereby established and placement and configuration of buildings, use
created a Planned Unit Development of open space, circulation facilities, and
Ordinance to be hereinafter known and designated parking areas in order to best utilize the
as the Renton Planned Unit Development Ordi- potential of sites characterized by special
nance and may be cited as such. Hereinafter the features of geography, topography, size or
Ordinance will be referred to as "this Ordinance" shape, while at the same time, maintaining
and the same shall be and constitute Chapter 15, substantially the same population density and
Title IV (Building Regulations) of Ordinance No. area coverage permitted in the zone in which
4000
4260 known as Code of General Ordinances of the the project is located.
City of Renton.
Other objectives of this Ordinance are to:
4-15-2: PURPOSE: There are two (2) principal E. Encourage development of housing types that
purposes of the Planned Unit Develop- will be compatible with adjacent existing and
ment Ordinance. First, it is the purpose of this proposed uses and that will be beneficial to
Ordinance to preserve and protect natural features the community;
of the land, especially where steep slopes or other
environmentally sensitive areas exist, and to take F. Encourage the development of a viable hous-
into account special conditions of topography and ing stock that enhances the image of the
soil stability. Second, it is also the purpose of this City;
Ordinance to encourage innovation and creativity in
the development of new residential areas in the G. Create and/or preserve usable open space for
City of Renton, to create desirable neighborhoods recreation and aesthetic enjoyment of resi-
for family and community life, to make maximum dents;
ssism,
4-15-2
4-15-3
H. Encourage creativity in design; - Slopes 40% and Over
I. Provide for maximum efficiency in the layout - Slopes 25% to 40%, with Class Landslide
of streets, utility networks, and other public Hazard and Severe Erosion Hazard
improvements;
- Lands Within the 100 Year Floodway
J. Provide a guide for property owners, the
public and City officials in reviewing and ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREAS MAP
approving new developments proposed under FOLIO: These maps and applicable definitions are
this Ordinance. available in the Clerk's office and in the Policy
Development Department. The purpose of these
maps is to alert the public and responsible officials
4-15-3: DEFINITIONS: For the purposes of this to the potential presence of environmentally
Ordinance, certain terms, phrases, words sensitive areas on the sites of development
and their derivatives shall be construed as specified proposals. In cases of mapping error, the actual
in this Section. Words used in the singular include presence or absence of the features defined in this
the plural, and the plural the singular. The word Ordinance as environmentally sensitive, as
"shall" is mandatory; the word "may" is permissive. determined by qualified professional and technical
persons, shall govern the treatment of an individual
COMMON AREAS: A parcel or parcels of land or building site or parcel of land as environmentally
an area of water or a combination of land and sensitive.
` w water within the site designated for a planned unit
development and designed and intended for the use LAND OWNER: The legal or beneficial owner or
or enjoyment of residents of a planned unit develop- owners of all the land proposed to be included in a
went. Common areas may contain such complemen- planned unit development; a contract purchaser or
tary structures and improvements as are necessary any other person having an enforceable proprietary
and appropriate for the benefit and enjoyment of interest in such land shall be deemed to be a land
residents of the planned unit development. owner for the purpose of this Ordinance.
DEVELOPER: A person, partnership, joint venture, LEGAL OWNERSHIP: The proprietary interest of a
or corporation who proposes to develop or has land owner as defined above.
developed a planned unit development, pursuant to
this Ordinance. OPEN SPACE: A parcel or parcels of land or an
area of water or a combination of land and water
ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA (Severe): within the site designated for a planned unit
An area or portion of a site which is shown to development, which are without above ground
contain one or more of the following natural parking or vehicle circulation areas, structures, or
features: as mapped and defined in the Environ- buildings, except purely recreational facilities, and
mentally Sensitive Areas map folio available in the which shall include but not be limited to
Policy Development Department. undeveloped areas, landscaped areas, garden areas,
lawns, walkways, patios, and gazebos.
- Slopes 15-25%, with Class 3 Landslide
Hazard and Severe Erosion Hazard PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD): Any
development approved and developed in accordance
- Slopes 25-40%, with Class 3 Landslide with the terms of this Ordinance, including a
Hazard or Severe Erosion Hazard subdivision of such land, which development may
occur at one time or in phases.
- Wetlands and Class 3 Earthquake Hazard
PROPERTY OWNERS' ASSOCIATION: An
ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA (Very incorporated, nonprofit organization formed or
Severe): An area or portion of a site which is shown qualified under the laws of the State of
to contain one or more of the following natural Washington, operating under recorded land
features: as mapped and defined in the Environ- agreements through which:
mentally Sensitive Areas map folio available in the
Policy Development Department. A. Each land owner is automatically a member,
dor
4-15-3 4-15-5
B. Each land owner is automatically subject to a Ordinance and with the Comprehensive Plan,
charge for a proportionate share of the that the proposed development will be
expenses for the organization's activities, such superior to that which would result without a
as maintaining common areas and facilities, PUD, and that the development will not be
and unduly detrimental to surrounding properties.
C. Such charge, if unpaid, becomes a lien against C. Public Benefit: In addition, an applicant for
the property of the land owner. planned unit development shall have the
burden of demonstrating that a proposed
development will provide specifically identified
4-15-4: ADMINISTERING AUTHORITY: benefits to the residents of the City that
clearly outweigh any adverse impacts or
A. Hearing Examiner The Hearing Examiner is undesirable effects of the proposed PUD,
designated as the official agency of the City particularly those adverse and undesirable
for the conduct of public hearings and for impacts to surrounding properties; and that
recommendation to the City Council. the proposed development will provide one or
more of the following benefits to the City as
B. Administration: The Building and Zoning part of the proposed PUD:
Department shall be responsible for the
general administration and coordination of this 1. Protect environmentally sensitive areas.
Ordinance.
2. Preservation, enhancement, or rehabilitation Nue
C. Reviewing Agencies: The Building and Zoning of natural features of the subject property
Department, the Public Works Department, such as significant woodlands, wildlife habitats
the Fire Department, the Policy Development or streams that the City could not require the
Department, the Police Department, the Parks applicant to preserve, enhance or rehabilitate
and Recreation Department, and the Seattle- through development of the subject property
King County Health Department shall review without a PUD.
each proposed planned unit development.
3. Public facilities that could not be required
D. Approving Agency: The City Council, upon by the City for development of the subject
recommendation by the Hearing Examiner and property without a PUD.
the other agencies detailed in the paragraph
above, shall be the final approving agency 4. Design of the proposed PUD that is
under this Ordinance. superior in one or more of the following ways
to the design that would result from
development of the subject property without a
4-15-5: REVIEW CRITERIA: PUD:
A. Scope of Review: In consideration of the a. Increased provision of open space or
Noy
latitude given and the absence of conventional recreational facilities.
restrictions, the reviewing agencies, Hearing
Examiner, and City Council shall have wide b. Superior circulation patterns or
discretionary authority in judging and location or screening of parking facilities.
approving or disapproving the innovations
which may be incorporated into planned unit c. Superior landscaping, buffering, or
developments proposed under this Ordinance. screening in or around the proposed PUD.
The City may approve a PUD only if it finds
that the requirements of subsections 4-15-5B d. Superior architectural design,
through 4-15-5D have been met. placement, relationship or orientation of
structures, or use of solar energy.
B. Burden Required: Any applicant for planned
unit development approval shall have the D. Specific Review Criteria: A proposed PUD
burden of demonstrating that a development shall also be reviewed for consistency with the
is in compliance with the purposes of this following criteria:
4-15-5
4-15-7
D) 1. Compatibility with present and potential transit, public walkways, schools, and com-
surrounding land uses. (Compatibility mercial activities.
includes, but is not limited to, size, scale,
mass, character and architectural design.) 11. Design of parking areas that are
complemented by landscaping and not
2. Provision of streets and pedestrian facilities designed in long rows. The size of parking
which are suitable and adequate to carry areas should be minimized and each area
anticipated traffic within the proposed project related to the group of buildings served.
and in the vicinity of the proposed project.
12. Promotion of safety through adequate
3. Provision of utility services, emergency sight distance, separation of vehicles from
services, and other improvements, existing pedestrians, limited driveways on busy
and proposed, which are adequate to serve streets, avoidance of difficult turning patterns,
the development. and minimization of steep gradients.
4. An appearance of openness created by 13. Provision of safe, efficient access for
clustering, separation of building groups, and emergency vehicles.
use of well-designed open space and land-
scaping. 14. Design of each phase of the proposed
development, so that as it is planned to be
5. Creation of a quality environment through completed, it will contain the required
lav the provision of either passive or active parking spaces, open space, recreation spaces,
recreation facilities and attractive common landscaping and utilities necessary for
areas, including accessibility to buildings from creating and sustaining a desirable and stable
parking areas and public walkways. environment, and so that each phase, together
with previous phases can stand alone.
6. Provision of internal privacy between
dwelling units, and external privacy for
adjacent dwelling units. Creation of a sense of 4-15-6: PERMITTED LOCATIONS: Planned
privacy and separation from adjacent units unit developments may be permitted in
through careful location of building entrances, any residential zoning district, except the R-1-5
windows, and by the use of fences, walls and District, when processed and approved as provided
landscaping. in this Ordinance.
7. Orientation of buildings to enhance views
from within the site by taking advantage of 4-15-7: PERMITTED USES: In an approved
topography, building location and style. planned unit development, only the
following uses may be permitted on a property, or
8. Promotion of variety and innovation in site any portion thereof; with the respective underlying
law and building design. Buildings in groups zoning classification. If a site contains more than
should be related by coordinated materials one zoning classification, then only the uses
and roof styles, but contract should be allowed below shall be permitted in each
provided throughout a site by the use of correspondingly zoned area.
varied materials, architectural detailing,
building orientation or housing type; i.e. A. G-1 and R-1 Residence Districts:
single-family, detached, attached, townhouses,
etc. 1. Single-family detached dwellings, and
attached dwelling units provided that no
9. Design of the perimeter of a project to structure shall contain more than four (4)
enhance adjacent uses and not create a dwelling units and that each unit shall have
"walled corridor" of buildings, heavily traveled its own ground floor access and no unit shall
streets, or light and glare. Perimeter buildings be located above another unit.
should be similar in scale and bulk to
buildings on adjacent sites. 2. Accessory uses customarily incidental to
such allowed uses.
10. Provision of a system of walkways which
tie residential areas to recreational areas,
490
4-15-7 4-15-9
B. R-2, R-3 and R-4 Residence Districts: 2. R-1 Zone: Four (4) dwelling units per acre.
1. Single-family detached dwellings, single- 3. R-2 Zone: Eight (8) dwelling units per acre.
family attached dwellings, duplexes, town-
houses, and multiple family dwellings. 4. R-3 Zone: Seventeen (17) dwelling units per
acre.
2. Accessory uses customarily incidental to
such allowed uses. 5. R-4 Zone: Twenty four (24) dwelling units
per acre.
3. Public and quasi-public uses which are
compatible with surrounding uses or are an These base densities shall apply to the gross
integral part of the PUD. acreage of all lands within a PUD, provided
that the base density of any portion of a site
that is identified as containing Very Severe
4-15-8: MINIMUM SITE AREA: No minimum Environmentally Sensitive Areas is reduced by
site area shall be required for a PUD. seventy five percent (75%) and the base
density of any portion of a site identified as
containing Severe Environmentally Sensitive
4-15-9 PERMITTED NUMBER OF DWEL- Areas is reduced by fifty percent (50%).
LING UNITS: The maximum number of
dwelling units permitted in a planned unit B. Bonus Densities: One or more of the following
development shall be determined by multiplying density bonuses may be earned in addition to '
the gross site area times the allowed base units the base units per acre allowed in a PUD.
per acre of the underlying zoning times the total of The bonus percentages shall be added
the percentage increases of each earned density together before being multiplied by the
bonus. Gross site areas shall mean the total site permitted base density.
area before allowing for improvements, such as
streets, utility easements, and circulation areas. In 1. Open Space: A five percent (5%) density
no case shall the number of dwelling units permit- bonus if at least twenty five percent (25%) or
ted on a site exceed the maximum permitted den- one-half (U2) acre, whichever is less, of the
sity of the underlying zoning of the site, as open space has a slope of ten percent (10%)
specified in Section 4-15-9C below. or less. Such open space shall be concentrated
areas and shall not be covered by standing
The general formulas for determining the permitted water except occasionally during the year.
number of dwelling units in a PUD are as follows:
2. Active Recreation Areas: A five percent
# of dwelling units permitted = the smaller of: (5%) density bonus if two (2) or more active
recreational features, such as jogging/walking
(Gross site area in acres x base density, or trails, pools, recreation building, children's
modified base density for environmentally play areas, tennis courts and sports courts
sensitive areas, of the respective underlying are provided for each one hundred (100)
NisW
zoning) x (100% + sum of percentages of all residential units.
bonuses earned); or
3. Environmentally Sensitive Areas: A five
(Gross site area in acres x maximum percent (5%) bonus for each ten percent (10%)
permitted residential densities, or modified of the site identified as having Very Severe or
maximum density for environmentally Severe Environmentally Sensitive features
sensitive areas, of respective underlying that are left undisturbed.
zoning.)
4. Public Access: A ten percent (10%) density
A. Base Units Per Acre: The base residential bonus if public access which is acceptable to
density permitted in a PUD shall be: the City is granted to lakes, rivers, and other
unusual site features (e.g. unique open space,
1. G-1 Zone: One dwelling unit per acre. recreation areas, etc.).
490
4-15-9
4-15-10
B) 5. Parking Lots: A five percent (5%) density 4. R-3 Zone: Twenty five (25) dwelling units
bonus if off-street parking is grouped in areas per acre.
of sixteen (16) stalls or less and separated
from other parking areas by significant 5. R-4 Zone: Thirty five (35) dwelling units per
landscaping.
acre.
6. Enclosed Parking: A five percent (5%) These maximum densities shall apply to all
density bonus if at least fifty percent (50%) of lands within a PUD, provided that the
the parking stalls are placed underground or maximum density of any portion of a site that
enclosed by walls on three (3) sides, such as is identified as containing Very Severe
in garages. Environmentally Sensitive Areas is reduced by
fifty percent (50%) and the maximum density
7. Arterial Access. A five
percent (5%) density of any portion of a site identified as
bonus if the principal vehicular access point containing Severe Environmentally Sensitive
opens directly onto a primary or secondary areas is reduced by twenty five percent (25%).
arterial.
8. Public Transit: A five percent (5%) density 4-15-10: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:
bonus if public transit is available within five
hundred feet (500') walking distance from the A. Code Provisions That May Be Modified. In
PUD. approving a planned unit development, the
City may modify any of the standards of the
9. Security. A five percent (5%) density bonus Zoning, Parking and Loading, and Subdivision
if the PUD provides a crime prevention plan, Codes except the following:
including locks, security lighting, appropriate
doors, windows and alarms approved by the 1. The City may not modify any of the pro-
Renton Police Department. visions of this Ordinance;
10. Perimeter Setback and Buffer: A ten 2. The City may not modify any provision of
1 percent (10%) density bonus if the landscaped the above codes that specifically state that its
'• setback from adjacent R-1 Residential Districts requirements are not subject to modifications
required in Section 4-15-10C1 is increased to under a PUD;
fifty feet (501, unless such increased setback
would be required anyway due to topography, 3. The City may not modify any of the
easements or other limitations of the property. procedural provisions of these codes; and
11. Private Open Space: A five percent (5%) 4. The City may not modify any provision that
density bonus for usable private open space in specifically applies to development on a
excess of minimum requirements (Section wetland, flood plain, or regulated slope.
`o' 4-15-10C) and, specifically, when the private
open space for a ground floor unit exceeds B. Common Open Space Standard: Each PUD
three hundred (300) square feet or eighty (80) shall provide not less than thirty five percent
square feet for an upper story unit. (35%) of the total site area for common open
space. Open space shall be concentrated in
C. Maximum Residential Densities: The maxi- large usable areas and may be designed pro-
mum residential densities that may be vide either active or passive recreation or to
achieved in a PUD shall not exceed: provide a wildlife habitat.
1. G1 Zone: One and one-fourth (1.25) C. Private Open Space: Each unit in a PUD shall
dwelling units per acre. have usable private open space (in addition to
parking, storage space, lobbies, and corridors)
2. R-1 Zone: Six (6) dwelling units per acre, for the exclusive use of the occupants of that
unit. Each ground floor unit, whether attached
3. R-2 Zone: Twelve (12) dwelling units per or detached, shall have private open space
acre. which is contiguous to the unit and shall be
4-15-10amok
4-15-10
C) an area of at least twenty percent (20%) of 2. Environmentally Sensitive Areas: PUD's in
the gross square footage of the dwelling units. areas identified as Very Severe or Severe
The private open space shall be well demar- Environmentally Sensitive Areas shall be
cated and at least ten feet (10') in every subject to special review by the City to assure
dimension. Decks on upper floors can sub- stable building conditions, safe and convenient
stitute for some of this required private open access, and minimum disruption of the natural
space. For dwelling units which are exclusively physical features of the land. Special
upper story units, there shall be deck areas engineering, soils, hydrologic or geologic
totalling at least sixty (60) square feet in size studies may be required to assure public
with no dimension less than five feet (5'). safety and welfare.
D. Setback and Height Standards: F. Access, Circulation and Parking:
1. Setback From R-1 Zones: Whenever a PUD 1. General: The planned unit development
shall abut a R-1 zoned parcel, whether shall have adequate pedestrian and vehicle
developed or undeveloped, then any building access and parking commensurate with the
or structure in the PUD shall be set back at location, size and density of the proposed
least twenty five feet (25') from such parcel. development. Vehicle access shall not be
Such twenty five foot (25') setback shall be unduly detrimental to adjacent areas and shall
open space, and shall not be utilized for take into consideration the anticipated traffic
parking, streets, driveways, playgrounds or which the development may generate.
other intensive uses, but such twenty five foot Ili
(25') setback shall be landscaped as 2. Streets: All streets within a PUD shall be
hereinabove described and maintained as a dedicated to the City for public use. Such
common area and open space. streets shall be developed to the full minimum
standards specified in Section 9-12-8 of the
2. Setback and Height Limitations Adjacent to Subdivision Code, including curbs, gutters and
R-1 Zones. Any structure within one hundred sidewalks.
feet (100') of an R-1 Zone shall be comprised
of detached single family housing no more 3. Parking: Adequate vehicular parking areas
than thirty five feet (35') in height. shall be provided. Vehicular parking may be
provided either on-street or off-street within
3. Spacing Between Buildings: No minimum the PUD, provided that the total number of
spacing between buildings within a PUD is available spaces is at least equal to the
required provided that each development shall resident and guest parking requirements
provide reasonable visual and acoustical specified in the Parking and Loading Code
privacy for dwelling units and surrounding (Title IV, Chapter 14).
properties; fences, insulation, walks, barriers,
and landscaping are used, as appropriate, for 4. Pedestrian Circulation: Adequate pedestrian
the protection and aesthetic enhancement of circulation facilities shall be provided. These
the property and the privacy of its occupants facilities shall be durable, serviceable, safe,
and surrounding properties, screening of convenient to the dwelling units, and
objectionable view or uses, and reduction of separated by curb or other means from the
noise; windows are placed at such a height or vehicle traffic facilities.
location. or screened to provide adequate
privacy; and adequate light and air is G. Formation of a Property Owners' Association:
provided to each dwelling unit. The developer or owner(s) of a PUD shall be
required to form a legally incorporated
E. Special Areas: property owners' association prior to the
occupancy of any portion of a PUD. If there is
1. Water: Planned unit developments which only one owner of the PUD, either a property
include any shore line of natural lakes, rivers owners' association shall be formed or a
and other waterways shall be governed by the covenant running with the land shall be filed
requirements of Section 9-12-7 of the City requiring the formation of such an association
Code entitled Residential Subdivision of First prior to the first subsequent sale of the
Class Shorelands and Shore Line Master property, or portion thereof.
Program.
4-15-10
4-15-11
H. Installation and Maintenance of Common intended to serve both the present and future
Facilities and Open Space: phases of a PUD shall be installed or bonded
as specified above before occupancy of the
1. Common Open Space: earliest phase that will be served. At the time
of such bonding and deferral, the City shall
a. Installation: All common area and determine what portion of the costs of
open space shall be landscaped in accordance improvements is attributable to each phase of
with the landscaping plan submitted by the a PUD.
applicant and approved by the City, provided
that common open space containing natural b. Maintenance: All common facilities not
features worthy of preservation may be left dedicated to the City shall be permanently
unimproved. Prior to the issuance of any maintained by the PUD owner, if there is only
occupancy permit, the developer shall furnish one owner, or by the property owners'
a performance bond to the City in an amount association, or the agent(s) thereof. In the
equal to a minimum of one hundred fifty event that such facilities are not maintained
percent (150%) of the cost of the installation in a responsible manner, as determined by the
of the approved landscaping, which shall be City, the City shall have the right to provide
planted within one year of the date of final for the maintenance thereof, and bill the
approval of the PUD, and the maintenance of owner or property owners' association
such landscaping for a period of two (2) years accordingly. Such bill, if unpaid, shall become
thereafter. A bond for providing maintenance a lien against each individual property.
of landscaping may be waived if a landscaping
maintenance contract with a reputable land-
scaping firm licensed to do business in the 4-15-11: PROCEDURE FOR APPROVAL OF
City of Renton is executed and kept active for PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS:
a two (2) year period. A copy of such contract The approval of a planned unit development shall
shall be kept on file with the Building and be by the City Council, upon recommendation by
Zoning Department. the Hearing Examiner, and shall be processed in
accordance with the following procedures:
b. Maintenance: Landscaping and
unimproved common open space shall be A. Who May Apply: Any owner, group of owners
maintained permanently by the property of contiguous property acting jointly,
owners' association or the owner of the PUD, developer, or authorized agent may submit an
or the agent or agents thereof and shall be application for a PUD.
subject to periodic inspection by the City. In
the event that such landscaping or open space B. Filing of Application: The application for
is not maintained in a responsible manner, preliminary approval of a PUD shall be filed
the City shall have the right to provide for with the Building and Zoning Department
the maintenance thereof, and bill the property accompanied by a filing fee as established by
%eV owners' association accordingly. Such bill, if the filing fee ordinance.
unpaid, shall become a lien against each
individual property. C. Informal Review: Prior to making application
for preliminary approval, the developer shall
2. Common Facilities: meet with the reviewing departments to study
and review the proposed PUD. The developer
a. Installation: Prior to the issuance of shall prepare and submit to the Building and
any occupancy permits, all common facilities, Zoning Department eight (8) copies of a
including but not limited to, utilities, storm tentative application with vicinity and site
drainage, streets, recreation facilities, et maps containing the information required in
cetera, shall be completed by the developer or, Section 4-15-11D below, together with other
if deferred by the Board of Public Works, pertinent information required by the
assured through a performance bond to the reviewing departments. The maps may be
City in an amount equal to a minimum of one reasonably accurate sketches. A fee as
hundred fifty percent (150%) of the cost of established by the Filing Fee Ordinance for a
installation, except for such common facilities tentative PUD shall be paid by the petitioner
that are intended to serve only future phases prior to this informal review.
of a PUD. Any common facilities that are
4-15-11
4-15-11
D. Preliminary Plan: describing the relationship of the major
elements and uses within the PUD to each
1. Application: A preliminary development other, and the relationship of the major PUD
plan shall be submitted to the Building and elements and structures to the surrounding
Zoning Department and shall include the properties and uses.
general intent of the development,
apportionment of land for buildings and land 3. Public Notice: Whenever a completed
use, proposed phases, if any, and such other preliminary plan application is received, the
information or documentation which the Building and Zoning Department shall be
Building and Zoning Department shall require. responsible for providing public notice of the
pending application. This public notice shall
2. Documents Required With Preliminary Plan be in the form of three (3) signs placed on or
and Application: A preliminary PUD plan near the subject property and clearly visible
application shall consist of: from the largest public street serving the
property and a public notice mailed to all
a. Vicinity map. property owners within three hundred feet
(300') at the applicant's expense. The applicant
b. Site maps of an appropriate scale shall be responsible for providing completed
including: mailing labels and postage. The Building and
Zoning Department shall also make a
- Names and dimensions of bounding streets. reasonable effort to notify by mail all known
homeowners' associations, community clubs or ,S
- Proposed pedestrian and circulation patterns. similar organizations in the neighborhood of a
proposed PUD. Failure to receive such mailed
- Identification of building type and typical notification shall have no effect upon the
numbers of dwelling units or floor area by proposed action or application. The notices
type shall state the nature and location of the
proposed development, the public approvals
- Type and general design of off-street parking that are required, and the opportunities for
facilities. public comment. A twenty one (21) day public
comment period shall be provided prior to any
- Typical locations and area specifications for public hearing by the City on a preliminary
common and private open space. plan application.
c. Illustrative landscaping treatments for 4. Phasing: Planned Unit Developments may
key locations. be proposed to be developed in one or more
phases. If developed in phases, each phase of
d. Building standards: Height, bulk, lot the PUD shall contain adequate parking, open
coverage and setback provisions. space, recreation space, public benefits,
landscaping, buffering, circulation, utilities and
e. Written information, including: other improvements necessary so that each
NS
phase, together with any earlier phases, may
- Program for development, including phasing stand alone and satisfy the purposes of this
and timing. Ordinance. Further, each phase must meet the
requirements of Section 4-15-5C, unless the
- Proposed ownership patterns. public benefits have been met by previously
approved phases.
- Tabulations of dwelling unit densities,
building floor area, lot coverage and/or 5. Review and Approval: The preliminary plan
anticipated employees. shall be circulated to all reviewing
departments for comments. The Building and
- Statement describing the relationship of the Zoning Department shall determine that the
proposed PUD to the City's Comprehensive plans comply with the development policies of
Plan. the Renton Comprehensive Plan and this
Section and shall make a recommendation to
- A detailed narrative, illustrative perspective the Hearing Examiner accordingly.
drawings, or appropriate cross-sections
4-15-11
4-15-11
D5) After public -'raring, the Hearing Examiner 8. Zoning Map Revised: Upon the authority of
shall recom: und approval, approval with thea al ordinance of a
approval preliminary plan
conditions, or denial of the
preliminary plan. PUD, the City shall place the PUD
The City Council, upon recommendation of designation as an overlay on the subject
the Hearing examiner, shall approve, modify property on the City of Renton zoning map.
or Y preliminary plan PUD. City
Council action to approve a preliminary plan 9. Sale of Planned Unit Development: If a
PUD shall be by ordinance and shall include developer sells the site or a
an accurate description of the boundaries, portionof the
land uses and number of units of the PUD, site after preliminary approval, such sale
shall not prevent final approval of the
and any phases thereof, as well as the planned unit development, providing that any
effective date of approval and the date of succeeding owner agrees to comply with the
expiration of such approval. requirements of this Section, and any and all
conditions or covenants that have been
The preliminary plan shall be approved or established for the approved PUD.
denied within twelve (12) months of the date
of filing of the application, or within eighteen E. Merger of Review Stages: The applicant may
(18) months of the date of filing of the request that review and decision on the
application when an environmental impact preliminary plan and final plan be merged in
statement or other permit or approval one decision. The merged decision shall follow
required by another public agency is required the procedural steps required of It preliminary
in order to approve the preliminary plan. plan. However, the applicant shall submit all
plans and information in the detail required
6. Appeal: The action, by ordinance, of the for a final plan and shall comply with all
City Council to approve, modify or deny a other requirements and standards for a final
PUD shall be final and conclusive, unless plan.
within thirty (30) days of the effective date of
the ordinance an aggrieved party obtains a F. Final Plan:
writ of review from Superior Court. If Council
acts in appeal to approve a preliminary PUD, 1. Time Limits: The developer shall, within
the decision will include an effective date of two (2) years of the effective date of action by
approval consistent with Section 4-15-11D5. the City Council to approve the preliminary
plan, submit to the Building and Zoning
7. Effect of an Approved Preliminary Plan: Department a final development plan showing
The approval of a preliminary plan constitutes the ultimate design and specific details of the
the City's acceptance of the general project, proposed planned unit development or the
including its density, intensity, arrangement final phase or phases thereof.
and design. Approval authorizes the applicant
or subsequent owner to apply for final plan Upon application by the developer, the
approval of the PUD or phase(s) thereof. Pre- Hearing Examiner may grant an extension of
law liminary plan approval does not authorize any the approved preliminary plan for a maximum
building permits or any site work except that of twelve (12) months. Application for such
required for surveying and engineering of the extension shall be made at least thirty (30)
final plan or that required by the City for days prior to the expiration date of
improvements that are necessary for a partic- preliminary plan approval. Only one such
ular phase of the PUD for which final plan extension may be granted for a PUD. If a
approval has been granted. An approved final development plan is not filed within
preliminary plan binds the future PUD site such two (2) years or within the extended
and all subsequent owners to the uses, time period, if any, the PUD preliminary plan
densities, and standards of the preliminary she!: be deemed to have expired or been
plan until such time as a final plan is abandoned and shall be subject to the
approved for the entire site or all phases of provisions of Section 4-15-13.
the site, or a new preliminary plan is
approved, or the preliminary plan is 2. Application: A final plan application shall be
abandoned or expires subject to the provisions submitted for a PUD, or a phase thereof, to
of Section 4-15-13.
490
4-15-11 4-15-11
F2) the Building and Zoning Department. The twenty feet (1" = 10'/20') indicating planting
proposed final plan shall be in substantial bed dimensions, north arrow, plant layout and
conformance with the approved preliminary identification plant list, size and spacing of
plans, including phasing, subject to the plants and irrigation.
provisions of Section 4-15-11F4. The
application shall be accompanied by an d. Building Elevations: Elevation or
appropriate fee as specified in the fee perspective drawings to scale to illustrate the
ordinance and shall include the following: architectural character of structures.
a. Vicinity Map: A vicinity map drawn to e. Written Information: In addition to
an appropriate scale which shall show all the information noted above, the developer
adjacent subdivisions, true north arrow, type shall submit a written statement with the
of existing land use, zoning, streets and tract necessary illustrations providing the following
lines of acreage parcels with the names of information:
owners of record. The map shall show the
streets in the proposed PUD and their - Program for development, including staging
relationship with existing and proposed streets or timing of development.
in adjacent subdivisions or undivided
properties. - Proposed ownership pattern upon completion
of development.
b. Site Maps: A map or maps of the site
drawn to a scale of not less than one inch - Basic content of restrictive covenants. , ;
representing forty feet (1" = 40') showing the
following proposals: - Provisions to assure permanence and main-
tenance of common open space through home-
- Names and dimensions of streets bounding owners association formation, condominium
or touching the site. development or other means acceptable to the
City.
- Pedestrian and vehicular circulation
patterns. - Statement or tabulation of dwelling unit
densities proposed.
- Buildings including identification of types
and number of dwelling units in each or use 3. Public Notice: Public notice shall be
of building. provided in the manner prescribed for
preliminary plans.
- Dimensions between buildings.
4. Major and Minor Modifications:
- Off-street parking facilities.
a. Minor Modification: As part of the
- Areas to be landscaped. approval of a final plan, the City may require
or approve a minor deviation from the pre-
- Existing surface drainage system. liminary plan if:
- Locations, dimensions and area of common (1) The change is necessary because of
and private open space. natural features of the subject property
not foreseen by the applicant or the City
- The information listed in Sections 9-12-6B9b prior to the approval of the preliminary
through 9-12-6B9j of the City Code entitled development plan; or
Tentative, Preliminary and Final Plat
Requirements. (2) The change will not have the effect of'
significantly reducing any area of
- Any other pertinent information required to landscaping, open space, natural area or
review the PUD. parking; or
c. Landscaping Plan: A landscaping plan (3) The change will not have the effect of
at a scale of one inch representing ten feet or increasing the density or significantly
490
1
4-15-11
4-15-11
F4a3) increasing the total amount of floor area Ordinance. Further, each phase must meet the
of the PUD; or requirements of Section 4-15-5C, unless the
public benefits have been met by previously
(4) The change will not result in any approved phases.
structure, circulation or parking area
being moved significantly in any 7. Appeal: The Hearing Examiner's decision on
direction; or a final plan PUD may be appealed to the City
Council within fourteen (14) days from the
(5) The change will not reduce any date of the decision, pursuant to Section
setback approved as part of the 4-8-16. If the Hearing Examiner acts on
preliminary plan by more than ten appeal to approve a final PUD, the decision
percent (10%) and the required minimum will include an effective date of approval
setback is met; or consistent with Section 4-15-11F5.
(6) The change will not result in a 8. Effect of an Approved Final Plan:
significant increase in the height of any
structure as approved in the preliminary a. Standards Superimposed: The final
plan; or approval of a planned unit development, under
the procedures detailed in this Ordinance,
(7) The change will not increase or shall superimpose the requirements of that
Now create any adverse impacts or specific approved planned unit development on
undesirable effects on the surrounding the underlying zone regulations as an
neighborhood. exception thereto, to the extent that the
requirements of the planned unit development
b. Major Modification: Major modifica- modifies or supersedes the regulations of the
tions are those which substantially change the underlying zone. Final plan approval shall be
basic design, density, circulation, or open binding upon property or the respective
space requirements of the PUD. Major modifi- phase(s) with regards to density, open space,
cations to a preliminary plan PUD shall be uses, and other standards until such time as a
E processed as a new preliminary plan.
new final plan PUD is approved or the final
plan expires
5. Review and Approval: The final plan shall Section 4-15-13 or is abandoned subject to
be reviewed by the departments and the Hear-
ing Examiner, in the manner prescribed for b. Covenants Required: As a condition of
preliminary plans, to determine if the final final plan PUD approval, covenants shall be
plan is in substantial conformance with the executed that run with the land, and with all
approved preliminary plan and is consistent subdivided portions thereof, stating that such
with the purposes and review criteria of this property is part of an approved PUD, and
Ordinance. After a public hearing thereon, the including the file number thereof and a
Hearing Examiner shall make a decision to description of the uses, densities and phases
approve, approve with conditions or deny the of the approved PUD. Such covenant shall
final plan. The decision shall include a also be recorded for each rvoperty created
description of the elements of the approved through any subsequent subdivisions.
PUD, including land uses, number of units,
phasing, the effective date of approval and of c. Extension of Time Limits for
expiration, time limits, required improvements Remaining Phases: Approval of a final plan for
and the schedule for implementation, and any any phase of the approved pieliminary plan
conditions that may apply to the PUD. shall constitute an extension for two (2) years
of the remainder
f the preliminary plan,
6. Phasing: If developed in phases, each phase the effective dateoof Hearing Examiner act on
of the PUD shall contain adequate parking, on the final plan.
open space, recreation space, public benefits,
landscaping, buffering, circulation, utilities and d. Construction of the PUD: Approval of
other improvements necessary so that each a final plan PUD is authorization to apply for
phase, together with any earlier phases, may building permits to construct the PUD. The
stand alone and satisfy the purposes of this developer shall prepare and submit building
4
4-15-11 4-15-12
F8d) permit applications which are accepted as intended to be subdivided into smaller parcels,
substantially complete to the Building and an application for preliminary plat approval
Zoning Department within six (6) months of may be submitted together with the applica-
the effective date of approval. The developer tion for final plan PUD approval. In such
shall complete the approved planned unit case, the preliminary plat and the final plan
development or any phase thereof included in PUD shall be processed and reviewed concur-
the approved final plan within two (2) years rently. Subsequent to final plan PUD appro-
from the date of the decision to approve the val, a PUD may also be subdivided by the
final plan by the Hearing Examiner, unless building site plan process as provided in
the examiner designates a shorter time. Section 9-12-6D.
Failure to complete the PUD, or any phase
thereof, within this time limit, will require the
submittal of a new preliminary and final plan 4-15-12: BUILDING AND OCCUPANCY PER-
application in order to continue construction of MITS:
the PUD. Failure to submit a new application
or to complete the PUD once construction has A. Building permits shall be issued for
begun shall constitute abandonment of the construction in planned unit developments
PUD subject to Section 4-15-13. Expiration of only in accordance with the final plan and
any building permit issued for a PUD shall be program elements of the final plan as
governed by the provisions of the applicable approved by the Hearing Examiner. Minor
building Code. Construction of any portion of adjustments to the final plan which involve
the PUD requires a current approved PUD only insignificant revisions to the exact
Issior
and a current building permit. (Ord. 4039, location and configuration of buildings,
1-19-87) roadways, open space or other features and do
not involve any changes in density, relative
e. Public Notification Signage: Prior to density within the site, intensity, architectural
issuance of any building permits for a final style, housing type or other significant
PUD, the applicant will erect and maintain in characteristics of the PUD, may be approved
a legible manner a sign which is sufficiently by the Building and Zoning Department when
large and prominently sited, and which gra- issuing building permits. Adjustments that are
phically portrays all phases of the preliminary determined by the Building and Zoning De-
PUD including dwelling unit types, number of partment to not be minor adjustments shall
units, parking, open space, and recreational require the submittal of a new final plan or
facilities. The purpose of this temporary sign preliminary plan application, according to
is to inform neighbors and future residents Section 4-15-11F4.
about future phases of development plans,
their content and configuration. If a B. The Building and Zoning Director may issue a
preliminary PUD is modified and has any temporary or final occupancy permit subject to
major modifications permitted to it, then this any conditions appropriate to insure the public
sign shall similarly be modified to comply with health, safety and general welfare, and to ..—
so
any approved changes to the modified PUD. insure the timely execution of the remainder
Any sign erected pursuant to this Code section of the planned unit development. Prior to
shall be exempt from the provisions of the issuance of the permit the Director shall find:
Sign Code. All such public notification signs
proposed subject to this Section shall be 1. That the developer is engaged in the
reviewed and approved by the Building and continuation of the construction of the re-
Zoning Department to insure that the mainder of the PUD application.
information to be displayed is clearly legible
and that the size of the sign is no larger than 2. That all requirements of the PUD approval,
what is needed to convey the required infor- and required health and safety ordinances of
mation. The sign is to be removed at such the City have been satisfied.
time as the final phase of the PUD has been
approved and constructed. (Ord. 4060, 4-20-87) 3. That the partial occupancy has been
granted deferrals of on-site or off-site
G. Consolidation of PUD and Subdivision Appro- improvements not yet completed pursuant to
val: Wherever a planned unit development is provisions of the Renton Municipal Code.
4-15-12
4-15-17
B) 4. That partial occupancy will be in the gen- a conditional use permit by the Hearing
eral public interest, and not detrimental to the Examiner together with such conditions,
public health, safety and welfare, covenants or other terms in order to assure
compliance with the requirements of Section
4-15-13: EXPIRATION OR ABANDONMENT 4-15-10 and/or any other applicable provision
of this Ordinance and the City's Zoning Code.
OF A PUD:
A. Expiration: Expiration of an approved pre- 4-15-14: RELATIONSHIP OF THIS ORDI-
liminary plan shall be defined as failure to NANCE TO OTHER ORDINANCES:
satisfy the time limits or other requirements Where provisions of this Ordinance are in conflict
of submitting a final plan application. Expira- with provisions of the zoning ordinance or the
tion of an approved final plan PUD shall be subdivision ordinance, the requirements of this
defined as failure to initiate construction of a Ordinance shall prevail.
PUD. Expiration can only occur if no on-site
construction has begun. Upon expiration of a
preliminary or final plan, the undeveloped site 4-16-15: LIABILITY: City Not Liable. This
may only be developed if a new preliminary Ordinance shall not be construed to
and final plan PUD is approved or if the City relieve or lessen the responsibility of any person
Council, by ordinance, removes the PUD owning, building, altering or constructing any
'Noe designation and revokes the original approval. planned unit development in the City for damages
to anyone injured or damaged either in person or
B. Abandonment: property by any defect therein; nor shall the City,
or any agent thereof', be held as assuming such
1. Abandonment Defined: Abandonment of a liability by reason of permit or inspection
preliminary and/or final plan for the purpose authorized herein or a certificate of inspection
of this Section shall mean the failure and issued by the City or any of its agents.
neglect of the developer to meet the require-
ments of Section 4-15-11F8d or to diligently
pursue the project and the improvements 4-15-16: SEVERABILITY: If any part or portion
incidental thereto for a period of six (6) of this Ordinance is determined to be
months, after beginning or completing con- unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdic-
struction of any of the residential units, tion, such determination shall not affect the re-
utilities, streets or other improvements of any mainder of this Ordinance.
phase of a PUD.
2. Resuming Development of an Abandoned 4-15-17: PENALTY: It shall be unlawful for any
PUD Site: In order to resume development of person, firm or corporation to construct,
iimmw an abandoned PUD site, a new final plan enlarge or change any land or planned unit
application shall be submitted for any development in the City or cause or permit the
partially completed phase of the PUD and a same to be done contrary to or in violation of any
new preliminary plan application shall be of the provisions of this Ordinance. Any person,
submitted for all remaining portions of the firm or corporation violating any of the provisions
site. In any case, all subsequent preliminary of this Ordinance, shall, upon conviction, be deemed
or final plans shall adhere to the Renton City guilty of a misdemeanor, and each such person
Code provisions in force at the time of shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for
resubmission including open space, dwelling each and every day or portion thereof during which
unit density and setback requirements. No any violation of any of the provisions of this
building permits shall be issued renewed or Ordinance is committed, continued or permitted;
extended until such new preliminary or final and upon conviction of any such violation such
plans are approved. person shall be punishable by a fine of not more
than five hundred dollars ($500.00), or by
3. Occupation of Structures: Any finished imprisonment for not more than ninety (90) days,
structures, short of full implementation of an or by both such fine and imprisonment. (Ord. 4039,
approved final plan for a PUD or those phases 1-19-87)
thereof, may be occupied upon the issuance of
s
890
4-17-1
4-17-4
CHAPTER 17
RAILROAD AND UTILITY LINE
CONSTRUCTION PERMIT
SECTION: portion of such street, avenue, alley or public place
shall, as far as possible, be open for public use for
4-17-1: Obtain Permit the purposes of traffic, and in all cases, any work of
4-17-2: Valid Franchise or Permission for the City or its contractors or employees shall have
Structure precedence over all other work of any kind.
4-17-3: Public Nuisance
4-17-4: No Permit for Ordinary Repair
4-17-3: PUBLIC NUISANCE: All street rail-
ways, telegraph lines, telephone lines,
electric light lines, gas mains or underground con-
duits for use of any public utility company and all
4-17-1: OBTAIN PERMIT: No person or corpor- rails, ties, planks, posts, wires or other structures,
ation shall build or construct any apparatus or material built, constructed or placed
railroad of any kind or any street railway, tele- in any street, avenue or alley of the City without a
14w graph line, telephone line, electric light line, gas permit having first been issued therefor in compli-
main or underground conduit for use of any public ance with the provisions of this Chapter, shall
utility company in any street, avenue or alley of the constitute a public nuisance and shall be abated in
City without first obtaining a permit therefor from the manner provided by the City law of the City
the Council and no person shall make any excava- and the person responsible for the placing or con-
tion of any kind or deposit any material or thing in struction thereof shall be punished as provided in
any street, avenue or alley of this City for the the Penal Code of the City.
purpose or with the intention of building, construe-
(
ting or extending any such street railway, telegraph
line, telephone line, electric light line, gas main or 4-17-4: NO PERMIT FOR ORDINARY RE-
underground conduit for use of any public utility PAIR: It shall be no defense of any
company without first obtaining such permit from prosecution or proceeding under this Chapter, that
the Council. a franchise to build or construct any such street
railway, telegraph line, telephone line, electric light
line, gas main or underground conduit for use of
4-17-2: VALID FRANCHISE OR PERMIS- any public utility company that has been granted
SION FOR STRUCTURE: If the person by any law of this City,but this Chapter shall not
applying to the Council for any such permit shall be so construed as to require a permit for the
have a valid and existing franchise or permission construction of ordinary repairs to any such
Inv
for the structure desired under any valid law of the structure where such repairs are made in good faith
City, the Council may grant such permit provided and not for the purpose of construction of such
that said Council shall defer or temporarily refuse structure. (Ord. 1065, 9-5-39)
the granting thereof until such time as it deems
proper or in its discretion in all cases where the
street, avenue or alley in or on which the work
desired to be done is occupied or about to be
occupied in any work by the City in improving or
repairing such street, avenue, alley or public place,
or in repairing other property of the City, or in
cases where such street, avenue, alley or public
place is occupied or about to be occupied by any
other persons having the right to use the same in
such manner as to render it inconvenient to the
public to permit any further obstruction thereof at
said time, and provided, further, that a sufficient
4-18-1 4-18-2
CHAFFER 18
RENTON DEVELOPMENTAL GUIDELINES
ORDINANCE
SECTION: by reference and shall be considered as if fully set
forth herein:
4-18-1: Title and Intent
4-18-2: Adoption by Reference A. Comprehensive Plan, including policy state-
4-18-3: Effective Date ment, Ordinance No. 2142, as amended.
B. Land Use Report, including map, Ordinance
No. 2153, as amended.
4-18-1: TITLE AND INTENT: C. Community Facilities Plan, Ordinance No.
2196, as amended.
A. Title: This Ordinance shall be hereinafter
known as the Renton Developmental Guide- D. Arterial and Streets, Ordinance No. 2203.
lines Ordinance, may be cited as such, and
will be hereinafter referred to as the Develop- E. Utilities Report of Comprehensive Plan. vii00
mental Guidelines Ordinance or "this Ordi-
nance" and same shall be and constitute F. Green River Valley Comprehensive Plan, Ordi-
Chapter 18, Title IV (Building Regulations) of nance No. 3037.
Ordinance No. 4260 known as Code of General
Ordinances of the City of Renton (Ord. 3106, G. Cedar River Comprehensive Plan, Ordinance
1-24-77) No. 3038.
B. Intent: It is the intent of this Ordinance to H. Shoreline Master Program, Title N, Chapter
provide the City, especially the Building and 19.
Policy Development Department and the Hear-
ing Examiner with criteria to make consistent I. Housing Assistance Plan, Resolution No. 2074.
and rational land use recommendations and
decisions that (1) place the public health, J. Community Development Plan, Resolution No.
safety and welfare paramount; (2) recognize 2073.
property rights; (3) promote aesthetics,
amenities and good design; (4) minimize K. A Comprehensive Plan for Urban Beauti-
incompatibility or adjacent uses; (5) minimize fication, Resolution No. 1450.
pollution; (6) contain adverse impacts on-site;
(7) make consistent and rational decisions and L. Subdivision Ordinance, Title IX, Chapter 12.
recommendations. Furthermore it is the intent
of this Ordinance to comply with the various M. Zoning Ordinance, Title IV, Chapter 31.
resolutions, codes and ordinances of the City
and the State Environmental Policy Act, as N. Mobile Home Park Ordinance, Title N, Chap-
amended. This Ordinance shall be considered ter 10.
as an interim ordinance and shall be employed
only until the Planning Commission recom- O. Parking and Loading Ordinance, Title N,
mends and the City Council adopts more Chapter 14.
detailed guidelines. (Ord. 3106, 1-24-77; amd.
Ord. 3592, 12-14-81) P. Planned Unit Development Ordinance, Title
IV, Chapter 15.
4-18-2: ADOPTION BY REFERENCE: The Q. Mining, Excavation and Grading Ordinance,
goals, objectives and policies as set forth Title N, Chapter 10.
in the following are hereby incorporated
4-18-2 4-18-3
R. Environmental Ordinance, Title IV, Chapter 6.
4-18-3: EFFECTIVE DATE: This Ordinance
shall be effective from and after its pas-
sage, approval and five (5) days after its public-
ation, unless otherwise provided for hereinabove.
(Ord. 3106, 1-24-77)
4-19-1 4-19-3
CHAPTER 19
SHORELINE MASTER PROGRAM
SECTION:
4-19-1: Program Adopted, Copy Kept by Clerk,
Inspection
4-19-2: Amendments
4-19-3: Authentication, Record of Program
4-19-1: PROGRAM ADOPTED, COPY KEPT
BY CLERK, INSPECTION: The Shore-
line Master Program, as issued and prepared by
City of Renton Planning Commission, of which one
printed copy in book form has heretofore been filed
and is now on file in the office of the City Clerkl
and made available for examination by the general
public, is hereby adopted as the Shoreline Master
Program by the City of Renton.
4-19-2: AMENDMENTS: Any and all
amendments, additions or modifications
to said master program, when printed and filed
with the City Clerk of the City of Renton by
authorization of the City Council from time to time,
shall be considered and accepted and constitute a
part of such master program without the necessity
of further adoption of such amendments, modifi-
cations or additions by the legislative authority of
the City of Renton or by ordinance. (Ord. 3758,
12-5-83)
*4400
4-19-3: AUTHENTICATION, RECORD OF
PROGRAM: The City Clerk is hereby
authorized and directed to duly authenticate and
record a copy of the abovementioned Shoreline
Master Program together with any amendments or
additions thereto, together with an authenticated
copy of this Chapter. (Ord. 3094, 1-10-77, eff.
1-19-77)
4-20-1 4-20-1
CHAPTER 20
SIGN CODE
SECTION: of this Code are not intended to permit any
violations of any other lawful ordinance. This
4-20- 1: Title, Scope and Enforcement Code does not apply to any signs or sign
4-20- 2: Definitions and Abbreviations structures located within a building.
4-20- 3: Permits, Bonds, Applications, Fees and
Inspections C. Enforcement:
4-20- 4: Design and Construction
4-20- 5: Projecting Signs 1. Authority: The Building Official is hereby
4-20- 6: Marquees authorized and directed to enforce all the
4-20- 7: Electric Signs provisions of this Code. (Ord. 2877, 9-9-74)
4-20- 8: Prohibited Signs and Devices
4-20- 9: Temporary Signs 2. Appeals and Variances: Appeals from
4-20-10: Special Permit Signs and Displays administrative decisions in the interpretation
4-20-11: Signs on Public Right of Way of the provisions of this Code, shall be heard
4-20-12: Land Use Zones by the Hearing Examiner pursuant to
4-20-13: Liability Chapter 8, Title IV, of this Code. Applications
4-20-14: Severability for variances from the provisions of this
4-20-15: Repealed Ordinances Chapter shall be heard by the Board of
4-20-16: Effective Date Adjustment provided in Section 4-31-26A,
Chapter 31, Title IV (Building Regulations) of
the Code of General Ordinances of the City,
consistent with the provisions of Section 4-31-
26B. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83)
4-20-1: TITLE, SCOPE AND ENFORCE-
MENT: 3. Violation and Penalties: It shall be
unlawful for any person, firm or corporation
A. Title: This Ordinance shall be hereinafter to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair,
known as the Renton Sign Code, may be cited move, improve, convert, equip, use or
as such, will be hereafter referred to as this maintain any sign or structure in the City or
Code and same shall be and constitute Chap- cause or permit the same to be done contrary
ter 20, Title IV (Building Regulations) of to or in violation of any of the provisions of
Ordinance No. 4260 known as Code of this Code. Any person, firm, corporation
General Ordinances of the City of Renton. violating any of the provisions of this Code
1011,
shall upon conviction be guilty of a
B. Purpose: It is the purpose of this Code to misdemeanor, and each such person shall be
provide a means of regulating signs so as to deemed guilty of a separate offense for each
promote the health, safety, morals, general and every day or portion thereof during which
welfare, social and economic welfare and any violation of any of the provisions of this
esthetics of the City of Renton. Signs are Code is committed, continued or permitted;
erected to provide information for the benefit and upon conviction of any such violation
and convenience of pedestrians and motorists such person shall be punishable by a fine of
and should not detract from the quality of not more than three hundred dollars
'urban environment by being competitive or ($300.00), or by imprisonment for not more
garish. Signs should complement and than ninety (90) days, or by both such fine
characterize the environment which they and imprisonment.
serve to give their respective areas a unique
and pleasing quality. No sign shall be erected 4. Alternate Provisions: The provisions of this
in such a manner as to confine or obstruct Code are not intended to prevent the use of
the view or interpretation of any official any material, method of construction or
traffic sign, signal or device. The regulations design not specifically prescribed by this Code.
ammisisimommosmossosor
4-20-1 4-20-2
C4) The Building Official may approve such COMBINATION SIGN: Any sign incorporating any
alternates provided that he finds the proposed combination of the features of pole, projecting and
sign is satisfactory for the purpose intended roof signs.
and is the equivalent of that prescribed in
this Code in quality, strength, effectiveness, CURB LINE: The line at the face of the curb
fire resistance, durability and safety. nearest to the street or roadway. In the absence of
a curb, the curb line shall be established by the
The Building Official shall require that City Engineer. (See Legal Setback.)
sufficient evidence or proof be submitted to
substantiate any claims that may be made DISPLAY SURFACE: The area made available by
regarding its use. (Ord. 2877, 9-9-74) the sign structure for the purpose of displaying the
advertising message.
4-20-2: DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIA- ELECTRIC SIGN: Any sign containing or utilizing
TIONS: For the purpose of this Code, electrical wiring, but not including signs
certain abbreviations, terms, phrases, words and illuminated by an exterior light source.
their derivatives shall be construed as specified in
this Section. Words used in the singular include FREE STANDING SIGN: A sign wholly supported
the plural, and the plural the singular. Words used by a sign structure in the ground. (Ord. 3719,
in the masculine gender include the feminine, and 4-11-83)
the feminine the masculine.
GROUND SIGN: A free standing sign not over six
ANIMATED SIGN: A sign with action or motion, feet (6') in height. (Ord. 4172, 9-12-88)
flashing or color changes requiring electrical
energy, electronic or manufactured source of supply, HEIGHT: The distance measured from grade,
but not including revolving signs or wind actuated unless otherwise designated, to the top of the sign
elements such as flags or banners. or sign structure.
APPROVED PLASTIC MATERIALS: Approved INCOMBUSTIBLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE
plastic materials shall be those having a MATERIAL: Incombustible and noncombustible as
self-ignition temperature of six hundred fifty applied to building construction material means a
degrees (650") F. or greater when tested in material which, in the form in which it is used, is
accordance with U.B.C. Standard No. 52-3 and a either one of the following:
smoke-density rating not greater than 450 when
tested in accordance with U.B.C. Standard No. A. Material of which no part will ignite and
42-1, in the way intended for use; or a burn when subjected to fire. Any material
smoke-density rating no greater than 75 when conforming to U.B.C. Standard No. 4-1 shall
tested in the thickness intended for use by U.B.C. be considered noncombustible within the
Standard No. 52-2. Approved plastics shall be meaning of this section.
classified as either CC1 or CC2 in accordance with
U.B.C. Standard No. 52-4. B. Material having a structural base of
noncombustible material as defined in
BACKGROUND AREA: The entire face upon which subparagraph a above, with a surfacing
copy could be placed. material not over one-eighth inch (1/8") thick
which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or less.
BUILDING FACADE: That portion of any exterior
elevation of a building extending from the grade to "Noncombustible" does not apply to surface
the top of the parapet wall or eaves, and the entire finish materials. Materials required to be
width of the building elevation. noncombustible for reduced clearances to
flues, heating appliances, or other sources of
BUILDING CODE: Building Code is the Uniform high temperature shall refer to material
Building Code, promulgated by the International conforming to subparagraph a. No material
Conference of Building Officials, as adopted by this shall be classed as noncombustible which is
jurisdiction. subject to increase in combustibility or
flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein
BUILDING OFFICIAL: The officer or other person established, through the effects of age,
charged with the administration and enforcement of moisture or other atmospheric condition.
this Code, or his duly authorized deputy.
4-20-2 4-20-3
"Flame-spread rating' as used herein refers to ROOF SIGN: A sign erected upon or above a roof
rating obtained according to tests conducted or parapet of a building or structure.
as specified in U.B.C. Standard No. 42-1.
SIGN: Any medium, including merchandise, its
LEGAL SETBACK LINE: The line established by structure and component parts, which is used or
ordinance beyond which no building may be built. intended to be used to attract attention to the
A legal setback line may be a property line. subject matter for advertising purposes.
MARQUEE: A permanent roofed structure attached SIGN STRUCTURE: Any structure which supports
to and supported by the building and projecting or is capable of supporting any sign as defined in
over public property. this Code. A sign structure may be a single pole
and may or may not be an integral part of the
NONSTRUCTURAL TRIM: The molding, battens, building.
caps, nailing strips, latticing, cutouts or letters and
walkways which are attached to the sign structure. STREET FRONTAGE: Business directly abutting a
public right of way affording direct access to the
ON-PREMISE SIGN: A sign which displays only business, or having a parking lot used by one
advertising copy strictly incidental to the lawful business which fronts directly on and gaining
use of the premise on which it is located, including vehicular access from the public right of way.
signs or sign devices indicating the business
transacted at, services rendered, goods sold or STRUCTURE: That which is built or constructed,
' r•P produced on the immediate premises, name of' the an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece of
business, person, firm or corporation occupying the work artificially built up or composed of parts
premises. joined together in some definite manner.
OFF-PREMISE SIGN: Any sign which cannot be TEMPORARY SIGN: Any sign, banner, pennant,
classified as an on-premise sign as described above. valance or advertising display constructed of cloth,
canvas, light fabric, cardboard, wallboard or other
PLASTIC MATERIALS: Materials made wholly or light materials, with or without frames, intended to
principally from standardized plastics listed and be displayed for a limited period of time only.
described in Uniform Building Code Standards.
(See Approved Plastics, Section 4-20-4). UNIFORM BUILDING CODE: The adopted edition
of the Uniform Building Code, published by the
POLITICAL SIGNS: Signs advertising a candidate International Conference of Building Officials.
or candidates for public, elective office or a political
party, or signs urging a particular vote or action U.B.C. STANDARDS: The adopted edition of the
on a public issue decided by ballot, whether Uniform Building Code Standards, published by the
partisan or nonpartisan. International Conference of Building Officials.
PORTABLE DISPLAY SURFACE: A display surface UNDER MARQUEE SIGN: A lighted or unlighted
temporarily affixed to a standardized advertising display attached to the underside of a marquee
structure which is regularly moved from structure protruding over public or private sidewalks.
to structure at periodic intervals.
WALL SIGN: Any sign painted, attached or erected
PORTABLE SIGN: A sign which is not against the wall of a building or structure, with
permanently affixed and designed for or capable of the exposed face of the sign in a plane parallel to
movement, except those signs explicitly designed for the plane of said wall. Shall not extend above any
people to carry on their persons or which are adjacent parapet or roof of supporting building.
permanently affixed to motor vehicles.
PROJECTING SIGN: A sign other than a wall sign 4-20-3: PERMITS, BONDS, APPLICATIONS,
which projects from and is supported by a wall of FEES AND INSPECTIONS:
a building or structure.
A. Permits and Bonds; Liability Insurance:
PROJECTION: The distance by which a sign
extends over public property or beyond the building 1. Permits Required: No sign shall hereafter
line. be erected, re-erected, constructed or altered,
4-20-3 4-20-3
Al) except as provided by this Code and a permit Official may waive any of the aforementioned
for the same has been issued by the Building requirements when he determines same to be
Official. A separate permit shall be required unnecessary in relation to the sign permit
for a sign or signs for each business entity applied for, its size and location.
and/or a separate permit for each group of
signs on a single supporting structure. In C. Exceptions: The following shall not require a
addition, electrical permits shall be obtained permit. These exceptions shall not be
for electric signs. construed as relieving the owner of any sign
from the responsibility of its erection and
2. Liability Insurance: The owner of any sign maintenance and its compliance with any
projecting over a public right of way shall file other law or ordinance regulating the same.
with the Building Official a public liability
insurance policy issued by an insurance 1. The changing of the advertising copy or
company authorized to do business in the message on a painted or printed sign, theater
State of Washington, appropriately conditioned marquee and similar signs specifically
in conformity with the objectives of this designed for the use of replaceable copy.
section, with limits of one hundred thousand
dollars ($100,000.00) - three hundred thousand 2. Painting, repainting or cleaning of an
dollars ($300,000.00) public liability coverage advertising structure or the changing of the
and fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) advertising copy or message thereon shall not
property damage coverage. be considered an erection or alteration which
requires sign permit unless a structural or IWO
B. Application Procedure: electrical change is made.
1. Application for a sign permit shall be made 3. Temporary signs and decorations customary
in writing upon forms furnished by the for special holidays such as Independence Day
Building Official. Such application shall and Christmas erected entirely on private
contain the location by street and number of property.
the proposed sign structures as well as the
name and address of the owner and the sign 4. Real estate signs offering the immediately
contractor or erector. The Building Official adjacent premises for sale, lease or rent and
may require the filing of additional plans or not exceeding six (6) square feet in area on
other pertinent information when in his one face or less in area for lots thirty five
opinion such information is necessary to thousand (35,000) square feet or less in area,
insure compliance with this Code. Standard and not exceeding thirty two (32) square feet
plans may be filed with the Building Official. in area on one face for lots over thirty five
thousand (35,000) square feet in area.
2. When applying for a permanent sign, a
drawing, sketch or photograph with a 5. Signs of not over two (2) square feet
superimposed drawing, accurate as to scale, advertising that credit is available to members
shall be submitted showing how the proposed of monetary institutions.
sign shall look in the environment. A vicinity
map at a scale of one inch representing two 6. One on-premise sign, not electrical or
hundred feet (200') shall be required showing illuminated, two (2) square feet or less on one
the property on which the proposed sign is to face which is affixed permanently on a plane
be located, the street and the nearest parallel to the wall on the wall located
intersection, together with a site map of one entirely on private property.
inch (1") representing twenty feet (20'), or a
larger scale showing the location of the sign, 7. Parking and traffic control signs two (2)
structures, rights of way, easements and square feet or less on private property.
property lines. Elevation projections of the
proposed sign shall also be submitted with the 8. Bulletin board not over twelve (12) square
application and shall include, but not be feet in area on one face for each public,
limited to the following The sign's charitable or religious institution when the
relationship to the property lines, easements, same is located on the premises of said
setback lines and structures. The Building institution.
4-20-3 4-20-3
applicant fails to remove the sign when the
C) 9. Temporary signs denoting the architect, permit expires.
engineer or contractor when placed upon work
under construction and not exceeding thirty 4. For the purpose of computing the maximum
two (32) square feet in area on one face. permitted size and permit fee, free standing
letters or characters, where no background is
10. Memorial signs or tables, names of specially provided, the area shall be
buildings and dates of erection, when cut into considered as that encompassed by drawing
any masonry surface or when constructed of straight lines at the extremities of the shapes
bronze or other incombustible materials. to be used.
11. Signs of public service companies 5. Permits for real estate directional signs of a
indicating danger and/or service or safety temporary nature on the public right of way
information. shall be fifteen dollars ($15.00) per sign for a
six (6) month period with a renewal fee of ten
12. Political signs less than twelve (12) square dollars ($10.00) for a three (3) month period
feet on one face as hereinabove defined. with only one renewal allowed. A twenty five
dollar ($25.00) deposit per sign shall also be
13. Open house signs. paid to the Building Official, which shall be
forfeited if the applicant fails to remove the
D. Permit Fees: At the time of issuing a permit sign when the permit expires. Upon
to erect or install a sign or device controlled demonstration that a sign has been removed,
Now by this Code, the Building Official shall collect the deposit for the sign shall be returned. All
a fee computed on the basis of the following: confiscated signs shall become the property of
the City.
1. For permanent signs, compute the total
area of all faces upon which copy may be 6. In addition to the above fees, the Building
placed and use Table 4-20-3A below: Official may collect a plan check fee equal to
one-half (1/2) the sign permit fee if special
TABLE 4-20-3A engineering checks are required. Such fees
shall be paid at the time of application.
Fee for Signs on Private Property
7. Where work for which the permit is
Less than fifty (50) square feet $15.00 required by this Code is started or proceeded
with prior to obtaining said permit, the fees
Fifty (50) square feet or more above specified shall be doubled; but the
but less than one hundred fifty payment of such double fee shall not relieve
(150) square feet $20.00 any persons from complying with the
requirements of this Code in the execution of
One hundred fifty (150) square the work nor from any other penalties
feet or more but less than three prescribed herein.
hundred (300) square feet $30.00
8. There shall be no permit fees for any
Three hundred (300) square political signs.
feet or more $50.00
E. Maintenance: All signs, together with all of
2. For the temporary installation of signs, their supports, braces, guys and anchors, shall
banners, streamers, etc. on special permit as be kept in repair and in proper state of
provided in Section 4-20-10, the permit fee preservation. The surfaces of all signs shall be
shall be twenty five dollars ($25.00). Except: kept neatly painted or posted at all times. The
The fee shall be five dollars ($5.00) for ground area shall be neat and orderly.
businesses with less than five (5) employees.
F. Inspections:
3. For temporary signs as provided in Section
4-20-9, the permit fee shall be fifteen dollars 1. All signs controlled by this Code shall be
($15.00) plus a deposit of one hundred dollars subject to inspection and periodic reinspection
($100.00) which shall be forfeited if' the by the Building Official.
4-20-3 4-20-4
F) 2. Footing inspections shall be made by the need not be combined in design of signs or
Building Official for all signs having footings. sign structures; only that loading producing
the larger stresses may be used.
3. All welding on signs or sign structures
shall be done by certified welders holding a Vertical design loads, except roof live loads,
valid certification from King County or other shall be assumed to be acting simultaneously
governmental jurisdiction acceptable to the with the wind or seismic loads.
Building Official.
5. Allowable Stresses: The design of wood,
4. All signs containing electrical wiring shall concrete or steel members shall conform to
be subject to the governing electrical code and the requirements of the adopted edition of the
shall bear the label of an approved testing Uniform Building Code. Loads, both vertical
agency. and horizontal, exerted on the soil shall not
produce stresses exceeding those specified in
5. The Building Official may order the the adopted edition of the Uniform Building
removal of any sign that is not maintained in Code.
accordance with the provisions of Section
4-20-3E. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83) The working stresses of wire rope and its
fastenings shall not exceed twenty five
percent (25%) of the ultimate strength of the
4-20-4: DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION: rope or fasteners.
44400
A. Design: Working stresses for wind or seismic loads
combined with dead-loads may be increased as
1. General: Signs and sign structures shall be specified in the adopted edition of the
designed and constructed to resist wind and Uniform Building Code.
seismic forces as specified in this Section. All
bracing systems shall be designed and con- B. Construction:
structed to transfer lateral forces to the
foundations. For signs on buildings, the dead 1. General: The supports for all signs or sign
and lateral loads shall be transmitted through structures shall be placed in or upon private
the structural frame of' the building to the property and shall be securely built,
ground in such manner as not to overstress constructed and erected in conformance with
any of the elements thereof. The overturning the requirements of this Code.
moment produced from lateral forces shall in
no case exceed two-thirds (2/3) of the dead-load 2. Materials: Materials of construction for
resisting moment. Uplift due to overturning signs and sign structures shall be of the
shall be adequately resisted by proper quality and grade as specified for buildings in
anchorage to the ground or to the structural the adopted edition of the Uniform Building
frame of the building. The weight of earth Code.
superimposed over footings may be used in
determining the dead-load resisting moment. In all signs and sign structures the materials
Such earth shall be thoroughly compacted. and details of construction shall, in the
absence of specified requirements, conform
2. Wind Loads: Signs and sign structures with the following: (Ord. 2504, 9-23-69)
shall be designed to resist wind forces as
specified in the adopted edition of the a. Structural steel shall be of such
Uniform Building Code. quality as to conform with U.B.C. Standard
No. 27-1. Secondary members in contact with
3. Seismic Loads: Signs and sign structures or directly supporting the display surface may
shall be designed and constructed to resist be formed of light gauge steel, provided such
seismic forces as specified in the adopted members are designed in accordance with the
edition of the Uniform Building Code. specifications of the design of light gauge
steel as specified in U.B.C. Standard No. 27-9
4. Combined Loads: Wind and seismic loads and in addition shall be galvanized. Secondary
members, when formed integrally with the
4-20-4
4-20-4
B2a) display surface, shall be not less than No. 24 expansion screws of sufficient size and an-
gauge in thickness. When not formed chorage to support safely the loads applied.
integrally with the display surface, the
minimum thickness of the secondary members No wooden blocks or plugs or anchors with
shall be No. 12 gauge. The minimum thick- wood used in connection with screws or nails
ness of hot-rolled steel members furnishing shall be considered proper anchorage, except
structural support for signs shall be in the case of signs attached to wood framing.
one-fourth inch ('/4"), except that, if
galvanized, such members shall be not less No anchor or support of any sign shall be
than one-eighth inch 0/5') thick. Steel pipes connected to, or supported by, an unbraced
shall be of such quality as to conform with parapet wall, unless such wall is designed in
U.B.C. Standard No. 27-1. Steel members may accordance with the requirements for parapet
be connected with one galvanized bolt, walls specified in the adopted edition of the
provided the connection is adequate to Uniform Building Code. (Ord. 2504, 9-23-69)
transfer the stresses in the members. (Ord.
3719, 4-11-83) 6. Display Surfaces: Display surfaces in all
types of signs may be made of metal, glass or
b. Anchors and supports when of wood approved plastics, or other approved
and embedded in the soil, or within six inches noncombustible material, or wood for wood
(6") of the soil, shall be of all heartwood of a signs.
durable species or shall be pressure-treated
N'' with an approved preservative. Such members Sections of approved plastics on wall signs
shall be marked or branded by an approved shall not exceed two hundred twenty five
agency. (Ord. 2504, 9-23-69) (225) square feet in area.
3. Restrictions on Combustible Materials: Free EXCEPTION: Sections of approved plastics on
standing and wall signs may be constructed of signs other than wall signs may be of
any material meeting the requirements of this unlimited area if approved by the Building
Code. Combination signs, roof signs and signs Official.
on marquees shall be constructed of incom-
bustible materials, except as provided in Sections of approved plastics on wall signs
paragraph 4 below. No combustible materials shall be separated three feet (3') laterally and
other than approved plastics shall be used in six feet (6') vertically by the required exterior
the construction of electric signs. (Ord. 3719, wall construction.
4-11-83)
EXCEPTION: Sections of approved plastics on
4. Nonstructural Trim: Nonstructural trim signs other than wall signs may not be
and portable display surfaces may be of wood, required to be separated if approved by the
metal, approved plastics or any combination Building Official.
thereof.
Glass thickness and area limitations shall be
5. Anchorage: Members supporting unbraced as set forth in Table No. 4-20-4A below:
signs shall be so proportioned that the bear-
ing loads imposed on the soil in either direc- TABLE NO. 4-20-4A
tion, horizontal or vertical, shall not exceed
the safe values. Braced ground signs shall be Size, Thickness and Type of
anchored to resist the specified wind or seis- Glass Panels in Signa
mic load acting in any direction. Anchors and MAXIMUM SIZE OF
supports shall be designed for safe bearing EXPOSED GLASS PANEL
loads on the soil and for an effective resist-
ance to pull-out amounting to a force twenty Minimum
five percent (25%) greater than the required Any Areaof Thickness
Dimension (Square Glass
resistance to overturning. Anchors and sup- (Inches) Inches) (Inches) Type of Glass
porta shall penetrate to a depth below ground
greater than that of the frost line. Signs S0 500 V, Plain, Plate or Wired
45 700 PlainPlate or Wired
attached to masonry, concrete or steel shall 144 3600 '/,� Plain, Plate or Wired
be safely and securely fastened thereto by 144+ 3600+ 14 Wired Glass
means of metal anchors, bolts or approved (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83)
480
4-20-4 4-20-6
B) 7. Approved Plastics: The Building Official areas are given a finished and pleasing
shall require that sufficient technical data be appearance with the display surfaces visible
submitted to substantiate the proposed use of only from the directions that they are
any plastic material and, if it is determined intended to be seen. (Ord. 2504, 9-23-69)
that the evidence submitted is satisfactory for
the use intended, he may approve its use.
4-20-5: PROJECTING SIGNS:
C. Clearance:
A. Projecting signs shall be designed in
1. General: All types of signs shall conform to accordance with the requirements specified in
the clearance and projection requirements of Section 4-20-4.
this Section.
B. Projection and Clearance:
2. Clearance from High Voltage Power Lines:
Signs shall be located not less than ten feet 1. Signs may project within a legal setback a
(10') horizontally or twelve feet (12') vertically maximum of six feet (6').
from overhead electrical conductors which are
energized in excess of seven hundred fifty 2. Where a legally constructed marquee exists
(750) volts. The term "overhead conductors" as which in itself complies with the provisions of
used in this Section means any electrical the Renton Building Code, an "under
conductor, either bare or insulated, installed marquee" sign, no larger than twelve inches
above the ground except such conductors as (12") high by seventy two inches (72") long by
are enclosed in iron pipe or other material ten inches (10") thick, may be suspended
vie
covering of equal strength. below the marquee, provided the bottom of
the sign is at least eight feet (8') above the
3. Clearance from Fire Escapes, Exits or surface of the sidewalk and the sign does not
Standpipes: No sign or sign structure shall be extend beyond the marquee. Under marquee
erected in such a manner that any portion of signs shall be limited to one such sign per
its surface or supports will interfere in any entrance for each business establishment.
way with the free use of any fire escape, exit
or standpipe. 3. All projecting signs shall have painted
thereon the name of the sign erector and the
4. Obstruction of Openings: No sign shall date of the erection.
obstruct any opening to such an extent that
light or ventilation is reduced to a point 4. All signs erected above or below a marquee
below that required by the applicable City which do not meet the requirements of
building codes. Signs erected within five feet Section 4-20-6A shall comply with the
(5') of an exterior wall in which there are requirements of this Section.
openings within the area of the sign shall be
constructed of incombustible material or 5. Signs shall not project within the public
approved plastics. right of way, other than signs on marquees .,moi
and wall signs which may project as follows:
5. Supporting Members: The supporting
members of a sign shall be free of any a. The thickness of that portion of a
unnecessary bracing, angle iron, guy wires, wall sign which projects over public right of
cables and similar devices. way shall not exceed twelve inches (12").
(Ord. 3719, 4-11-83)
6. Glare from Signs: All illuminated signs
shall be designed and located in such a
manner as to avoid undue glare or reflection 4-20-6: MARQUEES:
of light.
A. Signs may be placed on, attached to or con-
7. View from Rear If a sign is visible from structed in a marquee. Such signs, over public
more than one direction, all areas not or private property, shall, for the purpose of
intended as display surfaces including the determining projection, clearance, height and
back and sides shall be designed so that such material, be considered a part of and shall
meet the requirements for a marquee as
490
4-20-6 4-20-8
A) specified in the adopted edition of the 4. Strings of pennants, banners or streamers,
Uniform Building Code. (Ord. 4172, 9-12-88) festoons of lights, clusters of flags,
wind-animated objects, balloons and similar
devices of a carnival nature except as
4-20-7: ELECTRIC SIGNS: specifically provided in Sections 4-20-9 and
4-20-10. Not prohibited are national, State
A. Electric signs shall be constructed of and institutional flags properly displayed or
incombustible materials, except as specified in temporary signs and decorations customary
Section 4-20-4. The enclosed shell of electric for special holidays, such as Independence
signs shall be watertight, excepting that Day, Christmas and similar events of a public
service holes fitted with covers shall be nature.
provided into each compartment of such signs.
5. Portable signs or any sign which is not
B. Installation: permanently mounted.
1. Installation: Electrical equipment used in 6. There shall be no signs allowed within
connection with display signs shall be twenty feet (20') of intersections or driveways
installed in accordance with local ordinances which shall obscure vision between the height
regulating electrical installation. of three feet (3') and ten feet (10') of the
street or driveway grade.
2. Erector's Name: Every electric sign
projecting over any street or alley or public 7. Stationary motor vehicles, trailers and
place shall have the name of the sign erector related devices to circumvent the intent of
and date of erection. Such name and date this Code.
shall be of sufficient size and contrast to be
readable from a reasonable distance. Failure 8. Signs over public right of way other than
to provide such name and date shall be wall signs per Section 4-20-9B and signs on
grounds for rejection of the sign by the marquees.
Building Official. (Ord. 2504, 9-23-69)
9. Signs on public right of way other than
3. Label Required: All electric signs shall bear signs allowed by Section 4-20-9 and 4-20-11.
the label of an approved testing agency. (Ord. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83)
3719, 4-11-83)
10. Off Premises Signs. Except:
4-20-8: PROHIBITED SIGNS AND DEVICES: a. Signs allowed by Section 4-20-9,
4-20-10 and 4-20-11.
A. The following signs or devices are specifically
prohibited: b. Off-premises advertising may be
allowed as an accessory use of an
1. All signs not complying with the identification sign or other structure if the
Washington State Highway Department following conditions are met:
Regulations adjacent to State roads.
(1) The maximum size of the off-
2. Any sign using the words "stop", "look", premises advertising is six (6) square
"danger" or any other word, symbol or feet.
character which might confuse traffic or
detract from any legal traffic control device. (2) No more than twenty five percent
(25%) of the principal structure is
3. All of the following signs within seventy covered by the off-premises advertising
five feet (76') of the public right of way with sign.
any of the following features: animated,
revolving more than eight (8) revolutions per (3) The off-premises advertising sign is
minute, blinking and flashing. Exceptions are designed to be viewed by users of the fa-
public service signs, such as those which give cility rather than street traffic.
the time, temperature and/or humidity.
490
4-20-8 4-20-9
A10) c. Off-premises signs in existence upon hundred (100) square feet in area. Temporary
passage of this Section may be maintained signs of rigid material shall not exceed thirty
but not expanded, moved or structurally two (32) square feet on one face or six feet
altered. (Ord. 4172, 9-12-88) (6') in height.
B. Unauthorized signs or other advertising B. Specifications:
devices either wholly or partially supported on
or projecting over the public right of way may 1. Support: Every temporary cloth sign shall
be removed by the Building Official or his be supported and attached with wire rope of
representative without notice to the owner. three-eighths inch ('/;") minimum diameter, or
Such signs or devices shall be stored at the other material of equivalent breaking
City garage for a period not to exceed thirty strength. No strings, fiber ropes or wood slats
(30) days, during which time the owner may shall be permitted for support or anchorage
redeem such sign or device by payment to the purposes. Cloth signs and panels shall be
City Treasurer an amount equal to the City perforated over at least ten percent (10%) of
cost for the removal and storage, but in no their area to reduce wind resistance.
event shall the fee be less than twenty
dollars ($20.00). After expiration of the thirty a. Exception: Temporary cloth signs over
(30) day storage period, the sign not having private property not exceeding sixty (60)
been redeemed, it shall be destroyed or square feet shall be supported and attached
otherwise disposed of. with wire rope which will meet the require-
ments of Section 4-20-4. Nei
C. Closure of Business: Upon the closure and
vacation of a business or activity, the owner 2. Projection: Cloth signs may extend over
of said business or activity shall have ninety public property. Such signs, when extended
(90) days from the date of closure to remove over a public street, shall maintain a min-
all signs relating to said business and imum vertical clearance of twenty feet (20').
activity. If the owner of said business or
activity fails to remove said signs within the 3. Clearance: Cloth signs may extend across a
designated time period, then the owner of the public right of way only by permission of the
property upon which said signs are located Mayor's office or his/her designated repre-
shall remove said signs within one hundred sentative, and shall be subject to all related
twenty (120) days of said closure and vacation laws and ordinances. Temporary signs, other
of premises. than cloth, when eight feet (8') or more above
the ground, may project not more than six
inches (6") over public property or beyond the
4-20-9: TEMPORARY SIGNS: legal setback line.
A. Temporary Signs: C. Real Estate Directional Signs on the Public
Right of Way: vieaw
1. Temporary signs are allowed for a max-
imum of thirty (30) days per permit per sign. 1. Real estate directional signs shall have a
Only two (2) such permits may be granted in maximum size of twelve (12) square feet on
any one calendar year to any one applicant. one face. Such directional signs shall not be
placed closer than four feet (4') to the edge of
EXCEPTION: Real estate directional signs an improved roadway and shall not be placed
may remain for six (6) months and subject to in such a manner as to constitute a public
one renewal for a three (3) month period. The safety hazard.
Board of Adjustment may grant a variance for
a longer time if the applicant can show the 2. No more than two (2) such signs shall be
circumstances beyond his control prevented allowed at any one intersection and only one
the development to be more than seventy five sign per development is allowed at each
percent (75%) occupied or sold within the intersection.
time allowed.
3. Between intersections, real estate direc-
2. No temporary sign shall exceed one tional signs for the same development shall
490
4-20-9 4-20-12
C3) be placed no closer than five hundred feet A. Strings of pennants, banners or streamers,
(500') to signs for the same development. festoons of lights, clusters of flags, balloons
and similar devices of a carnival nature, or a
group of temporary signs, may be displayed
D. All temporary signs shall have the sign per- on private property only by special permit.
mit number placed in the upper left-hand Such a permit shall be issued for a period not
corner by the permittee. to exceed ten (10) days and shall be issued
only to a new business opening, or to an
E. Political Signs: existing business moving to an entirely new
location. (Ord. 2877, 9-9-74)
1. Political signs may be displayed on private
property with the consent of the property B. Cloth signs may be extended over a public
owner or the lawful occupant thereof. right of way in accordance with the provisions
of this Code for a period to be established by
2. Political signs shall not be greater than the Mayor or his designated representative
thirty two (32) square feet if single faced or but not to exceed thirty (30) days. (Ord. 3273,
sixty four (64) square feet if multi-faced, 12-11-78)
except if such signs are on an off-premises
sign structure regulated by Section 4-20-12C6.
4-20-11: SIGNS ON PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY:
3. Each political sign shall be removed within
ten (10) days following an election, except A. Nothing in this Code shall be interpreted as
that the successful candidates of a primary controlling public and informational signs
election may keep their signs on display until placed on the public right of way by any
ten (10) days after the general election, at governmental agency or public utility having
which time they shall be promptly removed. underground or overhead installations.
4. It shall be unlawful for any person to B. Public service directional signs for public
erect, paint, paste, affix or otherwise mount a buildings such as public schools, libraries,
political sign on any utility pole or on the hospitals and other similar public service
public right of way or property. facilities, may be placed entirely on the public
right of way. Such signs are limited to one of
F. Residential Open House Signs. Signs adver- the following at sites approved by the
tieing "open house" and the direction to a Building Official.
residence for sale shall be limited to one sign
on the premises for sale and three (3) off- 1. Sign must be of size, height, color, design
premises signs. However, if a real estate and mounting and so located as to comply in
company has more than one house open for all respects with the City street sign
inspection in a single development or subdivi- standards.
sion, they shall be limited to four (4) off
premises "open house" signs in the entire 2. Sign shall not be over twelve (12) square
development or subdivision. Such signs are feet in total background area for any one
permitted only during daylight hours and face, no portion of the sign closer than four
when the real estate company representative feet (4') to any curb line or improved roadway
or seller or an agent is in attendance at the surface and not illuminated. (Ord. 2877,
property for sale. No such sign shall exceed 9-9-74)
four (4) square feet in surface area for each
surface of the sign. The sign may be placed
only along the periphery of a public right of 4-20-12: LAND USE ZONES:
way in a manner so as not to obstruct the
vision or pathway of vehicular or pedestrian A. General: All signs are further limited and
traffic. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83) restricted as to height, clearance, size, type,
copy, design and location in the land use
zones as such land use zones are defined and
4-20-10: SPECIAL PERMIT SIGNS AND established by Chapter 31, Zoning, Title IV
DISPLAYS: (Building Regulations), Code of General
490
Ass
4-20-12 4-20-12
A) Ordinances of the City of Renton, as amend- 1. Under marquee signs shall be limited to
ed, or any other ordinance pertaining to or one such sign per entrance for each business
regulating zoning. Only those signs specifi- establishment. (Ord. 3719, 411-83)
tally designated are permitted; all others are
prohibited. In those zones which do not have 2. Each individual business establishment
a height limitation, the height limitation for may have only one sign for each street,
free standing, projecting and combination frontage of any one of the following types:
signs shall be forty feet (40'); wall signs may Free standing, roof, ground, projecting or
exceed this limitation and roof signs may combination. Each sign shall not exceed an
extend twenty feet (20') above the parapet area greater than one and one-half (11/2)
wall. square feet for each lineal foot of property
frontage which the business occupies up to a
B. In all residential, commercial and industrial maximum of three hundred (300) square feet;
zones the following shall apply: or if such sign is multi-faced, the maximum
allowance shall not be more than three
1. Home Occupation: Only one home occupa- hundred (300) square feet. However, a
tion sign, not illuminated, not exceeding two maximum of one-half (11/2) of the allowed
(2) square feet in area, attached to the wall square footage is allowed on each face.
of the building with the face of the sign in a Businesses with less than twenty five (25)
plane parallel to the plane of the wall is per- lineal front feet may have a sign of a
mitted. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83) maximum of twenty (20) square feet per face.
Ground signs may be installed within the 1810"
2. Churches, schools, apartment buildings, front yard setback in the landscape strip;
subdivision developments and similar occupan- provided, that the area described in Section
cies located in residential zones may have two 4-20-8A6 is kept clear. (Ord. 4172, 9-12-88)
(2) on-premises identifying signs of not over
thirty two (32) square feet in area on one 3. In addition to the signs in paragraphs 1
face. The signs may be illuminated but not and 2 above, wall signs are permitted with a
animated, shall be for location identification total copy area not exceeding twenty percent
only and shall display no copy, symbol or (20%) of the building facade to which it is
device other than that in keeping with the applied.
development. Free standing signs shall be not
higher than six feet (6') above any established 4. Special permit signs as provided in Section
grade and shall be no closer than ten feet 4-20-10 are permitted.
(10') to any street right of way or five feet (5')
to any side property line. Commercial and/or 5. Signs on marquees conforming to Section
industrial subdivisions may have two (2) 4-20-6 are permitted. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83)
on-premises identifying signs not over seventy
five (75) square feet on one face. These signs 6. Motor Vehicle Dealership Over 1 Acre of
must be no higher than six feet (6'), or no Contiguous Ownership or Control: Each *sow
closer to the street right of way than ten feet dealership is allowed its appropriate wall or
(10') or five feet (5') to any side property line. under marquee sign as stated in the Sign
However, public facilities may have one free- Code. Each dealership is allowed one primary
standing sign with a maximum height of free standing sign per street frontage not to
twenty five feet (25'). (Ord. 4172, 9-12-88) exceed an area greater than one and one-half
(11/,) square feet for each lineal foot of property
3. Real estate signs not over six (6) square frontage which the business occupies up to a
feet in area offering the immediate premises maximum of two hundred (200) square feet, or
for sale or lease. if such sign is multi-faced, the maximum
allowance shall be not more than two hundred
4. Real estate directional signs are allowed. (200) square feet. In addition to the above, each
dealership is allowed one accessory free
5. Temporary signs per Section 4-20-9 are standing sign for each separate business
allowed except for cloth signs over public activity located on the property which can
right of way. reasonably be related to the primary business.
These signs shall not exceed a height of ten
C. In all commercial and industrial zones the feet (10') and a total sign area of twenty
following shall apply:
490
4-20-12
4-20-13
C6) five (25) square feet if single faced or fifty the off-premise advertising sign.
(50) square feet if doubled faced. They must
also maintain a minimum twenty foot (20') c. The off-premise advertising sign is
setback and be no closer than one hundred designed to be viewed by users of the facility
fifty feet (150') to any other accessory free rather than street traffic. (Ord. 3921, 7-1-85)
standing. Maximum shall be three (3) per
street frontage. 2. Only wall and free standing signs are
allowed.
7. Temporary signs per Section 4-20-9 are
allowed. 3. No wall sign shall exceed ten percent (10%)
of the building facade to which it is affixed.
D. B-P (Business Parking) District: (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83)
1. Off-premise signs are prohibited. 4. Free standing signs are limited to six feet
(6') above grade and ten feet (10') to any
2. Subject to the limitations of this Section, public right of way. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83)
any sign permitted in Section 4-20-12C is
permitted in this District. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83) G. Design Requirements, Shoreline Areas:
E. M-P (Manufacturing Park) District and 0-P 1. Visual access to water and shoreline from
-rn (Office Park) District: vistas and viewpoints shall not be impaired
by the placement of signs. Where feasible,
1. Signs shall be located no closer than signs are to be constructed against existing
twenty feet (20') to any property line, with buildings or structures to minimize visual
the exception of entrance, exit and directional obstruction of the water and shoreline.
signs, and ground signs. Ground signs may be
installed within the front yard setback in the 2. Outdoor advertising signs are to be limited
landscape strip; provided, that the area to areas of high intensity industrial and
described in Section 4-20-8A6 is kept clear. commercial use, are to be stationary,
(Ord. 4172, 9-12-88) nonblinking, and of a size commensurate with
the structure to which they are fixed.
2. Special permit signs as provided in Section
4-20-10 and off-premise signs are prohibited. 3. Of premises and nonappurtenant signs are
prohibited on the shoreline.
3. Subject to the limitations of this Section,
any sign permitted in Section 4-20-12C is 4. Illuminated or free standing signs, or any
permitted in this District. (Ord. 3719, 4-11-83) signs extending above rooflines, are prohibited
on the shoreline except for required naviga-
F. P-1 (Public Use) District: tional aids. (Ord. 3858, 11-5-84)
•.ter
1. Signs may be illuminated and shall be for
location identification only and shall display 4-20-13: LIABILITY:
no copy, symbol or device other than that in
keeping with the principal occupant. A. City Not Liable: This Code shall not be con-
strued to relieve from or lessen the respon-
Exception: off-premise advertising may be sibility of any person owning, building, alter-
allowed as an accessory use of an identifica- ing, constructing or moving any sign in the
tion sign or other structure if the following City for damages to anyone injured or dam-
conditions are met: aged either in person or property by any
defect therein; nor shall the City, or any
a. The maximum size of the off-premise agent thereof, be held as assuming such
advertising is six (6) square feet. liability by reason of permit or inspection
authorized herein or a certificate of inspection
b. No more than twenty five percent issued by the City or any of its agents.
(25%) of the principal structure is covered by
magssostrassrairmsissaimitimar
4-20-13 4-20-16
4-20-14: SEVERABILITY:
A. If any part or portion of this Chapter is
determined to be unconstitutional by a court
of competent jurisdiction, such determination
shall not affect the remainder of this Chapter.
4-20-15: REPEALED ORDINANCES:
A. Any and all ordinances in conflict herewith
are hereby repealed.
4-20-16: EFFECTIVE DATE:
A. This Chapter shall be in full force and
effective from and after its passage, approval
and five (5) days after its legal publication,
unless otherwise provided for hereinabove.
(Ord. 2877, 9-9-74)
4-21-1
4-21-7
CHAPTER 21
SMOKE DETECTORS
SECTION: A. The building owner or agent shall be
responsible for the installation.
4-21-1: Placement Requirements
4-21-2: Types Installed B. The building owner or agent shall provide or
4-21-3: Method of Installation post within each guest room or dwelling unit,
4-21-4: Maintenance of Detectors written operating instructions and
4-21-5: Deadline for Installation maintenance instructions for the smoke
4-21-6: Violation, Penalty detector installed therein.
4-21-7: Effective Date
4-21-4: MAINTENANCE OF DETECTORS:
Maintenance of smoke detectors shall be
the responsibility of the tenant who shall maintain
4-21-1: PLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS: the device in accordance with the instructions of
""fin Smoke detectors shall be installed and the manufacturer. When an occupancy is vacated,
maintained in accordance with the provisions of this the building owner or agent shall insure that smoke
Ordinance in the following occupancies that are detectors are operational prior to reoccupancy.
rented, leased or let to a person or persons.
A. Guest rooms and dwellings in hotels, motels, 4-21-5: DEADLINE FOR INSTALLATION:
apartments and condominiums and similar or Smoke detectors required by this
other uses as defined in Group R, Division 1, Ordinance shall be installed in all occupancies
Occupancies, of the Uniform Building Code, listed in Section 4-21-1 but not later than eighteen
1976 edition, as amended. (18) months after adoption of this Ordinance.
B. Dwelling units in duplexes, single family
dwellings and lodging houses or other uses as 4-21-6: VIOLATION, PENALTY: Any person
more particularly defined in Group R, Division violating any provision of this Ordinance
3, Occupancies, of the Uniform Building Code, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon convic-
1976 edition, as amended. tion thereof be punished by a fine of not more than
three hundred dollars ($300.00) or by imprisonment
C. Mobile home dwelling units. for not more than ninety (90) days, or by both such
swvir+ fine and imprisonment.
4-21-2: TYPES INSTALLED: Smoke detectors
installed in accordance with the pro- 4-21-7: EFFECTIVE DATE: This Ordinance
visions of this Ordinance shall be of a type shall be effective upon its passage,
conforming to Uniform Building Code standard 43-6 approval and five (5) days after its publication.
or of a type approved by a nationally recognized (Ord. 3222, 5-22-78, eff. 5-31-78)
testing laboratory.
4-21-3: METHOD OF INSTALLATION: The
method of installation of smoke detectors
shall be in accordance with the provisions of the
1976 edition of the Uniform Building Code, as
amended, Section 1310 for hotels, motels, apart-
ments and condominiums and Section 1413 for
duplexes, single family dwellings, lodging houses
and mobile homes.
890
4-22-1 4-22-3
CHAPTER 22
STORM AND SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE
SECTION: specifically indicates otherwise, the meaning of
terms used in this Section shall be as follows:
4-22- 1: Title
4-22- 2: Purpose COMPUTATION: Calculations, including coefficient
4-22- 3: Definitions and other pertinent data, made to determine the
4-22- 4: Administering and Enforcing Authority drainage plan with rate of flow of water given in
4-22- 5: Submission of Drainage Plans Required cubic feet per second (cfs).
4-22- 6: Plans Not Required
4-22- 7: Development in Critical Flood, Drainage DEPARTMENT: The Public Works Department of
and/or Erosion Areas the City of Renton.
4-22- 8: Drainage Plan Requirements and
Methods of Analysis DETENTION/RETENTION FACILITIES: Facilities
4-22- 9: Drainage Plan Design Criteria, Drafting designed either to hold runoff for a short period of
Standards and Contents time and then releasing it to the point of discharge
4-22-10: Review and Approval of the Plan at a controlled rate or to hold water for a
41109 4-22-11: Fees and Permits considerable length of time and then consuming it
4-22-12: Bonds and Liability Insurance Required by evaporation, plants or infiltration into the
4-22-13: City Assumption of Maintenance ground.
4-22-14: Retroactivity Relating to City
Maintenance of Subdivision Facilities DEVELOPMENT COVERAGE: All developed
4-22-15: Drainage Plan Review Procedures surface areas within the subject property including
4-22-16: Variances but not limited to roof tops, concrete or asphalt
4-22-17: Violations and Penalties paved driveways, carports, accessory buildings and
4-22-18: Severability parking areas.
DIRECTOR: The Director of the Department of
4-22-1: TITLE: This Ordinance shall be herein- Public Works.
after known as the RENTON STORM
AND SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE ORDI- DRAINAGE AREA: The total area whose drainage
NANCE, may be cited as such and will hereinafter water flows to and across the subject property.
be referred to as "this Ordinance" and same shall
be and constitute Chapter 22, Title IV (Building DRAINAGE PLAN: The plan for receiving,
Regulations) of Ordinance No. 4260 entitled Code handling, transporting surface water within the
air' General Ordinances of the City of Renton. subject property.
PEAK DISCHARGE: The maximum surface water
4-22-2: PURPOSE: It is the purpose of this runoff rate (cfs) at point of discharge, determined
Ordinance to promote and develop from the design storm frequency.
policies with respect to, and to preserve the City's
watercourses and to minimize water quality degra- RECEIVING BODIES OF WATER: Creeks,
dation by previous siltation, sedimentation and streams, rivers, lakes, storm sewers and other
pollution of creeks, streams, rivers, lakes and other bodies of water into which surface waters are
bodies of water to protect property owners directed, either naturally or in manmade ditches or
tributary to developed and undeveloped land from open and closed system.
increased runoff rates and to insure the safety of
roads and rights of way. STORM SEWER and STORM DRAIN: A sewer
which carries storm surface water, subsurface
water and drainage.
4-22-3: DEFINITIONS: Unless the context
890
4-22-3 4-22-8
SUBJECT PROPERTY: The tract of land which is B. The plan submitted during one permit
the subject of the permit and/or approval action. approval process may be subsequently
submitted with further required applications.
The plan shall be supplemented with
4-22-4: ADMINISTERING AND ENFORCING additional information at the request of the
AUTHORITY: The Director of Public Department of Public Works.
Works is designated as the administrator and is
responsible for the general administration and
coordination of this Ordinance. All provisions of 4-22-6: PLANS NOT REQUIRED: The plan
this Ordinance shall be enforced by the Director requirement established in Section
and/or his designated representatives. For such 4-22-5 shall not apply when the department
purposes the Director or his duly authorized determines that the proposed permit and/or
representative shall have the power of a police activity:
officer.
A. Will not seriously and adversely impact the
water quality conditions of any affected
4-22-5: SUBMISSION OF DRAINAGE PLANS receiving bodies of water and/or
REQUIRED:
B. Will not substantially alter the drainage
A. All persons applying for any of the following pattern, increase the peak discharge and
permits and/or approvals shall submit for cause any other adverse effects in the
approval, unless expressly exempted under drainage area.
Section 4-22-6 hereinbelow, a drainage plan
with their application and/or request. Additionally, the plan requirement established in
Section 4-22-5 shall not apply to single family
1. Mining, excavation and grading permit; residences when such structures are less than five
thousand (5,000) square feet, unless the subject
2. Shoreline management substantial develop- property is in a critical area as determined under
ment permit; Section 4-22-7.
3. Flood control zone permit;
4-22-7: DEVELOPMENT IN CRITICAL
4. Major plat; FLOOD, DRAINAGE AND/OR
EROSION AREAS: Development which would
5. Short plat approval, except where each lot increase the peak flow and/or the volume of
contains thirty five thousand (35,000) square discharge from the existing flooding, drainage
feet or more; and/or erosion conditions present an imminent
likelihood of harm to the welfare and safety of the
6. Special permits; surrounding community until such a time as the
community hazard is alleviated. Where applications
7. Temporary permits; of the provisions of this Section will deny all
reasonable uses of the property, the restriction on
8. Building permits. Where the permit relates development contained in this Section may be
to a single family residential structure of less waived for the subject property; provided, that the
than five thousand (5,000) square feet, the resulting development shall be subject to all of the
Director may waive the plan requirement remaining terms and conditions of this Ordinance.
except where the subject property is in a (Ord. 3174, 11-21-77)
critical area, as determined under Section
4-22-7.
4-22-8: DRAINAGE PLAN REQUIREMENTS
9. Planned unit development; AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS: All
persons applying for any of the permits and/or
10. Site plan approvals; approvals contained in Section 4-22-5 of this
Ordinance shall provide a drainage plan for surface
11. Any other development or permit applica- water flows entering, flowing within and leaving
tion which will affect the drainage in any the subject property. The drainage plan and
way. supportive calculation report(s) shall be stamped by
890
4-22-8 4-22-12
a professional civil engineer registered in the State of the Director or his duly authorized repro-
of Washington. The drainage plan shall be sentative.
prepared in conformance with the Core and Special
Requirements contained in section 1.2 and 1.3 of C. Storm drainage connection permit fees shall
chapter 1, the hydrologic analysis methods be as follows:
contained in chapter 3, the hydraulic analysis and
design criteria in chapter 4, and the Residential $ 20.00
erosion/sedimentation control plan and practices Commercial 50.00
contained in chapter 5 of the current King County Industrial 100.00
Surface Water Design Manual, except where Repair permit 10.00
amended or appended by the Department.
D. All such fees shall be paid to the Director of
Finance or the duly designated representative
4-22-9: DRAINAGE PLAN DESIGN CRI- at the time the application for such permit is
TERIA, DRAFTING STANDARDS filed.
AND CONTENTS: The drainage plan shall be
prepared in conformance with the Department's E. Whenever development fees have included fees
construction plan drafting standards and contents, for drainage plan review, the above fee
the City's Standard Specifications for Municipal structure shall not apply.
Construction and Standard Detail documents, and
the design criteria, construction materials, F. In addition to other permits and fees, there
practices, and standard details contained in shall be an inspection approval fee for on-site
chapters 3, 4 and 5 of the current King County replacement and improvements which shall be
Surface Water Design Manual; provided, that the identical to that specified in Chapter 8, Title
Department's standards and design criteria will IX of Ordinance No. 1628 and any subsequent
take precedent and prevail in any interpretation of amendments thereto. (Ord. 3832, 8-13-84)
conflicting or contradictory standards and design
criteria. (Ord. 4269, 5-21-90)
4-22-12: BONDS AND LIABILITY INSUR-
ANCE REQUIRED: The Department of
4-22-10: REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF THE Public Works shall require all persons constructing
PLAN: All storm drainage plans retention/detention facilities to post with the
prepared in connection with any of the permits Director of the Department surety and cash bonds
and/or approvals listed in Section 4-22-5 shall be or certified check in the amount of one and one-
submitted for review and approval to the Depart- half (11/2) times the estimated cost of construction.
ment of Public Works. If no action is taken by the Where such persons have previously posted, or are
City after submission of final drainage plans within required to post, other such bonds with the
forty five (45) days, then such plan is deemed Director, either on the facility itself or on other
approved. (Ord. 3174, 11-21-77) construction related to the facility, such person
lose may, with the permission of the Director and to
the extent allowable by law, combine all such
4-22-11: FEES AND PERMITS: bonds into a single bond, provided that at no time
shall the amount thus bonded be less than the
A. A minimum fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall total amount which would have been required in
be paid to the City to cover the cost of this the form of separate bonds, and provided further,
review and approval. In case of commercial, that such bond shall on its face clearly delineate
industrial or critical areas, as defined in those separate bonds which it is intended to
Section 4-22-7, a minimum fee of fifty dollars replace.
($50.00) plus one dollar ($1.00) for every ten
thousand (10,000) square feet of gross area A. Construction Bond: Prior to commencing
shall be charged. construction the person constructing the
facility shall post a construction bond in an
B. The permit application shall be supplemented amount sufficient to cover the cost of
by any plans, specifications or other infor- conforming said construction with the
mation considered pertinent in the judgment
890
4-22-12 4-22-14
A) approved drainage plans. In lieu of a bond, of the facility, omission or any other liability
the applicant may elect to establish a cash whatsoever relating to the construction or
escrow account with his bank in an amount maintenance of the facility. Said liability
deemed by the Director of Public Works to be policy shall be maintained for the duration of
sufficient to reimburse the City if it should the facility by the owner of the facility,
become necessary for the City to enter the provided that in the case of facilities assumed
property for the purpose of correcting and/or by the City of Renton for maintenance pur-
eliminating hazardous conditions relating to suant to Section 4-22-7 of this Ordinance,
soil stability and/or erosion. The instructions said liability policy shall be terminated when
to the escrowee shall specifically provide that said City maintenance responsibility
after prior written notice unto the owner and commences.
his failure to correct and/or eliminate existing
or potential hazardous conditions and his
failure to timely remedy same, the escrowee 4-22-13: CITY ASSUMPTION OF MAINTEN-
shall be authorized without any further notice ANCE: The City of Renton is authorized
to the owner or his consent to disburse the to assume the maintenance of retention/detention
necessary funds unto the City of Renton for facilities after the expiration of the three (3) year
the purpose of correcting and/or eliminating maintenance period in connection with the subdivi-
such conditions complained of. After cion of land if:
determination by the Department that all
facilities are constructed in compliance with A. All of the requirements of Section 4-22-9 have
VOO
the approved plans, the construction bond been fully complied with;
shall be released.
B. The facilities have been inspected and
B. Maintenance Bond: After satisfactory approved by the Department after their first
completion of the facilities and release of the year of operation;
construction bond by the City, the person
constructing the facility shall commence a C. The surety bond required in Section 4-22-12
three (3) year period of satisfactory herein has been extended for one year cover-
maintenance of the facility. A cash bond, ing the City's first year of maintenance;
surety bond or bona fide contract for
maintenance with a third party for the D. All necessary easements entitling the City to
duration of this three (3) year period, to be properly maintain the facility have been
approved by the Director and to be used at conveyed to the City;
the discretion of the Director to correct
deficiencies in said maintenance affecting E. It is recommended by the Public Works Direc-
public health, safety and welfare, must be tor and concurred in by the City Council that
posted and maintained throughout the three said assumption of maintenance would be in
(3) year maintenance period. The amount of the best interests of the City.
the cash bond or surety bond shall be in the NaSO
amount of one and one-half (11/2) times the The owner of said property shall throughout the
estimated cost of maintenance for a three (3) maintenance period notify the City in writing if
year period. any defect or improper working of the drainage
system has come to his notice. Failure to so notify
C. Liability Policy: The person constructing the the City shall give the City cause to reject
facility shall maintain a liability policy during assumption of the maintenance of the facility at
such private ownership with policy limits of the expiration of the three (3) year maintenance
not less than one hundred thousand dollars period, or within one year of the discovery of the
($100,000.00) per individual, three hundred defect or improper working, whichever period is the
thousand dollars ($300,000.00) per occurrence latest in time.
and fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00)
property damage, which shall name the City
of Renton as an additional insured without 4-22-14: RETROACTIVITY RELATING TO
cost to the City and which shall protect the CITY MAINTENANCE OF SUBDTVI-
City of Renton from any liability, cost or SION FACILITIES: If any person constructing
expenses for any accident, negligence, failure retention/detention facilities and/or receiving
890
4-22-14 4-22-18
approval of drainage plans prior to the effective shall include, but is not limited to, the following
date of this Ordinance re-assesses the facilities criteria:
and/or plans so constructed and/or approved and
demonstrates, to the Director's satisfaction, total 1. Capacity of downstream facilities;
compliance with the requirements of this Ordinance
the City may, after inspection, approval and 2. Acceptability of receiving bodies of water,
acknowledgment of the proper posting of the
required bonds as specified in Section 4-22-12, 3. Possibility of adverse effects of retention;
assume maintenance of the facilities. (Ord. 3174,
11-21-77) 4. Utility of regional retention facilities; and
5. Capability of maintaining.
4-22-15: DRAINAGE PLAN REVIEW PROCE-
DURES: The drainage plan and C. Applications Required: Application for any
supportive calculations shall be reviewed by the variance shall be submitted in writing by the
Department using the Department's construction applicant with the application that is
plan review procedures in coordination with all submitted to the Department. The application
other applicable City permit review procedures. shall state fully all substantiating facts and
(Ord. 4269, 5-21-90) evidence pertinent to the request.
Nay D. Appeals to Court: The action of the Examiner
4-22-16: VARIANCES: shall be final and conclusive unless within
twenty (20) days from the date of such action
A. Variance Requirements: The Director or his an aggrieved party or person obtains a writ of
representative may recommend to the Hearing certiorari from the Superior Court in and for
Examiner a variance from the requirements of King County, State of Washington, for the
this Ordinance when, in his opinion, undue purpose of review of the action taken. (Ord.
hardship may be created as a result of strict 3174, 11-21-77; amd. Ord. 3483, 11-10-80)
compliance with the provisions of this
Ordinance. The Examiner shall comply with
the appropriate public notification, rules and 4-22-17: VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES: Any
time requirements of Chapter 4-8. The person, firm or corporation, whether as
Hearing Examiner may prescribe conditions principal, agent, employee or otherwise, violating or
that he deems necessary to be desirable for causing the violation of any of the provisions of
the public interest. No variance shall be this Ordinance upon conviction shall be guilty of a
granted unless the Examiner finds: misdemeanor or gross misdemeanor and shall be
punishable by a fine of not more than five hundred
1. That there are special physical dollars ($500.00) or by imprisonment for a term not
view circumstances or conditions affecting said to exceed six (6) months, or by both such fine and
property such that the strict application of imprisonment. Such person, firm or corporation
the provisions of this Ordinance would shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for
deprive the applicant of the reasonable use or each and every day during any portion of which
development of his land; any violation of this Ordinance is committed or
continued by such person, firm or corporation and
2. That the variance is necessary to insure shall be punishable as herein provided.
such property the rights and privileges
enjoyed by other properties in the vicinity and
under similar circumstances; and 4-22-18: SEVERABILITY: If any provision of
this Ordinance or its application to any
3. That the granting of the variance will not person or property is held invalid by a court of
be detrimental to the public welfare or competent jurisdiction, the remainder of the
injurious to other property in the vicinity. Ordinance or the application of the provision to
other persons or circumstances shall not be
B. Criteria: Before the Examiner grants a affected. (Ord. 3174, 11-21-77)
variance, he shall make a determination that
890
asssomemesste
4-23-1 4-23-1
CHAPTER 23
UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION OF UTILITY LINES
SECTION: 1. Electric utility substations, pad-mounted
transformers and switching facilities not
4-23-1: Compliance; Purpose; Scope located on the public right of way where site
4-23-2: Cost screening is or will be provided in accordance
4-23-3: Underground Requirements with Section 4-23-5C2.
4-23-4: Permits and Fees
4-23-5: Design Standards 2. Electric transmission systems of a voltage
4-23-6: Variance Procedures of fifty five (65) kv or more, (including poles
4-23-7: Joint Trenches and wires) and equivalent communication
4-23-8: Enforcement facilities where the utility providing electrical
energy is willing to provide at its expense an
underground street lighting circuit including
all conductor and conduit to a point on the
poles at least forty feet (40') above ground
4-23-1: COMPLIANCE; PURPOSE; SCOPE: level to serve utility owned street lighting
fixtures to be mounted on the poles at said
A. It shall be and it is hereby made the policy of location.
the City to require compliance with the
following orderly program pertaining to the 3. Ornamental street lighting standards.
underground relocation of all existing
overhead wires carrying any electrical energy, 4. Telephone pedestals and other equivalent
including, but not limited to, telephone, communication facilities.
telegraph, cable television and electrical
power, and to require the underground 5. Police and fire sirens, or any similar
installation of all new electrical municipal equipment, including traffic-control
communication facilities, subject to certain equipment. (Ord. 2432, 9-23-68)
exceptions noted hereafter. It is especially
found and determined by the City that the 6. When undergrounding is required due to
health, safety, especially the safety of the extensions, duplications, relocations or
traveling public, and general welfare of the rebuilds to existing overhead electrical and
residents of the community require that all communication facilities but the poles to be
such existing overhead facilities be relocated removed following undergrounding would not
underground as soon as practicable in accord- be removed because of continuing
ance with the requirements specified herein requirements for such poles, such as services vatof
and that all new facilities specified herein be to residences of King County v.hen those
installed underground. residences are not required to be
undergrounded. However, if there is a
B. The purpose of this Chapter, among others, is reasonable likelihood that undergrounding
to establish minimum requirements and proce- would occur in the foreseeable future, conduit
dures for the underground installation and for underground crossings should be installed
relocation of electrical and communication whenever feasible as part of any ongoing
facilities within the City. street construction, reconstruction or
overlayment project.
C. Scope: Subject to the excepted facilities listed
in subsection D of this Section, this Chapter 7. When undergrounding is required due to
shall apply to all electric facilities and to all extensions, duplications, relocations or
communication facilities, including but not rebuilds to existing overhead electrical and
limited to telephone, telegraph and cable communication facilities and there are
television facilities. existing overhead electrical or communication
facilities that will not be removed, such as
D. Excepted Facilities From Underground high tension wires, and the electrical and
Requirements: This Chapter shall not apply to communication facilities to be removed by
the following facilities:
890
4-23-1 4-23-3
D7) undergrounding parallel the facilities that will widening projects, shall constitute a
not be removed and are on the same street relocation.
right of way or are immediately adjacent
thereto, either on the same side of the right B. Services: All new electric or communication
of way or on the opposite side of the right of services from an overhead or underground
way. However, the owners of the property facility to service connections of structures
that would be required to underground under shall be installed underground from and after
Section 4-23-3H will be given the option to the effective date of this Chapter. All rebuilt
request such undergrounding and if the or relocated electric or communication services
majority of them agree, then the under- from an overhead or underground facility to
grounding shall occur. service connections of structures shall be
installed underground from and after the
effective date of this Chapter, excepting those
4-23-2: COST: The cost and expense of con- which only involve a change in the overhead
verting existing overhead facilities to service line without a change in the
underground, or installing new facilities under- corresponding service entrance facilities.
ground, shall be borne by the serving utilities, or
the owners or occupants of the real property C. Business Centers and Industrial Areas:
served, or persons applying for such underground
service. 1. The following requirements apply to all
areas of the City which are outlined on the
i" A. However, whenever the City determines that map referred to herein.
the public health, welfare, convenience and
pedestrian. and vehicular traffic safety in any 2. All existing overhead electric and
street or road widening or relocation project communication facilities, with the exceptions
requires conversion of existing overhead facili- previously noted in Section 4-23-1D, shall be
ties to an underground installation, then in converted to underground facilities within
any such event, the utility or utilities affected fifteen (15) years from the effective date of
shall provide such work at its own cost and this Chapter, subject to a ten (10) year
expense. extension by the City whereby in the City's
judgment, their financial situation prohibits
B. The requirement of Section 4-23-2A shall the City from participating to the degree
apply to all major or arterial streets or implied by the provisions of this Chapter.
roadways carrying an average of five
thousand (5,000) vehicles or more per day and 3. All extension, rebuilds, relocations, or
shall be limited to two (2) miles of such duplications of existing overhead electric and
street or roadway per annum. (Ord. 3951, communication facilities shall be installed
10-21-85) underground from and after the effective date
of this Chapter.
4-23-3: UNDERGROUND REQUIREMENTS: 4. All areas rezoned for commercial or
industrial use after the effective date of this
A. Definitions: The following terms when used in Chapter shall be converted to underground in
this Chapter shall have the meanings given the same manner as provided herein in
below: subsection C2 for existing facilities within
fifteen (15) years from the effective date of
1. Rebuilds: A replacement of overhead facili- such rezoning, subject to a ten (10) year
ties for a distance of three (3) or more spans extension by the City, provided that the
(four [4) poles) or five hundred feet (500') Board of Public Works elects to add such
exclusive of replacements due to casualty rezoned areas to those outlined on the map as
damage. designated in subsection Cl herein.
2. Services: Facilities located on private D. Residential Areas:
property and/or for the specific purpose of
servicing one customer. 1. The following requirements apply to all
areas zoned by the comprehensive zoning
3. Relocations: Removal of existing facilities ordinance of the City as single family and
with subsequent reinstallation at an adjacent multi-family residential.
location, generally necessitated by roadway
4-23-3 4-23-3
D) 2. All extensions, duplications, relocations, or mail a notice to the owners of all structures
rebuilds of existing overhead electric and of improvements served from the existing
communication facilities shall be installed overhead facilities in the area, which notice
underground from and after the effective date shall state that:
of this Chapter.
1. Service from the underground facilities is
E. Retail Business and Public Facilities: available;
1. The following requirements apply to all 2. All electric and communication service lines
areas not included in subsection C herein and from the existing overhead facilities within
zoned by the zoning ordinance of the City as the area to any structure or improvement
retail business and public facilities. must be disconnected and removed within
ninety (90) days after the date of the mailing
2. The underground requirements respecting of the notice;
all electric or communication facilities in these
areas shall conform to the requirements of 3. Should such owner fail to convert such
the immediately surrounding areas as deter- service lines from overhead to underground
mined by the zoning classifications, provided, within ninety (90) days after the date of the
that where the surrounding areas have mailing of the notice, the City will order the
varying requirements in accordance with the electric and communication utilities to
provisions of Sections 4-23-3C and D the disconnect and remove the service lines;
underground requirements shall be those
applicable to the predominantly surrounding 4. Should the owner object to the
area. disconnection and removal of the service lines
he may file his written objections thereto with
F. Street Lighting; Street lighting facilities or the City Clerk within thirty (30) days after
systems conforming to the current standards the date of the mailing of the notice and
of the City Traffic Engineer shall be installed failure to so object within such time will
as an integral part of all undergrounding constitute a waiver of his right thereafter to
projects. object to such disconnection and removal.
G. All rights of way proposed to be dedicated to If the owner of any structure or improvement
the City and/or easements for public facilities served from the existing overhead electric and
shall be subject to the provisions of this communication facilities within a conversion
Chapter. (Ord. 2432,; 9-23-68) area shall fail to convert to underground the
service lines from such overhead facilities to
H. The owner or owners of real property such structure or improvement within ninety
abutting an underground project shall be (90) days after the mailing to him of the
responsible, at his or their expense, for notice, the City shall order the electric and
converting to such underground service within communication utilities to disconnect and
ninety (90) days after the date of the mailing remove all such service lines; provided, that if
of the notice as hereinbelow set forth. Time in the owner has filed his written objections to
consummating such connection and such disconnection and removal with the City
disconnection of overhead service is of' the Clerk within thirty (30) days after the
essence and such notice to the property owner mailing of the notice then the City shall not
or occupant of the affected premises may be order such disconnection and removal until
mailed, postage prepaid, or delivered in after the hearing on such objections.
person. All of such conversion of electric and
communication facilities to underground Upon the timely filing by the owner of
facilities may be undertaken by local objections to the disconnection and removal of
improvement district or as otherwise the service lines, the legislative authority of
permitted by law and as further authorized such City or a committee thereof, shall
by RCW 35.96.030-040. conduct a hearing to determine whether the
removal of all or any part of the service lines
When service from the underground electric is in the public benefit. The hearing shall be
and communication facilities is available in all held at such time as the legislative authority
or part of a conversion area, the City shall
4-23-3 4-23-5
H4) of such City may establish for hearings on Department prior to the proceeding with con-
the objections and shall be held in accordance struction of facilities in the public right of
with the regularly established procedure set way, easements for public facilities, and/or
by the legislative authority of the City. If the public property. The fee for and terms for
hearing is before a committee, the committee such permit for any undergrounding as here-
shall, following the hearing, report its inabove defined, shall be identical and in lieu
recommendation to the legislative authority of of that specified in Chapter 10 Title IX of
the City for final action. The determination Ordinance No. 4260 entitled Code of General
reached by the legislative authority shall be Ordinances of the City of Renton and/or any
final in the absence of an abuse of discretion. future amendments thereto. (Ord. 3832,
8-13-84)
Unless otherwise provided for in RCW 35.96
et seq., all the general provisions relating to B. Overhead Permit: Where abovegrade pole line
local improvements of cities and towns shall installations are permitted under the variance
likewise apply to local improvements for the procedures of Section 4-23-6, a permit shall be
conversion of overhead electric and communi- acquired by the serving utility from the office
cation facilities to underground facilities. (Ord. of the City Traffic Engineer prior to proceed-
2496, 8-25-69) ing with construction of such facilities in the
public right of way and/or public property.
I. Where abovegrade pole line installations are The fee for and terms of such permit shall be
permitted under the variance procedures identical to and in lieu of that specified in
4iso, outlined in Section 4-23-6, conductors shall be Chapter 8, Title IX of Ordinance No. 4260
placed in vertical alignment or any other and any subsequent amendments thereto.
approved alignment as subsequently desig-
nated by the City Traffic Engineer. (Ord. C. Amendment to Chapter 10, Title IX of Ordi-
2432, 9-23-68) nance No. 4260: Chapter 10, Title IX of Ordi-
nance No. 4260 is hereby amended to exclude
J. Plans for all aboveground installations, overhead pole lines for which jurisdiction shall
including those excepted under Section henceforth be placed under the office of the
4-23-1D1, shall be submitted to the Building City Traffic Engineer and for which the per-
Department for approval of site screening and mit provisions of subsection B herein shall
setbacks prior to the issuance of a service apply.
permit by the Building Department. (Ord.
2432, 9-23-68; amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-82) D. The terms of the above permits create a
liability on the serving utility for excess
K. As-built, project drawings in a form and scale inspection fees as provided for in Chapter 8,
conforming to generally accepted engineering Title IX of Ordinance No. 4260 and/or any
practice shall be submitted in duplicate to the amendments thereto.
office of the City Traffic Engineer within
%rrr thirty (30) days of the completion of any
underground project within the City. In 4-23-5: DESIGN STANDARDS:
addition, each utility shall submit in duplicate
as-built drawings of all of its underground A. All conductors, switches, transformers, and
facilities within the City on an annual basis, regulating devices shall be installed in
commencing on January 1, following the accordance with the applicable national, State,
effective date of this Chapter, provided that if and local safety standards. All structural
said drawings are not available at the time of devices shall be designed in accordance with
the effective date of this Chapter, each utility the provisions of the latest edition of the
shall be given a reasonable time to prepare Uniform Building Code, subject to the
such drawings. (Ord. 2432, 9-23-68) provisions of the immediately following sub-
section.
4-23-4: PERMITS AND FEES: 1. All underground facilities provided for
herein shall be installed in such manner as to
A. An underground permit shall be acquired by coordinate with other underground facilities,
the serving utility from the Public Works
490
4-23-5 4-23-7
Al) i.e. water, sewer and gas pipelines, traffic 4-23-6: VARIANCE PROCEDURES: All appli-
control and other signal systems. Whenever cations for variances from the foregoing
such coordination requires installation underground requirements shall first be filed with 1
practices more restrictive or demanding than the City Board of Public Works. The Board shall
the minimum standards required by applic- promulgate rules and regulations governing applica-
able national, state and local codes and safety tion for, hearings pertaining to, and the granting of
standards, the requirements of such coordin- variances from the foregoing underground require-
ation shall be governing and controlling. ments. Underground requirements shall be waived by
a variance only if the utility owner or user or any
B. All vaults, handholes, ventilation gratings, other affected party can demonstrate that it would
and access covers and conduit in public rights work an undue hardship to place the facilities
of way shall be strong enough to withstand a concerned underground. By an undue hardship is
ten thousand (10,000) pound wheel load. The meant a technological difficulty associated with the
serving utility may, at their option, elect to particular facility, or with the particular real
restrict a ten thousand (10,000) pound wheel property involved, or a cost of undergrounding such a
load requirement to traveled street areas facility which, in the Board's discretion, is deemed to
while assuming the responsibility for outweigh the general welfare consideration implicit in
up-grading facilities beyond the original underground installation, or an area where the
traveled street areas should subsequent growth pattern has not been sufficiently established
widening occur. to permit the determination of ultimate service
requirements or major service routes.
C. Any equipment excepted from those under- VI!10
ground requirements or otherwise permitted
to be installed aboveground shall be: 4-23-7: JOINT TRENCHES:
1. Placed within an enclosure or part of the A. In the undergrounding of facilities, as
building being served, or contemplated by this Chapter, it is the City's
intent to authorize the establishment of joint or
2. Suitably screened with masonry or other common trenches; that is, the utilization of a
decorative panels and/or evergreen trees, single trench where feasible by all utilities
shrubs, and landscaping planted in sufficient and/or franchise holders involved in the j
depth and height, within a period of five (5) relocation of overhead facilities. Upon
years, to form an effective sight barrier. application for an underground permit, the City
Traffic Engineer shall determine what utilities
The utility shall be responsible for the and franchise holders shall use the proposed
installation, maintenance, repair, or trench and the issuance date of the applicable
replacement of the aforementioned screening underground permit. If at the time of
materials when the real property on which application for an underground permit it does
the aboveground facility is located is owned not appear that all utilities involved in the
by the utility. undergrounding project have made appropriate
arrangements for the use of common trenches,
When said aboveground facility is located on the City Traffic Engineer may delay the
non-utility owned real property, the owner(s) issuance of such permit until all utilities
shall bear the expense of installation involved in such relocation shall have been
maintenance, repair or replacement of given the opportunity to be heard upon two (2)
screening materials outlined hereinabove. weeks' notice. (Ord. 2432, 9-23-68)
D. Space frames and structural arrangements for B. Joint Services Crossing Public Right of Way:
holding equipment shall be designed to have Where new structures require underground ser-
an uncluttered and neat appearance. vices extending into or across the public right
of way to existing overhead distribution systems
E. Streets shall be graded to subgrade prior to for connection, it shall be the responsibility of
the installation of underground facilities.
490
4-23-7
4-23-8
B) the property owner, owner's agent or other B. Enforcement Officer: The City Traffic
persons applying for such underground Engineer or his designated representative
services from an electrical or communication shall be responsible for investigation of
utility (power, telephone and TV cable) to violations and citation of the violating parties.
provide adequate provisions and capacity for (Ord. 2432, 9-23-68)
joint service usage in a trench with conduit or
other required facilities for present and future
service extensions to the structure.
The principal utility to initiate the street
crossing by owners, owner's agent or other
persons request, shall notify the remaining
electrical or communication utility when the
common trench is available.
When arrangements do not appear to involve
all the abovementioned utilities in a joint
trench, the Traffic Engineer shall notify the
utilities and property owner or owner's agent
to provide appropriate arrangements.
fire
The issuance of a permit may be delayed
until all utilities involved in a street crossing
for underground service connection to a
structure have been given the opportunity to
be heard upon two (2) weeks' notice. (Ord.
3318, 5-14-79, off. 5-23-79)
C. Whenever an electrical communication facility,
including but not limited to electrical power,
telephone, telegraph and cable TV, is required
to be placed underground according to the
terms of this Chapter, then that utility shall
bear the cost of such undergrounding, includ-
ing the conduit, cable, vaults and a propor-
tionate share of the trenching or other
preparatory work or necessary work of
restoration. (Ord. 3763, 12-12-83)
4-23-8: ENFORCEMENT:
A. Any violation of the provisions of this Chapter
or any amendments thereto by any entity or
individual affected thereby shall be and
constitute a misdemeanor and upon conviction
thereof be punished by a fine not exceeding
twenty five dollars ($25.00) for each day of
such violation; provided, however, that any
violation of Section 4-23-4 hereinabove be
governed by Chapter 8, Title X and Chapter
3, Title I (General Penalty) of Ordinance No.
4260 entitled Code of General Ordinances of
the City of Renton.
40,
4-24-1 4-24-3
CHAPTER 24
UNIFORM BUILDING CODE
SECTION: reason of inspection authorized herein or a certif-
icate of inspection by the City or any of its
agencies. (Ord. 3214, 4-10-78, eff. 4-19-78)
4-24-1: Adoption
4-24-2: Acceptance of Code, Clerk's Duty
4-24-3: Amendments 4-24-3: AMENDMENTS:
4-24-4: Definition
4-24-5: Extra Fees A. Section 302 of the City of Renton Uniform
Building Code is hereby amended to read as
follows:
(e) Off-site improvements.
4-24-1: ADOPTION: The Uniform Building
Code, 1988 Edition, together with Uni- 1. Whenever a building permit is applied for
form Building Code Standards, 1988 Edition, as under the provisions of this Code for new
issued by the International Conference of Building construction of a multiple dwelling consisting vailf
Officials, of which one copy in book form has here- of three (3) or more units, public assembly,
tofore been filed and is now on file in the office of commercial or industrial structure or
the City Clerk and made available for examination alteration of an existing structure of said
by the public, are hereby adopted as the Uniform type, in excess of twenty five thousand dollars
Building Code and the Uniform Building Code ($25,000.00), then the person applying for
Standards by the City of Renton, and said Codes such building permit shall simultaneously
may be hereafter designated as the City of Renton make application for a permit, as an integral
Uniform Building Code and City of Renton Uniform part of such new construction or alteration
Building Code Standards. (Ord. 4235, 8-28-89) thereof, for the building and installation of
certain off-site improvements, including, but
not limited to sidewalks, curbs, gutters, street
4-24-2: ACCEPTANCE OF CODE, CLERK'S paving, water mains, drainage, sanitary
DUTY: Any and all amendments, sewer, all improvements required by the
additions or modifications to said Codes, when Subdivision Ordinance and all necessary
printed and filed with the City Clerk of the City of appurtenances. Such off-site improvements
Renton by authorization of the City Council from (except traffic signalization systems) shall
time to time, shall be considered and accepted and extend the full distance of such property to be
constitute a part of such Codes without the improved upon and sought to be occupied as a
necessity of further adoption of such amendments, building site or parking area for the aforesaid
modifications or additions by the legislative building purposes and which may adjoin
authority of the City of Renton or by ordinance. property dedicated as a public street. Traffic
signalization off-site improvements shall be
The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed installed pursuant to the provisions of the
to duly authenticate and record a copy of the Subdivision Ordinance.
abovementioned Codes, together with any amend-
ments or additions thereto, together with an 2. All such sidewalks shall be constructed to
authenticated copy of this Ordinance. the City standards and conform to standard
specifications for municipal public works
This Ordinance shall not be construed to relieve constructions, commonly known as APWA
from or lessen the responsibility of any person Standards. Street width and standards for
owning, building, altering, constructing or moving construction shall be specified by the Director
any building or structure as defined in the afore- of Public Works or his duly authorized
said Codes; nor shall the City of Renton or any representative. All plans and specifications for
agent thereof be held as assuming such liability by such improvements are to be submitted at
time such application for a permit is made.
4-24-3
4-24-3
A) 3. All permits required for the construction of 1. Chapter 7, Uniform Building Code, 1988
these improvements shall be applied for and Edition, entitled "Aviation Control Towers."
obtained in the same manner, fees and condi-
tions as specified in Chapter 8, Title IX 2. Chapter 32, Uniform Building Code, 1988
(Public Ways and Property) of Ordinance No. Edition, entitled "Re-roofing".
1628 entitled Code of General Ordinances of
the City of Renton relating to excavating or 3. Chapter 49, Uniform Building Code, 1988
disturbing streets, alleys, pavement or Edition, entitled "Patio Covers".
improvements.
4. 1986 Washington State Energy Code as
4. Deferral of improvements required by this adopted by the State of Washington (51-12
Section shall comply with the City of Renton's W.A.C.).
Subdivision Ordinance Section 9-12-8V, Defer-
red Improvements. (Ord. 4235, 8-28-89). 5. Chapter 55, Uniform Building Code, 1988
Edition, entitled "Membrane Structures". (Ord.
B. Section 202(f) of the City of Renton Uniform 4235, 8-28-89)
Building Code is hereby amended to read as
follows: F. Chapter 53 of the Uniform Building Code is
hereby amended by deleting the section
Liability Claims. The Administrative entitled "Energy Conservation in New
Nere Authority or any employee performing duties Building Construction". (Ord. 3214, 4-10-78,
in connection with the enforcement of this eff. 4-19-78)
Code and acting in good faith and without
malice in the performance of such duties shall G. Section 205 of the City Building Code is
be relieved from any personal liability for any hereby amended to read as follows:
damage to persons or property as a result of
any act or omission in the discharge of such Violations and Penalties. It shall be unlawful
duties, and in the event of claims and/or for any person, firm or corporation to erect,
litigation arising from any such act or construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move,
omission, the City Attorney shall, at the improve, remove, convert or demolish, equip,
request of and on behalf of said use, occupy or maintain any building or
administrative authority or employee, structure in the City, or cause or permit the
investigate and defend such claims and/or same to be done, contrary to or in violation of
litigation and if the claim be deemed by the any of the provisions of this Code.
City Attorney a proper one or if judgment be
rendered against such administrative Any person, firm or corporation violating any
authority or employee, said claim or judgment of the provisions of this Code shall be deemed
shall be paid by the City. guilty of a misdemeanor, and each such
person shall be deemed guilty of a separate
C. Section 203 of the City of Renton Uniform offense for each and every day or portion
Building Code is hereby repealed and in its thereof during which any violation of any of
place the City has previously adopted Chapter the provisions of this Code is committed,
5 of Title IV. continued or permitted, and upon conviction
of any such violation such person shall be
D. The Appeals Board for purposes of Section punishable by a fine of not more than five
204 of the City of Renton Uniform Building hundred dollars ($500.00) or by imprisonment
Code shall hereafter be the Board of for not more than ninety (90) days, or by
Adjustment. (Ord. 3214, 4-10-78, eff. both such fine and imprisonment. (Ord. 3625,
4-19-78) 4-19-82)
E. The following chapters from the Appendix of H. The following sections of chapter 38 of the
the Uniform Building Code and the 1986 1988 Uniform Building Code are amended to
Washington State Energy Code, of which one read as follows:
printed copy in book form has heretofore been
filed and is now on file in the office of the 1. Section 3802,C,3, Exhibition and Display
City Clerk and made available for Rooms.
examination by the public, are hereby adopted
as the Uniform Building Code:
591
4-24-3 4-24-3
H1) a. An automatic sprinkler system shall be b. Division 3: Dwellings, when proposed
installed in Group A occupancies which have within a R-1-5 Zone, clustered or constructed
more than twelve thousand (12,000) square so that when attached, the total square foot
feet of floor area, or more than forty feet (40') floor area of all dwelling units exceed twelve
in height. thousand (12,000) square feet.
2. Section 3802,(d), Group B, Division 2 5. Section 3802 is amended by adding section
Occupancies. 3802(i) to read as follows:
a. When the occupancy has over twelve i. Sprinklers.
thousand (12,000) square feet of floor area or
more than forty feet (40') in height. (a) A fully automatic fire protection
sprinkler system is to be installed in all new
b. In buildings used for high-piled buildings in excess of twelve thousand
combustible storage, fire protection shall be in (12,000) square feet total floor area,
accordance with Article 81 of the Fire Code. regardless of vertical or horizontal occupancy
separations, such sprinkler system shall be
3. Section 3802,(e), Group E Occupancies. designed, installed and tested as per Uniform
Building Code Standard 38-1 which is hereby
a. When the occupancy has over twelve incorporated by reference as if fully set forth,
thousand (12,000) square feet of floor area or one copy being on file with the City Clerk for Ise
more than forty feet (40') in height. public inspection.
b. Basements: An automatic sprinkler (b) A fully automatic fire protection
system shall be installed in basements sprinkler may be required by the Chief of the
classified as a Group E occupancy when the Fire Department or the Fire Marshall for
basement is larger than fifteen hundred buildings less than twelve thousand (12,000)
(1,500) square feet in floor area. square feet total floor area when, in their
judgment, supported by written documentation
c. Stairs: An automatic sprinkler system be from a professional organization (such as
installed in enclosed usable space below or NFPA, ICBO, U.L., ISO, etc.) verify that
over a stairway in Group E occupancies. hazardous operations, hazardous contents,
critical exposure problems, limited accessibility
4. Section 3802,(h), Group R-1, Division 1 to the building, or other items may contribute
Occupancies. to a definite hazard.
a. Division 1: (c) When existing buildings with full
sprinkler systems are remodeled or added
(1) When the occupancy has over twelve onto, the remodeled or added on portion shall lesso
thousand (12,000) square feet of floor be fully sprinklered.
area or more than forty feet (40') in
height. (d) When an existing building is added
onto or remodeled, and the resulting total foot
(2) An automatic sprinkler system shall floor area exceeds twelve thousand (12,000)
be installed throughout buildings square feet, the entire structure shall be fully
containing Group R, Division 1 sprinklered.
Occupancies that are two stories in
height and contain five (5) or more 6. Table 38A, Standpipe Requirements. Line 2
dwelling units or guest rooms or are of of Table No. 38A, standpipe requirements,
three (3) or more stories in height shall read as follows:
regardless of the number of dwelling
units or guest rooms. For the purposes "Occupancies three stories or more, but less
of this subsection, portions of buildings than 150' in height, except Group R, Division
separated by one or more area separa- 3." (Ord. 4235, 8-28-89)
tion walls will not be considered a
separate building.
691
4-244 4-24-5
4-24-4: DEFINITION: Whenever the term
"administrative authority" is used in this
Code, it shall be construed to mean the Building
Official of the City of Renton, or his duly
authorized representative or agent.
One copy of said Code shall be duly authenticated
and recorded by the City Clerk along with the
adopting ordinance. (Ord. 3214, 4-10-78, elF.
4-19-78)
4-24-5: EXTRA FEES: Whenever an application
is to be handled under the terms of any
portion of the City's land use codes, adopted codes,
or the Uniform Building Code, and that application
is so large, complicated, or technically complex that
it cannot be handled with existing City staff, then
an additional fee can be charged which is
equivalent to the extra costs incurred by the City of
Renton to pay:
Noe A. Overtime costs,
B. The pro rata costs of additional employees
necessary to handle the application,
C. The costs expended to retain qualified
consultants to handle the project, and
D. Any general administrative costs when directly
attributable to the project.
Such extra fees shall be charged only to the extent
incurred beyond that normally incurred for pro-
cessing an application. (Ord. 4235, 8-28-89)
4-25-1 4-25-5
CHAPTER 25
UNIFORM ELECTRICAL CODE
SECTION: as defined in the aforesaid Code; nor shall the City
of Renton or any of its agents thereof be held as
4-25-1: Adoption assuming such liability by reason of inspection
4-25-2: Reference authorized herein or a certificate of occupancy
4-25-3: Responsibility; City Not Liable issued by the City or any of its agents. (Ord. 2915,
4-25-4: Additions and Amendments 3-3-75)
4-25-5: Fees
4-25-4: ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS:
4-25-1: ADOPTION: The National Electrical A. The Washington State Department of Labor
Code, 1987 Edition, issued by the and Industries Rules and Regulations for
National Fire Protection Association, of which not Installing Electrical Wires and Equipment and
less than one printed copy in book form has here- Administrative Rules are hereby adopted by
tofore been filed in the office of the City Clerk and reference and as same may be amended from
made available for examination by the public, is time to time. ,
hereby adopted as the National Electrical Code for
the City of Renton, which Code may be hereafter B. All occupancies other than residential
designated as City of Renton Electrical Code; and occupancies shall be wired only with busways
any and all amendments, additions or modifications or raceways or cable trays, or types A.L.S.,
thereto when printed and filed with the City Clerk M.I. or M.C. (metalclad interlocked armored)
of the City of Renton by authorization of the City cables; subject to National Electrical Code.
Council from time to time shall be considered and
accepted and constitute a part of such Code without C. Existing Buildings: A change of occupancy,
the necessity of further adoption of such amend- minor remodeling or additions under two
ments, modifications or additions by the legislative hundred (200) square feet may be wired in
. authority of the City of Renton or by ordinance. In like manner as existing, provided existing
addition to the National Electrical Code, a City wiring has been maintained in a safe manner
electrical permit is required before any electrical and is in accordance with the National
work commences. (Ord. 4073, 6-8-87) Electrical Code and A above. (Ord. 3217,
4-10-78, eff. 4-19-78)
4-25-2: REFERENCE: By the reference thereto
made hereinabove, said National 4-25-5: FEES: The following permit fees are
Electrical Code, together with any and all hereby established and fixed: 'l'
Ow
amendments, modifications or additions thereto
hereafter printed and filed with the City Clerk as A. Electrical Permit Fees:
hereinabove specified, are incorporated in and made
a part of this Ordinance as fully and with the same 1. Residential Single Family and Duplex, New
effect as if set out herein in full, or as if adopted Service:
by subsequent ordinances amendatory hereof. (Ord.
3217, 4-10-78, eff. 4-19-78) 100 AMP service $30.00
Over 100 AMP to 200 AMP 40.00
Over 200 AMP to 600 AMP 50.00
4-25-3: RESPONSIBILITY; CITY NOT
LIABLE: This Ordinance shall not be 2. Residential Service Changes:
construed to relieve from or lessen the respon-
sibility of any person owning, building, altering, Change 100 AMP to 200 AMP $20.00
constructing or moving any building or structure Change 200 AMP to 600 AMP 30.00
Any new circuits added to above 5.00
4-25-5 4-25-5
A) 3. Minimum fee for remodel or C. Temporary Wiring. The permit fee for a
addition of new circuits not temporary electrical installation, which is one
including a service change $20.00 that is to remain in place for a period not
exceeding thirty (30) days, shall be one-half
4. Temporary Services: (1/2) the amount fixed by the electrical permit
fee for an installation which is not herein
Size: classed as temporary, except that in no case
Up to 100 AMP $20.00 shall such fee be less than the minimum
Over 100 AMP 25.00 established by this Chapter. (Ord. 2915,
3-3-75)
5. Swimming Pools $20.00
D. Reinspections and reinspection fees shall be as
6. Signs $15.00 specified in the adopted addition of the
Uniform Building Code.
7. Mobile Homes $20.00
E. Investigation fees shall be as specified in the
8. Multi-Family, Commercial and Industrial: adopted addition of the Uniform Building
Code. (Ord. 4073, 6-8-87)
a. The minimum fee for any electrical
permit shall be $20.00 when total cost is up to
$250.00.
b. When cost is over $250.00 up to
$1,000, the fee shall be $20.00 plus 2.3% of
cost.
c. When cost is over $1,000 and up to
$5,000, the fee shall be $43.00 plus 1.5% of
cost.
d. When cost is over $5,000 and up to
$50,000 the fee shall be $118.00 plus 1% of
cost.
e. When cost is over $50,000 and up to
$250,000, the fee shall be $618.00 plus .6% of
cost.
f. When cost is over $250,000 and above,
the fee shall be $2,118.00 plus .5% of cost.
(Ord. 3760, 12-5-83)
B. Time and Material Jobs: Whenever the cost of
a job is not known at the time plans and/or
specifications are submitted for checking by
the City, a minimum of twenty dollars
($20.00) of the permit fee shall be applied.
The balance of the permit fee shall be due
when the work is completed and the total cost
of the job has been ascertained. Whenever the
duration of the electrical work is more than
one year the permit fee shall be paid on that
portion of the work which has been completed
in each year.
4-26-1 4-26-4
CHAPTER 26
UNIFORM HOUSING CODE
SECTION: 4-26-4: LIABILITY: This Ordinance shall not
be construed to relieve from or lessen
4-26-1: Uniform Housing Code Adopted the responsibility of any person owning, building,
4-26-2: Amendments altering, constructing or moving any building or
4-26-3: Clerk's Duty structure as defined in the aforesaid Code; nor
4-264 Liability shall the City of Renton or any agent thereof be
held as assuming such liability by reason of
inspection authorized herein or a certificate of
inspection issued by the City or any of its agencies.
(Ord. 3216, 4-10-78, eff. 4-19-78)
4-26-1: UNIFORM HOUSING CODE
ADOPTED: The Uniform Housing Code,
1988 Edition, as issued by the International Con-
ference of Building Officials, of which one copy
printed in book form has heretofore been filed and
is now on file in the office of the City Clerk and Nall `
made available for examination by the public, is
hereby adopted as the Uniform Housing Code by
the City of Renton, and said Code may be
hereafter designated as the City of Renton Uniform
Housing Code. (Ord. 4235, 8-28-89)
4-26-2: AMENDMENTS:
A. Any and all amendments, additions or modi-
fications to said Code, when printed and filed
with the City Clerk of the City of Renton by
authorization of the City Council from time to
time, shall be considered and accepted and
constitute a part of such Code without the
necessity of further adoption of such
amendments, modifications or additions by the
legislative authority of the City of Renton or ,fir►
by ordinance.
B. The Dangerous Building Code, Chapter 5 of
Code of General Ordinances shall be used for
procedures in Chapters 9 through 14. (Ord.
3760, 12-5-83)
4-9-3: CLERK'S DUTY: The City Clerk is
hereby authorized and directed to duly
authenticate and record a copy of the abovemen-
tioned Code, together with any amendments or
additions thereto, together with an authenticated
copy of this Ordinance.
4-27-1
4-27-2
CHAPTER 27
UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE
SECTION: 4-27-2: REFERENCE: By the reference thereto
made hereinabove, said Uniform
4-27-1: Adoption, Fee Mechanical Code, together with any and all
4-27-2: Reference amendments, modifications or additions thereto
hereafter printed and filed with the City Clerk as
hereinabove specified, are incorporated in and made
a part of this Ordinance as fully and with the same
effect as if set out herein in full, or as if adopted
4-27-1: ADOPTION, FEE: by subsequent ordinances amendatory hereof. (Ord.
3218, 4-10-78, eff. 4-19-78)
A. Adoption: The Uniform Mechanical Code, 1988
Edition, as issued by the International
Conference of Building Officials, of which one
printed copy in book form has heretofore been
filed and is now on file in the office of the
City Clerk and made available for examination
by the public, is hereby adopted as the
Uniform Mechanical Code for the City of
Renton, which Code may hereafter be desig-
nated as City of Renton Uniform Mechanical
Code; and any and all amendments, additions
or modifications thereto when printed and
filed with the City Clerk of the City of Renton
by authorization of the City Council from time
to time shall be considered and accepted and
constitute a part of such Code without the
necessity of further adoption of such amend-
ments, modifications or additions by the
legislative authority of the City of Renton or
by ordinance. (Ord. 4235, 8-28-89)
B. The Board of Appeals of section 203 shall be
the Board of Adjustment.
lokisse
C. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and
directed to duly authenticate and record a
copy of the abovementioned Code, together
with any amendments or additions thereto,
together with an authenticated copy of this
Ordinance.
D. This Ordinance shall not be construed to
relieve from or lessen the responsibility of any
person owning, building, altering, constructing
or moving any building or structure as defined
in the aforesaid Code; nor shall the City of
Renton or any agent thereof be held as
assuming such liability by reason of inspection
authorized herein or a certificate of inspection
issued by the City or any of its agencies. (Ord.
3760, 12-5-83)
4-28-1 4-28-4
CHAPTER 28
UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE
SECTION: Gas piping system
1 to 5 outlets 5.00
4-28-1: Uniform Plumbing Code Adopted Additional outlets, each 1.00
4-28-2: Section 20.7 U.P.C. Schedule of Fees (Ord. 4235, 8-28-89)
4-28-3: Amendments
4-28-4: Clerk's Duty
4-28-5: Liability 4-28-3: AMENDMENTS:
A. Any and all amendments, additions or
modifications to said Code, when printed and
filed with the City Clerk of the City of
4-28-1: UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE Renton by authorization of the City Council
ADOPTED: The Uniform Plumbing from time to time, shall be considered and
Code, 1988 Edition, as issued by the International accepted and constitute a part of such Code,
Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, as amended, without the necessity of further
of which one printed copy in book form has adoption of such amendments, modifications lie
heretofore been filed and is now on file in the or additions by the legislative authority of the
office of the City Clerk and made available for City of Renton or by ordinance.
examination by the public, is hereby adopted as the
Uniform Plumbing Code by the City of Renton, and B. Violations and Penalties: Amend first para-
said Code may be hereafter designated as the City graph of Section 20.3 to read:
of Renton Uniform Plumbing Code.
Any person, firm or corporation violating any
provision of this Code shall be deemed guilty
4-28-2: SECTION 20.7 U.P.C. SCHEDULE OF of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction
FEES: thereof, shall be punishable by a fine not to
exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) or by
Minimum fee, for each permit issued . . . $10.00 imprisonment in the City jail for not to
exceed three (3) months, or both fine and
Each plumbing fixture or trap or set imprisonment. Each separate day or any
of fixtures on one trap 5.00 portion thereof, during which any violation of
this Code occurs or continues, shall be
Rainwater systems per drain 5.00 deemed to constitute a separate offense and,
upon conviction thereof, shall be punishable „fir►
Each industrial waste pretreatment as herein provided. The issuance or granting
interceptor 5.00 of a permit or approval of plans and
specifications shall not be deemed or
Installation, alteration or repair of construed to be a permit for, or an approval
water piping 5.00 of, any violation of the provisions of this
Code. No permit presuming to give authority
Repair or alteration of drainage or to violate or cancel the provisions of this Code
vent piping 5.00 shall be valid except insofar as the work or
use which it authorized is lawful.
Lawn sprinkler system 5.00
C. The Board of Appeals of Section 20.14 shall
Vacuum breakers or backflow protective be the Board of Adjustment. (Ord. 3760,
devices on tanks, vats, etc. 12-5-83)
l to 5 5.00
Over 5, each 1.00
4-28-4: CLERK'S DUTY: The City Clerk is
Private sewage disposal system hereby authorized and directed to duly
(septic tank) $10.00
4-28-4
4-28-5
authenticate and record a copy of the
abovementioned Code, together with any
amendments or additions thereto, together with an
authenticated copy of this Ordinance.
4-28-5: LIABILITY: This Ordinance shall not be
construed to relieve from or lessen the
responsibility of any person owning, building,
altering, constructing or moving any building or
structure as defined in the aforesaid Code; nor shall
the City of Renton or any agent thereof be held as
assuming such liability by reason of inspection
authorized herein or a certificate of inspection
i sued by the City or any of its agencies. (Ord.
3 15, 4-10-78, eff. 4-19-78)
MOW
4-29-1 4-29-3
CHAPTER 29
UNIFORM SWIMMING POOL CODE 1
SECTION: The Building Department may make modification in
individual cases upon showing of good cause, with
4-29-1: Uniform Code Adopted respect to the height, nature or location of the
4-29-2: Fences fence, wall, gates or latches or the necessity
4-29-3: Amendments therefor provided the protection as sought
4-29-4: Clerk's Duty hereunder is not reduced thereby. The Building
4-29-5: Liability Department may permit other protective devices or
structures to be used as long as the degree of the
protection afforded by substitute devices or
structure is not less than the protection afforded by
the wall, fence, gate and latch described herein.
4-29-1: UNIFORM CODE ADOPTED: Said
Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot All private swimming pools shall be constructed or
Tub Code, 1988 Edition, as issued by the placed so as to have a side yard of not less than six
International Association of Plumbing and feet (6') in width on each side, a rear yard of not
Mechanical Officials, of which one printed copy in less than six feet (6') in width and a front setback
book form has heretofore been filed and is now on of not less than thirty feet (30').
file in the office of the City Clerk and made
available for examination by the public, is hereby No person shall maintain an outdoor swimming
adopted as the Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa and pool on his premises without providing adequate
Hot Tub Code, 1988 Edition, by the City of Renton supervision at all times when the swimming pool is
and said Code may be hereafter designated as the in use so that no person may be injured or drowned
City of Renton Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa and therein. (Ord. 3538, 5-4-81)
Hot Tub Code, 1988 Edition. (Ord. 4235, 8-28-89) 5.
0
4-29-3: AMENDMENTS:
4-29-2: FENCES: For the protection of the
citizens and general public, all swimming A. Any and all amendments, additions or
pools constructed shall be completely enclosed by a modifications to said Code, when printed and
substantial wall or fence of not less than six feet filed with the City Clerk of the City of Renton
(6') in height and such wall or fence and the by authorization of the City Council from time
swimming pool shall be under the same ownership to time, shall be considered and accepted and
or control. Any wall or fence shall be so constructed constitute a part of such Code without the
as not to have openings, holes or gaps larger than necessity of further adoption of such
two inches (2") in any dimension, except for doors amendments, modifications or additions by the
14.00
and gates. legislative authority of the City of Renton or
by ordinance.
All openings in such wall or fence shall be equipped
with gates having a self-latching, self-closing device B. Amend first paragraph Section 1.7, Violations
with the latch on the inside of the gate not readily of penalties to read: Any person, firm or
accessible for children to operate, and such gate corporation violating any provision of this
shall be securely locked when the swimming pool is Code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor
unattended or uncovered; provided, however, if the and upon conviction thereof shall be
premises of the residence in which said pool is punishable by a fine not to exceed five
located is enclosed, then this provision may be hundred dollars ($500.00) or by imprisonment
waived by the Building Department upon inspection in the City jail for not to exceed three (3)
and approval of the residence enclosure; provided months, or both fine and imprisonment. Each
further that swimming pools already constructed separate day or any portion thereof during
and in operation shall comply with this Section which any violation of this Code occurs or
within ninety (90) days after the adoption of this continues shall be deemed to constitute a
Chapter. separate offense, and upon conviction thereof
4-29-3
4-29-5
B) shall be punishable as herein provided. The
issuance or granting of a permit or approval of
plans and specifications shall not be deemed
or construed to be a permit for, or an
approval of, any violation of any of the
provisions of this Code. No permit presuming
to give authority to violate or cancel the
provisions of this Code shall be valid except
insofar as the work or use which it authorized
is lawful.
C. The Board of Appeals of Section 1.18 shall be
the Board of Adjustment. (Ord. 3760, 12-5-83)
4-294: CLERK'S DUTY: The City Clerk is
hereby authorized and directed to duly
authenticate and record a copy of the above-
mentioned Code, together with any amendments or
additions thereto, together with an authenticated
copy of this Chapter.
"NNW
4-29-5: LIABILITY: This Chapter shall not be
construed to relieve from or lessen the
responsibility of any person owning, building,
altering, constructing or moving any building or
structure as defined in the aforesaid Code; nor shall
the City of Renton or any agent thereof be held as
assuming such liability by reason of inspection
authorized herein or a certificate of inspection
issued by the City or any of its agencies. (Ord.
3212, 4-10-78, eff. 4-19-78)
usessossimrignalussisse
4-30-1 4-30-3
CHAPTER 30
WATER MAIN CONNECTIONS PRIOR
TO STREET PAVING
SECTION:
4-30-1: Duty of Owner
4-30-2: Duty of Designated Official; Notice
4-30-3: Failure to Comply
4-30-1: DUTY OF OWNER: Whenever any
public street or avenue is about to be
improved by the laying of a permanent pavement
thereon, it shall be the duty of each and every
owner of real property fronting or abutting thereon,
to cause his property to be connected with water
mains located in the street in front thereof, at
least one water connection for each lot fronting or
abutting upon said street. The connection shall be
galvanized iron pipe of such size as shall be
designated by the proper official, the connection to
be brought to the property line in front of each lot
affronting on such street. (Ord. 1090, 12-5-39)
4-30-2: DUTY OF DESIGNATED OFFICIAL;
NOTICE: Whenever the City is about to
improve any street with a permanent paving, it
shall be the duty of the designated official to
report to the Director of Public Works the lot and
block number of each lot or parcel of real estate
abutting on such street to be paved and the name
of the owner or agent thereof, together with the
post office address of such person, which is not loom
suitably connected to the water main as herein
provided within ten (10) days of service of notice.
Such notice to specify the kind and size of pipe to
be used.
4-30-3: FAILURE TO COMPLY: Whenever the
owner or agent of any property shall
have been served with such notice and shall fail,
refuse or neglect to comply therewith, the City may
make or cause to be made, the connection and the
Director of Public Works shall in addition to the
cost and expenses of the street improvement to be
assessed against the lot or lots of the owner so,
neglecting, add the cost of making the connection
which amount shall be the actual cost of making
such connection. (Ord. 1090, 12-5-39; amd. Ord.
2823, 1-21-74, eff. 1-30-74)
-
4-31-1
4-31-2
CHAPTER 31
ZONING CODE
SECTION: A. This Chapter shall be known as the Zoning
Act of the City of Renton. This Act shall
4-31- 1: Zoning Map Adopted consist of the text hereof as well as that
4-31- 2: Definitions certain map marked and designated as the
4-31- 3: Classification for Use Districts Map of the Zoning Act of the City, which map
4-31- 4: G-1 General Zone is now on file in the office of the Clerk. Said
4-31- 5: R-1 Residential Zone Act, and each and all of the terms, are to be
4-31- 6: R-1-5 Residential Zone read and interpreted in the light of the
4-31- 7: R-2 Residential Zone contents of said map. If any conflict between
4-31- 8k R-3 Residence District the map and the text of this Chapter is
4-31- 8B: R-4 Residence District deemed to arise, the text of the Act will
4-31- 9: Public Zone (P-1) prevail.
4-31-10: B-1 Business District
4-31-11: Light Industry District (L-1) B. The Zoning Map of the City of Renton shall
°1r'`1r ' 4-31-12: Heavy Industry District (H-1) be updated and presented to the Council on a
4-31-13: T Trailer Parks yearly basis for adoption by the Council as
4-31-14: Freeway/Arterial Street Setback the formal and legal zoning classification for
Restrictions the properties within the corporate limits of
4-31-15: Front, Side and Rear Yards the City. Properties having a zoning category
4-31-16: Office Park District (O-P) subject to a time limitation, such as a PUD
4-31-17: Airport Zoning approval or reversionary zoning, and those
4-31-18: Courts properties under contract rezone shall be
4-31-19: Administration; Interpretation and specially designated on the map to indicate
Permits their special nature and give notice to the
4-31-20: Boundaries and Districts public that further inquiry into their zoning
4-31-21: Enforcement status is necessary. If any conflict exists
4-31-22: Amendments between the adopting zoning map of the City
4-31-23: Completion and Restoration of Existing and the text of any rezone ordinance for any
Buildings particular parcel of property, then the adopted
4-31-24: Certificate of Occupancy zoning map will govern. Once any conflict is
4-31-25: Manufacturing Park (M-P) District shown to exist, then the Council shall ask the
4-31-26: Board of Adjustment administration to determine the source of the
4-31-27: Mining, Excavation and Grading conflict and to make a recommendation for
4-31-28: Open Space, Agricultural and Timber any future action by the Council. The Council
Lands; Current Use Assessment will then hold a public hearing to determine
4-31-29: Bulk Storage Facilities if it wishes to take any future action to
4-31-30: Adult Motion Picture Studios, Peep resolve the conflict or permit the zoning map
Shows, Panorams and Places of Adult designate to continue to control. Notification
Entertainment of the public hearing will be given to the
4-31-31: Flood Hazards property owners and parties of record to the
4-31-32: Outside Storage Facilities rezone. (Ord. 4302, 12-17-90)
4-31-33: Site Plan Review
4-31-34: Landscaping
4-31-35: Greenbelt Regulations 4-31-2: DEFINITIONS: The following words
4-31-36: Conditional Use Permit shall, for the purpose of this Code, be
4-31-37: Standards and Review Criteria for defined as follows. Words not defined herein shall
Keeping Animals be construed as defined in the building codes or
subdivision regulations (Chapter 12, Title 9 of the
City) if defined therein.
ACCESSORY USE or BUILDING: A subordinate
4-31-1: ZONING MAP ADOPTED: use or building customarily incident to and located
291
ssss,
4-31-2 4-31-2
upon the same lot occupied by the main use or as an explosive, provided that the finished product,
building. (Ord. 3543, 5-4-81) as mixed and packaged for use or shipment, cannot
be detonated when confined by means of a No. 8
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIAL: The individual(s) in test blasting cap.
the Development Services Division of the Public
Works Department, or his designee, so designated BUILDING LINE: The line between which the
to administer the various performance standards as street line or lot line, no building or other
set forth by ordinance. structure or portion thereof, except as provided in
this Code, may be erected above the grade level.
ADULT ENTERTAINMENT: Any exhibition or The building line is considered a vertical surface
dance of any type conducted in premises where intersecting the ground on such line. (Ord. 3543,
such exhibition or dance involves a person that is 54-81)
unclothed or in such attire, costume, or clothing as
to expose to view any portion of the breast below BULK STORAGE: The holding or stockpiling on
the top of the areola, or any portion of the pubic land of materials and/or products where such
region, anus, buttocks, vulva, or genitals. (Ord. storage constitutes forty percent (40%) of the
4261, 2-26-90) developed site area and the storage area is at least
one acre, and where at least three (3) of the follow-
ADULT MOTION PICTURE THEATER: An ing criteria are met by the storage activity: 1) in a
enclosed building used for presenting motion bulk form or in bulk containers; 2) under protective
picture films, video cassettes, cable television, or cover to the essential exclusion of other uses of the
any other such visual media, distinguished or same space due to special fixtures or exposed to
characterized by an emphasis on matter depicting, the elements; 3) in sufficient numbers, quantities
describing or relating to "specified sexual activities" or spatial allocation of the site to determine and
or "specified anatomical areas" as hereafter defined rank such uses as the principal use of the site; 4)
for observation by patrons therein. (Ord. 3526, the major fbnction is the collection and/or
4-13-81) distribution of the materials and/or products rather
than processing; and 5) the presence of fixed bulk
AIRPORT: The Renton Municipal Airport. containers or visible stockpiles for a substantial ,-
3
period of a year. '
AIRPORT HAZARD: Any structure or tree or use
of land which obstructs the air space required for A. Bulk storage facilities include, but are not
the flight of aircraft in landing or taking off at the limited to:
airport or is otherwise hazardous to such landing
or taking off of aircraft. 1. Automobile holding and transfer depots.
ALERT: The lowest stage of an air pollution 2. Brick or tile storage and manufacturing.
episode and declared by the Department of Ecology.
3. Concrete block and products storage and "
ALLEY: A vehicular right of way not over thirty manufacturing.
feet (30') wide. (Ord. 3543, 5-4-81)
4. Contractor equipment yards.
AQUIFER PROTECTION AREA (APA): The portion
of an aquifer within the zone of capture and 5. Equipment or machinery of the stationary
recharge area for a well or well-field owned or type not in use, not mounted on necessary
operated by the City or the recharge-discharge area foundations or connected as required when
of a spring used for water supply by the City as during use, not designated and used as
defined in Section 4-31-4 of this Code. (Ord. 4186, portable, and not stored in a warehouse. This
11-14-88) includes operable motor vehicles or wheeled
equipment used only periodically where
ARTERIAL: A major or secondary arterial as storage durations exceed those provided for
specified in the City's Arterial Street Plan. (Ord. parking lots as defined in Chapter 14, Title
3641, 6-28-82) IV.
BLASTING AGENT: Any material or mixture 6. Foundries.
consisting of a fuel or oxidizer, intended for
blasting, not otherwise classified as an explosive 7. Fuel yards, wholesale.
and in which none of the ingredients are classified
291
4-31-2 4-31-2
A) 8. Grain or feed silos, elevators or the open
storage of grain and feed.
9. Log, random cut and chipped wood
by-products storage.
10. Lumber mills and wholesalers.
11. Sand and gravel yards including sizing,
transfer and loading equipment when present.
12. Scrap or junk yards and wrecking yards.
13. Solid waste holding and disposal areas.
14. Tank farms including distribution and
loading systems.
B. Bulk storage facilities excluded:
1. Land banks, greenbelts, watersheds or
public water reservoirs.
2. Parking lots or structures for private
licensed automobiles.
3. Ship yards.
4. Warehouses alone or in conjunction with
manufacturing on the site and when not
stmor
(See following page for continuation of Section 4-31-2B4)
291
4-31-2 4-31-2
B4) including any of the uses in Section 4-31-2B3a. CAPACITY: The volume of a liquid which could be
retained within the dyked area without a breach of
5. Facilities for storage of petroleum or any of the dyke at any point.
its by-products,for use incidental to the primary
use of the property (e.g. heating, boiler or CEILING 'C' LIMIT VALUE: A maximum
vehicular fuel or lubricants). concentration of certain airborne materials which
apply to the conditions started in threshold limit
6. Retail service stations. value and adopted by ACGIH.
7.Retail sales lots for new or used automobiles. CERTIFIED: A facility and staff qualified and able
(Ord. 3659, 8-23-82) to provide certain tests and measurements relating
to specific tasks and traceable to established
BOARDING or LODGING HOUSE: A dwelling or standards.
part thereof, other than a motel or hotel, where
lodging with or without meals is provided for COMMISSION: Planning Commission of the City.
compensation. Sleeping rooms do not contain kitchen Whenever the term "this Chapter" is used herein, it
facilities. shall be deemed to include, where the context
permits, all amendments thereto as the same may
BUILDING HEIGHT: The vertical distance above a hereafter from time to time be adopted.
referenced datum measured to the highest point of
y,,,,, the coping of a flat roof or to the deck line of a CONDUIT: A tube for pneumatic shuttles, a pipe for
mansard roof or to the average height of the highest coaxial cables, a waveguide, a closed path for laser
gable of a pitched or hipped roof. The reference transmission, fiber optics or similar function.
datum shall be selected by either of the following
whichever yields a greater height of building: CONTAINER: A structure of any size made or used
solely to hold or enclose a specific substance.
A. The elevation of the highest adjoining sidewalk
or ground surface within a five foot (5') COURT: An open, unoccupied space other than a
horizontal distance of the exterior wall of the yard on the lot on which a building is erected or
building when such sidewalk or ground surface situated. A court, one entire side or end of which is
is not more than ten feet (10') above lowest bounded by a front yard, a rear yard or a side yard,
grade. or by the front of a lot, by a street or public alley, is
an "outer court". Every court which is not an "outer
B. An elevation ten feet (10') higher than the court" is an "inner court".
lowest grade when the sidewalk or ground
surface described in paragraph 1 above is more COURT HEIGHT:The court height shall be measured
than ten feet (10') above lowest grade. (Ord. from the floor level of the lowest story in the building
3641, 6-28-82) in which there are windows served by the said court,
to the highest point of the enclosing walls of the said
BUILDING ENVELOPE:The allowable building area court. (Ord. 3543, 5-4-81)
permissible for the construction of one single family
dwelling unit in a residential cluster. (Ord. 3922, CLUB: An incorporated or unincorporated association
7-1-85) of persons organized for social, education, literary or
charitable purposes. (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82)
BUILDABLE AREA: The portion of a lot or site,
exclusive of required yard areas,setbacks,landscaping CLUSTER(Residential): The placement of more than
or open space, within which a structure may be built. one building envelope on a single lot or parcel of land
for the purpose of constructing single family
BUILDING FOOTPRINT: The area of a lot or site residential dwelling units in either attached or
included within the surrounding exterior walls of a detached construction arrangement, and where the
building, or portion thereof, exclusive of courtyards. property ownership outside the building envelopes is
In the absence of surrounding exterior walls, the commonly held by all single family dwellings on that
building footprint shall be the area under the lot or parcel of land (Ord. 3922, 7-1-85)
horizontal projection of the roof. (Ord. 3935, 9-16-85)
DAILY TRAFFIC: An average of at least one motor
vehicle crossing in one direction per working day for
any continuous thirty (30) day period.
441-2 4-31-2
DAY CARE: Any person or facility which regularly by the Federal Department of Transportation;
provides temporary care for a group of persons for provided that for the purposes of this definition,small
periods less than twenty four (24) hours, provided arms ammunition and small arms ammunition
such establishment is licensed by the State and primers shall not be defined as explosives.(Ord. 3543,
conducted in accordance with State requirements. 5-4-81)
DISTRICT LINE:A boundary designating the various FAMILY: A number of related individuals or not
use districts or zones.Where the boundary is between more than four (4) unrelated individuals living
use districts of a similar character such that the together as a single housekeeping unit and doing
proposed facility could be located in either use district their cooking on the premises.
then the next outer district boundary from the facility
is to be considered the "district line" for the purpose FENCE: A barrier erected to enclose or screen areas
of these standards. (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82) of land.A fence may be constructed of wood,masonry
or any other material including vegetation.
DESIGNATED ZONE FACILITY: Any hazardous
waste treatment and storage facility that requires an FRONT PROPERTY LINE: The front property line
interim or final status permit under rules adopted shall be the front line as shown upon the official
under RCW 70.105 and that is not a "preempted plats of the property.
facility" as defined in RCW 70.105.010. In the case
of a site subject to more than one zoning district FRONT YARD: An open, unoccupied space on the
designation, the requirements of this Code applicable same lot with a building between the front line of
to a designated zone facility shall be determined by the building (exclusive of steps) and the front
reference to the specific zoning district within which property line. (Ord. 3899, 3-18-85)
such designated zone facility is to be located. (Ord.
4186, 11-14-88) GARAGE SALE:All general sales, open to the public,
conducted from or on a residential premises in any
DWELLING: A building or portion thereof designed residential zone, as defined by the zoning ordinance,
exclusively for residential occupancy, including for the purpose of disposing of personal property
single-family, two-family and multiple-family including, but not limited to, all sales entitled
dwellings, but not including hotels, boarding and "garage", "lawn", "yard", "attic", "porch", "room",
lodging houses. (Ord. 3543, 5-4-81) "backyard", "patio", "flea market", or"rummage" sale.
This definition shall not include a situation where no
DWELLING UNIT: A single unit providing complete more than five(5) specific items are held out for sale
independent living facilities for one or more persons and all advertisement of such sale specifically names
including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, those items to be sold.
eating,sanitation and containing kitchen facilities for
use solely by one family. (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82) GREENBELT: An area designated on the Land Use
Element of the comprehensive plan intended for open
ESTABLISHED GRADE: The curb line grade at the space, recreation, very low density residential uses,
front lot line as established by the CounciL agriculture, geographic relief between uses, or other
compatible low intensity use. (Ord. 3931, 8-12-85) 4100
EXPLOSIVE: Any chemical compound or mechanical
mixture that is commonly used or intended for the HAZARDOUS: See "recognized higher risk". (Ord.
purpose of producing an explosion, that contains any 3927, 7-15-85)
oxidizing and combustible units or other ingredients
in such proportions, quantities or packing that an HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE: Any liquid, solid,gas or
ignition by fire, by friction, by concussion, by sludge, including any material, substance, product,
percussion or by detonation of any part of the commodity or waste, regardless of quantity, that
compound or mixture may cause such a sudden exhibits any of the characteristics or criteria of
generation of highly heated gases that the resultant hazardous waste as described in rules adopted under
gaseous pressures are capable of producing RCW 70.105.
destructing effects on contiguous objects or of
destroying life or limb. In addition, the term HAZARDOUS WASTE: All dangerous and extremely
"explosives" shall include all material which is hazardous waste except for moderate-risk waste as
classified as Class A, Class B and Class C explosives defined in RCW 70.105.010.
4-31-2
4-31-2
HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE: The holding of the Western Fire Chiefs Association.
dangerous and extremely hazardous wastes as defined
in RCW 70.105.010 (except for moderate-risk waste) HOME OCCUPATION: Any use conducted entirely
for a temporary period as regulated by the State. within a dwelling and carried on by persons residing
in that dwelling unit, of which the use is clearly
HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT: The physical, incidental and secondary to the use of the dwelling
chemical or biological processing of dangerous and for dwelling purposes. (Ord. 3910, 5-13-85)
extremely hazardous wastes as defined in RCW
70.104.010 to make such wastes nondangerous or less HOUSEHOLD PETS: Household pets shall include
dangerous, safer for transport, amenable for energy animals such as dogs, cats, ferrets, and other
or material resource recovery, amenable for storage similar-sized animals totalling three (3) or less and
or reduced in volume. one unweaned litter produced by any of the sets
which are kept primarily for companionship, affection
HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT AND STORAGE and protection. (Ord. 3927, 7-15-85)
FACILITY, OFF-SITE: A designated zone facility
which treats or stores wastes generated on properties IMPULSIVE SOUND: A sound of less than one
other than those on which the off-site facility is second duration, with an abrupt onset and rapid
located. decay and with a peak intensity of at least ten (10)
decibels, on the A-weighing network, greater than
HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT AND STORAGE the background sound level. The background sound
FACILITY,ON-SITE:A designated zone facility which level is the average of the range observed for a five
treats or stores wastes generated on the same site. (5) minute period no more than one hour prior to
For purposes of this definition, the term "same site" the measurement of the impulsive sound.
shall include properties that are bordering or in close
geographic proximity, are under common ownership INDUSTRIAL ACCESS: A type or class of street
or control, and are functionally integrated by means specified in the Renton Subdivision Ordinance,
of use, access or development. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88) Section 9-12-8A7, Table 1 (Minimum Standards for
Development). (Ord. 3543, 5-4-82)
HEARING EXAMINER: A person appointed to con-
duct public hearings on applications outlined in the KENNEL: A structure or facility where nine (9) or
City ordinance creating the position of Hearing more adult dogs or cats or any combination thereof
Examiner. See Chapter 4-8 for duties and respon- are kept, whether by the owners or others and
sibilities. whether or not for compensation. This does not
include small animal hospitals, clinics, or pet shops
HEDGE: A row of closely planted shrubs or which are covered in other portions of the Zoning
low-growing trees forming a fence or boundary. Code. An adult dog or cat is one which has reached
the age of four (4) months.
HEIGHT OF BUILDING: The height of a building
is a vertical distance at the center of a building's KENNEL, HOBBY: A structure at or adjoining a
isse principal front measured from the level of the first private residence where four (4) to eight (8) adult
floor above grade to the highest point of the roof dogs or cats are kept. An adult dog or cat is one
beams in the case of flat roofs, to the deck line of which has reached the age of four (4) months.
mansard roofs, or to the center height between eaves
and ridges for gable, hip or gambrel roofs. For LANDING AREA: The area of the Airport used for
buildings set back from the street line, the height the landing, taking off or taxiing of aircraft.
may be measured from the average elevation of the
finished grade, along the front of the building. First LANDSCAPING: The addition, modification, and/or
floor above grade means the floor which is not more retention of trees, shrubs, ground cover, rockeries,
than four feet six inches (4'G") above grade. land-forms, and similar items designed to achieve
desired effects, which shall include, but is not limited
HIGHLY FLAMMABLE LIQUID: Any liquid of Class to, enhancing aesthetics or amenities, screening,
I or II as specified under flammable liquid in the providing wildlife habitat, and controlling surface
latest edition of the Uniform Fire Code published by water.
the International Conference of Building Officials and
490
4-31-2 4-31-2
LARGE FARM ANIMALS: Large farm animals in- NEIGHBORING FACILITIES: Those facilities which
elude horses, cattle, sheep, goats, ponies, hogs, and share same common regional element of the natural
other similar-sized animals. environment and include more than adjacent or
nearby facilities. (Ord. 3543, 5-4-81)
LICENSED: An engineer holding a valid Washington
State professional engineering license or a pro- NET ACRE: An acre equal to forty three thousand
fessional person holding an appropriate and valid five hundred sixty (43,660) square feet, excluding
Washington State license. public streets or alleys or other public rights of way,
abutting on, running through or within that area.
LOT: Legally subdivided lands having fixed bound- (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82)
arias, being of sufficient area and dimension to meet
minimum zoning requirements for width and area, ODOR THRESHOLD: The concentration of an
and having a legal access to a public right of way. odorant in clean ambient air which is said to
produce an olfactory response in most people.
LOT AREA: The total surface area of the horizontal
plane within the lot lines of a lot OUTSIDE STORAGE: Exterior storage which would
be classified as bulk storage, but is less than the
LOT, CORNER.: A lot abutting upon two (2) or more minimum area requirement. (Ord. 3553, 8-23-82)
streets at their intersection or upon two (2) parts of
the same street forming an interior angle of less PANORAMS AND PEEP SHOWS: A device operated
than one hundred thirty five degrees (135°) within manually, mechanically, magnetically, electrically or
the lot lines. electronically which exhibits, displays, projects, or
illuminates photographed, videotaped, or magnetically vitif
LOT COVERAGE: That portion of a lot occupied by reproduced images, or exposes live entertainment to
the principal structure and its accessory buildings. the viewer while the viewer is in a booth or stall,
distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on
LOT DEPTH: The mean horizontal distance between matter depicting, describing, or relating to "specified
the front and rear lot lines. sexual activities" or "specified anatomical areas" as
hereinafter defined, for observation by patrons
LOT-DISTRICT LINES: The lot line of property thereof. (Ord. 4261, 2-26-90)
when it is congruent with the district line or when
the lot line and district line are so situated that the PERSONAL PROPERTY: Property which is owned,
lot line acts as the limit of development for the utilized and maintained by an individual or members
zoned use, such as a street right of way between the of his or her residence and does not include
lot line and district line. Where the district line is merchandise which was purchased for resale or
congruent with the City limits the zoning and use obtained on consignment
beyond the City limits shall be given the same
consideration as the City's zones. PUBLIC GARAGE: Any premises used for the
storage or housing of more than three (3) towable or
LOT, INTERIOR: A lot fronting on one street. motor-driven vehicles, or where such vehicles are
repaired or kept for hire or sale. (Ord. 3931, 8-12-85)
LOT WIDTH: The mean horizontal distance between **4110
side lot lines measured at right angles to the lot QUALIFIED: A person who, by possession of a
depth. (Ord. 3927, 7-15-85) recognized degree, certificate or professional standing
or who by extensive knowledge, training and
MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENCES: A building experience has successfully demonstrated his ability
arranged to be occupied by more than one family to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject
living independently of each other and having matter, the work or the project (Ord. 3543, 5-4-81)
separate baths and kitchens. (Ord. 3543, 5-4-81)
QUASI-PUBLIC: A use owned or operated by a non-
MULTIPLE FAMILY DWELLING: Three (3) or more profit, religious or eleemosynary institution, and
dwelling units. (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82) providing educational, recreational, religious or
similar type of public program. (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82)
NATURAL WATER SYSTEM: Any and all parts of
the hydrologic cycle independent of size and REAR YARDS: An open unoccupied space on the
residence time. The meaning includes "waters of the same lot with a building between the rear line of the
state" as defined in RCW 90.48.020. building (exclusive of steps, porches and accessory
building) and the rear line of the lot
NEAR ZERO DISCHARGE: The closest currently
possible approach to the ideal "zero discharge".
490
4-31-2 4-31-2
RECOGNIZED HIGHER RISK The handling, pro- SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING: A building arranged
ceasing or storage of flammable, explosive, blasting or or designed to be occupied by not more than one
toxic agents and their related processes and/or family.
activities which are generally considered as high
hazard occupancy by agencies and/or publications, SMALL FARM ANIMALS: Small farm animals
which include but are not limited to, the Washington include animals such as rabbits, mink, ducks, geese,
Surveying and Rating Bureau, the American swans, chickens, and other similar-sized mammals
Insurance Association as per its Fire Prevention Code and fowl.
and National Building Code as the same may be
amended from time to time as posing a higher risk SPECIFIED ANATOMICAL AREAS (Adult Motion
on its neighbors and/or adjacent or nearby properties Picture Theaters):
natural or man-made waterways or which may tend
to endanger environmental qualities before special A. Less than completely and opaquely covered
actions are taken to mitigate adverse characteristics. human genitals, pubic region, buttock and
female breast below a point immediately above
ROOF: Any cover made of a material or type of the top of the areola; and
construction so as to be impervious to water and
erected so as to delineate a fixed volume over a B. Human male genitals in a discernible turgid
permanently defined location for shielding the space state, even if completely and opaquely covered.
underneath from the natural elements. (Ord. 3543,
5-4-81) SPECIFIED SEXUAL ACTIVITIES (Adult Motion
"1141W Picture Theaters):
RETIREMENT HOME: Dwellings designed to meet
the needs of and occupied exclusively by senior A. Human genitals in a state of sexual stimu-
citizens, if each unit contains a cooking facility, then lation or arousal;
it shall be considered a multiple family dwelling. If
the retirement facility includes a common kitchen B. Acts of human masturbation, sexual inter-
and dining room and not individualized cooking course or sodomy;
facilities, then the retirement home shall be
considered a boarding and lodging house. (Ord. 3641, C. Fondling or other erotic touching of human
6-28-82) genitals, pubic region, buttock or female breast.
(Ord. 3935, 9-16-85)
RECYCLING, COLLECTION STATION: A container
or containers for the collection of secondhand goods STATE SITING CRITERIA Those criteria which are
and recyclable materials. applicable to hazardous waste treatment and storage
facilities as may be promulgated and amended, from
RECYCLING, COLLECTION CENTER: A collection time to time, by the Washington State Department
point for small recyclable items, such as cans, of Ecology pursuant to RCW 70.105.210. (Ord. 4186,
bottles, newspapers, and secondhand goods. Activities 11-14-88)
shall be limited to sorting, compaction and
transferring. STORY: That portion of a building included between
the surface of any floor and the surface of the floor
RECYCLING, PROCESSING CENTER: A facility next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then
where collected recyclable items are brought for the space between such floor and the ceiling next
processing including changing the form of materials. above it.
(Ord. 3905, 4-22-85)
STREET: A dedicated area for public use for vehi-
SETBACK The minimum required distance between cular and/or pedestrian use with a paved or other-
the building footprint and the property line. wise improved surface.
SETBACK AREA: The portion of a lot or site be- STRUCTURE: Any object constructed or installed by
tween the building footprint and the lot line within man, including but without limitation, buildings,
which no building or other structure or portion towers, smokestacks and overhead transmission lines.
thereof may be erected above grade level, except as (Ord. 3935, 9-16-85)
provided in this Code.
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE (TLV): The concentra-
SIDE YARD: An open unoccupied space of the same tion of certain airborne materials representing
lot with a building between the side wall line of the conditions under which it is believed and adopted by
building and the side of the same lot. the American Conference of Governmental Industrial
490
4-31-2 4-31-3
Hygienists (ACGIH) that nearly all workers may be USED: The word "used" in the definition of "Adult
repeatedly exposed day after day without adverse Motion Picture Theater" herein, describes a con-
effects. tinuing course of conduct of exhibiting "specific
sexual activities" and "specified anatomical areas" in
TREE: Any object of natural growth a manner which appeals to a prurient interest. (Ord.
3637, 6-14-82)
TOXIC SUBSTANCE: Those materials listed and
documented by the American Conference of VISIBLE LEAKAGE: The leakage of a liquid in
Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). (Ord. sufficient quantity to form beads, rivulets or trickles,
3543, 5-4-81) but more than just a moistening of the surface.
TRUCK TERMINAL An area and/or building where WAREHOUSE: A building entirely enclosed by a roof
cargo is stored and where common carriers load and and solid walls, except for windows and doors, and
unload cargo on a regular basis. To come within the used to enclose and protect materials and goods. The
definition of a truck terminal, the use must include walls of such a building are not used to hold or
all of the following criteria: restrain goods in a bulk form.
A. Receipt, pick-up or delivery of orders placed by WASTE: Any material, other than products not
customers. having an immediate market and/or values, and/or
no further use or resource to the industry creating
B. A dispatcher must direct the activities of the such material.
truck drivers.
WILDLIFE HABITAT: An area officially recognized '
C. Use by a common carrier to receive shipments and/or dedicated by the City, the State or Federal
for transloading, transshipping, and/or government for the propagation and benefit of
consolidation or from which transportation wildlife. (OH. 3543, 5-4-81)
ensues after transloading, transshipment, or
deconsolidation. ZONING DISTRICT: An area accurately defined as
to boundaries and location on an official zoning map.
D. Storage of rolling stock of the common carrier (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82)
when not in use. (Ord. 3572, 8-24-81)
TOWNHOUSE: A one-family dwelling in a row of at 4-31-3: CLASSIFICATION FOR USE DIS-
least three (3) such units in which each unit has its TRICTS: The City is hereby divided into
own front and rear access to the outside; no unit is the following types of use districts:
located over another unit; and each unit is separated
from any other unit by one or more common fire SR-1 Suburban Residence No. 1; SR-1 is symbol on
resistant walls. maps.
TRAILER, TRAVEL: A dependent or independent SR-2 Suburban Residence No. 2; SR-2 is symbol on
trailer designed to be towed by a passenger car or a maps.
light truck.
R-1 Residence Single Family District; R-1 is symbol
TWO-FAMILY DWELLING: Two (2) dwelling units on maps.
contained in two (2) separate structures on a single
lot or two (2) dwelling units contained in one S-1 Suburban Residence District; S-1 is symbol on
structure on a single lot. maps.
USE, ACCESSORY: A subordinate use or building R-2 Residence District; R-2 is symbol on maps.
customarily incident to and located upon the same
lot occupied by the main use or building. R-3 Residence District; R-3 is symbol on maps.
USE, CONDITIONAL: An unusual and/or unique R-4 Residence District; R-4 is symbol on maps.
type of land use which, due to its nature, requires
special consideration of its impacts on the P-1 Public (Medical, Health, Fire and Education)
neighborhood and land uses in the vicinity. District; P-1 is symbol on maps.
USE, PRINCIPAL The primary or predominant use B-1 Business District; B-1 is symbol on maps.
to which the property is or may be devoted and to
which all other uses on the premises are accessory.
(Ord. 3641, 6-28-82)
490
4-31-3
431-4
L-1 Light Industrial District; L-1 is symbol on (2) Large farm animals: A maximum of
maps. four (4) goats, sheep, and similar-sized
animals may be permitted outright on one
H-1 Heavy Industrial District; H-1 is symbol on acre.A maximum of two(2)horses may be
maps. permitted outright on one acre. A
maximum of one cow may be permitted
T Trailer Parks; T is symbol on maps. outright on one acre. (Note: Only one of
these options together with the allotment
B-P Business Parking (off-street parking); B-P is of small farm animals may be permitted
symbol on maps. (Ord. 1542, 4-17-56) outright on one acre.)
G General Classification District; "G" is symbol on (3) Hobby kennel: A maximum of eight(8)
maps. (Ord. 1869, 2-7-61) adult dogs or cats may be permitted after
satisfaction of the requirements in Section
M-P Manufacturing Park District; M-P is symbol on 4-31-37Cia. (Ord. 3927, 7-15-85)
maps. (Ord. 2188,10-25-65)
2. Accessory Uses:
4-31-4: Gl GENERAL ZONE: a. The following accessory buildings are
permitted in G-1 General Zones as supports for
Noe A. Purpose: neral Zone (G-1) is established the residential activity:
to provide and protect suitable environments for
low density single family residential dwellings. (1) A maximum of two (2) detached
It is further intended to prohibit the buildings and/or structures, up to a
development of incompatible uses that are maximum of seven hundred twenty (720)
detrimental to the residential environment.This square feet for each building, such as are
zoning classification may be permitted in an ordinarily associated with single-family
area designated as single family residential in dwelling; or
the comprehensive plan.
(2) One detached building or structure up
B. Uses: In the General Zone (G-1) the following to a maximum of one thousand (1,000)
uses are permitted and prohibited: (Ord. 3599, square feet for each building, such as is
1-11-82) ordinarily associated with single-family
dwellings; or
1. Principal Uses:
(3) The total floor area of all accessory
a. One single family dwelling. buildings shall not be greater than the
floor area of the primary residential use.
b. Farming, truck gardening or other uses
normally associated with these uses. (4) The lot coverage of the residential
structure along with all accessory build-
c. Agriculture,gardening and fruit raising. ings shall not exceed the maximum lot
coverage of this zoning district.(Ord. 3941,
d. Neighborhood paarks. 9-16-85)
e. Animals:The following types of animals b. One barn or stable up to a maximum
shall be permitted in this zone provided: 1) the of two thousand (2,000) square feet provided,
animal owner either lives on the property where the lot is a minimum of one acre, and the lot
an animal is kept or has arranged with a te- width is a minimum of one hundred forty feet
nant to care for the animal(s); and 2) that the (140').
keeping of animals must meet the conditions of
Section 4-31-37B. c. Home occupations when approved by
the Board of Public Works.
(1) Small farm animals: A maximum of
twenty (20) small farm animals may be d. Day care for a maximum of' six (6)
permitted outright on one acre. persons. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
ami.
4-314 4-31-4
B2) e. Recycling collection stations, provided five (5) acres. A minimum of one acre per
the following conditions have been complied animal for the first five (5)horses or ponies and
with: one-half(1/2) for each additional animal.
(1) The collection station is accessory to j. Horses or cows on less than one acre
a public or quasi-public use. provided there is a minimum of fifteen thousand
(15,000) square feet of property.
(2) The collection station is portable and
temporary (not to exceed ninety [90] k. More than twenty (20) small farm
calendar days out of each year). animals on one acre.
(3) The collection station is not located on 1. More than four (4) goats, sheep and
any public right of way unless a similar-sized animals on one acre. (Ord. 3927,
right-of-way use permit is granted by the 7-15-85)
Board of Public Works.
4. Prohibited Uses: In the General Zone (G-1)
(4)The property owners or managers shall the following uses are prohibited:
keep the area surrounding the recycling
collection station maintained and clean of a. Travel trailers, recreational vehicles or
debris. (Ord. 3905, 4-22-85) mobile homes used for habitation.
3. Conditional Uses: In the General Zone (G-1) C. Development Standards: In the General Zone '
the following uses and their accessory uses may (G-1) the following development standards shall
be allowed by conditional use permits as apply:
provided in Section 4-31-36 of this Code:
1. Dwelling Unit Density and Lot Area: The
a. Dairying and stock raising. dwelling unit density in the G-1 Zone shall not
exceed one dwelling unit per acre (including
b. Schools, both private and public. area dedicated for public purposes).The lot area
shall not be less than thirty five thousand
c. Group homes. (35,000) square feet.
d. Public and quasi-public buildings 2. Lot Width:
essential to the physical and economic welfare
of an area, such as fire stations, electrical a. A minimum of seventy five feet (75')
substations,telephone exchanges and community for an interior lot and eighty five feet (85') for
and regional parks. Buildings shall conform to corner lots.
and harmonize with the surrounding buildings
as to the type of architecture, setback and b. A minimum of one hundred forty feet
landscaping. (140') for lots used for farming, truck gardening 4.0
or the raising of animals.
e. Day care for seven (7) or more persons.
3. Lot Depth: A minimum of eighty five feet
f. Churches. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82) (85').
g. Recycling collection station in 4. Setbacks:
conjunction with an approved public or
quasi-public use when the collection station is a.Front Yard:A minimum depth of twenty
utilized for more than ninety (90) days per feet (20').
calendar year. (Ord. 3905, 4-22-85)
b. Rear Yard: A minimum of twenty five
h. Kennels as provided in Section feet (25').
4-31-37C2.
c. Side Yards: (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
i. Commercial horse and pony boarding,
riding stables, and schools on a minimum of
4-31-4 4-31-5
C4c) (1) Interior Lots: A minimum of five feet area than herein required.Such structures shall
(5'). (Ord. 3904, 422-85) comply with the setback requirements of this
Chapter. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
(2) Corner Lots: The side yard along a
street shall not be less than twenty feet D. Those areas heretofore or hereafter annexed to
(20')in width,except on previously platted the City for which no zoning classification has
lots which are fifty feet (50') or less in been fixed or determined by ordinances shall be
width in which case the side yard shall be zoned General Zone (G-1). (Ord. 3645, 7-19-82)
not less than ten feet(10'). If a corner lot
is less than the minimum width required
by this Section,then for each foot in width 4-31-5: R-1 RESIDENTIAL ZONE:
in excess of fifty feet (50'), the required
yard shall be increased from a minimum - A. Purpose: The Residential Zone (R-1) is
of ten feet (10') by one foot (1') up to a established for low density single family
maximum of twenty feet (20'). residential dwellings. It is further intended to
prohibit the development of incompatible uses
5. Special Setbacks: that are detrimental to the residential environ-
ment. This zoning classification may be
a.Detached accessory buildings shall have permitted in an area designated as single family
a minimum of three feet(3') side and rear yard residential in the comprehensive plan.
Noe setback, a minimum of six feet(6') setback from
residences and shall not be allowed within B. Uses: In the Residential Zone(R-1)the following
required front or side yards along streets. uses are permitted and prohibited:
b. Barns and stables must be located a 1. Principal Uses:
minimum of fifty feet (50') from any property
line. a. One single family dwelling.
6. Height: b. Gardening or fruit raising,
noncommercial.
a. The height of a dwelling or structure
shall not exceed thirty five feet (35'). c.Neighborhood parks.(Ord.3599, 1-11-82)
b. Accessory buildings and/or structures d. Animals:The following types of animals
shall not exceed fifteen feet (15') in height. shall be permitted in this zone provided: 1) the
animal owner either lives on the property where
c. Barns shall not exceed thirty five feet an animal is kept or has arranged with a
(35') in height. tenant to care for the animal(s); and 2) that the
keeping of animals must meet the conditions of
7. Lot Coverage: The maximum area covered Section 4-31-37B:
by buildings shall not exceed fifteen percent
(15%) of the total area, except that in the case (1) Small farm animals [See Section
of a preexisting platted lot the maximum lot 4-31-4Ble(1)].
coverage shall not exceed thirty five percent
(35%) of the total area. (2) Large farm animals [See Section
4-31-4B1e(2)].
8. Parking. See Chapter 14, Title IV of the City
Code. (3) Hobby kennel [See Section
4-31-4Ble(3)]. (Ord. 3927, 7-15-85)
9. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City
Code. 2. Accessory Uses:
10.Pre-Existing Plats:Nothing herein contained a. The following accessory buildings are
shall be deemed to prohibit the construction of permitted in R-1 Residential Zones as supports
' a single family dwelling and its accessory for the residential activity:
I
buildings on a pre-existing platted lot with less
431-5 4-31-5
B2a) (1) A maximum of two(2) detached build- b. Schools, both public and private.
ings and/or structures, up to a maximum
of seven hundred twenty(720) square feet c. Public and quasi-public uses essential
for each building, such as are ordinarily to the physical and economic welfare of an area,
associated with single family dwellings;or such as fire stations, electrical substations,
telephone exchanges and community and
(2) One detached building or structure up regional parks. Buildings shall conform to and
to a maximum of one thousand (1,000) harmonize with the surrounding buildings as to
square feet for each building, such as is type of architecture, setback and landscaping.
ordinarily associated with single-family (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
dwellings; or
d. Recycling collection station in
(3) The total floor area of all accessory conjunction with an approved public or
buildings shall not be greater than the quasi-public use when the collection station is
floor area of the primary residential use. utilized for more than ninety (90) days per
calendar year. (Ord. 3905, 4-22-85)
(4) The lot coverage of the residential
structure along with all accessory buildings e. Horses or cows on less than one acre
shall not exceed the maximum lot coverage provided there is a minimum of fifteen thousand
of this zoning district.(Ord.3941, 9-16-85) (15,000) square feet of property.
b. Home occupations when approved by f. More than twenty (20) small farm ville
the Board of Public Works. animals on one acre.
c. Day care for a maximum of six (6) g. More than four (4) goats, sheep, and
persons. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82) similar-sized animals on one acre. (Ord. 3927,
7-15-85)
d. Recycling collection stations, provided
the following conditions have been complied 4.Prohibited Uses:In the Residential Zone(R-1)
with: the following uses are prohibited: �i:
i
(1) The 'collection station is accessory to a. Travel trailers, recreational vehicles or
a public or quasi-public use. p mobile homes used for habitation.
(2) The collection station is portable and C. Developmental Standards: In the Residential
temporary(not to exceed 90 calendar days Zone (R-1) the following developmental
out of each year). standards shall apply:
(3)The collection station is not located on 1. Dwelling Unit Density and Lot Area: The
any public right of way unless a dwelling unit density i th R-1 Zone shall not e
right-of-way use permit is granted by the exceed 6.0 dwelling •nits per acre (including
Board of Public Works. area dedicated for p is purposes).The lot area
shall not be less th�l7,2.# square feet for any
(4)The property owners or managers shall single family dwelll.: _ e . 3904, 4-22-85)
keep the area surrounding the recycling
collection station maintained and clean of 2. Lot Width: A minimum of sixty feet(60') for
debris. (Ord. 3905, 4-22-85) an interior lot and seventy feet(70')for a corner
lot. (Ord. 3940, 9-16-85)
3. Conditional Uses: In the Residential Zone
(R-1)the following uses and their accessory uses 3. Lot Depth: A minimum of eighty five feet
may be allowed by conditional use permit as (85').
provided in Section 4-31-36 of the City Code:
4. Setbacks:
a. Churches.
4-31-5 4-31-6
C4) a.Front Yard:A minimum depth of twenty A. Purpose: The Residential Zone (R-1-6) is estab-
feet (20'). lished for medium density,single-family residen-
tial dwellings. It is designed to protect
b. Rear Yard:A minimum depth of twenty established single-family areas and to encourage
five feet (25'). better use of common and private open space,
more privacy,more energy and resource efficient
c. Side Yards: (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82) homes,and protection of sensitive natural areas.
The R-1-5 Zone is intended for areas which are
(1) Interior Lots: A minimum of five feet designated single family on the comprehensive
(5'). (Ord. 3904, 4-22-85) plan and are directly adjacent to higher density
zoning or for areas which are designated Low
(2) Corner Lots: The side yard along a Density Multiple Family on the Comprehensive
street shall not be less than twenty feet Plan.
(20')in width,except on previously existing
platted lots which are fifty feet(50')or less B. Uses: In the Residential Zone (R-1-5), the
in width in which case the side yard shall following uses are permitted and prohibited:
be no less than ten feet (10'). If a corner
lot is less than the minimum width re- 1. Principal Uses:
quired by this Section, then for each foot
in width in excess of fifty feet (50'), the a. Detached or attached single-family
rr required yard shall be increased from a dwellings.
minimum of ten feet (10') by one foot (1')
up to a maximum of twenty feet (20'). b. Gardening or fruit raising, noncom-
mercial.
5. Special Setbacks:
c.Neighborhood parks.(Ord.3922, 7-1-85)
a.Detached accessory buildings shall have
a minimum of three feet(3') side and rear yard 2. Accessory Uses:
setback, a minimum of six feet(6') setback from
residences, and shall not be allowed within re- a. The following accessory buildings are
quired front or side yards along streets. permitted in R-1-5 Residential Zones as supports
for the residential activity:
6. Height:
(1) A maximum of two (2) detached build-
a. The height of a dwelling or structure ings and/or structures, up to a maximum
shall not exceed thirty five feet (35'). of seven hundred twenty(720) square feet
for each building, such as are ordinarily
b. Accessory buildings and/or structures associated with single-family dwellings; or
shall not exceed fifteen feet (15') in height.
(2) One detached building or structure up
7. Lot Coverage: The maximum area to a maximum of one thousand (1,000)
covered by buildings shall not exceed thirty five square feet for each building, such as is
percent (35%) of the total lot area. ordinarily associated with single-family
dwellings; or
8. Parking. See Chapter 14, Title N of
the City Code. (3) The total floor area of all accessory
buildings shall not be greater than the
9. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title N of the floor area of the primary residential use.
City Code.
(4) The lot coverage of the residential
10. Pre-Existing Plats: Nothing herein structure along with all accessory build-
shall be deemed to prohibit the construction of ings shall not exceed the maximum lot
a single family dwelling and its accessory build- coverage of this zoning district.(Ord.3941,
ings on a pre-existing platted lot with less area 9-16-85)
than herein required. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
b. Home occupations when approved by
the Board of Public Works.
4-31-6: R-1-6 RESIDENTIAL ZONE:
4-31-6 4-31-6
B2) c. Day care for a maximum of six (6) per- 2. Platted Lot Dimensions and Setbacks:
sons.
a. Lot Width: A minimum of fifty feet(50')
3. Conditional Uses: In the Residential Zone for an interior lot and sixty feet(60') for corner
(R-1-5), the following uses and their accessory lots.
uses may be allowed by conditional use permit
as provided in Section 4-31-36 of the City Code. b. Lot Depth. A minimum of eighty five
feet (85').
a. Churches.
c. Setbacks:
b. Schools, both public and private.
(1) Front Yard: A minimum depth of
c. Public end quasi-public uses essential twenty feet(20').
to the physical and economic welfare of an area,
such as fire stations, electrical substations, (2)Rear Yard:A minimum depth of twenty
telephone exchanges,and community and region- five feet (25'). See exception below.
al parks. Buildings shall conform to and har-
monize with the surrounding buildings as to (3) Side Yards:
type of architecture, setback and landscaping.
(A)Interior Lots:A total of both side
4. Prohibited Uses: In the Residential Zone yards equal to a minimum of ten feet(10').
(R-1-5), the following uses are prohibited: If a detached structure is proposed to be
located within five feet (5') of a side
a. Travel trailers, recreational vehicles, or property line, the adjacent property shall
mobile homes used for habitation. be required to have a ten foot (10') side
yard setback free of structures and, in
C. Developmental Standards: In the Residential addition,a permanent legally recorded plat
Zone (R-1-5), the following developmental stan- covenant or easement must be provided for
dards shall apply: necessary access to the adjacent lot to
allow painting,reroofing and other normal f
1. Dwelling Unit Density and Lot Area: The repair and maintenance, and for the
dwelling unit density in the R-1-5 Zone shall encroachment of eaves upon the adjacent
not exceed 8.0 dwelling units per acre (includ- property. When structures are proposed to
ing area dedicated for public purposes). share a common wall on a lot boundary
line, a legally recorded plat covenant or
a.Platted Single Family Lots:The lot area easement must be provided for necessary
shall not be less than five thousand (5,000) access to each adjacent lot to allow
square feet for any single-family dwelling. painting,reroofing and other normal repair
and maintenance of each structure's
b. Clustered Dwelling Units: The total exterior.
number of dwelling units permitted in a cluster
shall be the net area divided by five thousand (B)Corner Lots: The side yard along
(5,000) after allowing for the newly platted a street shall not be less than twenty feet
streets. (20')in width,except on previously existing
platted lots which are forty feet (40') or
c. Minimum Site Area: The contiguous less in width in which case the side yard
area that may be zoned R-1-5 shall not be less shall be not less than ten feet (10'). If a
than three (3) lots or fifteen thousand (15,000) corner lot is less than the minimum width
square feet. required by this Section, then for each foot
in width in excess of forty feet (40'), the
d. Maximum Site Area: The depth of an required yard shall be increased from a
area that may be zoned R-1-5 shall not exceed minimum of ten feet(10') by one foot (1')
four hundred feet (400'). The width shall not up to a maximum of twenty feet (20').
exceed one thousand three hundred feet(1,300').
The contiguous area that may be zoned R-1-5 (4) Special Setbacks:
shall not be greater than eight(8) acres.
1
4-31-6
4-31-7
C2c4) (A)A maximum of a twelve foot(12') 5. Height:
reduction in the rear yard setback may be
permitted in the rear yard where the side a. The height of a dwelling or structure
yard on one side is increased by two feet shall not exceed thirty feet (30').
(2') for each three feet (3') of reduction of
the rear yard setback. b. Accessory buildings and/or structures
shall not exceed twelve feet (12') in height.
(B) Accessory buildings shall have a
minimum side yard and rear yard setback 6. Driveways: Maximum length of one hundred
of three feet (3'). In addition, accessory fifty feet (150') with a maximum of two (2) lots
buildings shall provide a minimum of six per driveway, except that in clustered dwelling
feet(6')setback from residences, and shall units a maximum of four(4) dwelling units may
not be allowed within required front or utilize one driveway having a minimum width
side yards along streets. of twenty feet (20').
(C) The standard setbacks from the 7. Parking. See Chapter 14, Title IV of the City
boundaries of a subdivision as set forth in Code.
the R-1 Zone (Section 4-31-5) shall apply
in the R-1-5 Zone. 8. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City
Code.
NSW (D) In order to preserve privacy
between adjacent lots, in the event that 9. Special Conditions:
the side yard setback is less than five feet
(5'), there shall be no windows, doors, or a. The preliminary and final plat or short
mechanical vents in the wall facing the plat must illustrate the approximate size and
nearest lot line except when such wall location of all structures (including building
faces permanent open space or a public or envelopes)proposed to be placed in an otherwise
private right-of-way. required yard or open space. Building and
Zoning Department officials shall determine at
(E)Eaves may protrude no more than the time of submission if setback requirements
eighteen inches (18") across a lot line. have been met.
3. Lot Coverage: The maximum area covered b. Nothing herein shall be deemed to
by buildings shall not exceed thirty five percent prohibit the construction of a single family
(35%) of the total lot area. dwelling and its accessory buildings on a
pre-existing platted lot with less area than
4. Clustered Single Family Dwellings: herein required.
a. One or more building envelopes of at 10. Site Plan Review: Site plan review in
Iiiiev least two thousand two hundred (2,200) square accordance with the City Code shall be required
feet meeting all setback requirements of for all development of more than four(4) lots or
subsection 4-31-6C from the boundaries of the more than four (4) clustered dwelling units in
lot may be established to accommodate clustered the R-1-5 Zone. (Ord. 3922, 7-1-85)
single family dwellings.
b. The remaining lot area outside of the 4-31-7: R.2 RESIDENTIAL ZONE:
building envelopes shall be retained as common
open space. A. Purpose: The Residential Zone (R-2) is
established to provide and protect suitable
c. Building envelopes shall be platted to environments for low to medium density, multi-
provide a permanent legal record of their size, family residential dwellings. It is further
shape and location. The building envelope is intended to prohibit the development of
only required for clustered single family incompatible uses that are detrimental to the
development. residential environment. This zoning
classification may be permitted in an area
d. No more than four (4) building en- designated as low density, multi-family
velopes may be contiguous in any one cluster. residential in the comprehensive plan.
Assrommossismomassemssmossor
4-31-7 4-31-7
B. Uses:In the Residential Zone(R-2)the following of this zoning district. (Ord. 3941, 9-16-85)
uses are permitted and prohibited:
b. Home occupations when approved by
1. Principal Uses: the Board of Public Works.
a. One single-family dwelling. c. Day care for a maximum of six (6)
persons. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
b. Two (2) dwelling units.
d. Recycling collection stations: provided,
c. Gardening and fruit raising, noncom- the following conditions have been complied
mercial. with:
d.Neighborhood parks.(Ord.3599,1-11-82) (1) The collection station is accessory to
a public or quasi-public use.
e. Animals:The following types of animals
shall be permitted in this zone provided: 1) the (2) The collection station is portable and
animal owner either lives on the property where temporary(not to exceed ninety[90]calen-
an animal is kept or has arranged with a dar days out of each year).
tenant to care for the animal(s); and 2) that the
keeping of animals must meet the conditions of (3) The collection station is not located on
Section 4-31-36B: any public right of way unless a right-
of-way use permit is granted by the Board
(1) Small farm animals. See Section of Public Works.
4-31-4Ble(1).
(4)The property owners or managers shall
(2) Large farm animals. See Section keep the area surrounding the recycling
4-31-4Ble(2). collection station maintained and clean of
debris. (Ord. 3905, 4-22-85)
(3) Hobby kennels. See Section 4-31-4Ble(3).
(Ord. 3927, 7-15-85) 3. Conditional Uses: In the Residential Zone T
(R-2)the following uses and their accessory uses
2. Accessory Uses: may be allowed by conditional use permit as
provided in Section 4-31-36 of the City Code.
a. The following accessory buildings are
permitted in the R-2 Residential Zone as a.Townhouses containing three(3)or more
supports for the residential activity: dwelling units but less than twelve(12)dwelling
units per acre, may be allowed together with
(1) A maximum of two (2) detached normally associated accessory uses.
buildings and/or structures, up to a
maximum of seven hundred twenty (720) b. Schools, both private and public.
square feet for each building, such as are 160*
ordinarily associated with single-family c. Public and quasi-public buildings
and duplex dwellings; or essential to the physical and economic welfare
of an area such as fire stations, electrical
(2) One detached building or structure up substations, telephone exchanges, community
to a maximum of one thousand (1,000) and regional parks and similar uses of public
square feet for each building, such as is services. Buildings shall conform to and
ordinarily associated with single-family and harmonize with the surrounding buildings as
duplex dwellings; or to type of architecture, setback and landscape.
(3) The total floor area of all accessory d. Churches. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
buildings shall not be greater than the
floor area of the primary residential use. e. Recycling collection station in
conjunction with an approved public or
(4) The lot coverage of the residential quasi-public use when the collection station is
structure along with all accessory buildings utilized for more than ninety (90) days per
shall not exceed the maximum lot coverage calendar year. (Ord. 3905, 4-22-85)
4-31-7
4-31-8A
B3) f. Horses or cows on less than one acre platted lots which are fifty feet(50')or less
provided there is a minimum of fifteen thousand in width in which case the side yard shall
(15,000) square feet of property. be ten feet (10'). If a corner lot is less
than the minimum width required by this
g. More than twenty (20) small farm section, then for each foot in width in
animals on one acre. excess of fifty feet (50') the required yard
shall be increased from a minimum of ten
h. More than four (4) goats, sheep, and feet(10') by one foot(1')up to twenty feet
similar-sized animals on one acre. (Ord. 3927, (20').
7-15-85)
5. Special Setbacks:
t4.Prohibited Uses:In the Residential Zone(R-2)
the following uses are prohibited: a.Detached accessory buildings shall have
a minimum of three feet(3') side and rear yard
a. Travel trailers, recreational vehicles or setback, a minimum of six feet(6') setback from
mobile homes used for habitation. residences, and shall not be allowed within re-
quired front or side yards along streets.
C. Development Standards:In the Residential Zone
(R-2) the following development standards shall 6. Height: The height of a dwelling or structure
apply: shall not exceed thirty five feet (35').
Now 1. Dwelling Unit Density and Lot Area: 7. Lot Coverage: The maximum area covered
by buildings shall not exceed thirty five percent
a. Single Family Dwellings: Shall not (35%) of the total area.
exceed 6.0 dwelling units per acre (including
area dedicated for public purpose). The lot area 8. Parking: See Chapter 14, Title IV of the City
shall not be less than seven thousand two Code.
hundred (7,200) square feet.
9. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City
b. Two Dwelling Units: Shall not exceed Code.
12.1 dwelling units per acre (including area
dedicated for public purposes).The lot area shall 10.Pre-Existing Plats:Nothing herein contained
not be less than seven thousand two hundred shall be deemed to prohibit the construction of
(7,200) square feet. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82) single family dwelling or two (2) dwelling units
and associated accessory buildings on a pre-
2. Lot Width: A minimum of sixty feet (60') for existing platted lot with less area than herein
an interior lot and seventy feet(70')for a corner required. (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
lot. (Ord. 3940, 9-16-85)
a_, 3. Lot Depth: A minimum of eighty five feet 4-31-8A: R-3 RESIDENCE DISTRICT:
(85').
A. Purpose: The Residential Zone (R-3) is estab-
4. Setbacks: fished to provide and protect suitable environ-
ments for medium density multi-family dwel-
a.Front Yard:A minimum depth of twenty lings. It is further intended to prohibit the
feet (20'). development of incompatible uses that are detri-
mental to the residential environment.This zon-
b. Rear Yard:A minimum depth of twenty ing classification may be permitted in an area
five feet (25'). designated as medium density multi-family resi-
dential in the comprehensive plan. ,
c. Side Yards: (Ord. 3599, 1-11-82)
B. Uses: In the Residential Zone(R-3)the following
(1) Interior Lots: A minimum of five feet uses and similar uses are permitted:
(5'). (Ord. 3904, 4-22-85)
1. Principal Uses:
(2) Corner Lots: The side yard along a
street shall not be less than twenty feet a. Single family, two family and multiple
(20')in width,except on previously existing family dwellings up to four (4) dwelling units
4-31-8A 4-31-8A
Bla) and their accessory buildings on a pre-existing such as fire stations, electrical substations,
platted lot with less area than herein required. telephone exchanges and regional parks. Build-
The structure must comply with lot coverage ings shall conform to and harmonize with the
and setback requirements. surrounding buildings as to type of architecture,
setback and landscaping.
b. Multiple family dwelling units.
g.Schools and colleges,public and private.
c. Gardening or fruit raising, noncom-
mercial. h. The provision of care for seven (7) or
more persons. (Ord. 3689, 12-20-82)
d. Neighborhood and community parks.
(Ord. 3641, 6-28-82) i.Parking lots which are accessory to other
uses which are allowed in more intensive zones;
e. Hobby kennel.See Section 4-31-4B1e(3). provided, that the parking lot is not adjacent to
(Ord. 3927, 7-15-85) a parcel zoned G-1, R-1 or R-2 Zoning Districts.
(Ord. 3745, 8-22-83)
2. Accessory Uses:
j.Recycling collection stations,provided the
a. Detached buildings and/or structures, following conditions have been complied with:
and recreational facilities, such as are ordinarily
associated with single or multi-family dwellings. (1) The collection station is accessory to a
public or quasi-public use. Igoe
b.Home occupations when approved by the
Board of Public Works. (2) The collection station is portable and
temporary(not to exceed 90 calendar days
c. Day care for a maximum of six (6) per- out of each year).
sons. (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82)
(3) The collection station is not located on
3. Conditional Uses: In the Residential Zone any public right-of-way unless a right-
(R-3) the following uses in a separate building of-way use permit is granted by the Board
and their accessory uses may be allowed by of Public Works.
conditional use permit as provided in Section
4-31-36 of the City Code. (4)The property owners or managers shall
keep the area surrounding the recycling
a. Multiple family dwelling units with collection station maintained and clean of
dwelling unit densities greater than twenty five debris.
(25)dwelling units per acre and less than thirty
five (35) units per acre, provided parking is k. Recycling collection station in conjunc-
placed underground or totally within the tion with an approved public or quasi-public
structure. use when the collection station is utilized for
more than ninety (90) days per calendar year. `wr''
b. Art galleries, libraries, museums. (Ord. 3905, 4-22-85)
c. Boarding and lodging houses, convale- C. Developmental Standards: In the Residential
scent homes/nursing homes, group homes and Zone (R-3) the following developmental stan-
retirement homes with a maximum resident dards shall apply:
population of fifty (50) persons per acre.
1. Dwelling Unit Density and Lot Area:
d. Churches.
a. Multiple Family Dwelling Units: Shall
e. Clubs or fraternity societies, community not exceed twenty five (25) dwelling units per
club houses, memorial buildings, except those net acre. The lot area shall not be less than
the chief activity of which is a service cus- seven thousand two hundred(7,200)square feet.
tomarily carried on as a business. (Ord. 3689,
12-20-82) 2. Lot Width: A minimum of sixty feet (60').
f. Public and quasi-public uses essential to 3. Lot Depth: A minimum of eighty five feet
the physical and economic welfare of an area, (85')
4-31-8A
4-31-8B
C) 4. Setbacks: b. The height of an accessory building
shall be a maximum of thirty feet (30').
a. Front Yards: Minimum yards on the
following types of streets as defined by the 7. Lot Coverage:
six-year road plan shall be:
Street Type Front Yard Setbacka. Interior Lots: The maximum area
covered by buildings shall not exceed thirty five
Arterial (Major and Secondary) 30' percent (35%) of the total area.
Arterial (Collector) 25' b.Corner Lots:The maximum area covered
All Others 20' by buildings shall not exceed thirty percent
b.Rear and Side Yards:Minimum setbacks (30%) of the total lot area.
for rear and side yards are based on twenty 8. Parking. See Chapter 14, Title N of the City
percent (20%) of the lot width, as generally Code.
follows:
(1) 9. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title-IV of the City
Rear and Side Code.
Lot Width Yard Setbacks
30' 6' 4-31-8B: R-4 RESIDENCE DISTRICT:
Now 40' 8'
'
45' g�
45' 19A. Purpose: The Residential Zone (R-4) is
50' established to provide and protect suitable
55' 11' environments for high density multi-family
60+' 12' dwellings. It is further intended to prohibit the
development of incompatible uses that are
(2) Corner Lots: The side yard along a detrimental to the residential environment.This
street shall not be less than twenty feet zoning classification may be permitted in an
(20')in width,except on previously existing area designated as high density multi-family
platted lots which are fifty feet(50')or less residential in the comprehensive plan.
in width in which case the side yard shall
be no less than ten feet (10'). If a corner B. Uses: In the Residential Zone(R-4)the following
lot is less than the minimum width re- uses and similar uses are permitted:
quired by this Section, then for each foot
in width in excess of fifty feet (50'), the 1. Principal Uses:
required yard shall be increased from a
minimum of ten feet (10') by one foot (1') a. Single family, two family and multiple
up to a maximum of twenty feet (20'). family dwellings up to four (4) dwelling units
" ►° and their accessory buildings on a pre-existing
5. Special Setbacks: platted lot with less area than herein required.
The structure must com
a.Where an R-3 zone abuts a single family and setback requirem nt$ly with lot coverage
residence located on a lot which is designated
single family on the City comprehensive plan b. Multiple family dwelling units.
and R-1 on the City zoning map, there shall be
a landscaped minimum setback of twenty feet c. Gardeningor fruit raising,
noncom-
(20') from the single family lot line. mercial.
b. The above special setback requirement d. Neighborhood and community parks.
does not apply if the property owner voluntarily (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82)
develops this property to the density and
development standards of the R-2 District. e. Hobby kennel. See Section 4-31-4Ble(3).
6. Height: (Ord. 3927, 7-15-85)
a. The height of a dwelling shall be a
maximum of fifty feet (50').
4-31-8B 4-31-8B
B) 2. Accessory Uses: e. Clubs or fraternity societies, community
club houses, memorial buildings, except those
a. Detached buildings and/or structures, the chief activity of which is a service
and recreational facilities, such as are ordinarily customarily carried on as a business.(Ord. 3689,
associated with single or multi-family dwellings. 12-20-82)
b. Home occupations when approved by f. Public and quasi-public uses essential
the Board of Public Works. to the physical and economic welfare of an area
such as fire stations, electrical substations,
c. Day care for a maximum of six (6) telephone exchanges, and regional parks.
persons. (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82) Buildings shall conform to and harmonize with
the surrounding buildings as to type of
d. Recycling collection stations, provided architecture, setback and landscaping.
the following conditions have been complied
with: g.Schools and colleges, public and private.
(1) The collection station is accessory to h. The provision of care for seven (7) or
a public or quasi-public use. more persons. (Ord. 3689, 12-20-82)
(2) The collection station is portable and i.Parking lots which are accessory to other
temporary(not to exceed 90 calendar days uses which are allowed in more intensive zones,
out of each year). provided that the parking lot is not adjacent to
a parcel zoned G1, R-1 or R-2 Zoning Districts.
(3) The collection station is not located on (Ord. 3745, 8-22-83)
any public right of way unless a right-
of-way use permit is granted by the Board j.Recycling collection station in conjunction
of Public Works. with an approved public or quasi-public use
when the collection station is utilized for more
(4)The property owners or managers shall than ninety (90) days per calendar year. (Ord.
keep the area surrounding the recycling 3905, 4-22-85) `
collection station maintained and clean of
debris. (Ord. 3905, 4-22-85) C. Development Standards:In the Residential Zone
(R-4) the following developmental standards
3. Conditional Uses: In the Residential Zone shall apply:
(R-4) the following uses (in a separate building)
and their accessory uses may be allowed by 1. Dwelling Unit Density and Lot Area:
conditional use permit as provided in Section
4-31-36 of the City Code: a. Multiple Family Dwelling Units: Shall
not exceed thirty five (35) dwelling units per
a. Multiple family dwelling units with net acre. The lot area shall not be less than ,
dwelling unit densities greater than thirty five seven thousand two hundred(7,200)square feet.
(35) dwelling units per acre, provided parking
is placed underground or totally within the 2. Lot Width: A minimum of sixty feet (60').
structure.
3. Lot Depth: A minimum of eighty five feet
b. Art galleries, libraries, museums. (85').
c. Boarding and lodging houses, con- 4. Setbacks:
valescent homes/nursing homes, group homes
and retirement homes with a maximum resident a. Front Yards: Minimum yards on
population of seventy (70) persons per acre. following types of streets as defined by the six-
year road plan shall be:
d. Churches.
4-31-8B
4-31-9
C4a) Front Yard develops the property to the density and
Street Type Setback development standards of the R-3 District.
Arterial (Major and Secondary) 30' 6. Height:
Arterial (Collector) 25'
All Others 20' a. A maximum of ninety five feet (95').
b.Rear and Side Yards:Minimum setbacks b. Accessory buildings shall have a
for rear and side yards are based on twenty maximum height of thirty feet (30').
percent (20%) of the lot width, as generally
follows: 7. Lot Coverage:
(1) Rear and Side a. Interior Lots: The maximum area
Lot Width Yard Setbacks covered by buildings shall not exceed thirty five
percent (35%) of the total lot area.
30' 6'
40' 8' b.Corner Lots:The maximum area covered
45' 9' by buildings shall not exceed thirty percent
50' 10' (30%) of the total lot area.
55' 11'
60+'Nov
12' 8. Parking: See Chapter 14, Title IV of the City
Code.
(2) Corner Lots: The side yard along a
street shall not be less than twenty feet 9. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City
(20')in width,except on previously existing Code. (Ord. 3641, 6-28-82)
platted lots which are, fifty feet (50') or
less in width in which case the side yard
shall be no less than ten feet (10'). If a 4-31-9: PUBLIC ZONE (P-1):
corner lot is less than the minimum width
required by this Section, then for each foot A. Purpose and Intent: The Public Zone (P-1) is
in width in excess of fifty feet (50'), the established to provide and protect suitable
required yard shall be increased from a environments for social and physical services
minimum of ten feet (10') by one foot (1') and facilities. This zoning classification is
up to a maximum of twenty feet (20'). generally limited to areas designated as
public/quasi-public in the comprehensive plan.
5. Special Setbacks: (Ord. 3722, 4-25-83)
a.Where an R-4 Zone abuts a single-family B. Permitted Uses: All projects in the Public Zone
residence located on a lot which is designated (P-1)require site plan review.Plans and general
single family on the City comprehensive plan specifications for all projects shall be submitted
and R-1 on the City zoning map, there shall be as specified in Section 4-31-33 of this Code. The
a landscaped minimum setback of fifty feet(50') approving body shall then ascertain and
from the single family lot line. determine that the general design and
development conform with the adjacent
b. Where an R-4 zone abuts two (2) surroundings, meet applicable building and
dwelling units located on a lot which is zoning code requirements, comply with the
designated low density multi-family on the City comprehensive plan, and has adequate and safe
comprehensive plan and R-2 on the City zoning traffic circulation and access. The following
map, there shall be a minimum landscaped principal and accessory uses are permitted:
setback of thirty feet(30') from the adjacent lot
line. 1. Principal:
c. The above special setback requirements a. Governmental buildings such as
do not apply if the property owner voluntarily hospitals, libraries, museums and schools.
490
4-31-9iii
441-9
Bi) b. Municipal parks, playgrounds, golf j. Parks, playgrounds and similar uses.
courses and similar recreational uses.
k. Hospitals. (Ord. 4008, 7-14-86)
c. Park and ride lots.
1. On-site hazardous waste treatment and
d. Police and fire stations. storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
e. Municipal utility facilities. C. Prohibited Uses: In the Public Zone (P-1) the
following uses are prohibited:
f. Municipal airports.
1. All exterior merchandise or products display.
g. Hobby kennel.
2. All advertising devices except as provided by
2. Accessory Uses: In the Public Zone (P-1) Title IV, Chapter 20, Sign Code.
the following uses are allowed where
incidental to a permitted use: 3. All residential uses.
a. Services such as food, pharmacies, gift 4. All other uses. (Ord. 3722, 4-25-83)
shops,.newsstands and similar uses usually
associated with a permitted use may be 5. Off-site hazardous waste treatment and stor-
allowed within the principal building. age facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
b. Facilities for caretakers or on-duty D. Development Standards: In the Public Zone w
public employees. (Ord. 4008, 7-14-86) (P-1) the following development standards shall
apply, except as otherwise provided by this Sec-
c. Retail services such as concessions.. tion.
and rental facilities which are""''"'usually
associated with public parks and as 1. Setbacks: -
recommended by the Renton Park Board.
(Ord. 4124, 2-1-88) a. Front Yards: Minimum requirements on
the following types of streets shall be:
3. Conditional Uses: In the Public Zone (P-1) r
the following private uses and their accessory Front Yard
uses may be allowed by conditional use Street Twee Setback
permit as provided in Section 4-31-36:
Arterial (Major and Secondary) 30'
a. Accessory uses in separate buildings. Arterial (Collector) 25'
All Others 20'
b. Facilities to 1) sell, service and store
airplanes, 2) service airport patrons, and 3) b. Rear Yard (Interior): A minimum of ten
those ordinarily incidental and essential to feet (10') except if the property is contiguous to ,fir
the operation of a municipal airport. a zone with a more restrictive rear yard re-
quirement in which case the rear yard shall be
c. Airport and aircraft parts, the the minimum of the more restrictive zone.
manufacture of aircraft, aircraft parts and
hydrofoils at the Renton Municipal Airport. c. Side Yards (Interior): A minimum of
five feet (5').
d. Heliports.
2. Special Setbacks:
e. Public utility facilities.
a. Any yard abutting a public right of
f. Buildings over fifty feet (50') in height way shall be a minimum of twenty feet (20').
but not exceeding ninety five feet (95').
b. Where a P-1 zone abuts a lot which is
g. Churches. zoned C-i, R-1 or R-2 on the City of Renton
zoning map and designated single-family or
h. Medical offices (i.e. doctor, dentist). low density multiple family on the City of
Renton Comprehensive Plan, there shall be a
i. Schools.
voimanummiummminim
4-31-9
4-31-10
D2b) minimum setback from the common lot line of 4-31-10: B-1 BUSINESS DISTRIC •
fifty feet (50') with a minimum of the first
twenty feet (20') from the common lot line A. P ••; : he purpose of the Business
landscaped. District Zone (B-1) is to provide for retail sales
of products of every type and description, a wide
c. Where a P-1 Zone abuts lots zoned G-1, variety of personal and professional services to
R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 on the City of Renton clients and/or customers at the business location,
zoning map and designated medium density and all manner of recreation or entertainment
multi-family or high density multi-family on the uses. The B-1 Business District provides for
City of Renton Comprehensive Plan, there shall conditional approval, after public hearing, of
be a minimum landscaped setback of twenty feet retail or entertainment uses involving storage
(20') from the common lot line. and recreation outside of an enclosed structure.
3. Height: Prohibited from the B-1 Business District are
uses which involve the bulk storage of products,
or the exterior storage of products in a manner
a. The height of a building shall not which would be construed as bulk storage except
exceed fifty feet (50') except as a conditional that the minimum area requirements are not
use. exceeded, manufacturing uses or activities as a
b. Public and private utility facilities principal use.
(except buildings) shall be allowed to exceed B. Uses: In the Business District Zone (B-1), the
fifty feet (50'). following and similar uses are permitted. The
Building and Zoning Department may determine
4. Parking/Circulation: Parking and circulation that any other use is similar in general
standards required shall be as follows: character to the following specific uses and is in
keeping with the intent of this zone. Upon such
a. Access: The principal access shall be administrative determination the subject use
from an arterial or collector street. shall become a principal,accessory or conditional
use whichever is appropriate.
b. Parking/Circulation: Parking and
circulation along the common lot line with a 1. Principal Uses:
residential lot designated as such on both of
the City of Renton comprehensive plan and a. Retail Sales:
zoning map shall be allowed only if ten feet
(10') of sight-obscuring landscaping and a six (1) Apparel and accessories.
foot (6') solid masonry fence are used along the
common boundary. (2) Automotive and marine accessories.
c. Parking Requirements: See Chapter 14, (3) Auto, boat and motorcycle sales.
Title IV of the City Code.
(4) Department and variety stores.
5. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City
Code. (5) Dry goods.
6. Noise: Truck traffic and other noise normally (6) Eating and drinking establishments.
associated with an operation shall be limited to
the hours between seven o'clock(7:00)A.M. and (7) Furniture and home furnishings.
seven o'clock (7:00) P.M. unless the hearing
examiner shall find that due to the specific (8) Garden supplies: small trees, shrubs,
circumstances of the particular application,other flowers and light supplies and tools within
hours of operation should be established in order an enclosed building.
to protect the public health, safety and welfare.
(Ord. 3722, 4-25-83) (9) Grocery stores.
4-31-10 4-31-10
B1) b. Offices: (18) Rental services not involving exterior
storage.
(1) All types of business offices.
(19) Repair service facilities without
12) Personal offices such as real estate, outside storage: watch, TV, electrical,
insurance and architects. upholstery.
(3) Professional offices such as lawyers, (20)Veterinary offices.(Ord.3750,9-26-83)
doctors and dentists.
(21) Recycling collection centers. (Ord.
c. Services: 3905, 4-22-83)
(1) Auto repair. (22) Private elementary and secondary
schools. (Ord. 4124, 2-1-88)
(2) Boarding and lodging houses.
d. Residential: Residential dwelling units
(3) Bus terminals, taxi headquarters, not when located in a mixed use building of
including exterior parking of commercial commercial and residential uses. No residential
vehicles. uses are allowed on the first floor.
(4) Business services: Duplicating and e. Hobby kennel.See Section 4-31-4B1e(3).
blueprinting, steno and employment. (Ord. 3927, 7-15-85)
(5) Car washes. 2.Accessory Uses:In the Business District(B-1),
the following uses are allowed where incidental
(6) Churches. to a permitted use and shall not exceed thirty
three percent (33%) of the gross floor area:
(7) Commercial day care.
a. Apparel, fabric and leather goods
(8) Funeral homes. fabrication.
(9) Governmental services and facilities, b. Food preparation.
excluding utility facilities.
c. Handcrafting products.
(10) Hotels and motels.
d. Storage of products in conjunction with
(11)Indoor public assembly:Motion picture retail sales. (Ord. 3750. 9-26-83)
theaters and theatrical production theaters,
sports arenas, auditoriums and exhibition e. Recycling collection stations, provided
halls (except school facilities). the structure is not located within any required`
setback and/or landscaped area. (Ord. 3905,
(12) Libraries, museums, art galleries. 4-22-85)
(13) Parking lots and garages. 3. Conditional Uses: In the Business District
(B-1), the following uses and their accessory
(14) Parks and open space. uses may be allowed by conditional use permit
as provided in Section 4-31-36:
(15)Personal services such as barber shop,
a. Aircraft transportation: heliports
beauty parlor.
(16) Pet shop and grooming. b. Communications broadcast and relay
towers.
(17) Professional and business schools.
4-31-10
4-31-10
B3) c. Convalescent and nursing homes. standards shall apply, except as otherwise
provided in this Section:
d. Gasoline service stations.
1. Setbacks: Setbacks in the B-1 zone shall be
e. Group homes. required as follows except for the downtown
area, described as that area bounded by the
f. Heights exceeding ninety five feet center lines of Smithers Avenue South from
(95'). See Section 4-31-10E, Special South Fourth Place to South Third Avenue
Conditional Use Requirements. and Logan Avenue South from South Third
Street to the Cedar River, bounded on the
g. Horticultural nurseries: Trees, shrubs, north by Cedar River, east to Mill Avenue
ground cover, flowers and related supplies. South, south to South Fourth Street and west
to Smithers Avenue South:'
h. Hospitals.
a. Front Yard: A minimum of ten feet
i. Outdoor recreation or entertainment (10').
uses.
b. Street Setback:
j. Park'n ride lots.
Maximum
k. Private utilities. Building Height Setback
Noe
1. Recycling centers and drop or collec- Less than 40' 10'
tion centers. 40' - 80' 20'
Over 80' 30'
m. Rental service facilities with outside
storage. c. Rear and Side Yards: None shall be
required except in the landscaping section
n. Self service storage facilities contained below.
entirely within one building.
2. Height:
o. Special schools: technical and
industrial processes. (Ord. 3750, 9-26-83) a. General:
p. On-site hazardous waste treatment (1) A maximum of ninety five feet (95').
and storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
b. Special Height Allowances:
C. Prohibited Uses: In the Business District (B-1)
Zone, the following uses are prohibited: (1) Heights may exceed the maximum
841ar height under conditional use permit.
1. Bulk storage of products, or the exterior
storage of products in a manner which would (2) When a building is adjacent to a
be construed as bulk storage except for the residential lot zoned G-1, R-1 or R-2 on
fact they do not exceed the minimum area the City of Renton zoning map and
requirements of Section 4-31-29. designated as single family or low den-
sity multiple family on the City of
2. Manufacturing activities. Renton comprehensive plan, the building
may exceed the height allowed in the
3. Travel trailers or recreational vehicles for adjacent residential zone by a maximum
habitation. of twenty feet (20').
4. All other uses. (Ord. 3750, 9-26-83) 3. Lot Coverage: Lot coverage for buildings are
listed below, but do not pertain to the
5. Off-site hazardous waste treatment and downtown area as defined in Section 4-31-10D1:
storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
a. Lot coverage for buildings shall not ex-
D. Development Standards: In the Business ceed sixty five percent (65%) of the total lot
District (B-1) the following development area.
1. Per letter from the City dated December 4, 1989.
290
4-31-10 4-31-11
(See following page for Section 4-31-10 continued.)
290
4-31-10 4-31-11
D3) b. Lot coverage may be increased up to permit for a building height in excess of ninety
seventy five percent (75%) of the total lot area five feet (95') the hearing examiner shall
if parking is provided within the building or consider the following factors in addition to the
within a parking garage. criteria in Section 4-31-36, among all other
relevant information.
4. Parking: See Chapter 14, Title N of the City
Code. 1.Location Criteria:Proximity of arterial streets
which have sufficient capacity to accommodate
5. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City traffic generated by the development.
Code. Developments are encouraged to locate in areas
served by transit.
6. Landscaping: Landscaping along areas
abutting public streets shall have a minimum 2. Comprehensive Plan: The proposed use shall
landscaping strip of ten feet (10'), except for be compatible with the general purpose, goals,
the downtown area as defined in Section 4-31- objectives and standards of the comprehensive
10D1 plan, the zoning ordinance and any other plan,
program, map or ordinance of the City of
a. Lot Line Requirements: Renton.
(1) Fronting Public Streets: A minimum 3. Effect on Adjacent Properties: Buildings in
New of ten feet (10'). excess of ninety five feet (95') in height at the
proposed location shall not result in substantial
(2) Special Requirements: If the B-i lot is or undue adverse effects on adjacent property.
adjacent to a residential lot designated When a building in excess of ninety five feet
residential on the City of Renton compre- (95') in height is adjacent to a multiple family
hensive plan and zoning map, then there lot zoned R-3 or R-4 on the City of Renton
shall be a fifteen foot(15')landscaped strip zoning map and Medium Density Multi-Family
or a five foot (5') wide sight obscuring or High Density Multi-Family on the City of
landscaped strip and a solid six foot (6') Renton comprehensive plan, then setbacks shall
high barrier used along the common be equivalent to the requirements of the
beundm'y adjacent residential zone.
7.All on-site utility surface mounted equipment 4. Building Height and Bulk:
shall be screened from public view.
a.Buildings near public open spaces should
8.Roof-Top Equipment:All operating equipment permit visual access and, where feasible,
located on the roof of any building shall be physical access to the public open space.
enclosed so as to be shielded from view, except
'low for telecommunication equipment. b. Whenever practicable, buildings should
be oriented to minimize the shadows they cause
9. Outdoor Storage: on publicly accessible open spaces.
a. Permitted outdoor storage must be 5. Light and Glare: Due consideration shall be
screened from adjacent properties and public given to mitigation of light and glare impacts
rights of way. upon streets, major public facilities, and major
public open spaces. (Ord. 3750, 9-26-83)
b. Materials covered by buildings with
roofs but without sides shall be considered
outside storage and subject to the screening 4-31-11: LIGHT INDUSTRY DISTRICT (L-1):
provisions of this Section.
A. Purpose and Intent: The purpose of the Light
10. Refuse: All garbage, refuse or dumpsters Industry Zone (L-1) is to provide areas for low
contained within specified areas shall be intensity, non-nuisance generating in terms of
screened, except for access points, by a fence odor, air and water pollution, noise, vibration
or landscaping or some combination thereof. and glare industrial activities. The permitted
uses are similar to those of the Manufacturing
E. Conditional Use Permit for Excess Height: In Park (M-P) Zone, but with less restrictive
consideration of a request for conditional use development standards.
4-31-11 4-31-11
B. Uses: In the Light Industry Zone (L-1), the provided storage areas are screened as
following and similar uses are permitted. The required by Section 4-31-32.
Building and Zoning Department may deter-
mine that any other use is similar in general (7) Express delivery and hauling activi-
character to the following specific uses and is ties with limited cargo handling at a
in keeping with the intent of this Zone. Upon central terminal.
such administrative determination, the subject
use shall become a principal, accessory or (8) Gasoline service stations.
conditional use, whichever is appropriate. Un-
less indicated by the text, definitions of the (9) Lumberyards, provided storage areas
uses listed in this Zone are consistent with are screened as required by Section
the descriptions in the Standard Industrial 4-31-32.
Classification Manual.
(10) Mobile home, trailer and recreation-
1. Principal Uses: al vehicle sales, rental and repair estab-
lishments.
a. Manufacturing of and product servic-
ing uses as follows: (11) Printing, publishing and allied
industries.
(1) Distilleries and wineries.
(12) Rental services.
(2) Electronics manufacturing and Nal
assembly. (13) Research and development labor-
atories.
t3) Food and kindred products.
(14) Theaters.
(4) Manufacturing, processing, assem-
bling and packaging of articles, products (15) Tow truck operations and auto
or merchandise from previously prepared impoundment yards, provided yard areas
natural or synthetic materials. are screened as required by Section ';
4-31-32.
(5) Manufacturing, processing, treating
and assembling and packaging of arti- (16) Veterinary facilities and/or kennels.
des, products or merchandise from
previously prepared ferrous or alloyed (17) Warehousing and storage.
metals.
(18) Wholesale outlets and stores.
(6) Signs and advertising.
(19) Recycling collection stations or
b. Service uses as follows: centers, provided that they are locatedvoilOh`
outside any required landscaping area.
(1) Automobile and truck sales, rentals,
and repair establishments and body (20) Offices of less than twenty five
shops. thousand (25,000) square feet. (Ord.
3938, 9-16-85)
(2) Car washes.
(21) Hobby Kennels: A maximum of
(3) Churches. eight (8) adult dogs or cats may be
permitted after satisfaction of the
(4) Commercial laundries and/or dry- requirements in Section 4-31-37C1a.
cleaning. (22) Kennels: See Section 4-31-2K1 and
(5) Contractors' and manufacturers' Section 4-31-37C2. Ord. 3955, 11-4-85)
representatives.
2. Accessory Uses: In the Light Industry Zone
(6) Contractors' construction office and (L-1) the following uses are allowed where
storage of materials and equipment, incidental to a permitted use:
4-31-11 4-31-11
B2) a. Buildings or structures which are b. Height limits to exceed fifty feet (50').
ordinarily associated with the permitted uses.
c. Coal and fuel yards and self-service
b. Outside storage of materials, products storage provided that:
and containers is permitted within the build-
able area, provided the storage area is screen- (1) When not entirely contained within a
ed from all adjacent property sharing a com- building, the area is surrounded by a
mon boundary line and designated any real- sight-obscuring screen consisting of a
dential, public, commercial, office park or solid fence and landscaping.
manufacturing park use. These properties
must be designated as one of the categories (2) Coal and fuel yards shall be located
both on the City of Renton comprehensive a minimum of one hundred feet (100')
plan and zoning map. Screening shall consist from the side lines of any residential
of an existing structure, a solid wall or zoning district.
sight-obscuring fence a minimum of six feet
(6') in height up to a maximum of ten feet d. Truck terminals and associated ware-
(10') or as required by the bulk storage house facilities. -
ordinance,'Section 4.31-29.
e. Additional uses as identified in
c. Retail and office uses where ordinarily Section 4-31-36D1. (Ord. 3938, 9-16-85)
associated with the permitted use.
" rrr f. Off-site hazardous waste treatment
d. A security building may be allowed in and/or storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
the nonlandscaped portion of the required
open space provided the building does not 4. Prohibited Uses: In the Light Industry
contain more than one hundred fifty (160) Zone (L-1) the following uses are prohibited:
square feet.
a. Residential uses, except for one
e. A restaurant or cafeteria, recreational security or maintenance personnel residence
and day care facilities (for employees use as provided in Section 4-31-11B2f.
only) may be operated in conjunction with a
principal use. b. Refining, manufacture, or bulk storage
of petroleum, or any of its by-products, except
f. One residence per establishment for as provided above in Section 4-31-11B.
security or maintenance personnel.
c. All other uses, except as provided in
g. Storage of petroleum or natural gas Section 4-31-11B above.
or any of their by-products, when the total
storage capacity is less than fifty thousand C. Development Standards: In the Light Indus-
(50,000) gallons, or other applicable unit of trial Zone (L-1) the following development
measure. (Ord. 3938, 9-16-85) standards shall apply, except as otherwise
provided by this Ordinance:
h. On-site hazardous waste treatment
and storage facilities, subject to Section 1. Setbacks:
4-31-33. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
a. Building Setback Abutting Public
3. Conditional Uses: In the Light Industry Streets: Minimum setback on the following
Zone (L-1) the following uses and their types of streets as defined by the six-year
accessory uses may be allowed by conditional plan shall be:
use permit as provided in Section 4-31-36 of
the City Code. Street Type Yard Setback
a. Any principally permitted use whose Arterials 20'
operations are predominantly conducted out of All others 10'
doors rather than completely enclosed within
a building.
490
4-31-11 4-31-12
Cl) b. Adjacent to Residential Lots: A 4-31-12: HEAVY INDUSTRY DISTRICT (H-1):
twenty foot (20') wide setback, including
either a five foot (5') wide sight-obscuring A. Purpose and Intent: The purpose of the
landscaping strip or a solid six foot (6') high Heavy Industrial Zone (H-1) is to provide
barrier, shall be required along the common areas for industrial activities involving
property line if a Irl lot is adjacent to a lot fabrication, processing, bulk handling and
with a residential designation on both the storage, construction and heavy transporta-
City of Renton comprehensive plan and zoning tion. In addition, other;compatible uses which
map. directly serve the needs of such industrial
uses may be allowed.
2. Landscaping:
B. Uses: In the Heavy Industry Zone (H-1), the
a. All areas of a site not covered by following and similar uses are permitted. The
buildings, structures, paved or crushed rock Building and Zoning Department may deter-
surfaces shall be landscaped. Areas set aside mine that any other use is similar in general
for future development on a lot may be hydro- character to the following specific uses and is
seeded. An adequate means of irrigation shall in keeping with the intent of this Zone. Upon
also be provided• such administrative determination, the subject
use shall become a principal, accessory or
b. All garbage, refuse or dumpster areas conditional use, whichever is appropriate. Un-
shall be screened, except for access points, by less indicated by the text, definitions of the
a fence or landscaping or some combination uses listed in this Zone are consistent with Nuil
thereof as determined by the Building and the descriptions in the Standard Industrial
Zoning Department. Classification Manual.
3. Lot Coverage: The maximum area covered 1. Principal Uses:
by buildings shall not exceed sixty five
percent (65%) of the lot. a. Manufacturing of and product servic-
4. Height: A maximum height of fifty feet ing of uses as follows:
(50), except as provided above in Section (1) Abrasive products. 1
4-31-11B3b.
(2) Airplanes.
5. Parking: See Chapter 14, Title N of the
City Code. (3) Automobiles.
6. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City (4) Boats.
Code. (Ord. 3938, 9-16-85)
(5) Breweries and distilleries.
D. Aquifer Protection Area: Prior to the issuance ,O
of any permit in an Aquifer Protection Area, (6) Electric powered metal recycling
a finding must be made that the proposal will plant.
not impact the quantity or quality of water in
the aquifer on a short-term basis, long-term (7) Electronic and electrical products.
basis, or cumulatively in conjunction with
other existing or proposed uses. (8) Fabricated metal products.
1. The required finding shall be made by the (9) Food and kindred products.
Hearing Examiner for all proposals which are
subject to approval by the Hearing Examiner (10) Forging.
pursuant to Section 4-8-10. All other findings
shall be made by the Water Utility Engineer. (11) Heavy machine shops.
2. The required finding shall be based on the (12) Machinery for general industry, and
activities to be conducted, substances that will mining, agriculture, construction or ser-
be stored, handled, transported, treated, used, vice industries.
or produced, and the potential for these
activities or substances to degrade the (13) Military vehicles.
groundwater quality. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
490
4-31-12 4-31-12
Bla) (14) Miscellaneous manufacturing estab- (10) Railroad yards.
lishments.
(11) Rental services: Heavy equipment,
(15) Paint. construction equipment, heavy hauling
vehicles, trailers and recreational
(16) Printing ink. vehicles.
(17) Rubber and miscellaneous plastic (12) Research and development labor-
products. atonies.
(18) Stone, clay and glass products, con- (13) Theaters.
crete products, pre-cast building com-
ponents, gypsum products, and (14) Tow truck operations and auto
structural clay products. impoundment yards, provided storage
areas are screened with a solid wall or
(19) Stone cutting and engraving. sight-obscuring fences not less than six
feet (6') and not more than ten feet (10')
(20) Transportation equipment manufac- in height.
tuning and/or assembly.
(15) Warehousing.
(21) Utilities, private and public.
Igoe (16) Wholesale activities.
(22) Forest products.
(17) Lumber, coal and fuel yards.
(23) Truck terminals and associated
warehousing facilities. (18) Self-service storage.
(24) Recycling processing centers. (19) Recycling collection stations or
centers, provided that they are located
(25) Foundries. outside any required landscaping area.
(Ord. 3939, 9-16-85)
b. Service uses as follows:
(20) Hobby Kennels: A maximum of
(1) Airplane, automobile, boat, and eight (8) adult dogs or cats may be
motorcycle sales and repair. permitted after satisfaction of the
requirements in Section 4-31-37C1a.
(2) Service stations and car washes.
(21) Kennels: See Section 4-31-2K1 and
(3) Churches. Section 4-31-37C2. Ord. 3955, 11-4-85)
Now
(4) Coating, engraving and allied 2. Accessory Uses: In the Heavy Industry
services. Zone (H-1) the following uses are allowed
where incidental to principal uses:
(5) Commercial stables.
a. Buildings or structures which are
(6) Contractors' construction services: ordinarily associated with the permitted in-
office and storage of materials and dustrial use.
equipment.
b. Gatehouse or guardhouse may be
(7) Heavy equipment wholesale sales, allowed in the nonlandscaped portion of the
storage, and repair. required setback, provided the building does
not contain more than one hundred fifty (150)
(8) Mobile home, trailer and recreational square feet.
vehicle sale/rental and repair estab-
lishments. c. Outside storage of materials, products
and containers is permitted within the build-
(9) Printing, publishing and allied indus- able area provided the storage area is
tries.
4-31-12 4-31-12
B2c) screened from all adjacent property sharing a f. Salvage, wrecking and disposal
common boundary line and designated any activities, such as auto wrecking yards, sewage
residential, public, commercial, office park, or disposal and treatment plants, dump and solid
manufacturing park use. These properties industrial waste materials.
must be so designated both on the City of
Renton comprehensive plan and zoning map. g. Storage of petroleum or natural gas, or
Screening shall consist of an existing struc- any of their by-products as an accessory use,
ture, a solid wall or sight-obscuring fence or when the total storage capacity is greater than
landscaping a minimum of six feet (6') in fifty thousand (50,000) gallons, or other
height up to a maximum of ten feet (10') or applicable unit of measure.
as required by the bulk storage ordinance,
Section 4-31-29. h. Office uses which serve the needs of
industrial uses.
d. One dwelling unit for security or
maintenance personnel located on the pre- i. Soap and compound manufacture.
mises where they are employed, provided
there is only one residence per permitted j. Storage of explosives, except where
establishment. incidental to a principally permitted use.
e. Restaurant or cafeteria, recreation k. Tanning, curing or storage of rawhides
and day care facilities only for employees may or skins.
be operated in conjunction with a principal 44010
use. 1. Additional uses as identified in Section
4-31-36D1. (Ord. 3939, 9-16-85)
f. Storage of petroleum or natural gas,
or any of their by-products, when the total m. Off-site hazardous waste treatment
storage capacity is less than fifty thousand and storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
(50,000) gallons, or other applicable unit of
measure. 4. Prohibited Uses: In the Heavy Industry
Zone (H-1) the following uses are prohibited:
g. Temporary buildings used for
construction purposes for a period not to a. Oil, shellac, varnish or turpentine
exceed the duration of construction. manufacturing.
h. Retail uses which are incidental to a b. Paper and pulp manufacturing.
principal use. (Ord. 3939, 9-16-85)
c. Refining, manufacture or bulk storage
i. On-site hazardous waste treatment of petroleum, or any of' its by-products except
and storage facilities, subject to Section as provided above in Section 4-31-12B.
4-31-33. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88) ,,fir
d. Rubber manufacture from crude
3. Conditional Uses: In the Heavy Industry material.
Zone (H-1) the following uses and their
accessory uses may be allowed by conditional e. All other uses not included in Section
use permit as provided in Section 4-31-36 of 4-31-12B.
the City Code:
C. Development Standards: In the Heavy Industry
a. Brick, tile or terra cotta manufacture Zone (H-1) the following development stand-
and storage. ards shall apply, except as otherwise provided
by this Ordinance:
b. Cement, lime, gypsum manufacture.
1. Setbacks:
c. Concrete batching plant.
a. Yards Abutting Public Streets:
d. Disinfectant manufacture. Minimum yards on the following types of
streets as defined by the six-year street plan
e. Gas (illuminating and heating) storage. shall be:
4-31-12 4-31-14
Cla) Street Type Setbacks subject to approval by the Hearing Examiner
pursuant to Section 4-8-10. All other findings
Arterials 20' shall be made by the Water Utility Engineer.
All others 10'
2. The required finding shall be based on the
b. Special Setback Requirement: A fifty activities to be conducted, substances that will
foot (50') wide setback, including a ten foot be stored, handled, transported, treated, used,
(10') wide sight-obscuring landscaping strip or or produced, and the potential for these
a six foot (6') high solid fence, shall be activities or substances to degrade the
required along the common property line if an groundwater quality. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
H-1 lot is adjacent to a lot designated
residential on both the City of Renton
Comprehensive Plan and zoning map. A 4-31-13: T TRAILER PARKS: A Zone desig-
fifteen foot (15') setback, including either a nated solely for mobile home parks.
five foot (5') wide landscaping strip or a solid Such Zone may be allowed in low, medium and
six foot (6') highbarrier, shall be required high density multi-family residential and commer-
along the property line if an H-1 lot is cial areas as designated by the City's compre-
adjacent to a lot designated for commercial, hensive land use plan. Development plans shall
manufacturing park, office park, or comply with City ordinance requirements and shall
public/quasi-public use on both the City of be subject to approval by the Hearing Examiner
Renton Comprehensive Plan and zoning map. after public hearing thereon and the acceptance of
*Ow the design and an examination of the location with
2. Lot Area: No lot less than twenty thousand a finding by the Hearing Examiner that such
(20,000) square feet shall be created in the proposed use is in compliance with all provisions of
H-1 Zone after September 1, 1985. mobile home park regulations and standards and
will not be unduly detrimental to adjacent and
3. Parking: See Chapter 14, Title IV of the surrounding properties and the enjoyment thereof.
City Code. (Ord. 2522, 11-24-69; amd. Ord. 3101, 1-17-77, eff.
1-1-77)
4. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City
Code.
4-31-14: FREEWAY/ARTERIAL STREET
5. Landscaping: SETBACK RESTRICTIONS:
a. All areas of a site not covered by A. In addition to the building and landscaping
buildings, structures, paved or crushed rock setback requirements specified elsewhere in
surfaces shall be landscaped. Areas set aside this Title, all buildings, structures and/or uses
for future development on a lot may be hydro- of every type and description abutting or
seeded. An adequate means of irrigation shall fronting on a freeway or major or secondary
also be provided. arterial as defined in the arterial street map
of the six (6) year street improvement plan of
b. All garbage, refuse or dumpster areas the City of Renton shall maintain a ten foot
shall be screened, except for access points, by (10') landscaped setback from the street
a fence or landscaping or some combination property line or a twenty foot (20') landscaped
thereof as determined by the Building and setback from the back of the sidewalk,
Zoning Department. (Ord. 3939, 9-16-85) whichever is less. Where no sidewalk exists, a
minimum of a ten foot (10') landscaped
D. Aquifer Protection Area: Prior to the issuance setback shall be maintained from the street
of any permit in an Aquifer Protection Area, property line.
a finding must be made that the proposal will
not impact the quantity or quality of water in 1. Signs may be allowed within the setback
the aquifer on a short-term basis, long-term specified above by revocable permit which
basis, or cumulatively in conjunction with shall be issued by the Board of Public Works
other existing or proposed uses. upon a finding that the sign lends itself to
the general character of the street, adjoining
1. The required finding shall be made by the land uses, and maintains the public interest,
Hearing Examiner for all proposals which are safety and welfare.
490
4-31-14 4-31-15
A) 2. Arterial streets within the Central not more than two feet (2'). Accessory
Business District bounded by the Cedar River, buildings when erected so that the entire
FM 405 Freeway, South 4th Street, Shattuck building is within a distance of thirty feet
Avenue South, South Second and Logan (30') from the rear lot line may also occupy
Avenue South shall be exempt from the the side yard of an inside lot line. (Ord. 1905,
setback requirement specified above. 8-16-61)
B. As a part of the off-site street improvements, C. Fences and Hedges:
landscape planting shall be installed and
maintained by the property owner between 1. Purpose:
the sidewalk and the landscape setback
specified in the public street subsection A a. These regulations are intended to
above. (Ord. 3543, 5-4-81) regulate the material and height of fences
and hedges, particularly in front yards and in
yards abutting public rights of way, in order
4-31-15: FRONT, SIDE AND REAR YARDS: to promote traffic and public safety and to
maintain aesthetically pleasing.neighborhoods.
A. Front Yard: Where any front yard is required, The following regulations are intended to
no building shall be hereafter erected or provide and maintain adequate site distance
altered so that any portion thereof shall be along public rights of way at intersections and
nearer the front property line than the to encourage safe ingress and egress from
distance indicated by the depth of the individual properties. These regulations also
required front yard. encourage the feeling of spaciousness along
neighborhood streets and minimize the closed
1. Exceptions: Eaves, cornices, steps, terraces, city atmosphere which tall fences along public
platforms and porches having no roof rights of way can create.
covering, and being not over forty two inches
(42") high may be built within a front yard. b. A property owner wishing to vary the
When forty percent (40%) or more, on front height restrictions or placement of a fence or
foot basis, of all property on one side of a hedge on a lot may make written application
street between two (2) intersecting streets at to the Building and Zoning Department for an
the time of the passage of this Code has been administrative review of the situation. The
built up with buildings having a minimum Department's staff shall review the
front yard of more or less depth than that application and prepare a written
established by the Code, and provided, that determination based upon criteria listed in
the majority of such front yards do not vary these regulations.
more than six feet (6') in depth, no building
shall be built within or shall any portion, c. The provisions and conditions of this
save as above excepted, project into such Section regulating height are not applicable to
minimum front yard; provided, further, that fences or barriers required by State law or by
no new buildings be required to set back the zoning provisions of this Code to surround
more than thirty five feet (35') from the street and enclose public safety installations, school
line in the R-2 or R-3 Residential Districts, grounds, public playgrounds, private or public
nor more than two feet (2') farther than any swimming pools and similar installations and
building on an adjoining lot and that this improvements.
regulation shall not be so interpreted as to
reduce a required front yard to less than ten 2. Definitions:
feet (10') in depth. (Ord. 1472, 2-18-53)
CLEAR VISION AREA: The area bounded by
B. Side Yard: Where any specified side yard is the street property lines of corner lots and a
required no building shall be hereafter erected line joining points along said street lines
or altered so that any portion thereof shall be twenty feet (20') from their point of
nearer to the side lot line than the distance intersection.
indicated by the width of the required side
yard. CORNER LOT: A lot that generally abuts two
(2) or more streets except it may abut one
1. Exceptions: Eaves and cornices may extend street if such street changes its axis more
over the required side yard for a distance of
490
4-31-15
4-31-15
C2) than forty five degrees (45°) along that portion iii. Rear Lot Line: A fence or hedge
of the lot which it abuts. ( a maximum of seventy two inches
INTERIOR LOT: A lot that generally abuts or (72") may be located on the rearlot line.
has frontage on only one street, although on
through lots that run from one block face to iv. Fences, walls or hedges along
another, such lots could abut two (2) streets. rear lot lines of interior lots
abutting alleys shall contain an
3. General Requirements: access gate to the alley.
a. Measurement to Fence Height: (B) Corner Lots:
(1) The height shall be measured from i. Front Yard Setbacks: Fences,
the top elevation of the top board rail or v walls or hedges a maximum of
wire to the ground. In cases where a - ,,.5forty two inches (42") in height
wall is used instead a fence, height shall may be allowed on any part of the
be measured from the top surface of the clear vision area. Fences, walls, or
wall to the ground on the high side of A hedges a maximum of forty eight
the wall. A berm may not be constructed I inches (48") in height, may be
with a fence on it unless the total allowed within any part of the
height of the berm plus the fence is less front yard setback when located
''sir+ than the maximum height allowable for outside of any clear vision area on
the fence if the berm were not present. said lot.
(2) Where the finished grade is a ii. Interior Side Lot Line: Fences,
different elevation on either side of a walls or hedges a maximum of
fence the height may be measured from seventy two inches (72") in height
the side having the highest elevation. may be located on interior side lot
lines to the point where they
(3) Where a traffic vision hazard is intersect the required front yard
created, the City may require a modifi- setback, in which case they shall
cation to the height limitations and be governed by b.1 above.
location of fences, hedges or walls to the
degree necessary to eliminate the iii. Side Lot Line Abutting Street:
hazard. Fences, walls or hedges a
maximum of forty two inches (42")
b. Height Limitations: in height within any clear vision
area and forty eight inches (48") in
(1) Residential Uses: height elsewhere.
Now
(A) Interior Lots: iv. Rear Lot Line: Fences, walls, or
hedges a maximum of seventy two
i. Front Yard Setbacks: Fences, .-• inches (72") in height may be
walls or hedges a maximum of ,r-0 located along the rear lot line
forty eight inches (48") in height except the fence shall be limited to
1
may be allowed within the required 1 forty eight inches (48") in height
front yard subject to these where they intersect the width of
provisions. the required side yard setback of
the side street and where the fence
ii. Side Lot Lines: Fences, walls orabuts the front yard of an interior
hedges on interior lot lines of re- I lot.
quired front yards shall not exceed
forty eight inches (48") in height. (' v. Fences, walls, or hedges along
Fences, walls or hedges on interior �. rear lot lines of interior lots
side lot lines not within required abutting alleys shall contain an
front yards may be a maximum of V I access gate to the alley.
seventy two inches (72") in height.
scan.
4-31-15 4-31-16
C3b) (2) Commercial, Industrial and Other (1) Fences exceeding forty eight inches
Uses: A maximum of eight feet (8') (48") within front yard setbacks but not "
anywhere on the lot provided the fence within a clear vision area. )
does not stand in or in front of any
required landscaping or pose a traffic (2) Solid fences along side property lines
vision hazard. abutting arterial streets.
(3) Fence Types: (3) Electric fences.
(A) Electric Fences: b. The Building and Zoning Department
shall approve the issuance of special fence
i. Electric fences are permitted by permits provided that:
special review in all residential
zones in cases where large domes- (1) Fences, walls and hedges above forty
tic animals are being kept provided eight inches (48") when all setback from
additional fencing or other barrier the street property line four inches (4")
is erected along the property lines. from every one inch of increased height
sought (over 48", up to a maximum of
ii. All electric fences shall be 72").
posted with permanent signs a
minimum of thirty six (36) square (2) Fences along property lines abutting
inches in area at intervals of a side street which is an arterial may be *41110.4
fifteen feet (15') stating that the a maximum of seventy two inches (72")
fence is electrified. in height. This fence must be located to
the rear of the required front yard. In
iii. Electric fences and any related addition, driveways will not be allowed
equipment and appliances must be to access through this fence. The
installed in accordance with the location of the fence exceeding forty two
manufacturer's specifications and in inches (42") in height along property
compliance with the National lines, particularly the front and side lot /'
Electrical Code. lines along flanking arterial streets, does
not obstruct views of on-coming traffic at
(B) Barbed Wire Fences: Barbed intersections or driveways.
wire may only be used on top of fences
at least six feet (6') high for commercial, 5. Compliance: Fences which do not comply
industrial, utility and public uses. with these regulations must be brought into
compliance within six (6) months from the
(C) Other: date of notice of fence violation from the City.
(Ord. 4056, 4-13-87)
i. Bulk Storage Fences: See Section
4-31-29.
4-31-16: OFFICE PARK DISTRICT (O-P):
ii. Fences for mobile home parks,
subdivisions or planned unit A. Purpose and Intent: The Office Park Zone
development and for sites which (O-P) is established to provide areas
are mined, graded or excavated appropriate for professional, administrative,
may vary from these regulations as and business offices, certain manufacturing
provided in the respective code activities, and supportive services in a
sections. campus-like setting. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
4. Special Review Process: B. Uses: In the Office Park Zone (O-P), the
following and similar uses are permitted. The
a. Persons wishing to have one of the Building and Zoning Department may deter-
following types of fences may submit a letter mine that any other use is similar in general
of justification, site plan and typical elevation character to the following specific uses and is
together with the permit fee to the Building in keeping with the intent of this Zone. Upon
and Zoning Department: such administrative determination, the subject
4-31-16 4-31-16
B) use shall become a principal, accessory or d. Repair activities ordinarily associated
conditional use, whichever is appropriate. with a permitted use.
Unless indicated by the text, definitions of the
uses listed in this Zone are consistent with e. Storage of petroleum or natural gas
the descriptions in the Standard Industrial or any of their by-products, provided that the
Classification Manual. total storage capacity is less than ten
thousand (10,000) gallons or other applicable
1. Principal Uses: In the 0-P Zone the unit of measure, and that storage of such
following principal uses are permitted: products is placed underground.
a. Administrative and professional 3. Conditional Uses: In the 0-P Zone the
offices. following uses and their accessory uses may
be allowed by conditional use permit as
b. Medical and dental offices and clinics. provided in Section 4-31-36 of the City Code:
c. Financial offices such as banks, a. Churches.
savings and loan institutions.
b. Heliports.
d. Schools and studios for art, crafts,
photography, dance and music. c. Personal, recreational and repair
services and retail uses, subject to the
e. Business and professional services. standards of Section 4-31-16C2.
f. Research and development. d. Additional uses as identified in
Section 4-31-36D1. (Ord. 3937, 9-16-85)
g. Educational, cultural, and social
activities. (Ord. 3937, 9-16-85) e. On-site hazardous waste treatment
and storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
h. Product servicing, wholesaling,
warehousing and storage of articles, products
or merchandise from previously prepared 4. Prohibited Uses: In the 0-P Zone the
natural or synthetic materials, or ferrous or following uses are prohibited:
alloyed metals. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
a. Residential uses.
i. Day care facilities. (Ord. 3937, 9-16-
85) b. Automobile, motorcycle, truck, boat,
mobile home, trailer, and recreational vehicle
j. Hobby Kennels: A maximum of eight sales, rental, repair, service and storage
(8) adult dogs or cats may be permitted after activities, except repair and maintenance may
satisfaction of the requirements in Section be permitted if incidental to a permitted use.
4-31-37C1a. (Ord. 3955, 11-4-85)
c. Any outdoor storage or display of
k. Motion picture theaters and similar materials or products.
recreational and entertainment facilities,
subject to the provisions of Section 4-31-25C2. d. All other uses not included in Section
(Ord. 3980, 3-24-86) 4-31-16B1 through 4-31-16B3. (Ord. 3937,
9-16-85)
2. Accessory Uses: In the O-P Zone the
following uses are allowed where incidental to e. Off-site hazardous waste treatment
a permitted use: and storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
a. Parking garages. C. Development Standards: In the 0-P Zone the
following development standards shall apply,
b. Recreational facilities. except as otherwise provided by this Section.
c. Retail sales of products or merchan- 1. Site Plan Approval: Site plan approval
dise produced as a permitted use. shall be required for all developments within
4-31-16 4-31-16
Cl) the 0-P Zone. A building site plan shall be b. Other Yards: All buildings and
filed and approved in accordance with the structures shall be located a minimum of r
City Code prior to issuance of any building twenty feet (20') or fifteen percent (15%) of
permits. Each building or other development the lot width, whichever is less, from any
permit issued shall be in conformance with property line which does not abut a public
the approved site plan. street or highway.
2. Standards for Retail and Selected Service c. Adjacent to Large Structures: The
Uses: For those service and retail uses required yard setbacks adjacent to any build-
identified in Section 4-31-16B3c, the following ing or structure with a building footprint
standards shall apply: greater than twenty five thousand (25,000)
square feet shall be increased one foot<1') for
a. The design of structures, including each additional two thousand (2,000) square
signs, shall be generally consistent in feet of building footprint, up to a maximum of
character with surrounding uses. No drive-up one hundred feet (100') abutting public
windows or outside automobile service shall streets, and sixty feet (60') in other yards.
be permitted.
d. Adjacent to Residential Lots:
b. No exterior display of merchandise Whenever a proposed use in the 0-P Zone
shall be permitted. shares a common property line with a lot that
is designated any residential use on both the
c. In order to avoid the negative impacts City of Renton comprehensive plan and zoning ,,
10*
of strip commercial development: map, the minimum setback contiguous to the
common property line shall be fifty feet (50').
(1) Retail or selected service uses shall Whenever an adjacent lot contains a
be developed as part of larger, planned residential use and either the comprehensive
commercial, office or industrial plan or zoning designation or both is
complexes having common architectural something other than residential, then the
or landscaping themes. Such retail or appropriate setback and landscaping adjacent
service uses shall not stand alone and to the residential lot shall be determined by
shall not occupy more than fifty percent site plan approval. A site plan decision to
(50%) of a jointly developed building require more than the minimum setback and
complex. landscaping shall consider the long term
viability of the residential use, the presence of
(2) Direct arterial access to individual other residential uses in the surrounding
uses shall occur only when alternative area, and such other indications of stability as
access to local or collector streets or owner-occupancy and housing condition.
consolidated access with adjacent uses is
not feasible. e. Use of Setback Areas: All required
setback areas shall be unoccupied and
Vie
(3) Roof signs shall be prohibited. unobstructed except for off-street parking and
Free-standing signs shall not exceed ten loading, driveways, entrance roads, lawn
feet (10') in height and shall be located sprinklers, walkways, landscaping, ordinary
at least twenty feet (20') from any and necessary utility service facilities, utility
property line, except for entrance and poles, lighting fixtures, identifying and
exit signs. direction signs and underground installations
accessory to any permitted use.
3. Setbacks:
f. Flexible Setbacks: With site plan
a. Streets: All buildings and_structurep approval and subject to applicable building
shall be located a minimum of sixty feet (60') and fire codes, one of the side setbacks (not
or twenty percent (20%) of the lot depth, adjacent to a public street or residential use,
whichever is less, from any public street or as defined in Section 4-31-16C3d may be
highway property line. In any case, if the reduced or eliminated if the total width of
adjacent public street is a major or secondary both side setbacks is at least twice the width
arterial, the setback shall be at least thirty of the minimum setback specified in Section
feet (30').
4-31-16
4-31-16
C3f) 4-31-16C3b above; and the rear setback not landscaping. The twenty percent (20%)
adjacent to a public street may be reduced or minimum landscaping requirement may not
eliminated if the front setback is increased be reduced if a site is developed as a PUD.
accordingly. The site plan decision shall be
based on a finding that, with reduced set- d. All areas not covered by buildings,
backs, the architectural design, building mien- structures or paved surfaces shall be land-
tation, circulation, noise and glare of the scaped. Areas set aside for future develop-
proposed project will be compatible with adja- ment on a lot may be hydroseeded.
cent uses and with the purpose and intent of
the 0-P Zone. e. Where parking lots are adjacent to
one another, perimeter landscaping shall not
4. Height: Building heights in the 0-P Zone be required.
shall be established with consideration to
adjacent land uses and shall be determined as f. Any wall surface greater than thirty
follows: feet (30') in width lacking windows or doors
shall be softened by landscaping or archi-
a. Adjacent to Single Family/Low tectural features, such as change of texture or
Density Multi-Family Uses: No height limit wall modulation. Such landscaping shall
shall be required provided that for each one include trees over six feet (6') in height placed
foot (1') of building height there shall be no more than thirty feet (30') on center or in
provided one foot (1') of yard setback on the clusters.
`tiro' periphery of the site where the office park
use is adjacent to a single family or low With site plan approval, the perimeter
density multiple family use located on a lot land aping setbacks required by Section 4-31-
designated single family or low density 16C5a and b above may be reduced in width
multi-family on the City of Renton up to fifty percent (50%) if the equivalent
comprehensive plan and zoning map. square footage of landscaping is provided
elsewhere within the site. Site plan approval
b, Adjacent to All Other Uses: No height shall be based on a finding that the
limit shall be required provided that all re- alternative landscaping arrangement provides
quired yard setbacks adjacent to such other buffering and site amenities equal to or better
uses shall be increased one foot (1') for each than that which would be achieved by strict
additional one foot (1') of height above forty application of the Code. The relocated land-
five feet (45'). scaping shall not be located within the rear
setback of the site.
c. These setback/height requirements
cannot be modified by application under the 6. Refuse: No refuse, trash, rubbish or other
PUD process. waste material shall be dumped, placed or
allowed to remain outside a permanent build-
.
*tow 5. Landscaping. ing, except in nonflammable, covered contain-
ers or dumpsters, which shall be screened by
a. There shall be a minimum landscaped fences or landscaping. No refuse shall be
setback of twenty feet (20') from all public stacked higher than the screening fence or
street or highway rights of way., landscaping.
b. There shall be a minimum landscaped 7. Parking/Circulation: Parking and circulation
setback of ten feet (10') or one-half (1/2) the, standards required shall be as follows:
required setback, whichever is less, from all
other property fines_ — a. Access: The principal access shall be
from an arterial or collector street and shall
c. A minimum of twenty percent (20%%) be oriented to the least traveled street when-
of the site shall be retained in Iandsc vd ever two (2) or more such arterials or collec-
open__space. A maximum of one-half (1/2) of tors abut the site.
this requirement may be on the roofs of
structures, provided employees and the public b. Parking/Circulation: Parking and
have access to the area. A maximum of circulation areas along a common lot line with
seventy five percent (75%) of this requirement a residential use located on a lot designated
may be within the required perimeter as a residential use on both the City of
4-31-16 4-31-17
C7b) Renton comprehensive plan and zoning map of toxic gases or matter shall be permitted.
shall be allowed only if a ten foot (10') wide
sight-obscuring landscaping strip and a six f. Vibration: No vibration shall be
foot (6') high solid fence are provided along permitted to exceed 0.003 of one inch dis-
the common boundary line. placement or 0.03 (g) peak acceleration,
whichever is greater, as measured at any
c. Parking and Loading: point outside the property lines of the lot or
site. This shall apply in the frequency range
(1) See Chapter 14, Title IV of the City of zero to five thousand (0 - 5,000) cycles per
Code. second. Shock absorbers or similar mounting
shall be allowed to permit compliance with
(2) All loading docks and roll-up doors this specification.
shall be located at the rear of buildings
or screened so that they are not visible g. Glare and Heat:
from any point along the abutting public
right of way. (1) No glare and heat from any source
shall be permitted to be unreasonably
(3) At no time shall any part of a objectionable beyond the exterior pro-
vehicle be allowed to extend into a perty lines of a lot or site.
public right of way while the vehicle is
being loaded or unloaded. All loading (2) All exterior or wall mounted lighting
and unloading maneuvers shall be fixtures shall be directed away from vsattl
conducted on private property. public streets or rights of way. Exterior
lighting fixtures shall be equipped with
8. Environmental Performance Standards: The hoods or reflectors such that direct light
following minimum standards shall be met by rays extend no more than ten feet (10')
all activities within the 0-P Zone. For all beyond the nearest property line.
activities which may produce objectionable or
otherwise prohibited conditions, the property 9. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the City
owner or lessee shall furnish design specifica- Code. (Ord. 3937, 9-16-85)
tions or other scientific evidence of compliance _
with these standards.
4-31-17: AIRPORT ZONING:
a. Noise: See Title VIII, Chapter 7,
Noise Level Regulations. A. Zones: In order to regulate the use of
property in the vicinity of the airport, all of
b. Smoke: the land within two (2) miles south and one
mile east and west of, or that part of the
(1) Visible grey smoke shall not be emit- area that is within the City limits of Renton,
ted from any source in a greater density Washington, whichever is nearest the
of grey than that described as No. 1 on boundaries of the airport, is hereby divided
Ringelmann Chart. into airport approach, transition and turning
zones. The boundaries thereof are shown on
(2) The provisions applicable to visible the Renton Airport Approach Plan numbered
grey smoke shall also apply to visible No. 1, dated March 1, 1956, which plan is
smoke of a different color but with an made a part hereof.
equivalent apparent opacity.
B. Height Limits: Except as otherwise provided
c. Dust, Dirt, Fly Ash or Airborne in this Code, no structure or tree shall be
Solids: No observable dust, dirt, fly ash or erected, altered, allowed to grow or be main-
airborne solids shall be emitted. tained in any airport approach zone or airport
turning zone to a height in excess of the
d. Odorous Gases and Matter: No height limit herein established for such zone.
odorous gases or matter in a quantity suf- For the purposes of this regulation, the
ficient to evoke a response from the average following height limits are hereby established
person beyond the exterior property lines for each of the zones in question: (Ord. 1542,
shall be emitted. 4-17-56)
e. Toxic Gases and Matter: No emissions
4-31-17 4-31-19
B1) 1. Approach Zones (Shaded Dark Red on the said court, except that a cornice, belt
Plan): Height limitation to be one foot (1') in course or similar projection on the building
height for each forty feet (40') lateral separ- may extend into an "outer court" two inches
ation from a line which is two hundred feet (2") for each foot in width of such court, and
(200') south from the "Displaced Threshold" at may extend into an "inner court" one inch (1")
Station No. 10+00 as shown on revised for each such foot in width of such court.
Renton Airport Approach Plan, No. 1-R, dated
May 17, 1960, which approach plan is filed A. Inner Court: An inner court shall be of a
herewith and by this reference is made a part width of not less than four feet (4'), nor less
hereof. (Ord. 1829, 5-17-60) than sixteen percent (16%) of the court
height; provided further, that in no case shall
2. Approach Transition Zone (Shaded Light a width of more than twenty feet (20') be
Red on Plan): Height limit to be one foot (1') required. A minimum court length of one and
in height for each seven feet (7') of lateral one-half (1 1/2) times the court width is
separation from the Renton airport boundary. required.
3. Airport Turning Zone: Any object over one B. Outer Court: An outer court shall be of width
hundred fifty feet (150') in height is an of not less than four feet (4'), nor less than
obstruction. ten percent (10%) of the court height,
provided further that in no case shall width
C. Use Restrictions: Notwithstanding any other of more than ten feet (10') be required.
provisions of this Code, no use may be made
of land within any airport approach zone or C. Ventilation and Light: Every room used for
airport turning zone in such a manner as to habitation shall have openings to the exterior
create electrical interference with radio with an area through which light may pass of
communication between the airport and air- not less than one-eighth (118) of the floor
craft, making it difficult for fliers to area. Exterior doors and windows shall open
distinguish between airport lights and others, to the extent of not less. than five percent
result in glare in the eyes of fliers using the (5%) of the floor area.
airport, impair visibility in the vicinity
thereof, or otherwise endanger the landing, Windows shall face unobstructed, uncovered,
taking off, or maneuvering of aircraft. horizontal areas of at least the extent of the
glass area of all the windows opening thereon,
D. Hazard Marking and Lighting: Any permit or but no dimension of which is less than five
variance granted as provided in this Chapter feet (5'). (Ord. 1472, 12-18-53)
and affecting the airport approach, transition
or turning zone shall be so conditioned as to
require the owner of the structure or tree in 4-31-19: ADMINISTRATION; INTERPRE-
question to permit the City, at its own TATION AND PERMITS:
low expense, to install, operate and maintain
thereon such markers and lights as may be A. Minimum Requirements: In interpreting and
necessary to give adequate notice to aircraft applying the provisions of this Chapter, the
of the presence of such airport hazard. (Ord. requirements herein shall be considered the
1542, 4-17-56) minimum for the promotion of the public
health, safety, morals and general welfare;
therefore, where this Chapter imposes a
4-31-18: COURTS: In all buildings hereafter greater restriction upon the use of the
erected or structurally altered, all buildings or premises, or upon the height of
windows shall open upon a yard, court, street or buildings, or requires larger open spaces than
alley as hereafter provided. In no event shall any are imposed or required by other laws,
yard or court be made to serve two (2) buildings ordinances, rules or regulations, tic provisions
hereafter erected, or any existing building and a of this Chapter shall control. (Ord. 2630,
building hereafter erected. 4-26-71)
Every court shall be open and unobstructed to the B. Special Permits: Recognizing that there are
sky from the floor level of the lowest story in a certain uses of property that may be
building in which there are windows from rooms or detrimental to the public health, safety,
apartments abutting the said court and served by morals, and general welfare, and not
4-31-19 4-31-19
B) permitted by right in the zone where or approval as set forth in Chapter 8 of Title
proposed, depending upon the facts, of each IV. The Board of Adjustment shall have
particular case, a limited power to issue authority to grant variances from the pro-
permits for such uses is vested in the visions of this Title upon application to the
Hearing Examiner following recommendation Building Department where no approval or
by the Building Department. The standards of permit is required for the proposed develop-
review and procedural requirements shall be ment which must be granted by the Examiner
the same as a conditional use permit. (Ord. pursuant to Chapter 8, Title IV. The Board of
3592, 12-14-81) Adjustment shall have no authority to vary
the terms or conditions of any permit,
C. Steep Topography (Garage Location): The recommendation or decision issued by the
Building Department may, in specific cases Hearing Examiner.
where the topography of the premises or the
location of buildings existing prior to the 2. A property owner, or his duly authorized
passage of this Code make compliance with agent, may file an application for a variance
the provisions governing the location of which application shall set forth fully the
private garages impossible, grant a special grounds therefor and the facts deemed to
permit for a private garage to be located justify the granting of such variance. Notice
nearer to the street line than the main of the application shall be given in the
structure, but in any case where such location following manner:
is within a required front or side yard, the
highest point of a building so located shall a. In the case of a variance application
vie
not be more than thirty inches (30") above to the Hearing Examiner the provisions of
the average level of the ground on the side Chapter 8, Title N shall apply. In the case of
farthest from the street line. Likewise, the, an application for variance to the Board of
Building Department may, upon proper Adjustment, the application shall be
application, grant a special permit for the considered at a public hearing, the date of
location of a garage on the low side of the which shall be not more than forty five (45)
street nearer to the street line than the main days from the date of filing and acceptance of
building. (Ord. 2630, 4-26-71, amd. Ord. 3592, such application.
12-14.81)
b. Notice of time and place of public
D. Interpretation: It shall be the duty of the hearing shall be given in at least one
Hearing Examiner to interpret the provisions publication in the City's legal newspaper
of this Chapter in such a way as to carry out which publication shall be not less than ten
the intent and purpose of the plan thereof, as (10) days prior to the date of said public
shown by the maps fixing districts, accom- hearing, in addition thereto three (3) written
panying and made part of this Code, in cases notices of such public hearing shall be posted,
where the street layout actually on the at least ten (10) days prior to such hearing,
ground varies from the street layout as shown within, on or about the subject premises and
on the maps aforesaid. if such premises contain any structures or
building, then at least one of such notices
E. Temporary Permits: The Hearing Examiner shall be posted on such structure or building.
may approve the granting of temporary
permits for structures and uses that do not c. If for any reason testimony in any
conform with the regulations herein pre- manner set for public hearing, or being heard,
scribed. A temporary permit shall be granted cannot be completed on date set for such
•
for a maximum period up to two (2) years hearing, the person presiding at such public
and may include any conditions imposed by hearing or meeting may, before adjournment
the Hearing Examiner. (Ord. 2630, 4-6-71; or recess of such matters under consideration,
amd. Ord. 3101, 1-17-77, eff. 1-1-77) publicly announce the time and place to and
at which said meeting will be continued, and
F. Variance: no further notice of any kind shall be
required.
1. The Hearing Examiner shall have the
authority to grant variance is from the d. Any notice of hearing pertaining to
provisions of this Title where the proposed any variance shall set forth with reasonable
development requires or required any permit certainty the description of the property under
441-19 4-31-19
F2d) consideration, the nature of the proposed variance granted by the Hearing Examiner
change or use, and the time and place of such shall expire pursuant to the provisions of
public hearing. Chapter 8, Title IV. (Ord. 3463, 8-11-80)
3. The Hearing Examiner or Board of G. Home Occupations: Customary, incidental
Adjustment, as the case may be, shall have home occupations conducted within a dwelling
authority to grant a variance upon making a and not in an accessory building may be
determination in writing that the conditions permitted in all residential districts by the
specified below have been found to exist: Building and Zoning Department following a
review by the Fire Department, provided:
a. That the applicant suffers undue
hardship and the variance is necessary 1. That no retail or personal services to
because of special circumstances applicable to customers on site or sale to customers on site
subject property, including size, shape, of any sort is involved; no stock or trade is
topography, location or surroundings of the kept or commodities sold, except such as are
subject property, and the strict application of made on the premises.
the zoning code is found to deprive subject
property owner of rights and privileges 2. That there shall be no exterior display, no
enjoyed by other property owners in the exterior alteration of the property including
vicinity and under identical zone expansion of parking, no exterior storage of
classification; materials and no other external indication of
New
a home occupation or variation from the
b. That the granting of the variance will residential character of the premises.
not be materially detrimental to the public
welfare or injurious to the property or 3. That no persons not residents on the
- improvements in the vicinity and zone in premises are employed.
which subject property is situated;
4. That no mechanical equipment is used
c. That approval shall not constitute a except such as is permissible for purely
grant of special privilege inconsistent with the domestic purposes. The use of electrical
limitation upon uses of other properties in the equipment that would change the fire rating
vicinity and zone in which the subject of the structure or create visible or audible
property is situated; interference in radio or television receivers or
cause fluctuations in line voltage outside the
d. That the approval as determined by dwelling unit is prohibited.
the Examiner or Board of Adjustment is a
minimum variance that will accomplish the 5. That do not occupy more than twenty five
desired purpose. percent (25%) of the floor space of the main
floor of the residence and in no event, more
441400, 4. The Hearing Examiner or Board of than three hundred (300) square feet.
Adjustment may prescribe any conditions
upon the variance deemed to be necessary 6. That the home occupation shall not involve
and required. Any variance granted by the the use of commercial vehicles, other than
Board of Adjustment, unless otherwise those owned by the applicant and not for
specified in writing, shall become null and delivery of products or materials to and from
void and in the event that the applicant or the premises.
owner of the subject property for which a
variance has been requested has failed to 7. That no window displays made or signs
commence construction or otherwise shown are permitted other than signs in
implement effectively the variance granted compliance with the provisions of the Renton
within a period of two (2) years after such Sign Code, also known as Chapter 20 of Title
variance has been issued. For proper cause IV (Building Regulations).
shown, an applicant may petition the Board
of Adjustment for an extension of the two (2) 8. That no merchandise shall be stored within
year period, specifying the reasons therefor. the dwelling or appurtenant premises except
The Board of Adjustment may extend the that amount and type which is reasonably
time limit, but such extension shall not required for a home hobby and not a busi-
exceed one additional year in any event. Any ness.
4-31-19 4-31-20
G) 9. That the occupations listed below shall not passage of traffic on any roads or streets in
be considered incidental and secondary to the the area of the person's property.
use of a residence for dwelling purposes, be-
cause they do change the residential character c. Goods are not to be displayed in
thereof, and are thereby prohibited: public rights of way.
a. Barber and beauty shops or similar d. Signs advertising such sales shall not
cosmetology establishments at applicant's be attached to any public structures, signs, or
residential site. traffic control devices nor to any utility poles.
Signs may only be placed on property owned
b. Kennels and other boarding for pets. by person conducting the sale or on property
where an owner gives consent to post such
c. Mechanical repair shops at applicant's sign. All such signs shall be removed twenty
residential lot. four (24) hours after the sale is completed.
d. Medical offices. e. A garage sale which violates one or
more of the above conditions shall be
10. A person shall obtain a permit for considered a business and must be brought
storage, handling or use of Class I flammable into compliance with all requirements for
liquids in excess of one gallon in any dwelling business uses, including compliance with the
or other place of human habitation. zoning code.
vizie
11. Minimum rated 2-A 10 BC fire extin- f. Any person found in violation of this
guisher is required. Section shall be informed in writing by the
Building and Zoning Department of the
12. Premises shall be open for inspection violation and shall be given fourteen (14) days
during normal work hours for the purpose of to comply with this Section. Following this
ascertaining and causing to be corrected, any action, if a subsequent garage sale is
condition which would reasonably tend to conducted in violation of this Section, each
cause fire or contribute to its spread as per day the sale is conducted shall be considered
Uniform Fire Code. a separate violation and shall be subject to
the following penalty.
13. Must meet all Uniform Fire Code
requirements for type of business being g. Penalty: Any person conducting any
conducted. garage sale as defined herein in Section
4-31-2 without being properly licensed therefor
14. Any alterations to building, either interior or who shall violate any of the other terms
or exterior, shall be under permit of City of and regulations of this Ordinance, shall upon
Renton Building Department. (Ord. 3810, conviction, be fined not less than twenty five
5-7-84) dollars ($25.00) nor more than one hundred Nozie
dollars ($100.00) or to be imprisoned for a
15. Garage sales as defined in Section 4-31-2 period of not to exceed ten (10) days for each
shall not be considered as an allowable home violation. (Ord. 3931, 8-12-85)
occupation. Exemptions and conditions for
garage sales shall include:
4-31-20: BOUNDARIES AND DISTRICTS: The
a. Incidental garage sales consisting of boundaries of the various districts shall
no more than one such sale per calendar be shown on the use and area maps accompanying
quarter, and no more than three (3) within and hereby made a part of this Code.
the same calendar year and with no such sale
continuing for more than two (2) days, shall A. The said district boundaries are, unless
be exempt from this Section. otherwise indicated, the center lines of
streets, alleys or lot lines as shown on the
b. Garage sales shall be supervised and said maps. Where the location of the bound-
are the responsibility of the occupant or the aries in such districts, as indicated on these
tenant who occupies the dwelling unit. This maps, are shown to be other than street,
person shall not permit vehicles to impede the alley or lot lines, then such boundary shall be
4-31-20 431-23
A) construed to be distance one hundred twenty Examiner for hearing as required by Chapter
feet (120') from and parallel with the frontage 8, Title IV. All petitions for a rezone shall be
street line, unless shown to be otherwise by a accompanied by a plat in duplicate, drawn to
distance in figures. scale, showing the actual dimensions of the
tract to be changed, the size, the use and
B. Where the street layout actually on the location of existing buildings and buildings to
ground varies from that shown on the Use be erected and such other pertinent informa-
District maps, the designations shown on the tion as may be required by the Building
maps shall be applied by the Planning Corn- Department. (Ord. 3463, 8-11-80; amd. Ord.
mission to the street as actually laid out so 3592, 12-14-81)
as to carry out the intent and purpose of the
zoning plan of that district D. A petition for a change of zoning classifi-
cation, seeking the same or substantially
same relief as a prior petition, cannot be
4-31-21: ENFORCEMENT: It shall be the duty refiled or resubmitted with the Hearing
of the Building Inspector (or official) in Examiner or the City Council, for a period of
charge of issuing building permits and inspection of twelve (12) months from the date of final
buildings to see that this Chapter is enforced disapproval or rejection of such prior petition.
through the proper legal channels. He shall issue (OH. 3463, 8-11-80)
no permit for the construction or alteration of any
New building or part thereof unless the plans,
specifications and intended use of such building 4-31-23: COMPLETION AND RESTORATION
conform in all respects with the provisions of this OF EXISTING BUILDINGS:
Chapter.
A. Pending Permits Valid: Nothing herein
Plats: All specifications for building permits shall contained shall require any change in the
be accompanied by a plat in duplicate drawn to plans, construction, designated or intended
scale, showing the actual dimensions of the lot to use of a building, for which a building permit
be built upon the size, the use and location of has heretofore been issued, or plans for which
existing buildings and buildings to be erected, and are now on file in with the Building Inspec-
such other information as may be necessary to tor, a permit for the erection of which is
provide for the enforcement of this Chapter. A issued within one month after the adoption of
careful record of such application and plats shall be this Code, and the construction of which in
kept in the office of the Building Inspector or either case:
proper enforcement official. (Ord. 1472, 12-18-53;
amd. Ord. 3101, 1-17-77, eff. 1-1-77) 1. Shall have begun and been diligently
prosecuted within one month from the
adoption of this Code; and
4-31-22: AMENDMENTS:
2. Be entirely completed according to such
A. The Council may upon proper petition or plans as filed within one year from the
upon its own motion, after a public hearing adoption of this Code.
thereon and referral to and report from the
City Hearing Examiner, change by ordinance B. Nonconforming Uses: The lawful use of any
the zoning classifications as shown on the building, structure or land existing at the
district maps. time of enactment of this Code may be
continued, although such use does not
B. The Council may upon its own motion after conform with the provisions of this Code,
public hearing and referral to and report from provided the following conditions are met:
the City Planning Commission, amend,
supplement or change by ordinance the 1. Unsafe structures: Nothing in this Chapter
regulations herein established. (Ord. 2188, shall prevent the strengthening or restoring
10-25-65) to a safe condition of any portion of a
building or structure declared unsafe by a
C. An application for a rezone of property may proper authority.
be made by the property owner, or somebody
authorized on his behalf on forms provided by 2. Alterations: A nonconforming building or
and filed with the Building Department. Such structure may be altered, improved or
application shall be referred to the Hearing reconstructed in compliance with the
4-31-23 4-31-25
B2) requirements of the City Code, provided such for any building shall be issued before the
work is not to an extent exceeding an application has been made for certificate of
aggregate cost of fifty percent (50%) of the occupancy.'
value of the building or structure, unless the
building or structure is changed to a Land: Certificate of occupancy for the use of vacant
conforming use. lands or the change in the use of land as herein
provided, shall be applied for before any such land
3. Extension: A nonconforming use shall not shall be occupied or used, and a certificate of
be extended, but the extension of a lawful use occupancy shall be issued within ten (10) days
to any portion of a nonconforming building or after the application has been made, providing such
structure which existed prior to the use is in conformity with the provisions of these
enactment of this Code shall not be deemed regulations.
the extension of such nonconforming use.
Nonconforming Uses: Upon a written request of the
4. Changes: No nonconforming building, owner, the Building Inspector shall issue a
structure or use shall be changed to another certificate of occupancy for any building or land
nonconforming use. existing at the time this Code takes effect,
certifying, after inspection, the use of the building
5. Restoration: Nothing in this Chapter shall or land and whether such use conforms to the
prevent the reconstruction, repairing, provisions of the Code. Where a plat as above
rebuilding and continued use of any noncon- provided is not already on file, an application for a
forming building or structure damaged by fire, certificate of occupancy shall be accompanied by a
collapse, explosion, or act of God, subsequent survey in duplicate form such as is required for a
to the date of this Code, wherein the expense permit. (Ord. 1472, 12-18-53)
of such work does not exceed fifty percent
(50%) of the value of the building or structure
at the time such damage occurred; otherwise 4-31-25: MANUFACTURING PARR (M-P)
any restoration or reconstruction shall DISTRICT:
conform to the regulations and uses specified
in this Chapter. A. Purpose and Intent: The purpose of the M-P ! "
Zone is to provide for a wide variety of
6. Abandonment: A nonconforming use (of a industrial, transportation, service and office
building or premises) which has been aban- activities which meet high operational,
doned shall not thereafter be resumed, A development and environmental standards.
nonconforming use shall be considered aban- Compatible personal service and retail uses
doned: which are supportive of industrial areas are
also permitted. Standards for scale, buffers,
a. When the intent of the owner to outdoor activities and external impacts are set
discontinue the use is apparent, and discon- forth to ensure high quality air, water, light,
tinuance for a period of one year or more and sound environments, adequate traffic Name
shall be prima facie evidence that the circulation, and compatible lane. uses. The
nonconforming use has been abandoned, or M-P Zone is intended to implement the
manufacturing park/multiple option, manufac-
b. When it has been replaced by a turing park/multiple option - office/light
conforming use, or industry, and manufacturing park/multiple
option - industry designations of the Compre-
c. When it has been changed to another hensive Plan. The principal zoning category
use under permit from the City or its for areas so designated on the comprehensive
authorized representative. (Ord. 1542, 4-17-56) plan should be M-P.
B. Uses: In the Manufacturing Park Zone (M-P),
4-31-24: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY: No the following and similar uses are permitted.
vacant land shall be occupied or used The Building and Zoning Department may
and no building hereafter erected shall be occupied determine that any other use is similar in
or used, nor shall the use of a building be changed general character to the following specific uses
from a use limited to one district to that of any and is in keeping with the intent of this
other district as defined by this Chapter until a Zone. Upon such administrative determine-
certificate of occupancy shall have been issued by tion, the subject use shall become a principal,
the Building Inspector. No permit for excavation
1. See also Title IV, Chapter 22 of this Code.
yowl
431-25 4-81-25
B) accessory or conditional use, whichever is h. Hobby Kennels: A maximum of eight
appropriate. Unless indicated by the text, (8) adult dogs or cats may be permitted after
definitions of the uses listed in this Zone are satisfaction of the requirements in Section
consistent with the descriptions in the Stan- 4-31-37C1a. (Ord. 3955, 11-4-85)
dard Industrial Classification Manual.
2. Accessory Uses: In the M-P Zone the
1. Principal Uses: In the M-P Zone, the following uses are allowed where subordinate
following principal uses are permitted: and incidental to a permitted use:
a. Manufacturing, processing, assembling a. Detached buildings or structures
and product servicing of: which are ordinarily associated with a per-
mitted use.
(1) Articles, products or merchandise
from previously prepared natural or syn- b. Outside storage of materials, products
thetic materials; or containers subject to the limitations and
screening provisions of Section 4-31-25C7.
(2) Articles, products or merchandise
from previously prepared ferrous or c. A security building of less than one
alloyed metals; hundred (100) square feet located within a re-
quired yard but outside of required landscaped
(8) Food and kindred products. areas.
Nosy
b. Transportation, communication and d. One residence per establishment for
utility services: Warehousing and storage, security or maintenance personnel and family,
express delivery and hauling activities with provided that mobile homes and travel trailers
limited cargo handling at a central terminal, are not permitted.
utility distribution activities and support
facilities, and communication services. e. Retail sales incidental to a permitted
use.
c. Services:
f. Repair services ordinarily associated
(1) All manner of business, professional, with a permitted use.
research and development, health, legal,
educational, social, cultural and other g. Drive-up "will call" windows. (Ord.
services; 3463, 8-11-80)
(2) Personal, recreational, and repair h. Storage of petroleum or natural gas
services, motion picture theaters, and or any of their by-products, provided that the
similar recreational and entertainment total storage capacity is less than fifty thou-
N" facilities, subject to the provisions of sand (50,000) gallons or other applicable unit
Section 4-31-25C2; of measure, and that storage of such products
is placed underground. (Ord. 3984, 41486)
(3) Day care facilities.
i. Recycling collection stations, provided
d. Offices: All manner of administrative, that they are located outside of any required
professional, medical, financial and business setback or landscaping area. (Ord. 3463,
offices. 8-11-80)
e. Wholesale trade. j. On-site hazardous waste treatment
and storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
f. Retail trade subject to the provisions
of Section 4-31-25C2. 3. Conditional Uses: In the M-P Zone the fol-
lowing uses may be allowed by conditional use
g. Recycling collection centers; provided, permit as provided in Section 4-31-36 of the
that they are located outside of any required zoning code.
setback or landscaping area. (Ord. 3936,
9-16-85)
1090
4-31-25 4-31-25
B3) a. Gasoline service stations, provided shall be required for all developments within
that all activities except fuel sales are con- the M-P Zone. A building site plan shall be
ducted entirely within an enclosed building. filed and approved in accordance with the
City Code prior to issuance of any building
b. Truck terminals and associated ware- permits. Each building or other development
housing facilities. permit issued shall be in conformance with
the approved site plan.
c. Outdoor storage exceeding twenty feet
(20') in height. 2. Standards for Retail and Selected Service
Uses: For those service and retail uses
d. Outdoor aboveground storage of up to identified in Sections 4-31-25B1c(2) and
ten thousand (10,000) gallons of the accessory 4-31-25B1f, the following standards shall
storage of petroleum or natural gas or any of apply:
their by-products permitted in Section
4-31-25B2h above. a. The design of structures, including
signs, shall be generally consistent in
e. Any permitted use whose activities, character with surrounding uses. No drive-up
including manufacturing and storage, are windows shall be permitted.
predominantly conducted out-of-doors rather
than completely enclosed within a building. b. No exterior display of merchandise
designed to be viewed from the public right of
f. Additional uses as identified in Section way shall be permitted. vie
4-31-36D1. (Ord. 3463, 8-11-80)
c. In order to avoid the negative impacts
g. Off-site hazardous waste treatment of strip commercial development: (Ord. 3463,
and storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88) 8-11-80)
4. Prohibited Uses: In the M-P Zone the (1) Retail or service uses shall be
following uses are prohibited: developed as part of larger, planned
commercial, office or industrial
a. Residential uses except for a security complexes having common architectural
or maintenance personnel residence as or landscaping themes. A retail or --
provided in Section 4-31-25B2d. service use shall not stand alone, unless
such use has a gross floor area greater
b. Automobile, motorcycle, truck, boat, than twenty five thousand (25,000)
mobile home, trailer, and recreational vehicle square feet. Any stand alone retail or
sales and rental establishments. service use, smaller than twenty five
thousand (25,000) square feet, in
c. Automobile, motorcycle, truck, boat, existence prior to the effective date of
mobile home, trailer, and recreational vehicle this Ordinance shall be permitted to ,
repair, service and storage activities, except expand, subject to all other provisions of
gasoline service stations or as incidental to a City Code. (Ord. 3984, 4-14-86)
permitted use.
(2) Direct arterial access to individual
d. Refining, manufacture or bulk storage uses shall occur only when alternative
of petroleum, or any of its by-products. access to local or collector streets or
consolidated access with adjacent uses is
a. Salvage, wrecking and disposal not feasible.
activities conducted out-of-doors.
(3) Roof signs shall be prohibited. (Ord.
f. All other uses not included in Sections 3463, 8-11-80)
4-31-25B1 through 4-31-25B3.
3. Lot Area: The minimum lot area permitted
C. Development Standards: In the M-P Zone the • - ="Tlille thirty we ousand
following development standards shall apply, (35,000) square feet excep for lots existing as
except as otherwise provided in Section __4,_198. ich are smaller than
4-31-25. thirty five thousand (35,000) square feet or
less than three hundred feet (300') in depth
1. Site Plan Approval: Site plan approval as measured perpendicular to an adjacent
Imo
4-31-25 4-31-25
C3) street. For purposes of this Ordinance, such lines, provided that the total coverage shall
pre-existing lots with less than the minimum not exceed sixty five percent (65%) of the lot
area are known as "small lot M-P". Certain area on these small lots. (Ord. 4035, 12-22-86)
small lot M-P setbacks and landscaping pro-
visions may apply. See Sections 4-31-25C4a c. Railroad Spur Track: The required
and b and 4-31-25C6a. When properties which setbacks shall not apply along the portion of
satisfy the criteria for small lot M-P are a building or structure contiguous to a rail-
contiguous and held in the same ownership, road spur track.
then those lots must be developed as a single
development to the greatest extent possible. d. Adjacent to Residential Lots: When-
Before taking advantage of the small lot M-P ever a proposed use in the M-P Zone shares a
provisions, a property owner must exhaust all common property line with a lot designated
available administrative or legal processes to residential on both the comprehensive plan
aggregate the small lot M-P parcels to the and zoning map, the minimum setback
minimum lot size of thirty five thousand contiguous to the common property line shall
(35,000) square feet, if possible. For example, be fifty feet (50'). Whenever an adjacent lot
. if parcels of property within the same owner- contains a residential use and either the
ship are separated by an alley or street, the comprehensive plan or zoning designation or
property owner must first apply for an alley both is something other than residential, then
or street vacation in an attempt to aggregate the appropriate setback and landscaping
the parcels. In no event will a piece of pro- adjacent to the residential lot shall be
perty be subdivided to create lots to qualify determined by site plan approval. A site plan
for the small lot M-P criteria. The public in- decision to require more than the minimum
terest is served by taking all steps necessary setback and landscaping shall consider the
and legally permissible to encourage the fur- long term viability of the residential use, the
ther aggregation of lots that qualify as small presence of other residential uses in the
lot M-P lots such that the lots qualify for the surrounding area, and such other indications
regular minimum M-P zoning areas of thirty of stability as owner-occupancy and housing
five thousand (35,000) square feet. condition.
4. Setbacks: e. Use of Setback Areas: All required
setback areas shall be unoccupied and unob-
a. Streets: All buildings or structures strutted except for off-street parking and
shall be located a minimum of sixty feet (60') loading, driveways, entrance roads, a gate-
from any street or highway property line, house or guardhouse, water pits, lawn
except from limited access highways where sprinklers, walkways, landscaping, ordinary
there shall be a minimum twenty foot (20') and necessary utility service facilities, utility
setback. However, when any portion of a lot poles, lighting fixtures, identifying and
Noe is shallow (three hundred feet [3007 or less in direction signs, underground installations
depth measured perpendicular to an adjacent accessory to any permitted use, and railroads.
street), the above setback standard shall not
apply. Within such shallow portions of a lot, f. Flexible Setbacks: With site plan
the setback from the street shall vary, so that approval and subject to applicable building
at each point along the street, the required and fire codes, one of the side setbacks (not
setback shall be twenty percent (20%) of the adjacent to a public street or residential use,
lot dimension measured perpendicular to the as defined in Section 4-31-25C4d above) may
street at that point, provided that the mini- be reduced or eliminated if the total of both
mum setback is at least twenty feet (20') side setbacks is at least forty feet (40'); and,L,_
adjacent to arterial streets and ten feet (10') the r:: not ad'acent to a public;,; l
adjacent to all other streets. street ma •:1,..s-•uced elimina_• if the
front se •ack is '. =:sed accordingly The,
b. Other Yards: All buildings or struc- site plan decision s -, .- based on a finding]
tures shall be located a minimum of twenty that, with reduced,6etba0the architectural,
feet (20') from all other property lines, design, building 9fientation, c • ation, noise
including limited access highways. However, and glare of the proposed project will be'
for pre-existing platted lots smaller than the compatible wit,$' adjacent uses.
minimum lot area in the M-P Zone, no set- , I
backs are required from such other property 5. Height:
4-31-25 4-31-25
C5) a. In the M-P Zone, no height limit is a. Outside storage or display of mater-
established, provided that all required setback ials, products and containers is permitted
areas on the periphery of the lot shall be in- within the buildable area of a site; provided,
creased one additional foot in building height that the storage area is screened from all
above forty five feet (45'). adjacent property lines by an existing struc-
ture, a wall or view-obscuring fence at least
b. Gate houses or guardhouses shall not six feet (6') but not more than ten feet (10') in
exceed twelve feet (12') in height. height, or as required by the bulk storage
ordinance, Section 4-31-29.
6. Landscaping: (Ord. 3463, 8-11-80)
b. Whenever outside storage exceeds fifty
a. Setback Areas: A landscaped strip a percent (50%) of the buildable area of a site,
minimum of twenty feet (20') in width or one- storage shall be considered the principal use
half (1/2) the required setback, whichever is of the site and shall be subject to the condit-
less, shall be provided adjacent to all street or ional use requirements of Section 4-31-25B3e.
highway right-of--way lines, except limited
access highways; and a landscaped strip a 8. Refuse: No refuse, trash, rubbish or other
minimum of ten feet (10') in width or one-half waste material shall be dumped, placed or
(1/2) the required setback, whichever is less, allowed to remain outside a permanent build-
shall be provided adjacent to interior side lot ing, except in nonflammable, covered or
lines within the required front setback. (Ord. enclosed containers, which shall be screened
4035, 12-22-86) by fence or landscaping. No refuse shall be
stacked higher than the screening fence or
b. Adjacent to Residential Lots: When- landscaping.
ever a proposed use in the M-P Zone shares a
common property line with a lot that is desig- 9. Parking and Loading:
nated residential on both the comprehensive
plan and zoning map, a landscaped strip a a. See Chapter 14, Title IV of the City
minimum of ten feet (10') in width consisting Code.
of evergreen shrubs or trees a minimum of
five feet (5') in height shall be provided b. All uses requiring deliveries or ship-
adjacent to the common property line and ments shall provide a minimum of one off-
shall be planted prior to occupancy of any street loading space and one additional load-
portion of the site. ing space for each seventy thousand (70,000)
square feet of gross floor area over six thou-
c. All areas of a site not covered by sand (6,000) square feet.
buildings, structures, or paved surfaces shall
be landscaped. Required landscape areas shall c. The minimum area for each off-street
not be used for off-street parking and loading. loading space, excluding area for maneuvering,
Areas of a site set aside for future develop- shall be two hundred fifty (250) square feet.
Nee
ment may be hydroseeded.
d. At no time shall any part of a vehicle
d. Flexible Landscaping Areas: With site be allowed to extend into a public right of
plan approval, the perimeter landscaping way while the vehicle is being loaded or
strips required by Section 4-31-25C6a above unloaded. All loading and unloading
may be reduced in width up to fifty percent maneuvers shall be conducted on private
(50%) if the equivalent square footage of property.
landscaping is provided elsewhere within the
site. Site plan approval shall be based on a e. Off-street loading spaces shall not
finding that the alternative landscaping interfere with the use of required off-street
arrangement provides buffering and site parking areas.
amenities equal to or better than that which
would be achieved by strict application of the 10. Environmental Performance Standards:
Code. The relocated landscaping shall not be The following minimum standards shall be
located within the rear setback of the site. met by all activities within the M-P Zone. For
all activities which may produce objectionable
7. Outside Storage:
4-31-25 4-31-27
C10) or otherwise prohibited conditions, the pro- 13. Excavation, Grade and Fill: See Chapter
perty owner or lessee shall furnish design 10, Title IV of the City Code. (Ord. 3936,
specifications or other scientific evidence of 9-16-85)
compliance with these standards.
a. Noise: See Title VIII, Chapter 7, 4-31-26: BOARD OF ADJUSTMENT:
Noise Level Regulations.
A. Powers and Duties: The Board of Adjustment
b. Smoke: shall have the authority to hear applications
for variances pursuant to Section 4-31-19G.
(1) Visible grey smoke (or dust, dirt, fly
ash or airborne solids) shall not be B. Board of Adjustment shall Announce Findings
emitted from any source at a density or and Decisions: Not more than thirty (30) days
opacity greater than twenty percent after the termination of the proceedings of the
(20%) for more than three (3) minutes in public hearing on any variance, the Board of
any hour, as per regulation 1 of the Adjustment shall announce its findings and
Puget Sound Air Pollution Control decision. If a variance is granted, the record
Agency. shall show such conditions and limitations in
writing as the Board of Adjustment may
(2) The provisions applicable to visible impose.
grey smoke shall also apply to visible
smoke of a different color but with an C. Notice of Decision of Board of Adjustment:
equivalent apparent opacity. Following the rendering of a decision on a
variance application, a copy of the written
c. Odorous Gases and Matter: No emis- order by the Board of Adjustment shall be
sions of odorous gases and other odorous mailed to the applicant at the address shown
matter shall be permitted in quantities which on the application and filed with the Board of
are unreasonably offensive beyond the exterior Adjustment and to any other person who
property lines of the lot or site. requests a copy thereof.
d. Toxic Gases and Matter: No emissions D. Effective Date of Decision; Appeal to Court:
of toxic gases or matter shall be permitted in The action of the Board of Adjustment shall
quantities damaging to health, animals, be final and conclusive, unless within ten (10)
vegetation, or property or which cause any days from the date of the action the original
excessive soiling beyond exterior property applicant or an adverse party applies to King
lines of the lot or site. County Superior Court for a writ of review.
(Ord. 3463, 8-11-80)
e. Vibration: No vibration shall be
permitted to exceed 0.003 of one inch (1") E. Record of Decision: Whenever a variance is
"0.1.6o displacement or 0.03 (g) peak acceleration, approved by the Board of Adjustment, the
whichever is greater, as measured at any Building Department shall forthwith make an
point outside the property lines of the lot or appropriate record and shall inform the
site. This shall apply in the frequency range administrative department having jurisdiction
of zero to five thousand (0 - 5,000) cycles per over the matter. (Ord. 3463, 8-11-80; amd.
second. Shock absorbers or similar mounting Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
shall be allowed to permit compliance with
this specification.
4-31-27: MINING, EXCAVATION AND GRAD-
f. Glare and Heat: No glare and heat ING:
from any source shall be permitted to be
unreasonably objectionable beyond the exterior A. Special Permit Required: The Hearing
property lines of a lot or site. Examiner may grant a special permit, after a
public hearing thereon in any zone, to al o
11. Signs: See Chapter 20, Title IV of the the` 81 Hing, •u: ..' '�.• •r de..siting
City Code. o' •' ne = s or materials, including but no
li•• pe • eum, co: , san., gravel, roc ,
12. Bulk Storage: See Section 4-31-29 of the -
City Code.
4-31-27 4-31-29
A) clay, peat and topsoil. A special permit shall properties and environment, the City Council
be required on each site of such operation. finds that special review of bulk storage
facilities is required to insure the intent of
these regulations: and the City Council
B. Standards: To grant a special permit, the expressly finds that in the Green River
Hearing Examiner shall make a determination Valley, City of Renton and surrounding areas
that the proposed activity would not be there has been a loss in air quality and that
unreasonably detrimental to the surrounding a potential exists for a continuing
area. The Hearing Examiner shall use the deterioration in this air quality due in part to
standards established in that certain `Mining, the unique meteorological and topographic
Excavation and Grading Ordinance, being characteristics such as the channeling and
Ordinance No. 2820, which said ordinance is holding of air masses by inversions and the
hereby incorporated, by reference, as if fully surrounding hills. This degradation in air
set forth. (Ord. 2821, 1-14-74; amd. Ord. 3101, quality adversely affects the liveability and
1-17-77, eft 1-1-77) desirability of the City and is injurious to the
health and well-being of its citizens. Those
uses classified as a recognized higher risk
4-31-28: OPEN SPACE, AGRICULTURAL. have higher standards applied to them includ-
AND TIMBER LANDS; CURRENT ing, but not limited to, landscaping, traffic
USE ASSESSMENT: There is hereby fixed and and access and hazardous materials. These
established an application fee in the sum of thirty regulations are to supplement and be in
dollars ($30.00) for processing any application by addition to existing ordinances and code
10*
any owner in pursuance of chapter 84.34 RCW, provisions.
(Open Space, Agricultural and Timber Lands -
Current Use Assessment) which fee is payable to B. Special Permit and Administration: (Ord.
the City of Renton upon filing of the application by 2962, 9-8-75; amd. Ord. 2967, 9-22-75)
any such owner and said fee shall be delivered by
the King County Assessor to the City of Renton 1. Bulk storage facilities may be allowed only
upon referral of any such application to the by special permit as specified in Section
legislative body of the City. Such fee shall be 4-31-19B. The fee for the special permit for I. I
deposited in the general fund of the City of bulk storage facilities is specified in the fee
Renton. schedule set out in Section 5-1-1 of this Code.
(Ord. 3653, 8-23-82)
If any such application is not approved by the City
of Renton, said application fee shall be refunded by 2. The Hearing Examiner is designated as the
the City Treasurer unto the applicant-owner. official agency of the City for the conduct of
public hearings; and the Building Department
The City further adopts, by reference herein, the is responsible for the general administration
Open Space Taxation Act Rules as promulgated by and coordination. The Building Department
the Department of Revenue, State of Washington, shall establish administrative procedures, Nisite
on the date of October 23, 1970, or as same may which shall include, but are not limited to:
be amended from time to time. (Ord. 2844, 4-1-74) Preparation of application forms, determining
completeness and acceptance of application,
and establishment of interdepartmental review
4-31-29: BULK STORAGE FACILITIES: routing procedures. (Ord. 2962, 9-8-75, amd.
Ord. 2967, 9-22-75, amd. Ord. 3101, 1-17-77,
A. Intent: The intent of the regulation of bulk efl'. 1-1-77; Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
storage facilities is to allow such facilities in
a location and manner so they are compatible 3. The responsibility of producing information
with adjacent properties and beneficial to the and data to establish that the proposed bulk
City and in accordance with the State storage facility complies with the standards
Environmental Policy Act. It is further the set forth in this Section shall be on the
intent to insure that the safety, health, applicant. (Ord. 2962, 9-8-75. amd. Ord. 2967,
welfare, aesthetics and morals of the 9-22-75)
community are maintained at a high level.
Due to the unique characteristics and 4. The Building Department shall be respon-
problems inherent in making bulk storage sible for determining whether an application
facilities compatible with surrounding
4-31-29 4-31-29
B4) is a bulk storage facility as defined herein. eight feet (8') high. An optional security fence
Such decision may be appealed to the City shall have at least a twenty foot (20') setback.
Council within ten (10) calendar days after All areas between the property lines and the
such determination upon proper written notice screen shall be landscaped except for ingress
filed with the City Council. (Ord. 2962, and egress areas and except when a second
9-8-75; amd. Ord. 2967, 9-22-75, Ord. 3592, bulk storage facility has a contiguous side or
12-14-81) rear property line with an existing bulk
storage facility constructed to the standards
C. Height: The maximum height of all storage specified in Section 4-31-29. The landscape
containers and stock piles of bulk materials plan shall be prepared by a licensed
and/or products shall be forty feet (40') or landscape architect and approved by the
that of the structure height of the underlying Building Department.
zone if more restrictive. The storage of bulk
materials in containers above manufacturing (See following page for beginning
plants shall not be considered as bulk storage, of Landscaped Figures
but shall be classified as part of the 4-31-29E1a through e)
supporting structure. No roof shall extend
beyond five percent (5%) slopes drawn from 2. Other Bulk Storage: Those bulk storage
forty foot (40') high vertical surfaces uses not included in Section 4-31-29E1 above
contiguous to the base of the structure. Only shall have a screen including gates and shall
accessory items such as, but not limited to: be at least eighty percent (80%) opaque
Now Antennas, ladders, light fixtures, railings, surrounding the property area. Said screen
vent pipes and safety or health related items shall be at least twenty five percent (25%) as
shall be excluded from the determination of high as the bulk storage containers or stock
structure height. piles provided said screen is at least eight
feet (8') high. The screen and optional
D. Setbacks: All structures and bulk storage, security fence shall be setback at least twenty
except security fences, opaque screens and feet (20') from all property lines except that
signs shall be located at least sixty feet (60') for those bulk storage facilities whose total
from all public right of ways, wildlife habitat, ownership is less than two and one-half (21)
public areas, parks and waterways which contiguous acres in area, the Hearing
include, but are not limited to rivers, lakes, Examiner may reduce this setback up to fifty
streams and drainage channels. In all other percent (50%) for good cause and upon proper
instances the setbacks shall be at least written application. All areas between the
twenty feet (20') from the property line. property lines and the screen shall be
landscaped except for ingress and egress areas
E. Landscaping and Screening. The intent of and except when a second bulk storage
landscaping and screening is to minimize the facility has a contiguous side or rear property
visual impact of bulk storage as viewed from line that abuts an existing bulk storage
Nue adjacent or nearby properties or facilities and facility constructed to the standards specified
to enhance the image of the industrial areas in Section 4-31-29 provided there is at least a
and the City. (Ord. 2962, 9-8-75; amd. Ord. twenty foot (20') landscaped strip. The
2967, 9-22-75) landscape plan is to be approved by the
Building Department. A landscaped berm may
1. Recognized Higher Risk Storage: Those be used by itself or in combination with a
bulk storage uses which are considered as screen provided the required height is met.
having a recognized higher risk shall have a The slopes of said berm shall be at least two
barrier as specified in Section 4-31-290, feet (2') horizontal to one foot (1') vertical.
Hazardous Materials, with a screen that is at There shall be a flat area on top of the berm
least eighty percent (80%) opaque on top of with a minimum width of two feet (2'). A
the barrier and setback at least twenty feet retaining wall may be substituted for the
(20') from the property line. The barrier shall internal side of the berm provided the
have a maximum height of four feet (4') when retaining wall is approved by a licensed
measured as in Section 4-31-2903. The com- engineer. (Ord. 3653, 8-23-82)
bined height of the four foot (4') (maximum)
barrier and screen shall be at least twenty 3. Landscaping Maintenance: The mainten-
five percent (25%) of the height of the bulk ance of landscaping shall be assured prior to
storage provided such combination is at least the issuance of a building permit by requiring
J
vl
xi
,eicii4i
...._.4,._.
Ti
f ..,
41
". . ifi
... gfIL
itr-1 �
N Z
r-1 W i k
`r' 43 6 ,--
a Z
a
i iii
N O
f '�
................................. .............. .. . ...........................
.......................................... ......................................
......................... ............... . .. . ................................
v
6 all
)--- ...
..4
,
4111111111— Ili ag
t
,.. z
5 I
NOW ••.4.
ktr
...
...t
. :at
of- • .1
k - $
w 1 l
X w
1 11 rt ! 11016-143. t4I671t
4 Ca
•Pm. LW
rX4 C°
lialler
Ci
LL./
C6
<
L.)
VI
C3
M
<
d..I
1 ...
1113 41
4
9 Zts ._
ab_
II
ri ` •
_ t. -
4.1
cr
a. .immows
ca
Z
Q 1 a IP- Z
U J Ibu4
Z
I
z F_g-13
z
w
x 3
x
w
00
O
w
d o
Q
v
N
a
Z
Q
J
1Z^
111.111:4F°." 3
yr u
r
NOW ',i
+w w
4
2 F YOL
Q ).. Q
b I v M 4
W
r 1
go cc
FTyti
W
O
d �.J
O
.`
r----- It
?` . '
: :
2 � ~J`r`
0 0
: : fp...i.v.
irsi .4
4 lg/
,
7 51
$t" I
-..-- i VI
Yw
i
t-gN,
O Y hg
-
H�Z ��
u tkp I it, ,...,
-
crN
Q
aLiu
o ' V1o p
Z
V.
W V. i
co ,
4a
co
CO ~
3
Gr f
ce
W
o
O
W
d
Q
U
N
O
Q
J
ii Q-
N.
°W
W
: .. .. a . . ... .. .. . .i 4 ,
ti
4-31-29 4-31-29
E3) one of the following options: (a) the posting of 2. That the application of more strict stand-
a performance bond for one hundred fifty per- ards will not be materially detrimental to the
cent (150%) of the estimated cost of main- subject facility and will maintain the full
tenance of landscaping for a three (3) year rights, privileges and environment of neigh-
period, (b) the depositing with the City Clerk boring properties.
of a certified or cashier's check for one hun-
dred fifty percent (150%) of the estimated cost 3. That the application of such modifications
of maintenance of landscaping for a three (3) shall be supported by documented evidence of
year period, (c) filing with the City Clerk a a clear and compelling nature to justify such
copy of a service contract for maintenance of stricter standards. (Ord. 2962, 9-8-75; amd.
landscaping for a three (3) year period, or (d) Ord, 2967, 9-22-75)
such other written commitments that will
assure satisfactory maintenance of landscaping In the case of hardships affecting the subject
for a three (3) year period. Any of the four (4) property, variances to these bulk standards
options above are to be approved as to legal may be granted by the Hearing Examiner
form prior to acceptance by the City. Land- subject to the conditions of Section 4-31-26C.
seeping is to be maintained in a healthy, neat (Ord. 2962, 9-8-75; amd. Ord. 2967, 9-22-75;
manner and shall be subject to periodic amd. Ord. 3101, 1-17-77, eff. 1-1-77)
inspection by the City.
H. Surface Drainage: The intent of this standard
F. Signs: The only identification signs permitted is to protect property from damage and loss
shall be one sign per street frontage that due to flooding, erosion and deposition caused
shall be four feet (4') in height or less, with a by the adverse alteration of natural drainage
maximum of two (2) faces and no more than flow patterns and rates, and to promote
thirty (30) square feet per face. Such signs development practices which enhance the
may be illuminated by external lights. Exit quality, benefits and enjoyment of the natural
and entrance signs four (4) square feet in water courses.
area or less may be placed at street
entrances. (Ord. 2962, 9-8-75; amd. Ord. 2967, 1. Surface drainage shall be approved by the
9-22-75) Public Works Department and shall comply
with the design specifications set forth in the
G. Locational Criteria: The Hearing Examiner latest editions or revisions of Standard
shall review the impact of the proposed use to Specifications for Municipal Public Works
determine whether it is compatible with the Construction by the Washington State
proposed site and general area. The Hearing Chapter American Public Works Association,
Examiner may require any applicable bulk and Highway Hydraulics Manual by the
standard to be up to fifty percent (50%) more Washington State Highway Commission,
strict than specified to alleviate a potential Department of Highways.
problem, providing it shall be shown: (Ord.
' rrr 2962, 9-8-75; amd. Ord. 2967, 9-22-75; amd. I. Toxic Substances: The intent of this standard
Ord. 3101, 1-17-77, eff. 1-1-77) is to extend to the general public basic
precautions used in industry dealing with the
1. That because of special circumstances exposure of workers to toxic materials. As a
applicable to subject property, including size, requisite to protecting the public health and
topography, location or surroundings and welfare, and especially as that public includes
special characteristics applicable to subject the very young and other sensitive members,
facilities including height, surface drainage, the environment should be kept free of
toxic substances, traffic and access, sound, unnecessary concentrations of these toxic
liquid waste, light and glare, odorants, flam- substances by using the best practicable
mable and explosive materials and gaseous control and process technology in all phases of
wastes, the strict application of the zoning manufacture and handling and by a sincere
code and bulk storage regulations is found to commitment to good housekeeping practices.
deprive neighboring properties of rights and
privileges enjoyed by other properties in the 1. The ambient air quality standards specified
vicinity and under identical zone classifi- in Regulation 1 of the Puget Sound Air Pol-
cation. lution Control Agency (PSAPCA) shall apply
490
4-31-29 4-31-29
Il) to all air contaminants specifically listed hundred feet (300') when not on opposite
therein. sides of the lot.
2. Those toxic substances not specifically 3. A definitive traffic flow pattern shall be
listed in regulation 1 of the PSAPCA, but provided on the property for all traffic, both
released into the ambient air shall be in truck and automobile, such that all traffic
accordance with the fractional quantities set shall cross lot lines travelling in a forward
forth in Sections 4-31-29A3, and 4-31-29A5 direction. Curbcuts shall be kept to a mini-
and for those toxic substances listed in the mum on both number and width consistent
most current publication entitled Threshold with the property traffic flow pattern.
Limit Values, of the American Conference of
Governmental Hygienists (ACGIH). 4. Necessary transportation between different
parts of the same building or complex of
3. The concentration of a single toxic buildings when located on one continuous lot
substance measured in an air sample shall shall be by private access routes, confined to
not exceed one-fiftieth ('/„) of the threshold the property so as to not cause unnecessary
limit value or ceiling "C" limit value at the congestion or hazards on public streets. Such
lot lines or one one-hundredth ('/,00) of the on-site access routes shall be located at a
threshold limit value or ceiling "C" limit value distance of at least ten feet (10'), or on the
at the lot-district line. The concentrations of property side of any required planting strip,
two (2) or more substances shall be con- from all pedestrian sidewalks or edge of
sidered as in the publication of ACGIH. public right-of-way.
IS
4. Those carcinogenic substances listed in 5. Provisions shall be made for the separation
threshold limit values having no listed of parking of private automobiles from any
threshold limit value shall not be detectable space or area used for maneuvering, parking
by the most sensitive method in air samples or loading or any truck, vehicle or trailer
taken at the lot or lot-district lines. either while attached to or unattached from
any mover.
5. The samples shall be taken by a qualified
person as per the publication of the ACGIH 6. Any fire or emergency access, including but
and the concentrations of toxic substances not limited to Section 4-31-29J2 shall conform
shall be measured in a certified laboratory or with the recommendations of the Renton Fire
facility at the request of the administrative Department and together with a traffic flow
official. pattern, when required, shall be clearly
defined on a site plan. (Ord. 2962, 9-8-75,
J. Traffic and Access Control: The intent of this amd. Ord. 2967, 9-22-75)
standard is to promote the safety of travel on
public streets in industrial areas where dense 7. Overpasses extending over a public right of
and variable traffic flows cause additional way shall be limited to pedestrian foot traffic
hazards to persons and property and to except that conduits for the transmission of
vie
provide for uninterruptable access to all information may be included if concealed
properties and neighbors of a potential major within the primary structure of the overpass.
fire, emergency or hazard. The design, lighting and landscaping of such
structures shall clearly exhibit a high level of
1. All lots used by an industry of recognized aesthetic design and furthermore shall be
higher risk shall be served on at least two (2) reviewed and approved by the Building
sides by accesses dimensional equal to an Department. (Ord. 2962, 9-8-75, amd. Ord.
industrial access street. Such accesses shall be 2967, 9-22-75; amd. Ord. 3592, 12-14-81)
continuously open to City departments for
clearing or repair at the owner's expense. 8. All on-site surfaces used for daily traffic
within the lot or as a part of the traffic flow
2. When on-site emergency access is required pattern required in Section 4-31-29J3 shall be
for fire or other emergency equipment, a paved and maintained in a good condition
through route shall be provided and with an asphalt surfacing, or its equivalent if
maintained in a free and open condition at all approved by the administrative official, to
times, with an exit from the lot different from prevent the generation of dust or the tracking
the entrance and separated by at least three of mud onto public rights of way. Storage
490
4-31-29 4-31-29
J8) areas not intended for maneuvering space L. Liquid Waste: The intent of this standard is
shall be paved with a surface satisfactory to to preserve and enhance the quality of the
the Hearing Examiner to meet the require- environment and protect the public health
ments of this Chapter and minimize dust and and welfare by preventing the disposal of
control storm water drainage. (Ord. 3653, liquid industrial wastes by unacceptable
8-23-82) methods and in unapproved areas.
K. Sound: The intent of this standard is to 1. The discharge of all waterless liquid waste
establish maximum sound levels for industrial shall be subject to the conditions of Section
sources as received in other properties of the 4-31-29L3 and/or disposed of by a liquid waste
same or different environmental use desig- disposal company.
nation. This is accomplished by implementing
the sound level requirements of the Washing- 2. The discharge of any water containing
ton Administrative Code as it applies to liquid, gas or solid wastes in solution and/or
industrial sources of sound and all sound as a mixture into any part of the natural
receptors. water system shall comply with the standards
and compatibility requirements of the Wash-
1. The regulation of industrial sounds as set ington State Department of Ecology or any
forth in chapter 173.60 of the Washington successor department or agency thereof. The
Administrative Code (WAC), Maximum Envi- administrative official shall be supplied with a
ronmental Noise Levels, is hereby true copy of any and all discharge permits
'fir incorporated by reference. issued to the facility by the State of Wash-
ington Department of Ecology.
2. The Classifications for Use Districts
(Zoning Codes) of the City of Renton shall be 3. All wastes discharged into a sewerage
assigned the Environmental Designation for system shall comply with the applicable
Noise Abatement (EONA) Codes as follows: regulations of the City of Renton and the
municipality of metropolitan Seattle sewerage
EDNA Class A; S-1, G, GS-1, G-9600, system governing the control and disposal of
G-8400 SR-1, G-7200, industrial waste.
G-6000, R-1, R-2, SR-2,
R-3, R-4, T, P-1 4. All liquid wastes undisposable by treat-
ment, after treatment, or by sewerage system
EDNA Class B; B-P, B-1 shall be disposed of on a scheduled basis
clearly related in both rate and magnitude
EDNA Class C; L-1, M-P, H-1 with the industrial process or source gener-
ating the waste.
3. The sound level of an industrial (EDNA
Class C) sound source when measured in the 5. Upon the request of the administrative
prescribed manner and location shall not official the industry shall provide substantial
exceed those values given in Schedule proof of having disposed of liquid waste, fall-
4-31-29K1. All maximum sound level values ing in the categories of Section 4-31-29L4
for impulsive sounds shall be reduced five (5) equal to or greater than eighty percent (80%)
decibels when measured with a A-weighted in either volume or weight of the amount
network. generated during the previous six (6) months
of operation. Should the generation of such
(See following page for Schedule liquid waste be on a sporadic basis then the
4-31-29K1) industry shall provide the administrative
official with written evidence of substantial
4. The hours of lower sound levels shall be compliance with this subsection.
extended in EDNA Class A environments for
all hours of the weekend, from midnight 6. The release of odorants or gaseous wastes
Friday to midnight Sunday, and the following from liquid wastes awaiting disposal shall be
holidays, as officially observed by the City of prevented by using adequate means of storage
Renton: New Year's Day, Independence Day, and all other reasonable means necessary.
Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas
Day.
Schedule 4-31-29K1
PERMITTED SOUND LEVELS IN RECEIVING EDNA CLASSES
FROM EDNA CLASS C (INDUSTRIAL) SOURCE
EDNA CLASS MAXIMUM DURATION IN APPLICABLE
OF RECEPTOR SOUND LEVEL1 ANY ONE-HOUR HOURS3
(dB(A) ) PERIOD (min)
A 60 Continually lam - 10pm 11101
A 65 15
A 70 5 1152
A 75 11 lam - 10pm
A 50 Continually 10pm - 7am
. A 55 15
A 60 5 / 152
A 65 11 10pm - 7am
8 65 Continually All
8 70 15
B 75 5 1152
8 80 11 All
C 70 Continually All
C 75 15
I *41000-
C 80 5 1152
C 85 11 All
1 . Source: Chapter 173-60, Washington Administrative Code
"Maximum Environmental Noise Levels".
2. Total not to exceed 15 minutes in any one hour.
3. The lower noise levels in EDNA Class A apply on all hours
of the weekends and holidays .
4-31-29
4-31-29
L) 7. Any treatment of liquid waste solely for compounds are above adopted values which
the purpose of disposal shall be permitted have been accepted for the health and
when the generation of any solid or gaseous well-being of the general public.
wastes is adequately handled in compliance
with these standards and all other rules and 1. The concentration of specific compounds
regulations of State and regional agencies. listed in Schedule 4-31-29N1 shall not exceed
Such treatment shall employ the best prac- the odor threshold values in two (2)
ticable control currently available to industry. consecutive air samples. Three (3) air samples
Liquid waste shall include surface run-off are to be taken over a two (2) hour period,
waters as per Section 4-31-29H when conta- one sample each at the beginning and end of
minated with chemicals, oils or other toxic the test period and one sample near the time
substances. midway through the sample period. The
administrative official may establish the time
M. Light and Glare: The intent of this standard of the sample period.
is to afford the public the safety of adequate
lighting while avoiding unnecessary glare and (See following page for Schedule
exposure to excessive outdoor illumination 4-31-29N1)
which may create a hazard or unreasonably
interfere with the relaxation and enjoyment of 2. The location for taking the three (3)
public open spaces, right-of-ways, and normal samples shall remain fixed during the test
residential activities and pursuits. period and shall be at a point outside lot
lines, at ground level or habitable elevations
Now 1. Illumination levels shall be measured with and a safe and reasonable place consistent
a photoelectric photometer (light-meter) with the location of the reported violation.
having a spectral response similar to that of
the human eye, following the standard 3. Monitoring shall be undertaken only upon
spectral luminous efficiency curve adopted by receipt of a complaint made by a person who
the International Commission of Illumination. resides, owns property, or is employed in the
area affected by the complained of odors,
2. The illumination from all sources located unless the area is designated as a public use
on a lot shall have the maximum value of area whereupon all complaints will be
eleven (11) lumens per square meter outside accepted.
of lot lines and six (6) lumens per square
meter outside the district line. In all cases of 4. When more than one concentration is listed
conflict the district line value shall apply. for a substance in these standards, the more
stringent shall apply.
3. The intrinsic brightness of any source
visible beyond the district lines shall have a 5. The samples shall be taken by a qualified
maximum value of fifty (50) candles per person and the concentrations of odorants
square centimeter. shall be measured in a certified laboratory or
___ facility at the request of the administrative
4. Intermittent, rotating or flashing lights of official.
an intrinsic brightness greater than two (2)
candles per square centimeter and with a 6. Nothing in this standard shall be construed
frequency greater than once in any five (5) to impair any cause of action or legal remedy
second time period shall not be visible beyond therefor of any person, or the public for
district lines unless for the sole purpose of injury or damages arising from the emission
alarm or giving warning. of any odorant in such place, manner or
concentration as to constitute air pollution or
N. Odorants: The intent of this standard is to a common law nuisance.
prevent the occurrence of certain offensive
odors in the environment by limiting the O. Hazardous Materials: The intent of this
concentration of chemical compounds which standard is to provide adequate separation
are known to produce strong olfactory between highly flammable or explosive
responses. This standard does not attempt to materials used in industries of a recognized
determine the intrinsic or subjective good or higher risk and the neighboring properties
bad qualities of an odor, but only that the and public areas, total containment of all
concentration of specific constituent highly flammable, toxic and polluting liquid
Avow
Schedule 4-31-29N1
ODORANT CONCENTRATIONS FOR SPECIFIC
CHEMICALS IN CLEAN AMBIENT AIR
ODOR THRESHOL01
No. POLLUTANT
(ppm) (mg/m3)
1 Acetone 320 770
2 Acrolein 15 35
3 Allyl disulphide 0.0001 0.00006
4 Allyl mercaptan 0.00005 0.00015 '
5 Ammonia 0.037 0.026
6 Amyl alcohol 10 35
7 Apiole 0.0063 0.057
8 Benzene 60 180
9 i-Butanol 40 120
10 n-Butanol 11 33
11 i-Butylacetate 4 17
12 n-Butylacetate 7 35
13 n-Butylformate 17 70
14 butyric acid 0.00028 0.000001 '
15 Camphor 16 100
16 Carbon disulphide 7.7 23
17 Carbontetrachloride 200 1260
18 Chlorine 0.01 0.029 )
19 Diacetyl 0.025 0.088
20 1 ,2-Dichloroethane 110 450
21 Diethylketone 9 33 -
22 Dimethylamine 6 11
23 Dimethyl sulphide 0.02 0.051
24 Dioxane 170 620
25 Ethanol 50 93 .
26 Ethylacetate 50 180 .
27 Ethyleneglycol 25 90
28 Ethyl mercaptan 0.000016 0.00004 110
29 Ethyl selenide 0.000062 0.00035
30 Ethyl selenomercaptan 0.0000018 0.000008
31 Ethyl sulphide 0.00025 0.00092
32 Heptane 220 930
33 Hydrogen selenide 3 10
34 Hydrogen sulphide 0.0011 0.0015
35 Iodoform 0.00037 0.0061
36 Ionone 0.000000059 0.00000046
37 Methanol 5900 7800
38 Methylacetate 200 550 .
39 Methylenechloride 150 550
40 Methylethylketone 25 80
41 Methylformate 2000 5000
42 Methyleneglycol 60 190
43 Methyl -i-butylketone 8 32
44 Methyl mercaptan 0.0011 0.0022
45 Methylpropylketone 8 27
46 Octane 150 710
47 Ozone 0. 1 0.2
48 Phenol 3 12
49 i-Propanol 40 90
50 n-Propanol 30 80
Schedule 4-31-29N1 (cont.)
ODORANT CONCENTRATIONS FOR SPECIFIC
CHEMICALS IN CLEAN AMBIENT AIR
ODOR THRESHOLD1
No. POLLUTANT
(ppm) (m9/m3)
51 i-Propylacetate 30 140
52 n-Propylacetate 20 70
53 Propyl mercaptan 0.000075 0.00023
54 Pyridine 0.012 0.04
55 Skatole 0.000000075 0.0000004
56 Sulphur dioxide 30 79
57 Tetrachloroethylene 50 320
58 Tetrahydrofuran 30 90
59 Toluene 40 140
60 1 ,1 , 1-Trichloroethane 400 2100
61 Trichloroethylene 80 440
62 Trimethylamine 4 96
63 Valeric acid 0.00062 0.0026
64 Vanillin 0.000000032 ; 0.0000002
65 Xylene 20 i 900
1 ppm is parts per million at 20° C and 760 Torr
mg/m3 is milligrams per cubic meter
Amis.
4-31-29 4-31-29
0) materials, limits for the stored quantity of grade level at the internal toe to the top. The
highly flammable and explosive materials as a slope of the sides and width of the top shall
function of property area, and all other rea= be according to accepted engineering design
sonable safety measures deemed necessary for for holding ponds. The design of the barrier
the protection of people, property, and the shall minimize the likelihood of damage by
environment from the threat and destruction major earthquakes whose epicenters are
of fire and/or explosion, and to prevent located in the Pacific Northwest. All ingress
encumbering adjoining properties with bur- into and egress from the inner aide of the
dens which are related to the hazards of barrier shall be over the barrier top. The
highly flammable and explosive materials. roadway shall be constructed so as to not
weaken the barrier or decrease its resistance
1. An industry shall not impose economic to earthquake damage. When the barrier and
burdens such as, but not limited to higher landscaped berm are one and the same
insurance rates and/or operational limitations structure no vertical cuts or retaining walls
upon neighboring facilities due to its location shall be allowed in the common structure.
and hazardous nature. All necessary
modifications shall be made to both such 4. On-site fire suppression systems shall be
characteristics and the site plan so as to not fully automatic with manual overrides from at
impact neighboring facilities. least two (2) locations outside the barrier. The
fire suppression system shall be connected to
2. An industry or facility storing for its own central dispatch of the City of Renton by
use or redistribution any highly flammable means of a remote station protecting signaling "w
toxic or polluting liquid of a capacity equal to system, in accordance with the specifications
or greater than the lesser of that quantity of the National Fire Code, Volume 7, of the
sufficient to result in a flow across lot lines National Fire Protection Association.
or a quantity of fifteen (15) cubic inches per
square foot of total lot area shall construct a 5. The manufacture and/or storage of
permanent continuous barrier surrounding all explosives or blasting agents shall comply
buildings, structures and facilities which could with the quantities and locations set forth in
contribute to the flow. The storage in liquid --Schedule 4-31-2901 as per type of explosive, e
form of those materials which are normally in quantity to be manufactured and/or stored
a gas phase at ambient temperature and and the distances from the lot lines. The
atmospheric pressures shall be contained quantities are the maximum amount that
within a barrier unless determined by the shall be allowed for any one company, facility
administrative official that dispersion of the or site. The stated distances are the minimum
resulting gas or aerosol would be less that shall be allowed.
hazardous. The capacity of the space within
the barrier shall be one hundred percent (See following page for Schedule
(100%) of the maximum possible volume of 4-31-2901)
stored liquid and the top of the barrier shall IWO
be at least one foot (1') above this liquid 6. The manufacture and/or storage of
level. The barrier shall be designed and explosives, blasting agents and similar such
constructed in such a manner that there is no substances shall comply with all other
visible leakage on or below any portion of the conditions and regulations set forth in Title 7,
exterior surface of the barrier which is below Chapter 6, Explosives of the Revised and
the level of the confined liquid after a forty Complied Ordinances of the City of Renton
eight (48) hour period. A report on a test of a and in the Washington State Explosives Act,
typical barrier section constructed to full scale chapter 70.74 of the Washington
shall be prepared by a licensed engineer and Administration Code.
submitted as proof of the design.
7. The best practicable control shall be used
3. The barrier shall be of earthen material for the prevention of fires and explosions, for
with two (2) sloping sides extending to grade the detection of fires and other related
level without any vertical cuts or retaining hazards, and for the protection of life and
walls. The top of the barrier shall be flat. The property from fires, explosions and their
barrier shall have a maximum vertical height related effects.
of four feet (4') when measured between the
4-31-29 4-31-29
QUANTITY AND DISTANCE FOR
EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL MANUFACTURE AND STORAGE
EXPLOSIVE _ QUANTITY _ DISTANCE FROM LOT LINES
MATERIAL4 POUNDS POUNDS
OVER NOT OVER FEET
r
Explosive-Class P 0 5 280
Blasting 0 5 280
Agents 5 10 360
10 Z0 440
20 30 500
Explosive 0 5 210
Class B and C 5 10
270
10 20 330
20 30 380
30 40 420
40 50 450
1 Definition and classification as per "Washington State
Explosive Act" , WAC 70. 74 , as amended by Chapter 72 ,
Laws of 1970.
.gree.
4-31-29 4-31-29
0) 8. The dyke required by the Uniform Fire 2. Compliance with Section 4-31-29P1 does
Code (with a minimum holding capacity of not relieve the owner or operator of the
one hundred percent [100%] of the single facility of the responsibility of meeting the
largest tank) and the barrier required by the requirements of regulation 1 of the Puget
bulk storage regulations (with a holding Sound Air Pollution Control Agency.
capacity of one hundred percent [100%] of the
total capacity of all tanks plus one foot [1']) 3. It shall be the responsibility of the
shall be separated by at least one hundred developer of the facility to ascertain the
feet (100') for the safety of firefighting information required in Section 4-31-29P1 and
personnel. Such separation shall be measured to report such finding to the administrative
from the external toe of the dyke to the official.
internal toe of the barrier or from the setback
line when the internal toe of the barrier is 4. The emission of specific substances into the
closer to the property line than the required air shall be limited to the total annual and
setback. spatial density, relative to land use for each
facility as set forth in Schedule 4-31-29P1.
9. The requirements for a barrier, landscaping
and opaque screen and/or berm are encourag- 5. A facility shall be capable of achieving a
ed to be combined into a single configuration condition of near-zero discharge during an
similar to that shown in Figure 4-31-29E1b. alert or higher stage of operational and
The required opaque screen may be satisfied technical means to reach the lowest physically
by a properly designed security fence. possible quantity of emissions during the
VOIO
entire alert period. It shall be the
10. All exposed ground surfaces within responsibility of the administrative official to
structures intended for the containment of enforce a reduction in the process weight to
spills shall be impervious to those stored comply with this restriction.
and/or handled liquids which may result in
the contamination of the underlying soil. The 6. All ground surfaces not included in
ground surface within the barrier shall be developmental coverage, left in an undisturbed _
impervious unless all potential points of spill condition of natural flora, or required
have intermediate containment structures. landscaping which may contribute to the
Contaminating liquids shall also include solid amount of airborne particulate matter shall
chemicals when readily soluble in water and be suitably covered by hydroseeding or the
transportable into the subsoil by dissolution equivalent with grasses or other vegetation to
in surface water. The impervious area in the prevent the generation of dust.
case of such contaminated surface water shall
be determined by intercept points in an 7. All new facilities or expansion of existing
approved drainage system. facilities, unless exempted by the limitations
in Schedule 4-31-29P1, shall provide an initial
P. Gaseous and Particulate Emissions: The report covering the emission of those specific
intent of this standard is to limit the substances listed in Schedule 4-31-29P1. The
unnecessary generation of all air report shall cover the first three (3) months of
contaminants, to decrease the annual operation and shall be filed with the
emissions from stationary sources and all administrative official within thirty (30) days
related transfer operations on the site by after the end of the reporting period. The
controlling land use intensity and requiring report shall enumerate all sources by type or
the use of the best practicable control of the category contributing ten percent (10%) or
emission of airborne contaminants to achieve more of the total emission for each specific
and maintain a healthful environment of substance. The total of all sources
clean air. contributing less than ten percent (10%)
individually may be grouped as one entry and
1. Process methods and procedures currently if so shall specify the number of sources
available in industry which are known to included. The report shall contain such
cause fewer in number and lesser quantities information or analyses as will disclose the
of air contaminants, shall be used in all reported values of the emissions which are or
cases. In addition the best practicable control may be discharged by such source. The report
shall be used for the control and removal of shall be certified by a licensed engineer.
air contaminants.
4-31-29 4-31-30
P) 8. Each emission greater than twenty percent density of facilities as specified in Section
(20%) of the annual weight per facility or 4-31-29P11. For the purpose of this standard
spatial density, computed on an annual basis, existing bulk storage facilities shall include
as reported in Section 4-31-29P7 shall be those facilities for which substantial construc-
reported thereafter on a quarterly basis until tion, other than site preparation, is in
weight of the specificthe pro-
such time as the total
grecs and as determined by administra-
emission drops below and remains below the tive official.
twenty percent (20%) specified above. Such
reports shall be due and filed with the 13. All existing facilities qualifying under
administrative official within thirty (30) days Section 4-31-29P12 shall comply with the
after the end of the reporting quarter. The emission standards set forth in Schedule
beginning and ending dates of each quarter 4-31-291'1 within three (3) years of the
shall be established by the administrative effective date of this Ordinance. A one time
official. extension of up to two (2) years may be
granted by the administrative official upon
9. Each facility subject to this standard shall the showing of good cause why compliance
be responsible for notifying the administrative cannot be achieved within the specified time
official of all new initial emissions of a period.
substance listed in Schedule 4-31-291'1 and all
increases in emissions of that specific 14. Emission control shall be required of
substance for existing sources, above the those specific substances for which a report is
twenty percent (20%) level specified in Section required as per Section 4-31-29P8. Sources
'sow 4-31-29P8. Such notification will be in a and/or points of emissions within the lot lines
report as per Section 4-31-29P7. shall be suitably controlled to result in a
reduction or recovery of emissions with an
10. In addition to such reports as required in overall efficiency for the facility of ninety
Section 4-31-29P7, 4-31-29P8 and 4-31-29P9, percent (90%) or greater when compared to
the administrative official may designate and the uncontrolled facility and when the
employ a licensed engineer of his choice to equipment and technology are readily
make an independent study and report as to available. Sources and points of emission shall
the type and quantity of emissions which are include the carrier vehicle and transfer
or may be discharged from the source. The mechanism when actively engaged in loading
administrative official shall be authorized to or unloading operations. Control shall include,
enter and inspect the facility upon a showing but is not limited to vapor recovery systems
of need and upon the owner's permission or for volatile liquids and hoods or fully enclosed
upon court order. buildings with exhaust fans and filters or
their equivalent for transfer operations
11. The site of bulk storage facilities emitting generating airborne particulates. Such
any of those substances listed in Schedule emission control shall be required even
4-31-29P1 shall comply with the following though the emissions of the bulk storage
limitation on location. No new facility or facility are below the maximum permitted
expansion of an existing facility shall be levels. (Ord. 1962, 9-8-75; amd. Ord. 2967,
permitted within five thousand feet (5,000') of 9-22-75)
an existing bulk storage facility if their
combined emission for any of the listed (See following page for Schedule
substances exceeds two (2) times the 4-31-29P1)
permitted annual emission of the substance
for a single facility. The emissions of
applicable existing facilities shall be reduced 4-31-30: ADULT MOTION PICTURE STU-
as per Section 4-31-29P12. DIOS, PEEP SHOWS, PANORAMS
AND PLACES OF ADULT ENTER-
12. All existing bulk storage facilities on the TAINMENT:
effective date of this Ordinance and emitting
more than the maximum permitted emission A. Adult motion picture theaters, peep shows,
of any listed substance shall be assumed as panorams and places of adult entertainment
having the maximum permitted emission for are prohibited:
the purpose of calculating the locational
490
AMWAY
Schedule 4-31-29P1
TOTAL ANNUAL EMISSION AND SPATIAL DENSITY
OF SPECIFIC SUBSTANCES
MAXIMUM
MEASURED WEIGHT PER SPATIAL
SUBSTANCE AS FACILITY DENSITY1 LIMITATIONS
(Tons/Year) (Units/Acre)
Hydrocarbons Carbon 100.0 9.00 Tons None
Watervapor
Sulfur Oxides
Nitrogen Dioxide
The annual emission per facility and
Carbon Monoxide spatial density shall be equivalent to
the allowable emissions and ambient
Photochemical air concentrations established in
Oxidants Regulation I of the Puget Sound Air
Pollution Control Agency.
Suspended
Particulates
1.1110
Arsenic
1 . Fractions of an acre shall be alloted an equivalent portion of
the emission and rounded out to the nearest significant figure
as shown in the table.
490
4-31-30
4-31-31
•
A) 1. Within one thousand feet (1,000') of any flood hazards which increase flood heights
residential zone (SR-1, SR-2, R-1, S-1, R-2, and velocities, and when inadequately
R-3, R-4 or T) or any single-family or anchored, damage uses in other areas. Uses
multiple-family residential use. that are inadequately floodproofed, elevated,
or otherwise protected from flood damage also
2. One thousand feet (1,000') of any public or contribute to the flood loss.
private school.
B. Statement of Purpose: It is the purpose of
3. One thousand feet (1,000') of any church or this Ordinance to promote the public health,
other religious facility or institution. safety, and general welfare, and to minimize
public and private losses due to flood con-
4. One thousand feet (1,000') of any public ditions in specific areas by provisions
park or P-1 zone. designed:
B. The distances provided in this Section shall 1. To protect human life and health;
be measured by following a straight line,
without regard to intervening buildings, from 2. To minimize expenditure of public money
the nearest point of the property parcel upon and costly flood control projects;
which the proposed use is to be located, to
the nearest point of the parcel of property or 3. To minimize the need for rescue and relief
the land use district boundary line from efforts associated with flooding and generally
New which the proposed land use is to be undertaken at the expense of the general pub-
separated. lic;
C. Violation of the use provisions of this Section 4. To minimize prolonged business interrup-
is declared to be a public nuisance per se, tions;
which shall be abated by City Attorney by
way of civil abatement procedures only, and 5. To minimize damage to public facilities and
not by criminal prosecution. utilities such as water and gas mains, elec-
tric, telephone and sewer lines, streets, and
D. Nothing in this Section is intended to author- bridges located in areas of special flood
ize, legalize or permit the establishment, hazard;
operation or maintenance of any business,
building or use which violates any City 6. To help maintain a stable tax base by pro-
ordinance or statute of the State of Washing- viding for the sound use and development of
ton regarding public nuisances, sexual con- areas of special flood hazard so as to min-
duct, lewdness or obscene or harmful matter imize future flood blight areas;
or the exhibition or public display thereof.
(Ord. 4261, 2-26-90) 7. To ensure that potential buyers are notified
*rr► that property is in an area of special flood
hazard; and,
4-31-31: FLOOD HAZARDS:
8. To ensure that those who occupy the areas
A. Findings of Fact: The City Council of the City of special flood hazard assume responsibility
of Renton finds that: for their actions.
1. The flood hazard areas of the City of C. Methods of Reducing Flood Losses: In order to
Renton are subject to periodic inundation accomplish its purposes, this Ordinance
which results in loss of life and property, includes methods and provisions for:
health, and safety hazards, disruption of
commerce and governmental services, extra- 1. Restricting or prohibiting uses which are
ordinary public expenditures for flood protec- dangerous to health, safety, and property due
tion and relief, and impairment of the tax to water or erosion hazards, or which result
base, all of which adversely affect the public in damaging increases in erosion or in flood
health, safety, and general welfare. heights or velocities;
2. These flood losses are caused by the cumu-
lative effect of obstructions in areas of special
490
4-31-31
4-31-31
C) 2. Requiring that uses vulnerable to floods, paving, excavation or drilling operations
including facilities which serve such uses, be located within the area of special flood
protected against flood damage at the time of hazard.
initial construction;
FLOOD or FLOODING: A general and
3. Controlling the alteration of natural flood temporary condition of partial or complete
plains, stream channels, and natural inundation of normally dry land areas from:
protective barriers, which help accommodate
or channel flood waters; 1. The overflow of inland or tidal waters
and/or
4. Controlling filling, grading, dredging, and
other development which may increase flood 2. The unusual and rapid accumulation of
damage; and runoff of surface waters from any source.
5. Preventing or regulating the construction of FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM):
flood barriers which will unnaturally divert The official map on which the Federal
flood waters or may increase flood hazards in Insurance Administration has delineated both
other areas. the areas of special flood hazard and the risk
premium zones applicable to the community.
D. Definitions: Unless specifically defined below,
words or phrases used in this Ordinance shall FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY: The official
be interpreted so as to give them the report provided by the Federal Insurance
vie
meaning they have in common usage and to Administration that includes flood profiles, the
give this Ordinance its most reasonable flood boundary-floodway map, and the water
application. surface elevation of the base flood.
APPEAL: A request for a review of any action FLOODWAY: The channel of a river or other
pursuant to this Ordinance, or of the inter- watercourse and the adjacent land areas that
pretation of any provision of this Ordinance must be reserved in order to discharge the
by any City official. The provisions of Chapter base flood without cumulatively increasing the - .,1
8, Title IV shall apply. water surface elevation more than one foot
(1').
AREA OF SHALLOW FLOODING: A desig-
nated AO or AH Zone on the Flood Insurance LOWEST FLOOR: The lowest floor of the
Rate Map (FIRM). The base flood depths lowest enclosed area (including basement). An
range from one to three (3') feet; a clearly unfinished or flood resistant enclosure, usable
defined channel does not exist; the path of solely for parking of vehicles, building access
flooding is unpredictable and indeterminate; or storage, in an area other than a basement
and, velocity flow may be evident. AO is area, is not considered a building's lowest
characterized as sheet flow and All indicates floor, provided that such enclosure is not built
mosilf
ponding. so as to render the structure in violation of
the applicable nonelevation design
AREA OF SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD: The requirements of this Ordinance found at
land in the flood plain within a community subsection G2a(2).
subject to one percent (1%) or greater chance
of flooding in any given year. Designation on MANUFACTURED HOME: A structure, trans-
maps always includes the letters A or V. portable in one or more sections, which is
built on a permanent chassis and is designed
BASE FLOOD: The flood having a one for use with or without a permanent founds-
percent (1%) chance of being equalled or tion when connected to the required utilities.
exceeded in any given year. Also referred to For flood plain management purposes the
as the "100-year flood". Designation on maps term "manufactured home" also includes park
always includes the letters A or V. trailers, travel trailers, and other similar
vehicles placed on a site for greater than one
DEVELOPMENT: Any man-made .change to hundred eighty (180) consecutive days. For
improved or unimproved real estate, including insurance purposes the term "manufactured
but not limited to buildings or other struc-
tures, mining, dredging, filling, grading,
490
4-31-31
4-31-31
D) home" does not include park trailers, travel commences, whether or not that alteration
trailers, and other similar vehicles. affects the external dimensions of the
structure.
MANUFACTURED HOME PARK or SUB-
DIVISION: A parcel (or contiguous parcels) of The term does not, however, include either 1)
land divided into two (2) or more manu- any project for improvement of a structure to
factured home lots for rent or sale. comply with existing State or local health,
sanitary, or safety code specifications which
NEW CONSTRUCTION: Structures for which are solely necessary to assure safe living
the "start of construction" commenced on or conditions, or 2) any alteration of a structure
after the effective date of this Ordinance. listed on the National Register of Historic
Places or a State Inventory of Historic Places.
START OF CONSTRUCTION: Includes sub-
stantial improvement, and means the date the VARIANCE: A grant of relief from the
building permit was issued, provided the requirements of this Ordinance which permits
actual start of construction, repair, construction in a manner that would
reconstruction, placement or other otherwise be prohibited by this Ordinance.
improvement was within one hundred eighty
(180) days of the permit date. The actual E. General Provisions:
start means either the first placement of
permanent construction of a structure on a 1. Lands to Which this Ordinance Applies:
site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, This Ordinance shall apply to all areas of
the installation of piles, the construction of special flood hazards within the jurisdiction of
columns, or any work beyond the stage of the City.
excavation; or the placement of a
manufactured home on a foundation. 2. Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special
Permanent construction does not include land Flood Hazard: The areas of special flood
preparation, such as clearing, grading and hazard identified by the Federal Insurance
filling; nor does it include the installation of Administration in a scientific and engineering
streets and/or walkways; nor does it include report entitled the Flood Insurance Study for
excavation for a basement, footings, piers, or the City of Renton, dated May 5, 1981, with
foundation or the erection of temporary forms; accompanying flood insurance maps is hereby
nor does it include the installation on the adopted by reference and declared to be a
property of accessory buildings, such as part of this Ordinance. The flood insurance
garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling study is on file at the Building and Zoning
units or not part of the main structure. Department, 200 Mill Ave. So., Renton,
Washington 98055.
STRUCTURE: A walled and roofed building
including a gas or liquid storage tank that is 3. Penalties for Noncompliance: No structure
Nisoi principally above ground. or land shall hereafter be constructed, located,
extended, converted, or altered without full
SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT: Any repair, compliance with the terms of this Ordinance
reconstruction, or improvement of a structure, and other applicable regulations. Violation of
the cost of which equals or exceeds fifty the provisions of this Ordinance by failure to
percent (50%) of the market value of the comply with any of its requirements
structure either: (including violations of conditions and
safeguards established in connection with
1. Before the improvement or repair is conditions) shall constitute a misdemeanor.
started, or Any person who violates this Ordinance or
fails to comply with any of its requirements
2. If the structure has been damaged and is shall upon conviction thereof be fined not
being restored, before the damage occurred. more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or
For the purposes of this definition "substan- be imprisoned for not more than one hundred
tial improvement" is considered to occur when eighty (180) days, or both, for each violation,
the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, and in addition shall pay all costs and
or other structural part of the building
4-31-31 4-31-31
E3) expenses involved in the case. Nothing herein development including fill and other activities,
contained shall prevent the City of Renton also as set forth in the "Definitions".
from taking such other lawful action as is
necessary to prevent or remedy any violation. b. Application for Development 'Permit:
Application for a development permit shall be
4. Abrogation and Greater Restrictions: This made on forms furnished by the Building and
Ordinance is not intended to repeal, abrogate, Zoning Department and may include, but not
or impair any existing easements, covenants, be limited to: plans in duplicate drawn to
or deed restrictions. However, where this scale showing the nature, location,
Ordinance and another ordinance, easement, dimensions, andelevations of the area in
covenant, or deed restriction conflict or question; existing or proposed structures, fill,
overlap, whichever imposes the more stringent storage of materials, drainage facilities, and
restrictions shall prevail. the location of the foregoing. Specifically, the
following information is required:
5. Interpretation: In the interpretation and
application of this Ordinance, all provisions (1) Elevation in relation to mean sea
shall be: level of the lowest floor (including
basement) of all structures;
a. Considered as minimum requirements;
(2) Elevation in relation to mean sea
b. Liberally construed in favor of the level to which any structure has been
governing body; and floodproofed;
Nste
c. Deemed neither to limit nor repeal (3) Certification by a registered
any other powers granted under State professional engineer or architect that
statutes. the floodproofng methods for any
nonresidential structure meet the
6. Warning and Disclaimer of Liability: The floodprooflng criteria in subsection G2b;
degree of flood protection required by this and
Ordinance is considered reasonable for regu- _
latory purposes and is based on scientific and (4) Description of the extent to which a
engineering considerations. Larger floods can watercourse will be altered or relocated
and will occur on rare occasions. Flood as a result of proposed development.
heights may be increased by manmade or
natural causes. This Ordinance does not imply 2. Designation of the Local Administrator:
that land outside the areas of special flood The Director of the Building and Zoning
hazards or uses permitted within such areas Department ("Building Official") is hereby
will be free from flooding or flood damages. appointed to administer and implement this
This Ordinance shall not create liability on Ordinance by granting or denying
the part of the City, any officer or employee development permit applications in accordance
thereof, or the Federal Insurance with its provisions.
vie
Administration, for any flood damages that
result from reliance on this Ordinance or any 3, Duties and Responsibilities of the Building
administrative decision lawfully made Official: The duties of the Building Official
hereunder. shall include, but not be limited to:
F. Administration: a. Permit Review:
1. Establishment of Development Permit: (1) Review all development permits to
determine that the permit requirements
a. Development Permit Required: A of this Ordinance have been satisfied;
development permit shall be obtained before
construction or development begins within any (2) Review all development permits to
area of special flood hazard established in determine that all necessary permits
subsection E2 above. The permit shall be for have been obtained from those Federal,
all structures including manufactured homes, State or local governmental agencies
as set forth in the "Definitions", and for all from which prior approval is required;
4-31-31 4-31-31
F3a) (3) Review all development permits to said watercourse so that the flood
determine if the proposed development is carrying capacity is not diminished.
located in the floodway. If located in the
floodway, to assure that the encroach- e. Interpretation of FIRM Boundaries:
ment provisions of subsection G3a are Make interpretations where needed, as to
met. exact location of the boundaries of the areas
of special flood hazard (for example, where
b. Use of Other Base Flood Data: When there appears to be a conflict between a map-
base flood elevation data has not been ped boundary and actual field conditions). The
provided in accordance with subsection person contesting the location of the boundary
E2, Basis for Establishing the Areas of shall be given a reasonable opportunity to ap-
Special Flood Hazard, the Building Official peal the interpretation as provided in sub-
shall obtain, review, and reasonably utilize section F4.
any base flood elevation and floodway data
available from a Federal, State or other 4. Appeals; Variance Procedure:
source, in order to administer subsections G2,
Specific Standards, and G3, Floodways. a. Variances:
c. Information to be Obtained and (1) The Board of Adjustment or the
Maintained: Hearing Examiner, whichever is afforded
jurisdiction under the provisions of
(1) Where base flood elevation data is Section 4-31-19F of the City Code, as
provided through the flood insurance amended, shall hear and decide appeals
study or required as in subsection F3b, and requests for variances from the
obtain and record the actual elevation requirements of this Ordinance.
(in relation to mean sea level) of the
lowest floor (including basement) of all (2) In passing upon such an application
new or substantially improved for a variance, the Hearing Examiner or
structures, and whether or not the Board of Adjustment, as the case may
structure contains a basement. be, shall consider all technical
evaluations, all relevant factors,
(2) For all new or substantially improved standards specified in other sections of
floodproofed structures: this Ordinance; and:
(a) Verify and record the actual (A) The danger that materials may
elevation (in relation to mean sea level), be swept onto other lands to the injury
and of others.
__ (b) Maintain the floodproofing (B) The danger to life and property
certifications required in subsection due to flooding or erosion damage;
F1b3.
(C) The susceptibility of the
(3) Maintain for public inspection all proposed facility and its contents to flood
records pertaining to the provisions of damage and the effect of such damage
this Ordinance. on the individual owner;
d. Alteration of Watercourses: (D) The importance of the services
provided by the proposed facility to the
(1) Notify adjacent communities and the community;
State of Washington Department of
Ecology prior to any alteration or (E) The necessity to the facility of
relocation of a watercourse, and submit a waterfront location, where applicable;
evidence of such notification to the
Federal Insurance Administration. (F) The availability of alternative
locations for the proposed use which are
(2) Require that maintenance is provided not subject to flooding or erosion
within the altered or relocated portion of damage;
490
4-31-31 4-31-31
F4a2) (G) The compatibility of the proposed the State Inventory of Historic Places,
use with existing and anticipated without regard to the procedures set
development; forth in this Section.
(H) The relationship of the proposed use (3) Variances shall not be issued within
to the comprehensive plan and flood a designated floodway if any increase in
plain management program for that flood levels during the base flood
area; discharge would result.
(I) The safety of access to the property (4) Variances shall only be issued upon
in times of flood for ordinary and a determination that the variance is the
emergency vehicles; minimum necessary, considering the
flood hazard, to afford relief.
(J) The expected heights, velocity,
duration, rate of rise, and sediment (5) Variances shall only be issued upon:
transport of the flood waters and the
effects of wave action, if applicable, (A) A showing of good- and sufficient
expected at the site; and, cause;
(K) The costs of providing governmental (B) A determination that failure to grant
services during and after flood the variance would result in exceptional
conditions, including maintenance and hardship to the applicant; "'SO
repair of public utilities and facilities
such as sewer, gas, electrical, and water (C) A determination that the granting of
systems, and streets and bridges. a variance will not result in increased
flood heights, additional threats to public
(3) Upon consideration of the factors of safety, extraordinary public expense,
subsection F4a(1) above, and the pur- create nuisances, cause fraud on or
poses of this Ordinance, the Hearing victimization of the public or conflict
Examiner or Board of Adjustment, as with existing local laws or ordinances. '" Ni
the case may be, may attach such con- ,#
ditions to the granting of variances as it (6) Variances as interpreted in the
deems necessary to further the purposes national flood insurance program are
of this Ordinance. based on the general zoning law
principle that they pertain to a physical
b. Conditions for Variances: piece of property; they are not personal
in nature and do not pertain to the
(1) Generally, the only condition under structure, its inhabitants, economic or
which a variance from the elevation financial circumstances. They primarily
standard may be issued is for new address small lots in densely populated
construction and substantial improve- residential neighborhoods. As such,
ments to be erected on a lot of one-half variances from the flood elevations
(14) acre or less in size contiguous to should be quite rare.
and surrounded by lots with existing
structures constructed below the base (7) Variances may be issued for
flood level, providing items (A) through nonresidential buildings in very limited
(K) in subsection F4a(2) have been fully circumstances to allow a lesser degree of
considered. As the lot size increases the floodproofing than watertight or
technical justification required for dry-floodproofing, where it can be
issuing the variance increases. determined that such action will have
low damage potential, complies with all
(2) Variances may be issued for the other variance criteria except subsection
reconstruction, rehabilitation, or F4b1, and otherwise complies with
restoration of structures listed in the subsections Gla and Glb of the General
National Register of Historic Places or Standards.
490
4-31-31 4-31-31
F4b) (8) Any applicant to whom a variance is (1) All new construction and substantial
granted shall be given written notice improvements shall be constructed with
that the structure will be permitted to materials and utility equipment resistant
be built with a lowest floor elevation to flood damage.
below the base flood elevation and that
the cost of flood insurance will be (2) All new construction and substantial
commensurate with the increased risk improvements shall be constructed using
resulting from the reduced lowest floor methods and practices that minimize
elevation. flood damage.
c. Appeals: Pursuant to Chapter 8, Title (3) Electrical, heating, ventilation,
IV, of the City Code, the Hearing Examiner plumbing, and air-conditioning
shall hear and decide appeals when it is equipment and other service facilities
alleged there is an error in any requirement, shall be designed and/or otherwise
decision, or determination made by the elevated or located so as to prevent
Building Official in the enforcement or water from entering or accumulating
administration of this Ordinance. within the components during conditions
of flooding.
d. Writ of Review: Those aggrieved by
any decision of either the Hearing Examiner c. Utilities:
Nrsare or Board of Adjustment pursuant to this sub-
section E4, or any taxpayer, may, within (1) All new and replacement water
twenty (20) calendar days from the day of the supply systems shall be designed to
decision, obtain a writ of certiorari from the minimize or eliminate infiltration of
King County Superior Court for the purpose flood waters into the system;
of review of the action taken.
(2) New and replacement sanitary
e. Records: The Building Official shall sewage systems shall be designed to
maintain the records of all appeal actions and minimize or eliminate infiltration of
report any variances to the Federal Insurance flood waters into the systems and
Administration upon request. discharge from the systems into flood
waters; and
G. Provisions for Flood Hazard Reduction:
(3) On-site waste disposal systems shall
1. General Standards: In all areas of special be located to avoid impairment to them
flood hazards, the following standards are or contamination from them during
required: flooding.
low_ a. Anchoring: d. Subdivision Proposals:
(1) All new construction and substantial (1) All subdivision proposals shall be
improvements shall be anchored to consistent with the need to minimize
prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral flood damage;
movement of the structure.
(2) All subdivision proposals shall have
(2) All manufactured homes must public utilities and facilities such as
likewise be anchored to prevent flotation, sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems
collapse or lateral movement, and shall located and constructed to minimize
be installed using methods and practices flood damage;
that minimize flood damage. Anchoring
methods may include, but are not (3) All subdivision proposals shall have
limited to, use of over-the-top or frame adequate drainage provided to reduce
ties to ground anchors (Reference exposure to flood damage; and
FEMA's Manufactured Home Installation
in Flood Hazard Areas guidebook for (4) Where base flood elevation data has
additional techniques). not been provided or is not available
b. Construction Materials and Methods:
sommossimssmossossassassissor
4-31-31 4-31-31
G1d4) from another authoritative source, it (C) Openings may be equipped with
shall be generated for subdivision screens, louvers, or other coverings or
proposals and other proposed develop- devices provided that they permit the
ments which contain at least fifty (50) automatic entry and exit of floodwaters.
lots or five (5) acres (whichever is less).
b. Nonresidential Construction: New
e. Review of Building Permits: Where construction and substantial improvement of
elevation data is not available either through any commercial, industrial or other
the flood insurance study or from another nonresidential structure shall either have the
authoritative source (subsection F3b), lowest floor, including basement, elevated to
applications for building permits shall be the level of the base flood elevation; or,
reviewed to assure that proposed construction together with attendant utility and sanitary
will be reasonably safe from flooding. The test facilities, shall:
of reasonableness is a local judgment and
includes use of historical data, high water (1) Be floodproofed so that below the
marks, photographs of past flooding, etc., base flood level the structure is
where available. Failure to elevate at least watertight with walls substantially
two feet (2') above grade in these zones may impermeable to the passage of water,
re:;ult in higher insurance rates.
(2) Have structural components capable
2. Specific Standards. In all areas of special of resisting hydrostatic and hydro-
Vitt
flood hazards where base flood elevation data dynamic loads and effects of buoyancy;
has been provided as set forth in subsection
E2, Basis for Establishing the Areas of (3) Be certified by a registered
Special Flood Hazard, or subsection F3b, Use professional engineer or architect that
of Other Base Flood Data, the following the design and methods of construction
provisions are required: are in accordance with accepted
standards of practice for meeting
a. Residential Construction: provisions of this subsection based on
their development and/or review of the i
(1) New construction and substantial structural design, specifications and i
improvement of any residential structure plans. Such certifications shall be
shall have the lowest floor, including provided to the Building Official.
basement, elevated to or above base
flood elevation. (4) Nonresidential structures that are
elevated, not floodproofed, must meet the
(2) Fully enclosed areas below the lowest same standards for space below the
floor that are subject to flooding are lowest floor as described in subsection
prohibited, or shall be designed to G2a(2).
automatically equalize hydrostatic flood
forces on exterior walls by allowing for (5) Applicants floodproofing NO,
the entry and exit of floodwaters. nonresidential buildings shall be notified
Designs for meeting this requirement that flood insurance premiums will be
must either be certified by a registered based on rates that are one foot (1')
professional engineer or architect or below the floodproofed level (e.g., a
must meet or exceed the following building constructed to the base flood
minimum criteria: level will be rated as one foot [17 below
that level). (Ord. 4071, 6-1-87)
(A) A minimum of two (2) openings
having a total net area of not less than c. Manufactured Homes: All manufac-
one square inch for every square foot of tured homes to be placed or substantially
enclosed area subject to flooding shall be improved within Zones A1-30, AH, and AE
provided. shall be elevated on a permanent foundation
such that the lowest floor of the
(B) The bottom of all openings manufactured home is at or above the base
shall be no higher than one foot (1') flood elevation and be securely anchored to an
above grade. adequately anchored foundation system in
4-31-31
4-31-33
G2c) accordance with the provisions of subsection 4-31-32: OUTSIDE STORAGE FACILITIES:
Gla(2). This paragraph applies to Outside storage lots shall be effectively
manufactured homes to be placed or screened by a combination of landscaping and fenc-
substantially improved in an expansion to an ing.
existing manufactured home park or
subdivision. This paragraph does not apply to A. A minimum of ten feet (10') landscaped strip
manufactured homes to be placed or is required between the property lines along
substantially improved in an existing public rights of way and the fence. The
manufactured home park or subdivision except landscaping shall be of size and variety so as
where the repair, reconstruction, or to provide an eighty percent (80%) opaque
improvement of the streets, utilities and pads screen.
equals or exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the
value of the streets, utilities and pads before B. The entire perimeter must be fenced by a
the repair, reconstruction, or improvement has minimum of an eight foot (8') high sight
commenced. (Ord. 4236, 8-28-89) obscuring fence. Gates may be left unscreened
for security purposes.
3. Floodways: Located within areas of special
flood hazard established in subsection (E)2 C. Storage areas may be surfaced with crushed
are areas designated as floodways. Since the rock or similar material to the approval of the
floodway is an extremely hazardous area due Public Works Department to minimize dust,
to the velocity of flood waters which carry control surface drainage and provide suitable
'or" debris, potential projectiles, and erosion access. (Ord. 3653, 8-23-82)
potential, the following provisions apply:
a. Prohibit encroachments, including fill, 4-31-33: SITE PLAN REVIEW:
new construction, substantial improvements,
and other development unless certification by A. Purpose and Intent: The purpose of site plan
a registered professional engineer or architect approval shall be to assure that the site plan
is provided demonstrating that encroachments of proposed uses is compatible with existing
shall not result in any increase in flood levels and potential uses and complies with plans,
during the occurrence of the base flood policies and regulations of the City of Renton.
discharge. (Ord. 4071, 6-1-87) Site plan elements subject to this Section
include, but are not limited to, site layout,
b. Construction or reconstruction of building orientation, pedestrian and vehicular
residential structures is prohibited within access, signage, landscaping, natural features
designated floodways, except for (i) repairs, of the site, screening and buffering, parking
reconstruction, or improvements to a structure and loading arrangements, and illumination.
which do not increase the ground floor area; Site planning is the horizontal and vertical
and (ii) repairs, reconstruction or arrangement of these elements so as to be
Noe improvements to a structure, the cost of compatible with the physical characteristics of
which does not exceed fifty percent (50%) of a site and with the surrounding area. Site
the market value of the structure either, (a) plan review does not include design review,
before the repair, reconstruction, or repair is which addresses the aesthetic considerations
started, or (b) if the structure has been of architectural style, exterior treatment and
damaged, and is being restored, before the colors. Site plan review should occur at an
damage occurred. Work done on structures to early stage in the development of a project,
comply with existing health, sanitary, or when the scale, intensity and layout of a
safety codes or to structures identified as project are known, but before final building
historic places shall not be included in the plans are completed. The intent of site plan
fifty percent (50%). approval shall be:
c. If subsection G3a is satisfied, all new 1. To protect neighboring owners and uses by
construction and substantial improvements assuring that reasonable provisions have been
shall comply with all applicable flood hazard made for such matters as sound and sight
reduction provisions of this Ordinance. (Ord.
4236, 8-28-89)
490
4-31-33 4-31-33
Al) buffers, light and air, and those other aspects development shall be exempt from the
of site plans which may have substantial requirements of site plan review: (Ord. 3981, f'
effects on neighboring land uses; 4-7-86)
2. To promote the orderliness of community a. Interior remodel of existing buildings
growth, protect and enhance property values or structures, provided:
and minimize discordant and undesirable
impacts of development both on and off-site; (1) The alterations conform with any
prior approved site plan; and
3. To promote coordination of public or quasi-
public elements, such as walkways, driveways, (2) The alterations do not modify the
paths, and landscaping within segments of existing site layout.
larger developments and between individual
developments; In addition, facade modifications such as the
location of entrances/exits; the location of
4. To ensure convenience and safety of windows; changes in signage; or aesthetic
vehicular and pedestrian movement within the alterations shall be exempt. (Ord. 4008,
site and in relation to adjacent areas; 7-14-86)
5. To protect the desirable aspects of the b. Planned unit developments (PUD's).
natural landscape and environmental features
of the City by minimizing the undesirable c. Conditional use permits. ''
ie
impacts of proposed developments on the
physical environment; d. Off-premises signs (billboards).
6. To minimize conflicts that might otherwise e. All development categorically exempt
be created by a mix of uses within allowed from review under the State Environment
zones; Policy Act (RCW 43.21C and WAC 197-11)
and under the City of Renton Environmental
7. To provide for quality, multiple family or Ordinance (Title IV, Chapter 6). -'4
clustered housing while minimizing the
impacts of high density, heavy traffic f. Minor new construction, repair,
generation, and intense demands on City remodeling and maintenance activities that
utilities and recreational facilities; would otherwise be exempt from SPA if they
were not located within the shoreline master
8. To promote the creation of "campus-like" program jurisdiction.
and "park-like" settings in appropriate zones;
3. For development proposed on only a
9. To provide a mechanism to more effectively portion of a particular site, an applicant may
meet the purposes and intent of the State choose to submit a site plan application for
Environmental Policy Act; either the entire site or the portion of the
site. In the latter case, the application shall
10. To supplement other land use regulations state clearly the area of the site and the
by addressing site plan elements not proposed development, including phases, for
adequately covered elsewhere in the City which site plan approval is being requested.
Code and to avoid violation of the purpose In every case, the site plan application and
and intent of those codes. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-86) review shall cover at least that portion of the
site which is directly related to or may be
B. Applicability: impacted by the actual proposed development,
as determined by the Environmental Review
1. For all development in the Manufacturing Committee.
Park (M-P), Office Park (0-P), Public Use (P-
1), and Business (B-1) Zones and the R-1-5, C. Site Plan Review Procedures:
R-2, R-3 and R-4 Residential Zones, all
development with the Valley Planning Area, 1. All site plan applications shall be reviewed
and for all hazardous waste treatment and in the manner described below and in
storage facilities. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88) accordance with the purposes and criteria of
2. In all zones, the following types of
490
a
4-31-33 4-31-33
Cl) this Section. The Building and Zoning final comments of the respective departments
Department may develop additional review with regard to the proposed site plan. Lack of
procedures to supplement those required in comment from a department shall be
this subsection. considered a recommendation for approval of
the proposed site plan. However, all
2. Applicants are encouraged to consult early departments reserve the right to make later
and informally with representatives of the comments of a code compliance nature during
Building and Zoning Department and other building permit review. This includes such
affected departments. This consultation should requirements as exact dimensions,
include a general explanation of the specifications or any other requirement
requirements and criteria of site plan review, specifically detailed in the City Code.
as well as the types of concerns that might be
anticipated for the proposed use at the 6. After the departmental comment period,
proposed site. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-86) the Building and Zoning Department shall
notify the applicant of any negative comments
3. Upon receipt of a completed application in or conditions recommended by the
the form specified in subsection 4-31-33G departments. When significant issues are
below, the Building and Zoning Department raised, this notification should also normally
shall route the application for review and involve a meeting between the applicant and
comment to various City departments and appropriate City representatives. The
NO'
other jurisdictions or agencies with an applicant shall have the opportunity to
interest in the application. This routing respond to the notification either by
should be combined with circulation of submitting a revised site plan application, by
environmental information under the Renton submitting additional information, or by
ordinance (Title N, Chapter 6) and SEPA. stating in writing why the recommendations
(Ord. 4008, 7-14-86) are considered unreasonable or not acceptable.
4. Whenever a completed site plan application 7. Whenever a revised site plan or new
is received, the Building and Zoning information is received from an applicant, the
Department shall be responsible for providing Building and Zoning Department may
public notice of the pending site plan recirculate the application to concerned
application. This public notice shall be in the departments. Consulted departments shall
form of three (3) signs placed on or near the respond in writing within ten (10) days with
subject property and clearly visible from the any additional comments. In general, the
largest public street serving the property and City's environmental determination of
a public notice mailed to all adjacent property significance or non-significance pursuant to
owners at the applicant's expense. The Title N, Chapter 6 will not be issued until
applicant shall be responsible for providing after final departmental comments on the site
completed mailing labels and postage. plan or revised site plan are received.
("Adjacent" shall mean all contiguous
properties, with the assumption that railroads 8. Upon receipt of final departmental
and public rights of way, except limited access comments and after the close of the public
roads, do not exist.) The notices shall state comment period, the Environmental Review
the nature and location of the proposed Committee shall determine the necessity for a
development, the public approvals that are public hearing on the site plan application. A
required, and the opportunities for public public hearing before the Hearing Examiner
comment. A fourteen (14) day public comment shall be required if:
period shall be provided prior to any final
action by the City on a site plan application, a. The Environmental Review Committee
whether or not a public hearing is required. determines that based on departmental com-
ments or public input there are significant
5. Comments from the reviewing departments unresolved concerns that are raised by the
shall be made in writing within fourteen (14) proposal; or
days. Unless a proposed site plan is sub-
sequently modified, the recommendations of b. The applicant has requested a public
the reviewing departments shall constitute the hearing, or
490
4-31-33 4-31-33
C8) c. The proposed project is larger than site, but are not intended to be inflexible
any one of the following: standards or to discourage creativity and c
innovation. The site plan review criteria
- One hundred (100) multiple family include, but are not limited to, the following:
residential units ,s
1. General Criteria:
- One hundred thousand (100,000) square feet
of gross floor area in the M-P Zone or other a. Conformance with the comprehensive
zones in the Valley Planning Area; plan, its elements and policies;
- Twenty five thousand (25,000) square feet of b. Conformance with existing land use
gross floor area in the B-1, 0-P, or P-1 Zones regulations;
outside the Valley Planning Area;
c. Mitigation of impacts to surrounding
- Four (4) stories or sixty feet (60') in height; properties and uses;
- Three hundred (300) parking stalls; or d. Mitigation of impacts of the proposed
site plan to the site;
- Ten (10) acres in size.
e. Conservation of area-wide property
9. Whenever a public hearing is required, the values; '
11100.
Building and Zoning Department shall
coordinate with the Hearing Examiner in f. Safety and efficiency of vehicle and
setting a hearing date for the site plan pedestrian circulation;
application. After conducting at least one
public hearing on the site plan application, g. Provision of adequate light and air;
the Hearing Examiner shall render a written
decision pursuant to the provisions of Title h. Mitigation of noise, odors and other
IV, Chapter 8. The time limits of Title IV, harmful or unhealthy conditions;
Chapter 8 shall apply. In all cases, the public
hearing for site plan review should be i. Availability of public services and
conducted concurrently with any other facilities to accommodate the proposed use;
required hearing, such as rezone or and
subdivision, if the details of the development
are sufficiently defined to permit adequate j. Prevention of neighborhood deterior-
review. ation and blight.
10. When the Environmental Review 2. Mitigation of Impacts to Surrounding Pro-
Committee determines that a public hearing perties and Uses: 'VIII'
is not required, the proposed site plan shall
be deemed approved, subject to any a. Mitigation of undesirable impacts of
environmental mitigating measures that may proposed structures and site layouts that
be a part of the City's declaration of could impair the use or enjoyment or
significance or nonsignificance. potential use of surrounding uses and
structures and of the community;
D. Site Plan Review Criteria: The Hearing
Examiner and City staff shall review and act b. Mitigation of undesirable impacts
upon site plans based upon comprehensive when an overscale structure, in terms of size,
planning considerations and the following bulk, height, and intensity, or site layout is
criteria. These criteria are objectives of good permitted that violates the spirit and/or
site plans to be aimed for in development intent of the zoning code and impairs the use,
within the City of Renton. However, strict enjoyment or potential use of surrounding
compliance with any one or more particular properties;
criterion may not be necessary or reasonable.
These criteria also provide a frame of c. Provision of a desirable transition and
reference for the applicant in developing a linkage between uses and to the street,
490
4-31-33 4-31-33
D2c) utility, walkway, and trail systems in the and to pedestrian and vehicle needs;
surrounding area by the arrangement of
landscaping, fencing and/or other buffering b. Consideration of placement and scale
techniques, in order to prevent conflicts and of proposed structures in relation to the
to promote coordinated and planned benefit openness and natural characteristics of a site
from, and access to, such elements; in order to avoid over concentration or the
impression of oversized structures;
d. Consideration of placement and scale
of proposed structures in relation to the c. Preservation of the desirable natural
natural characteristics of a site in order to landscape through retention of existing
avoid over-concentration of structures on a vegetation and limited soil removal, insofar as
particular portion of a site such that they the natural characteristics will enhance the
create a perception of greater height or bulk proposed development;
than intended under the spirit of the zoning
code; d. Use of existing topography to reduce
undue cutting, filling and retaining walls in
e. Effective location, design and order to prevent erosion and unnecessary
screening of parking and service areas in storm water runoff, and to preserve stable
order to promote efficient function of such natural slopes and desirable natural
facilities, to provide integrated facilities vegetation;
. between uses when beneficial, to promote
Newcampus-like or "park-like" layouts in e. Limitation of paved or impervious
appropriate zones, and to prevent unnecessary surfaces, where feasible, to reduce runoff and
repetition and conflict between uses and increase natural infiltration;
service areas or facilities;
f. Design and protection of planting
f. Mitigation of the unnecessary and areas so that they are not susceptible to
avoidable impacts of new construction on damage from vehicles or pedestrian
views from existing buildings and future movements;
developable sites, recognizing the public
benefit and desirability of maintaining visual g. Consideration of building form and
accessibility to attractive natural features and placement and landscaping to enhance year-
of promoting "campus-like" or "park-like" round conditions of sun and shade both
settings in appropriate zones; on-site and on adjacent properties and to
promote energy conservation.
g. Provision of effective screening from
public streets and residential uses for all 4. Circulation and Access:
permitted outdoor storage areas (except auto
and truck sales), for surface mounted utility a. Provision of adequate and safe
Now equipment, for rooftop equipment, and for all vehicular access to and from all properties;
refuse and garbage containers, in order to
promote a "campus-like" or "park-like" setting b. Arrangement of the circulation
where appropriate and to preserve the effect pattern so that all ingress and egress
and intent of screening or buffering otherwise movements may occur at as few points as
required by the zoning code; possible along the public street, the points
being capable of channelization for turning
h. Consideration of placement and movements;
design of exterior lighting in order to avoid
excessive brightness or glare to adjacent c. Consolidation of access points with
properties and streets. adjacent properties, when feasible;
3. Mitigation of Impacts of a Proposed Site d. Coordination of access points on a
Plan to the Site: superblock basis so that vehicle conflicts and
vehicle/pedestrian conflicts are minimized;
a. Building placement and spacing to
provide for privacy and noise reduction; e. Orientation of access points to side
orientation to views and vistas and to site streets or frontage streets rather than directly
amenities, to sunlight and prevailing winds, onto arterial streets, when feasible;
490
4-31-33 4-31-33
D4) f. Promotion of the safety and efficiency that will be stored, handled, transported,
of the internal circulation system, including treated, used or produced, and the potential
the location, design and dimensions of for these activities or substances to degrade ..
vehicular and pedestrian access points, drives, the groundwater quality.
parking, turnarounds, walkways, bikeways,
and emergency access ways; 7. Hazardous Waste Treatment and Storage
Facilities:
g. Separation of loading and delivery
areas from parking and pedestrian areas; a. Above-ground hazardous waste
treatment and storage facilities shall be
h. Provisions for transit and carpool constructed with containment controls which
facilities and access where appropriate; and will prevent the escape of hazardous wastes
in the event of an accidental release from the
i. Provision for safe and attractive facility. Such controls shall conform with all
pedestrian connections between parking areas, adopted Federal, State and local design and
buildings, public sidewalks and adjacent construction standards.
properties.
b. Underground hazardous waste treat-
5. Signage: ment and storage facilities shall comply with
Chapter 2 of Title VII, the Underground Stor-
a. Employment of signs primarily for the age Tank Ordinance.
purpose of identification;
c. Hazardous waste treatment and
b. Management of sign elements, such storage facilities shall comply with article 80
as size, location and arrangement so that of the Uniform Fire Code as adopted by
signs complement the visual character of the ordinance by the City of Renton.
surrounding area and appear in proportion to
the building and site to which they pertain; d. A hazardous waste spill contingency
plan for immediate implementation in the
c. Limitation of the number of signs to event of a release of hazardous wastes at the -�
avoid visual clutter and distraction; facility shall be reviewed and approved by the
Renton Fire Department prior to issuance of
d. Moderation of surface brightness or any permits.
lighting intensity except for that necessary for
sign visibility; and e. The location of all on-site and off-site
facilities must comply with the state siting
e. Provision of an identification system criteria as adopted in accordance with RCW
to allow for quick location of buildings and 70.105.210. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-88)
addresses. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-86)
E. Authority for Approval and Modification: vie
6. Aquifer Protection Area (APA): Prior to the
issuance of any permit in an Aquifer 1. The Hearing Examiner shall approve a site
Protection Area, a finding must be made that plan if the applicant demonstrates that the
the proposal will not impact the quantity or proposed site plan is consistent with the
quality of water in the aquifer on a short- general purposes of this Section and with the
term basis, long-term basis, or cumulatively in review criteria.
conjunction with other existing or proposed
uses. 2. The Hearing Examiner shall have the
power to place reasonable conditions on or
a. The required finding shall be made by modify a site plan in order to satisfy the
the Hearing Examiner for all proposals which general purposes of this Section and to
are subject to approval by the Hearing achieve consistency with the review criteria.
Examiner pursuant to Section 4-8-10. All However, strict compliance with any one or
other findings shall be made by the Water more particular criterion may not be
Utility Engineer. necessary or reasonable. Such conditions or
modifications may include, but are not limited
b. The required finding shall be based to, screening, buffering, building location and
on the activities to be conducted, substances orientation, paving, landscaping, vegetation
490
4-31-33 4-31-33
E2) removal, grading and contouring. The Hearing minimum extent necessary to protect the
Examiner shall also have the power to fix the public interest and welfare as expressed in
location and configuration of driveways, walk- the purposes of this Section. (Ord. 3981,
ways, parking and loading areas, emergency 4-7-86)
access, curbs, planting areas, and signs. When
only a portion of a site is proposed for deve- F. Major Adjustments: Major adjustments to an
lopment, such power to condition, modify or approved site plan require an amended appli-
fix shall be exercised only for that area which cation pursuant to subsections 4-31-33C
is directly related to or may be impacted by through G. The review and approval shall
the actual proposed development. rest with the approval body which approved
the original site plan. Major adjustments
3. To the extent necessary to meet the site involve a substantial change in the basic site
review criteria and to the extent necessary to design plan, intensity, density, use and the
compensate for the impacts attributable to the like generally involving more than a ten per-
proposed development, the Hearing Examiner cent (10%) change in area or scale.
may impose additional requirements,
including: G. Contents of Application: Each application for
site plan review shall include an original plus
a. Preparation of a landscape plan by a six (6) copies of required forms together with
licensed landscape architect; seven (7) copies of all plans and supplemental
information.
b. Preparation of a grading, drainage
and erosion control plan; 1. A completed site plan application form.
Information on the application shall include
c. Preparation of a vegetation preser- the title, location, and legal description of the
vation plan; proposed development, together with the
names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
d. Improvements to identified or planned the recorded owners of the land and the
public rights of way, including paving, curbs, applicant, and when applicable, the name,
gutters, sidewalks, lighting, turn lanes, address, telephone number and seal of any
signalization, bikeways or pedestrian paths; architect, planner, designer or engineer
and responsible for the preparation of the plan
and any authorized representative of the
e. Provision of or improvements to public applicant.
facilities and utilities.
2. A completed environmental checklist when
4. In all cases, if an applicant can required.
demonstrate that a site plan can be made
consistent with the review criteria and 3. A written description addressing the scope
general purposes by alternative modifications of the project, the nature and size of each
to the site plan, the Hearing Examiner shall use, and a timetable for development,
accept the alternative modifications as including phases.
conditions of approval and approve the site
plan. If a public hearing on the site plan 4. A vicinity map, drawn at a scale of one
application has already been closed, the inch equals two hundred feet (1" = 200'),
modifications proposed by the applicant shall showing site boundaries and existing roads
be administered according to subsection and accesses within the boundary of the site.
4-31-33F below.
5. A fully dimensioned site plan of the entire
5. If the Hearing Examiner finds that the site site or applicable portion thereof drawn at a
plan application cannot be made consistent scale of one inch equals twenty feet (1" = 20')
with the general purposes and review criteria (or other scale required by the Building and
of this Section by requiring reasonable Zoning Department) showing:
conditions, then the site plan shall be denied.
a. Subject property (all property lines
6. The authority to condition or deny site dimensioned) and abutting streets existing
plan applications should be exercised to the and proposed);
4-31-33 4-31-33
G5) b. Location of the subject site with evergreen), shrubs and ground cover, and
regards to the nearest street intersections, major existing trees. This information may be
including intersections opposite the subject combined with the site plan.
property;
9. Any other information deemed pertinent by
c. Location of existing driveways the Building and Zoning Department;
adjacent to the subject property or on the provided, that the Department may also waive
opposite side of the street facing the subject any of the above requirements when it is
property; obvious from the scope or nature of the
proposal that the information is not
d. All existing public improvements significant or helpful to an informed decision.
including, but not necessarily limited to: curb,
gutter, and sidewalk; median islands; street 10. A fee as specified by ordinance. (Ord.
trees; street lights; fire hydrants; utility poles, 4008, 7-4-86)
etc., including those adjacent to the subject
site; H. Building Permits: No building permit shall be
issued for any use requiring site plan
e. Location of existing and proposed approval pursuant to this Section until the
fencing or retaining walls, free-standing signs, Environmental Review Committee has
easements, refuse areas, and on-site utility determined that a public hearing is not
structures; required or the Hearing Examiner has
approved or approved with conditions the site Noe
f. Location and size of proposed plan application. All building permits issued
structures, storage areas, buffer areas, yards, shall be in compliance with the approved site
open spaces, and landscaped areas; plan. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-86)
g. Proposed use of structures and gross I. Time Limits: The final approval of a site plan
floor area; shall expire within two (2) years of the date
of approval. A single two (2) year extension _
h. A circulation plan illustrating all may be granted for good cause by the ^)
access points for the site, and the size and approval body which approved the original
location of all driveways, streets and roads, site plan. The approval body may, however,
and the location, size and design of parking determine at its discretion that a public
and loading areas; hearing may be required for such extension.
(Ord. 4008, 7-14-86)
i. Generalized grading plan, if the
proposed grade differential on-site will exceed J. Phasing. The Hearing Examiner may grant
twenty four inches (24") from top of curb or site plan approval for large projects planned
adjacent properties; to be developed or redeveloped in phases over
a period of years exceeding the normal time ,,
iftsie
j. Generalized utilities plan, drainage limits of subsection I above. Such approval
and stormwater runoff provisions; and shall include clearly defined phases and
specific time limits for each phase. If the time
k. Topographic features and contours limits of a particular phase are not satisfied,
(existing and proposed), at intervals not then site plan approval for that phase and
greater than five feet (5'), and existing subsequent phases shall expire. The Hearing
streams, lakes, marshes, and other natural Examiner shall also determine if such a
features. phased project will be eligible for any
extensions of the time limits. As long as the
6. Copies of generalized architectural development of a phased project conforms to
elevations of all proposed buildings and the approved phasing plan, the zoning
structures. regulations in effect at the time of the
original approval shall continue to apply.
7. A graphic depicting proposed building However, all construction shall conform to the
signs, if known. Uniform Building Code and Uniform Fire
Code regulations in force at the time of
8. A landscaping plan indicating the proposed building permit application.
location and density of trees (deciduous or
4-31-33 4-31-34
K. Appeals: The final decision by the a. Scale: 1" = 10' for sites less than one
Environmental Review Committee on whether acre; 1" = 20' for sites over one acre.
a site plan application requires a public
hearing may be appealed within fourteen (14) b. Location and size of area.
days to the Hearing Examiner pursuant to
Section 4-8-11B. The final decision by the c. Buildings (structures) - new and exist-
Hearing Examiner on a site plan application ing.
requiring a public hearing may be appealed to
the City Council within fourteen (14) days d. Property lines.
pursuant to Section 4-8-16. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-86)
e. Parking, circulation, walks.
4-31-34: LANDSCAPING: f. Setback lines.
A. Purpose and Intent: Landscaping require- g. Legal description (attached to plan).
merits are established to provide minimum
landscaped standards necessary to maintain h. Topography - existing and proposed
and protect property values and enhance the contours.
image and appearance of the City. These
requirements apply to all uses except single i. Identify abutting streets, alleys and
" ++'• family and two family residential uses. other rights of way.
B. Site/Landscaping Plan Review: Site plans and j. North arrow.
landscaping plans shall be required with
applications for building permits. The plan 2. Landscaping Plan: Landscaping plans must
must be approved for issuance of a building include:
permit. All approved landscaping shall be
completed on site before the issuance of an a. Scale: 1" = 20' unless greater detail is
occupancy permit. required, then 1" = 10'.
C. Deferred Landscape Improvements: A deve- b. Location and size of planting areas.
loper may wish to defer specific on-site and The width of a landscaping area when curbed,
off-site landscaping improvements for more shall be measured from inside to inside of the
than ninety (90) days after obtaining a curbs.
certificate of occupancy due to seasonal
planting difficulties or plant shortages or to c. Location, size, spacing and names of
the fact that the project is impacted by a proposed and existing plants, trees and/or
pending public works project. In such a case, other vegetation, decorative rocks or similar
a written application shall be made to the landscaping improvements.
Board of Public Works no later than fifteen
(15) days prior to occupancy and procedures of d. Planting details - soil mix, planting
Section 4-14-4L shall apply. Upon such depth and width, staking and bark mulch
application, the Board of Public Works may depth. (Ord. 3718, 3-28-83)
defer landscaping for up to one year unless
the project is impacted by a pending public 3. Underground Sprinkling System Plan:
works project, in which case the Board shall Underground sprinkling systems shall be
determine an appropriate period of time for installed and maintained in all landscaped
deferral of landscaping improvements. A areas. The sprinkler system shall provide full
performance bond as provided in Section water coverage of the planted areas as
4-31-4L must be provided in favor of the City specified on the plan. Underground sprinkling
at the time the deferral is approved. system plans must include:
D. Site/Landscape/Sprinkler System Plan Re- a. Scale: 1" = 20'.
quirements:
b. Location and size of sprinklers. (Ord.
1. Site Plan: Site plans must include: 3988, 4-28-86)
4-31-34
E. Amended Landscaping Plan: The approved b. Stripping of vegetative et ;ere
landscaping requirements may be modified harmful erosion and run-off will occur .:hall
upon request to the Building and Zoning be avoided.
Department. The plans may be approved,
denied or returned to the applicant with c. Areas of fragile natural environments
suggestions for changes that would make should be protected from development and
them acceptable. encroachment.
F. Landscape Requirements - Specific: d. If practicable, unique features within
the site should be preserved and incorporated
1. Existing Plant Material: Existing trees and into the site development design (such as
other vegetation on the site of a proposed springs, streams, marshes, significant
development may be used where practical if vegetation, rock out-croppings and significant
the quality is equal to or better than ravines).
available nursery stock.
G. Maintenance:
2. Green River Valley: Any development in
the Green River Valley shall provide a 1. Landscaping required by this Section shall
minimum of two percent (2%) of the total site be maintained by the owner and/or occupant
for landscaping suitable for wildlife habitat. and shall be subject to periodic inspection by
This landscaping is in addition to any other the Building and Zoning Department.
landscaping requirements by this Section or Plantings are to be maintained in a healthy,
any other ordinance. growing condition and those dead or dying
shall be replaced within six (6) months.
3. Shorelines Master Program: Any Property owners shall keep the planting areas
development within the protected shorelines reasonably free of weeds and litter.
area shall be required to meet the standards
and requirements of the City of Renton 2. The Building Director or his designated
Shorelines Master Plan. representative, is authorized to notify the
owner or his agent that any installed •
4. Slopes: landscaping as required by the Building and
Zoning Department, is not being adequately
a. General: The faces of cut and fill maintained and the specific nature of the
slopes shall be developed and maintained to failure to maintain. The Building and Zoning
control against erosion. This control may Department shall send the property owner or
consist of effective planting. The protection for his agent two (2) written notices, each with a
the slopes shall be installed within thirty (30) fifteen (15) day response period. The notices
days of grading completion and prior to a shall specify the date by which said
request for final project approval. Where maintenance must be accomplished and shall
slopes are not subject to erosion due to the be addressed to the property owner or agent's
erosion-resistant character of the materials last known address.
such protection may be omitted with the
permission of the Public Works Department, H. Violation: Violation of this Section shall be a
provided that this protection is not required misdemeanor punishable as provided in this
by the rehabilitation plan. Code. Each and every day or portion thereof
during which violation of any of the
b. Other Devices: Where necessary, provisions of this Section is committed,
check dams, cribbing, riprap or other devices continued or permitted, shall constitute a
or methods shall be employed to control separate offense. (Ord. 3718, 3-28-83)
erosion and sediment, provide safety and
control the rate of water run-off.
4-31-35: GREENBELT REGULATIONS:
5. General Requirements:
A. Purpose and Intent: Greenbelt areas are
a. Existing desirable vegetation should characterized by severe topographic, ground
be preserved where applicable. water, slope instability, soil or other physical
4-31-35 4-31-35
A) limitations that make the areas unsuitable for technical persons, shall govern the treatment
intensive development. Provisions for public of an individual building site or parcel of land
enjoyment of greenbelt areas are encouraged; requiring compliance with these regulations.
however, greenbelt designations do not imply
public ownership or the right of public access. C. Vegetation Removal: There shall be no
The purpose of these regulations is to removal of vegetation within a greenbelt until
supplement the policies contained in the a permit is issued pursuant to Section
comprehensive plan regarding greenbelts by 4-31-35D below except for normal
the control of development, by minimizing maintenance with written approval by the
damage due to landslide, subsidence or Building and Zoning Department for such
erosion, by protecting wetlands and activities as trimming of vegetation or
fish-bearing waters, and providing physical removal of dangerous or diseased plant
relief between expanses of similar land uses. f materials.
Implementation of these regulations will D. Development Standards: Whenever a proposed
protect the public against avoidable losses due development requires a building permit,
to maintenance and replacement of public grading permit, shoreline . substantial
facilities, property damage, subsidy cost of development permit, conditional use permit,
public mitigation of avoidable impacts, and variance, rezone, planned unit development,
costs for public emergency rescue and relief subdivision or short subdivision, and one or
operations. These regulations supplement but more of the greenbelt criteria as defined in
..+' .,w. do not replace the underlying zoning Section 4-31-35B above is present on the site
regulations for specific properties. These of the proposed development, studies by
regulations will provide responsible City qualified professionals may be required. The
officials with information to condition or deny City shall send written notification to the
public or private projects to protect potentially applicant whenever such studies are required.
haze rdous areas and to avoid the necessity of The City may approve, approve with
preparing environmental impact statements in conditions, or deny any such proposal to carry
cases where there will not be significant out the purposes of this Section.
adverse environmental effects, thus expediting
governmental approval processes. Whenever a proposed development involves
only one single family dwelling, which is not
B. General Provisions: Greenbelt regulations part of a larger development proposal, the
apply to areas that are first designated as City shall not require special studies or
greenbelt on the City's comprehensive land reports by the applicant.
useap wand also identified as containing one
or more/of the following physical criteria: J1. Steep Slope Areas: These regulations apply
'-'/"., Pi- ,' to land form features of a site between
1. Steep Slope Areas: Areas with slopes that significant and identifiable changes in slope.
exceed twenty five percent (25%).
a. Definitions (see Exhibit "A" for an
2. Physical Hazards: Areas identifiable as a illustration of these definitions):
severe landslide hazard or areas where other
severe hazards are anticipated including (1) Slope shall be defined as the average
erosion, seismic, flood, and icoal mine slope of the lot or portion thereof in
subsidence: percent between significant changes in
slope, determined by observation on
3. (Utility Easements and Rights of Way: simple slopes, or more precisely by the
Major eelecl icity, water and gas transmission formula:
line easements and rights of way.
S = 100 I L
4. Other Criteria: Wetland, stream corridors, A
and flood control wo
(2) Where "I" is the contour interval in
The actual presence or ab ence of the criteria feet but not greater than ten feet (10');
illustrated above in gr••=nbelt areas, as "L" is the combined length of the
determined by qualified .rofessional and
490 19$4:
4-31-35 1 4-31-35
01 •
D1a2) contour lines in scale feet; and "A" is with great caution : i d development should be
the net area between significant changes based on <aound e :•neering and technical
in slope of the lot in square feet. knowledge. The Ki I• -• ' :itive Areas
Map Folio dated arch, 1981 is hereby
(3) A significant change in slope shall be adopted by refe - . . ,assist in the
defined as a bench or plateau at least determination of and evaluation of physical
fifteen feet (15') in width. hazard ureas as prescribed by this Section.
b Development is prohibited on slopes a. As a general rule, development should
than forty percent (40%). not increase the risk of hazard either on or
off-site. Where detailed technical information
c. In greenbelt eaeas with between is provided illustrating that development can
twenty five percent (25%) and forty percent be safely .accsommodated, devalopment that is
(40%) slope the maximum residential density compatible with the degree of hazard and
shall be: with surrounding uses may be allowed.
Provided, any such development retains at
(1) One unit per acre, and for each one least seventy five percent (75%) of the site in
percent (1%) of slope in excess of twenty open space or is landscaped compatibly with
five percent (25%), an additional nine the physical hazards.
hundred (900) square feet in lot area per
dwelling unit shall be required. b. The City may require site specific
studies, completed by a qualified soils
(2) When the current Uitil,:g designation engineer or engineering geologist or oth- w"'ompap„t
exceeds one dwelling unit per acre the qualified professionals, which shall inr' .e
allowable development density- in the ."'-'4, -,.,--, vecific recommendations for mitigating
steep slope area shall be reduced to measures which should be required as a
one-fourth (1/4), and for each one percent condition of al y .approval for such
(1%) of slope in excess of twenty five development. The recomtnendatione may
percent (25%), the remaining allowable include, but are not limited to, construction
dwelling unit density shall be reduced techniques, design,, drainage, or density ,
by an additional five percent (5%). specifications, or seasonal constraints on
development. U ftbn review of these studies,
d. The xeaximum nonresidential the development permit shall be conditioned
buildable area shall be reduced to oe e-fourth to mitigate adverse environmental 'impacts
(V4), and for each one percent (1%) of slope in and to assure that the development can be
oxeess of twenty five percent (25%), the re- safely accommodated on the site 'and is
mai,..ing buildable area shall be reduced by an consistent with the purposes of this 'Section.
add hemi five percent (5%). The City may waive the requirement for
special studies where sufficient information is
e, 4,7.reenbelt areas between twenty five otherwise available to approve, approve wit1.17
percent (25%) and forty percent (40%) slope conditions, or deny the development permit. kms,
shall be c t'-zect to special r4view i assure
stable bun,( .,i, o.-.ditions, safe end cony:,,nient ( ~3. Utility Easements and Rights of Way: A
access and 7,:mirLamm disruption c the natural limited . number of low intensitar uses
physical featx.ve4 of the land. T. City may consistent with the existing zoning arid utility
require the apFli';ant to furnish a report by a use may be pe-reitted within utility
licensed engiryr to evalue.te the site. greenbelts such that the proposed
Fy,iever, the Cay aea,y waive the r_• ?,.!_a hent development uieeta tele intent of providing a
Io.,. ' ecial stedie s :+'x,eye sufficient d,finitive ;geographic relief between adjoining
it,rarrtq .'on is oth4ir.,riee sV>ilable to approve, existing or anticipated land use. Allowable
approve with coneiib iii., -a- deny ;-she uses include:
development permit.
a. Afly structtres or activity directly
2. Physical Hazards: Gem/belts established associated with, the supply or service of
upon these criteria should Le developed only utilities,
1
4-31-37 4-31-37
ZONING
ANIMAL CATEGORY G-1 R-1 R-2 R-3 R.4 P-1 OP B-i tri PSP T
Household Pets PPPPPPPPPPPP
Small Farm Animals P* P* P*
1 1 1
Large Farm Animals P* P* P*
(Goat, Sheep) 2 2 2
Large Farm Animals P* P* P*
(Horse, Cow) 3 3 3
Hobby Kennel L LL L L L L* L* L* L* L* L
Kennel CU P P
}
Commercial Stables CU
SYMBOLS:
P - Permitted
P* - Permitted with an acreage limit
L* - License/Building and Zoning Department, provided use associated with a sing'€.
family residence
L - License/Building and Zoning Department
CU - Conditional Use/Hearing Examiner
Explanations:
1. A maximum of twenty (20) small farm animals may be permitted outright on one nacre. For
keeping more than twenty (20) animals on lots less than one acre, a conditional w:a permit shall
be required.
2. There shall be a minimum of one-fourth ('/4) acre per animal for goat or sheep or similar sized
animals. A maximum of four (4) may be permitted outright on one acre. For keeping more than
four (4) animals on lots less than one acre, a conditional use permit shall be required. M '
3. Acreage limitation for the following animals:
a. Horses: There shall be a minimum of one-half('4) acre per horse. A maximum of two (2)
horses may be permitted outright on one acre. On lots with less than one acre and at least
one-third ('4) acre, a conditional use permit shall be required.
b. Cows: There shall be a minimum of one acre per cow. A maximum of one cow may be
permitted outright on one acre. On lots with less than one acre and at least one-third ('i,) acre, a
conditional use permit shall be required.
4. On property of one acre, it is permitted to keep two (2) horses or one cow or four (4) goats
and twenty (20) small farm animals. However, only one of these large farm animal categories
may be grouped together with the small farm animals. (Ord. 3927, 7-15-85)
if
y
4-31-37 441-37
C2a) (5) Conditions of Outdoor Facilities: the applicant must meet the require-
Outdoor facilities will be constructed to ments of this Section or any provisions
provide shelter from the weather and of the animal control authority.
associated elements while providing
sufficient space for animal movement D. Enforcement:
and exercise. Adequate drainage must be
provided to prevent water buildup end 1. Enforcement Responsibility: Responsibility
subsequent damage and to facilitate for enforcement of the provisions of this Sec-
waste removal. Adequate fences or tion shall be as follows:
retaining walls must be constructed to
contain animals and prevent intrusion a. Animal Control Officer: All those
by others. matters related to care, maintenance, and
individual licensing.
b. Review Process: The Hearing
Examiner, in reviewing kennels, may require b. Building and Zoning Department: All
additional setbacks, fencing, screening, or
soundproofing requirements as he deems those matters concerning land use and zoning.
necessary to insure the con+patibility of the
kennel with the surrounding neighborhood. Any doubt regarding responsibility will be
Factors to be considered in determining such administratively determined.
compatibility are:
2. Fines:
li (1) Statements regarding approval/
disapproval of surrounding neighbors a. Violation of land use permits granted
relative to maintenance of a kennel at are subject to fines established in this Code.
the address applied for.
b. All other violations of police regula
(2) Past history of animal control coo- tions shall be administered in accordance with
plaints relating to the dogs and cats of Title VI, Chapter 6, Police Regulations of the
the a»plicsint at the address for which City of Renton.
14.., i. �rt:a1 ig gppliedi for..
E. Location of Animals in Zoning Districts:
(3) Facility specifications/dimensions in
which the dogs and cats are to be main- (See following page for Table 4-31-37E)
tamed.
I.
(4) Characteristics of animals to be kept:
size, type.
(5) The zoning classification of the
: premises on which the kennel is main-
tained.
(6) Compliance with the requirements of
this Section.
c. Conditional Use Permits - Waiting
Period Following Revocation or Refusal to
Renew:
(1) For a period of one year after the
date of revocation, or refusal to renew,
conditional use permits shall not be
issued for kennels to applicants who
t $ have previously had such permits
€ revoked or renewal refused. In addition,
i